f

^^/V'jur! i
+ +

Jangar Badmaevich Purveev, Vlail Petrovich Kaznacheev, Aleksei Nikolaevich Dmitriev.

COSMOPLANETARIAN INTEGRATION OF EARTH

MOSCOW 2009

Jangar Badmaevich Purveev, Vlail Petrovich Kaznacheev, Aleksei Nikolaevich Dmitriev

COSMOPLANETARIAN INTEGRATION OF EARTH THE GREAT CROSS OF CONTINENTS

MOSCOW 2009

UDK 113/119(075.8) BBK 87ya73 P98

Purveev D.B., Kaznacheev V.P., Dmitriev A.N. COSMOPLANETARIAN INTEGRATION OF EARTH THE GREAT CROSS OF CONTINENTS M. "Mirozdanie" Ltd, 2009. - 292 p.

This monograph reflects the authors' views on the condition of civilisation, human interaction with the biosphere, the laws of the Noosphere, and the cosmic space of the universe. Natural catastrophe is suggested as being the result of human negation of these laws. The monograph includes scientific and practical components and sets forth a pilot model for mankind's evolutionary development. The Great continent convergence is offered as a model for integrating the Earth into the etheric and subtle energy processes of cosmic space. According to the author's evaluations anthropocentric goals and the structures they give rise to are negatively effecting the realms of the Solar system, violating the laws of the heliosphere and speeding up the possibility of global catastrophe. As a consequence the authors conclude that a deep transformation of human moral and ethic standards is now essential. In general the monograph confirms the view that the earth is closely connected to accelerating evolutionary processes taking place in the Solar system. Recommended for those involved in health protection, ecology, management and policy-making, economics, sociology, cultural studies and readers interested in predictions concerning the development of mankind and the future of the Earth. The term 'cosmoplanetary' has been translated directly from the Russian equivalent '' and is used to refer to all the planets in the galaxy and their associated environments. 'Integration' in this context relates to the human capacity to influence the quality of the Earth's mutual interaction with other planets in the galaxy and the imperative of harmoniously attuning to transformative processes.

Purveev D.B. Kaznacheev V.P. Dmitriev A.N.

ISBN 978-5-93121-121-7 "Mirozdanie" Ltd, 2009 UDK 113/119(075.8) BBK 87ya73 P98

COSMOPLANETARIAN INTEGRATION OF EARTH.

Purveev Jangar Badmaevich Kaznacheev Vlail Petrovich Dmitriev Aleksei Nikolaevich

CONTENTS:

INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER I THE GREAT CROSS OF CONTINENTS AS AN EARTH BASED MODEL OF THE COSMOPLANETARIAN INTEGRATION Purveev Jangar Badmaevich A. MANKIND AND EARTH STARTING THE THIRD MILLENIUM
.1. Geographic, social and historical contemporaneity at the beginning of the 21st century A.2. Man and the Earth - a Global, ecological imperative A.3. Noosphere development accompanies planetary physical change 12 20 33

B. THE GREAT CROSS OF CONTINENTS OPENING AN EARTH - WIDE INTEGRATION

B.l.The great continent convergence of the eastern and western hemispheres. The contemporary social, geographic and physical condition of the Earthly globe B.2. The Great Cross of continents as an earth-based model of the cosmoplanetarian integration B.3. The Great Cross of continents as the Earths resours of the cosmoplanetarian integration 43 52 62

C. THE GREAT CONTINENT CROSS OF CONTINENTS AS AN EARTH - BASED MODEL OF THE COSMOPLANETARIAN INTEGRATION
C.l The starting point - the emergence of the Noosphere C.2 The physical ether - universal medium for the properties of "the living atmosphere" C.3 Life, consciousness and planetary physical change References 1 77 86 96 105

CHAPTER II COSMOPLANETARY CURRENTS: THE EARTH'S LIVING MATTER Kaznacheev Vlail Petrovich Dmitriev Aleksei Nikolaevich Mingasov Ildar Faizrakhmanovich

LIFE, CONSCIOUSNESS AND PLANETARY PHYSICAL CHANGE

1. Overview 1.2. The drama of the issue 1.3. The biosphere - a scientific presentation of the issue 1.4. The inexhaustibility and openness of the biosphere 1.5. The biosphere and more recent perceptions 1.6. The biosphere as support system for the geological and geophysical environments 1.7. Geo-active zones 1.8. The question of the ether (modified physical vacuum) 1.8.1. Helio-sensitive anomalous phenomena 1.8.2. The emergence and development of the polarised model of the Inhomogenous Physical Vacuum 1.8.3. Issues of gravitational polarisation 1.8.4. The 'forgotten' equations of Oliver Heaviside in the MPV model . 1.9. A mathematical and physics model of the physical vacuum 1.10. Ecologically significant 'magnetic bodies' 1.11. Active etheric zones 1.12. The biological role of the ether 1.13. Descriptive qualities of etheric domains 1.14. Etheric matter in the diversity of fields and substance 1.15. The spiritual 1.16. Etheric matter - trends in the Noosphere and cosmic space 1.17. The limits of predictability 1.18. Concluding comments 1.19. Appendix References

CHAPTER III COSMOGENESIS OF THE UNIVERSE - A NEW VISION

PLANETARY GENESIS, HISTORIOGENESIS, ANTHROPOGENESIS AND NOOSPHERE GENESIS UNIVERSAL LAWS OF ORGANIC AND INORGANIC MATTER:
1. The cause of the cosmos 2. The Big bang theory 3. The proton and the Universal Genome hypothesis 4. Before the Big Bang 5. Wherefrom and whereto fly the arrows of time? 6. Why does the sun shine? 7. The Earth's sisters 8. Life is possible beyond the Solar system 9. More on the origin of the planet 10. Anthropological tectonics (wave planetology and the special position of the Earth in the Solar System 11. The physics of life and death or the theory of the cosmogensis of nature and society 12. The Kalugian dreamer. A brilliant vision K. E.Tsiolkovskii on the living universe

INTRODUCTION By the beginning of the twenty first century is had become all the more evident that the natural processes of human evolution and planetary genesis can no longer be split into separate notions of the biosphere, the noosphere, the anthropological sphere, past biospheres and cosmo-mineralogical or geophysical phenomena. Rather, these are now acknowledged to be integral parts of the single living organism of the planet. It has become appropriate therefore to discuss the search for new common principles which acknowledge firstly, the interconnectedness of humanity and the planet with the cosmos and secondly, the influence of world human intelligence, anthropogenic and technological factors on inner and outer space. Today we find ourselves not simply witnesses but participants in a new stage of geocosmic evolution which demands that science expand the discipline of sociology into the field of geoastrological sociology. The twentieth century in Russia was characterized by active development in cosmological studies which reached a theoretical peak in the teachings of V.I. Vernadskii on the Noosphere. Vernadskii showed that man cannot live independent of the biosphere and that through his labour and intellect man changes the quality of the biosphere and the planet. This is a highly significant conclusion. Today, taking account of the works of K.E. Tsiolkovskii, contemporary theories of quantum and astrophysics open new roads into the study of the construction of the planet, the assimilation of inner and outer space and the study of biological systems, including human life, throughout the vast expanse of the Universe. The teaching of the Noosphere is a specific historical phenomenon but the notion of the spheres in general presupposes the existence of layers around the earth which can be created by human reason, technological and scientific means. Hence the theme of this monograph concerns not so much the Earth's unification with the infinite realm of outer space but put slightly differently, its delineation from infinity. If according to hypothesis space is infinitely intelligent, filled with reason, then the question arises as to whether the planet's population has the right or even the capacity to compare its own reason and understanding of the truth of the macro and microcosm continuum with it. From the position of technological development man is inclined to conquer. Man would penetrate the depths of 'infinite' space, acting according to anthropomorphic, anthropocentric or even anthropocosmic principles. This can only continue for a limited period however, for although the planet's accumulated organic and mineral reserves may last for the next hundred years or so, ultimately, they will become exhausted initiating change in the biosphere, in human health and probably, in human reproduction. Hence, the idea of the Noosphere is just the first step towards understanding that the world cannot remain limited to the biosphere and must move further into the infinite realm of cosmic space. This step will requires assimilating N.A. Kozyrev's and N.F. Fedorov's energy-time and the triple or multiple realms. At the current time the view is widely held that the biosphere represents a convergence of the living and the inert in which the inert is engulfed and changed to one degree or another by the present and past influence of the living. From this standpoint the biosphere represents a geological layer of the planet ranging from the edge of the stratosphere to the lower edge of the lithosphere, i.e. several kilometres. Its make-up and structure are considered to be directly or indirectly linked with the activities of living organisms in contemporary and past periods. In accordance with this understanding, the definition of the biosphere rests on laws which reflect the interaction of physical and biological moving matter rather than on the biosphere's own inherent biotic processes. It is clear that this approach ignores or at least underestimates the inner logic and relative

independence of the movement of the biotic component similar to non-biotic processes that flow across the Earth's surface. This remains the case despite the fact that various authors demonstrating their inconsistency, allege that changes on the face of the Earth are not only influenced by life but by the action of non-biogenic causes. Likewise, they postulate that non-biotic components such as the atmosphere, hydrosphere and lithosphere should be seen exclusively as part of the biosphere supposedly because they are inhabited by organisms whose activities stimulate transformation within the given sphere. It is the view of the current authors that the comprehensive scientific definition of the biosphere as a qualitatively peculiar layer is impossible without taking account of its own inherent (biotic) features and correspondingly, the specific features of the non-biotic spheres in its vicinity. The question arises as to what principle might serve as the basis for this new evolutionary process to occur. It is evident that the Noosphere cannot be built using the food stuffs and top-soils of the biosphere nor by water sources. According to general predictions of specialists the world over mankind has stepped into the twenty first century in conditions of global systemic crisis which is affecting all fields of human activity in all countries of the world. A brief overview of human activity reveals crisis in the following areas: world overpopulation, energy sources, ecological degradation, the relationship of North and South; food supplies, ethnic relations; intergovernmental and confessional relationships; United Nations and international terrorism etc. The Russian take on the global systemic crisis also includes a crisis of Morality and Spirit. One could also add other crisis factors such as the sustainability of the social and economic system in the conditions of a world market which does not exceed a 3% survival rating. In the near future the developing countries of the west are doomed to stagnation of which upheaval in the stock market and dangerous shifts in the course of the dollar are symptomatic. As neither science nor technology have been able to offer solutions to the impending impasse it is clear that conclusions of the irreversible and imminent ruin of Mankind and contemporary civilization are quite realistic. Given these circumstances it is less a matter of whether civilization will survive or not but rather, whether 3-4 or 4-5 generations will see the current civilisation through. If this were the first time that a global systemic crisis had been experienced within the planetary system one could say that it represented a payback for the technological and soulless path mankind has been treading. In previous times however, mankind has survived large scale crisis on more than one occasion and always in similar circumstances, that is, within the limits of the earth's dimensions. Every time that civilization has found itself at the brink of destruction, particularly in recent centuries, mankind has acquired new knowledge of the structure of the world and set forth a new scientific paradigm which has in turn given rise to a new system of fundamental science and lawful relations between citizens and nations. On this basis, new social technologies have been created which have enabled man not only to overcome a crisis of planetary proportions but to shift to a new turn in the spiral of evolutionary development. It has been established beyond doubt that recent earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tornados, hurricanes and tsunami result from considerable quantities of energy and matter which are permeating into the Solar system. This energy is of interstellar origin and can be registered by distant zonds. Therefore, the search for solutions to contemporary crises cannot be limited to historical analogy as if to say, 'all this has happened in the past and is simply being repeated'. The deciding factor in current events taking place in the geological and geographic environments lies in rapid, power-consuming processes which have no analogy in social history although geological analogies do exist. 6

The Noosphere can be defined as the biosphere transformed by rational, conscious, human activity. It signifies a change in the state of the Earth; the activation of human, scientific thought as a powerful geological force capable of increasing free energy in the biosphere; the coordination of the conscious, evolutionary role of man. The future development of society is no longer possible without knowledge of the laws relating to the Noosphere. The events, threats and risks of the twentieth century are enough to prove that civilization and random development are incompatible. Planetary warming, global climatic change, the increased number of natural catastrophe are all a result of random technical and economic expansion and its resulting intolerable pressure on the planet's biosphere. Many centuries of experience illustrate that all attempts to ensure development whether they are cavalier, lacking knowledge of the natural and social laws of development or dogmatic, confined strictly to the limits of the biosphere layer ultimately lead to catastrophe and to the development of the field of death. Despite the creation of descriptive, fundamental sciences, attempts to understand the cyclical nature of the shift from development to catastrophe have proved fruitless in building exact perceptions of life and in providing measurements for the given processes or knowledge of the realm of being. Descriptive history does not equip us with the methods of calculation and foresight which would provide the opportunity of predicting the natural or social consequences of human activity. If these processes are cyclical then they must be subject to laws of prediction. If they are programmatic then they are possessed of mathematical and physical qualities that can be evaluated. If history is indeed cyclical then we are not only capable of evaluating it - it is our clear responsibility to do so. Contemporary fundamental physics has proved inadequate to interpret what is now taking place in the natural world. Nonetheless, it is this form of physics that over the past few centuries of so-called 'scientific progress' has convinced one and all that the 'material nature' described above takes priority over 'immaterial', energy fields and the etheric Noosphere. Technical physics which is inherently limited has interpreted human activity as something which takes priority over processes naturally regulated in Nature by the Sun, Jupiter, Uranus, Venus and the Earth itself. Today, the consequence of negating nature in the entirety of human activity has gone beyond the limits of our planetary system to the level of the Solar system evoking protective, self-regulating, evolutionary processes in the Heliosphere. Man has modified the geophysical face of the Earth for the sake of rocket technology, nuclear explosions, energy production and EM radiation, mass scale mineral extraction and substantial changes to natural landscapes. As a result, the planet has become unable to contribute its natural allocation to the natural organisational and evolutionary influence of the Solar system. Human opposition to natural evolutionary processes has evoked an acute reaction from the Sun, Jupiter and Uranus, (the main carriers of the Solar system's electromagnetic structure) and caused the emergence of a new generation of physical process in the Heliosphere. Repeating world catastrophes and the geological and historical depiction of 'the end of the world' leads to the conclusion that the end of the ice age, the death of the dinosaurs and mammoths, the disappearance of civilizations and the change in the geography of the Earth and its climate have common planetary and spatial causes. The question naturally arises as to what these causes are and how catastrophes of the ancient past might be linked to contemporary phenomena: global warming, earthquakes, tsunami, tornados, avalanches and landslides, floods, disappearing ships, falling aeroplanes and mine explosions. From the very moment of its inception fundamental physics failed to consider historical movement as an analogy or form of the physical. No-one was able to suggest that historical movement could be calculated with the help of physical formulas. 7

Humanity has existed for more than a thousand years but science to this day views history as a chain of chance events rather than as a process with inherent patterns and principles. It is acknowledged that history repeats itself but no-one can say what laws the repetition adheres to. However, just as in the laws of society, history (as parts of the movement of the whole) and the biosphere ('the planet's vital layer'), the rules of the cyclical repetition of natural and social phenomenon can be determined and systematised into a common matrix of the laws of the evolution of matter. These can be reflected mathematically in a single algorithm of the development of living and etheric processes as the 'rules of historical movement' making methods of exact ecological and social prediction possible. By studying the biology and physics of history the past becomes manifest in the present and historical planetary cataclysms prove to be linked. From the point of view of exact theoretical natural studies is becomes evident that phenomenon such as aeroplanes that fall for no apparent reason, exploding mines, global climate change and the world catastrophes we see today are indeed linked with historical and evolutionary processes. Likewise, it becomes apparent that these processes may also be linked with events of the distant past such as the extinction of the dinosaurs and the mammoths which occurred simultaneously to the glacial age of Europe, Asia and North America and the so-called period of world anthropogenic overkill. Consequently, one may speak of a new area of scientific study which is inter-disciplinary rather than hypothetical and focuses on the inner laws of the catastrophes of the past, present and future and the features consistent to all categories. It is obvious that catastrophes are unavoidable. In scale they can be universal, cosmic, social and historical or natural and environmental linked with the evolution of mankind and the biosphere. Premises already exist to elucidate these issues. Suffice to note that in scientific centres where the so-called energetic currents of the free ether are studied, the idea of materialising the ether has been proposed in which etheric energetic currents are transformed into corpuscular atomic or quantum physical particles which can be studied by equipment in universal space (Newtonian physics). In Kozyrev's Space due to energy-time currents a permanent flow of the materialisation of the cosmic ether takes place which represents little known energetic processes of cosmic proportions. It is due to this energy that star bodies are swallowed up and radiate different types of light rays and radiofrequencies. This area of study concerns the possible materialisation of the ether in the star world, yet significant data exists to suggest that similar processes take place on the Earth's surface. In 1889 I.O. Yarkovskii claimed that bodies gravitate towards the Earth due to the Earth's absorption of etheric energy which partly transforms into matter in the Earth's interior. Therefore, ideas concerning the physical ether and the increase of the quantum physical essence of matter (in contemporary assertions) have great potential. Of course there is much that is debatable in this research. All the knowledge available to man is simply a product of the absolute intellect (based on the planetary nature of carbon based living matter). On the whole, the intellect can be seen as a subject and nature in its diversity, the object. As soon as a question arises the intellect (its etheric essence) becomes the object and a new variation of the super subject arises which is in a sense, a new current of world human intellect in etheric motion. If currents of free ether in space can be materialised in this way, then these are indeed the etheric currents proposed. The key issue for human existence on the Earth lies in determining which quantum physical substances allow etheric fields to become manifest and what systems, energy and information are made accessible through the process of materialisation. We conclude here by quoting N.A. Kozyrev: "It is not surprising that this life force essence has been omitted from scientific knowledge since the organising essence which 8

carries the active quality of time bears very little influence on organisms in comparison to the usual destructive processes they undergo. Being small, it is omnipresent in the natural world and given the conditions for its accumulation, it acts as a small drop of water which falls on an expansive area and supports the unending flow of powerful river currents. These conditions are present in organisms since all life activity naturally works against the habitual process of destruction. It is probably the organism's ability to retain and accumulate this potential for counteraction that determines the great role of the biosphere. In relationship to the Earth it is a creative essence which carries time and flows in a current via the energy of the Sun's rays. From here it stands that the sun and stars are essential to the harmony of life and death. In this context Platon's words in 'Timee' take on deep meaning: 'These stars are destined to take part in the arrangement of time'. Here we should add that in its turn time plays a part in the 'arrangement of the stars'. This is the new paradigm that would seem to replace the contemporary dominating quantum physics pyramid. It symbolises the future of the XXI century, the survival of humanity and the realisation of the ingenious ideas of V.I. Vernadskii in which humanity transforms into an autotrophic mechanism of cosmic being. The contemporary research achievements of fundamental physics and astrophysics, special accelerators and the study of atomic, subatomic and etheric torsion fields is making a massive contribution to human practical knowledge and accumulating a huge quantity of data on vital adaptive phenomena. Within circumstances of increasing toxicity, degradation and annihilation of the earth's reserves scientific thought is breaking ground in areas of vital matter, the biosphere and the emergence of the Noosphere. If the fundamental sciences in the fields of physics, technology and engineering were to be combined with computer programming and the knowledge of vital matter then the twenty first century could expect to witness the full body of science irrespective of differentials emerging on a new scale pushing into new fields of discovery. Today a relativist paradigm of quantum physics is proposed in which the living and the cosmic are viewed within the context of the finest and most in-depth processes of quantum physics. With the advent of the study of particles and matter huge, high power accelerators have been built whilst scientific thought is focusing on the understanding of the intellect, time and attempts to find the measure of time. As a result, subtle energy processes taking place in space (Newtonian physics), and the cosmic 'currents' existing in universal space are being described. Mankind is searching for a way into other galaxies through these energetic cosmic currents. This is the search of which K.E. tsiolkovskii spoke, of the possibility of world evolution and scientific thought breaking through into cosmic worlds and establishing a positive return connection. In a wider sense, it represents the hope of finding a way through the asperities which threaten the planet today in the form of terrorism, destruction, and catastrophe. For the first time in the history of the development of mankind objective premise exists to publicly raise the issue of realising the emergence of the Noosphere. The process of planetary integration which has naturally begun at the beginning of the twenty first century serves as the grounds for at least theoretically bringing this issue into public awareness. New ground breaking technology and developments in fundamental science truly complement world predictions made by the scientific community. The world's population consists of multiple forms of social systems, religion, policy and economy but must nonetheless create mutual relations based on a widely acceptable foundation in which all values, ideas and goals have an integrating function. This represents the kind of integrative reality that society is demanding and which should lie at the core of any unifying model of humanity in which the world community can absorb new ideas and progressive solutions as naturally as a sponge. For many 9

countries this idea has already been integrated as a constitutive social, economic and scientific principle. For whole regions and continents it has become a measure of the scale of architectural and spatial decision making within infrastructure and communication systems. In general terms, it is seen as the potential of the future, an ultimate goal and strategic course of integration for countries and continents. With the active participation of human reason and intellect this idea is already shifting onto a new qualitative level in the form of world cosmoplanetary integration. Human individual consciousness has matured (although this may not literally apply to all) and is capable of driving society forwards in the expression of active, individual relationships not only to world processes of the Earth's transformation but also to mutual connections with the other planets in the Galaxy. The Great Continent Convergence which acts as the epicentre for the consolidation of this type of society has already become a model for world cosmoplanetary integration. Its foundation lies in an informations structure consisting of geographically horizontal and vertical axes. This represents a Transcontinental information and communications highway (horizontally spanning the Earth's land-based existing and developing infrastructure; vertically integrating cosmoplanetary opportunities for the development of information resources on three spatial levels: the earth, the atmosphere and the cosmos continuing to infinity in time and space. Such is the basis of the authors' conception of the Great Continent Convergence as a model for world cosmoplanetary integration which includes scientific and practical solutions to contemporary problems concerning the mutual influence of the Planet and the cosmos at this stage of planetary physical change. The emergence of the Noosphere will unfold gradually, and clearly, no-one can say exactly how many decades the process of systematically uniting Humanity will take in order to create a Noosphere environment. Today, the Noosphere should be seen as a symbol of faith, as an ideal of rational human intervention in the biosphere. It is essential that we believe in the teaching of V.I. Blavatskii who believed that rational human behaviour would bring happiness to humanity. 'World cosmosplanetary integration' is simply a required model that provides the opportunity of taking the first few practical steps in this direction. Moreover, as a 'global' model there is no reason why it should not serve as a consolidating factor for countries and continents today, capable of unifying all humanity and literally initiating a new world geopolicy 'from scratch' from the realistic standpoint of the 'The Great Continent Convergence' program. A 'noosphere' version of the given Model would focus on potential interdisciplinary research and the search for the realia of humanity's Noosphere development. For example, at the present time this model is capable of focusing the search of interdisciplinary research in the areas of complex, social and humanitarian issues of Noosphere development, the Noosphere human figure and Noosphere education etc. Here the author has simply attempted to offer a simplified model which could be employed by any area of society in order to begin creating and consolidating planetary integration. This universality applies to the proposed Model whereas its 'global' aspect, the program of the 'great continent conversion' project is offered as a model for world cosmoplanetary integration in which social, economic, ethnographic, cultural, historical, ecological, transport and communications, information-communicative, architectural spatial, geological resource, technical, scientific, technological, cosmological, geopolitical and biological-medical fields are deliberately systematised under the new vision of the world cosmosplanetary integration model. This scientific concept has been formulated by every renowned specialist in their field, individually nurtured and developed 10

over many decades in the minds of the outstanding figures of the late 20th and early 21 st century such as: A.P. Okladnikov, V. Heisig, V. Dynovskii, F. Ligeti, L.N. Gumilev, S.N. Roerich, N.N. Moiseev, B. Rinchen, T. Heyerdhal, S.G. Donnchev, V.P. Kaznacheev, C.T. Aimatov, G.M. Grechko, D.C. Strebkov, D.B. Purveev, A.N. Dmitriev, B.A. Ibraev and others. V.I.Vernadskii prophetically proclaimed, 'It is not a crisis for the weak soul that humanity is experiencing but rather a great turning point in scientific thought, such as occurs but once in a thousand years. As we stand at this turning point and view the future that unfolds before us we should rejoice that it is ours to live through this time and to take part in the creation of such a future.

11

CHAPTER I THE GREAT CROSS OF CONTINENTS AS AN EARTH BASED MODEL OF THE COSMOPLANETARIAN INTEGRATION

Purveev Jangar Badmaevich

A. MANKIND AND EARTH STARTING THE THIRD MILLENIUM A.L Geographic, social and historical contemporaneity at the beginning of the 21st century . By the end of the 20th century the Earth with its mirror-like oceans, seas, lakes and rivers, fantastically bordered by mainland, islands and archipelagos, possessed of an expansive infrastructure had developed into a relatively unified global, geographic and geophysical system. The size of the oceans and the earthly globe have long been confirmed and the dynamics of the skies also studied. For almost two thousand years the captains of the caravels have set their course on the waters using Ptolemee's system and in 1543 Copernicus took another great step in his discovery that the planets rotate around the Sun. Astrophysicists are now making discoveries in the furthest and most complex corners of the galaxy where even the birth of new stars can be observed. As we see, life goes on in as it always has done. Today, through the study of the biosphere, a new cosmogony is gradually being born reflected in different worldviews from every possible divine interpretation to astrophysics. The Earth however, particularly the Earth's surface, is in a critical condition. It is natural therefore, that science should be concerned with evaluating the condition of the biosphere and studying the AH ETA issue of human survival. Practical material and thorough scientific inquiry both point to the fact that the biosphere and the planet's special, physical qualities are becoming more and more dependent on the extremely subtle and harmonious functioning of the solar system and cosmic space. Analyses of the biosphere and the chemical, ecological, and economic structures of contemporary civilization clearly indicate that a global crisis is brewing which could be described as 'cosmoplanetary' in nature. Human society has been moving further and further away from certain fundamental, scientific principles, striving rather towards an ex . ixipon. 4.5 , ; . , , 1 / , . .

12

treme form of anthropocentrism. One could even go so far as to call it 'planetary centrism'. It is now essential however, to deeply acknowledge the extent to which all parts of the planet's framework within the time-space continuum are dependent on the energetic processes of the cosmos. The development of the planet, including all its biota and rapidly increasing and changing human population is closely linked with the biosphere, with the geophysical features of our planet and with the cosmophysical capacity of the solar system. Put figuratively, whereas to the Universe the Earth represents but a paltry cosmic structure to mankind it is a space ship, a launch pad on which it is ours to survive, living as we will, in conflict or reconciliation. The question is how the entirety of the world's tactical, geopolitical, economic and biological fields coexist with the cosmophysical world of which we are also a part. How long mankind will continue to exist depends on how we manage our intelligence, tactical and strategic abilities in mutual relationship to the laws of the cosmos! The recent increase, diversity and intensity of natural disasters has become a subject of great concern. Technical, air and road accidents as well as natural floods and earthquakes have carried significant human losses. During the period 1990 to 1999 only, the number of natural victims doubled (in comparison to the previous decade) reaching 188 million. According to statistics provided by Chicago University, during this period, the lives of two billion people, a third of the world's population, were affected in one way or another by natural disasters while the general number of natural catastrophe has increased ten times in the past forty years. In addition, the Earth's climatic conditions are dramatically changing. The number of technological and natural catastrophes the Earth is witnessing has visibly increased and there is no doubt of their extremity. Such processes have become particularly evident since the 1960s which has caused scientists no great surprise. In the middle of the sixties and seventies American space zonds 'Pioneer-1', 'Pioneer2', ' Voyager-1' and 'Voyager-2' were sent to the edge of the Solar system initiating a more detailed study of the planets (including the Moon, Venus and Mars). From then on physicists, astrophysicists, meteorology and Heliosphere specialists began receiving a massive volume of new information as a result of which existing scientific models of the Solar system and
-

65

13

its motion in outer space were called into question. 'Interrogating' interplanetary space over several decades the zonds revealed the presence of such a significant increase in matter and energy in interplanetary expanse that the issue of the possible cause of global catastrophic processes fell away of its own accord. According to the predictions of various world specialists Humanity has moved into the 21st century at a time of global systemic crisis affecting all aspects of human activity in all countries around the world. A brief overview of human activity reveals a crisis situation in all the following areas: world overpopulation, energy sources, ecological degradation, the relationship of North and South; food supplies, ethnic relations; intergovernmental and confessional relationships; United Nations and international terrorism etc. The Eurasian perception of the global systemic crisis also includes a crisis of Morality and Spirit. One could also add other crisis factors such as the viability of the social and economic system considering that the world market is calculated as having a 3% survival rate. In the near future, the developing countries of the west are doomed to stagnation of which upheaval in the stock market and dramatic shifts in the course of the dollar are symptomatic. As neither science nor technology have been able to formulate solutions to the impending impasse it is clear that predictions of the irreversible and imminent ruin of Mankind and contemporary civilization are quite realistic. The question therefore, is not whether contemporary civilization will survive but rather, whether 3-4 or 4-5 generations will live to see the current civilization through. If this were the first time that a global systems crisis had been experienced within our planetary system one could perhaps consider the idea that the situation represents some kind of penitence for the technological and soulless path mankind has been treading. In previous eras however, mankind has survived large scale crisis on more than one occasion and always in similar circumstances given that the crisis occurred within the limits of the earth's dimensions. Every time that civilization has found itself at the brink of destruction particularly in recent centuries, mankind has acquired new knowledge of the structure of the world and created a new scientific paradigm which has in turn given rise to a new system of fundamental science and newly accepted system of mutual relations between individuals and between nations. As a result, new social technologies have been created which have enabled man not only to overcome impasse and crisis of planetary proportions but also to move up to a new turn in the spiral of evolutionary development. At least this was the case previously. Circumstances changed however when human civilization pushed beyond the limits of non-intervention in Nature to such an extent that it began touching upon the very mechanisms of the Solar system which
( ) -89,2' () -71' (--). 15 ) ( +58' () 12 ( ) 1 ,

14

regulate the planet. Whereas it is common for us to consider Nature an evolutionary process unique to our planet which manifests in the biosphere, the existence of this type of process on other stars or planets surrounding the Solar system with similar geophysical and astronomical features, should at the current time be considered no more than a hypothesis. The question arises as to whether the contemporary technological changes the planet is being subjected to correspond to its natural process of evolution within the Solar system. In the past, the planet has witnessed periods (lasting up to fifteen years) of what are essentially nuclear winter. According to the results of scientific research into the ice cores of Antarctica and Greenland these periods existed more frequently than one might expect. It is only mankind however, that is capable of creating the extreme changes we see today by discharging huge amounts of electromagnetic energy into space thereby forcing the Planet out of alignment with its natural path of cosmic evolution. It has now been established beyond doubt that recent large-scale earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tornados, hurricanes and tsunami etc., represent the Planet's reaction to huge volumes of matter and energy that are permeating into the Solar system. This energy is of interstellar origin and has been registered by remote zonds. Therefore, the search for a solution to the current situation can no longer be limited to historical analogy, as if to say, 'this kind of thing has happened in the past and is simply being repeated'. The deciding factor in events currently taking place in the geological and geographic environments lies in rapid, power-consuming processes which have no analogy in social history. Geological analogies however, do exist for example, when approximately 67 million years ago the Earth witnessed the extinction of the dinosaurs. Likewise, according to the theory of global cooling, over the past sixty thousand years the Earth has witnessed at least four glacial ages, the last occurring approximately thirteen thousand years ago coinciding with the sudden extinction of the mammoths. The cause of the mammoth's demise however, was not the cold but a larger-scale cataclysm caused by a comet colliding with the Earth's surface. Hypothesis has it that a cosmic structure of huge proportions a planetoid or part of the nucleus of Halley's Comet collided with the Earth. As a result of the impact the Earth shuddered and shifted 30 degrees in the direction of the external force. Because the direction of the axis of the Earth's rotation in space remained unchanged in relationship to the Solar system the earth's magnetic poles shifted to a different point on the Earth's surface. As a result all latitude points on the Earth's surface changed which lead to a world cataclysm and global climate change. The study of the prehistoric past has caused scientists to make the supposition that the Earth stands not at the brink of global warming but at the onset of a new glacial period. 15

The biosphere regulates a range of exogenic processes and the whole of the Earth's climate machine. It affects the entire evolutionary framework and is included in the resonant homeostasis of the Solar system. Therefore, the condition of the Earth's biosphere is reflected in the evolutionary potential of the whole structure. When the biosphere is pushed beyond acceptable levels of misbalance compensatory mechanisms are initiated irrespective of the cause of the threat. It is the cooperative response of the Solar system that has ensured the triumph of the biosphere in all previous catastrophes witnessed by the Earth. The Planet's life support system is a process taking place on a super cosmic scale. Technological activity that works against life-giving processes therefore falls within the 'field of awareness' of all the stabilising systems in the Heliosphere. It is quite clear that scientists are convinced of the onset of global catastrophe (rather, a series of global physical change). In its extreme planetary centrism and anthropocentrism contemporary fundamental science has limited its knowledge and striving exclusively to the realm of the biosphere and as a result proves incapable of interpreting the processes taking place in Nature. In reality, there is no existing 'fundamental' science which would research the processes of terrestrial and cosmic transformation now taking place. Of the fact that no strict physics of Nature exists besides fundamental technical physics the world scientific community prefers to remain silent. A new vision of the world is emerging for two reasons. Firstly, developed planetary, interplanetary and solar observance and registration technologies have received a huge volume of material on the nature of the planets and the heliosphere. The analysis of this material, according to contemporary methodology, in many cases clearly contradicts previously existing explanatory models establishing the demand for new hypotheses and concepts. Secondly, the Solar system is becoming more and more filled with new events, effects and phenomena. This process of renewal is particularly reflected in large scale changes taking place in the Solar system's electromagnetic structure. It is essential therefore, that the picture of the world that was held and constructed previously should be reassessed and modified accordingly. Such are the current time-space and planetary physical realia of the globe's current condition.
8

16

The basis of the existing picture of the world was provided thanks to the intellectual efforts of the Gottingen scientific school which focused on laboratory and technical fundamentalism. Guided by values of planetary centrism and anthropocentrism in its social orientation this school of thought has now reached a deadlock. Due to its efforts, the natural scientific picture of the world was replaced by a mathematical-physics (calculative-model) approach. The status of the analytical approach, abstract postulates and clever experiments rapidly increased. One could say that this school clearly and dynamically worked towards generating and substantiating 'crackpot ideas'. The practical aspect of this phenomenon culminated in the rapid progression of technological progress. 'Observational, 'non-coercive' methods of building understanding of the natural world were squeezed out by more 'active-conquering' methods. The deliberate decision was made in favour of the social prevalence of technical and laboratory patterns rather than natural scientific methods. Over time, this culminated in a powerful force for 'remaking the world' instead of 'explaining' it which eventually created the grounds for technological catastrophe. Simultaneously however, an astrophysical picture of the world was gradually being refined in various disciplines of the scientific world from religious interpretations to astrophysical and planetary phenomena. With the development of the study of the biosphere a new cosmogony was born which took account of the global nature of vital processes. From ancient times to the present day, humanity itself has represented a symbol of time in the sense that time represents a temporal layer within a given age. Every epoch has its stratification and its unique markers which are passed on to a people's descendants in order that historical memory continue and the temporal link between generations remain unbroken. By comparison, the deliberate links managed by social institutions of power have gradually developed into a world methodology; an ideologically centralised stereotype of human behaviour expressed in the form of anthropocentrism and planetary centrism. The way in which these temporal strata are 'cemented' and consolidated can be seen in the history of social institutions such as religion, economics and the state which continue to determine behavioural stereotypes today in the development of social arrangements. Man who symbolises the final stage in the creation of the Universe represents a physical, sensuous and spiritual world. Of all living creatures only man is capable of consciously acknowledging the existence of intellect and all its potential. Man stands at the centre of the universe, at the intersection of a vertical, transcendental axis leading to the creator and the horizontal axis of the transient world. For this reason, man's perception of the reality of tradition includes quantitative and qualitative aspects and is defined by the balance the individual is able to attain between the material and the spiritual worlds. It is only with the advent of radical, social institutions such as religion, the state and the economy that anthropocentrism arises in the human behavioural stereotype. It gradually divorces man from a natural condition of unity with the surrounding natural environment and directs human development towards egocentrism. For man like all parts of the biota is a component of the biosphere and the planet Earth; a product of the Cosmos, originating in the Cosmos and destined to return to the Cosmos! Herein lies the social transgression of the laws of the Cosmos in which man is albeit highly conscious nonetheless a tiny component. In as far as man represents the microcosm, a kind of mirror of the macrocosm he carries the potential of the Universe in the seven open chakras (centres). Even as an embryo man carries within the code of the Universe; he is in effect a symbol of the embryogenesis of the Universe. The individual represents a swinging pendulum between arcs of ascent and descent and symbolises the ultimate final stage of creation in a synthesis of universal reality. 17

And so the question is, 'what is man?' 'What is his position in the creation process?' In completing the circle of creation, how does man in his own creativity take part in the foundation of this reality in the form of the state and religion? Being a manifestation of divine names and qualities man tends to display passive qualities in his relationship to god and active qualities in his relationship to the Universe. Ironically, man perceives himself as a servant of God which supposes pure and complete passivity whilst simultaneously, striving to gain power over entire creation in his active, social role as 'God's representative on Earth'! Here again we see the social negation of the laws of the universe in which man is really a highly conscious but nonetheless, tiny constituent part. It is the focus on self divorced from Nature and the Cosmos that is so clearly evident today in world human activity and which has led to the current state of evolutionary impasse. Social institutions and their associated egocentrism have divorced man from the entire biota and the natural environment laying the foundations of anthropocentrism with all its social conditioning. Anthropocentrism teaches the individual to measure the world and commensurate it according to self, that is, within the limits of individual knowledge and the tendency to extend it from the personal to the external (in this case from the individual to god). The potential to expand personal consciousness is restricted by the acceptance of social dogma and the frameworks which fetter from building knowledge. The Koran reads: 'We offered the faith to the heavens, the earth and the mountains but they were terrified of it and declined the burden which Man later took upon himself. Here, the active function of being God's representative coexists with the passive quality creating a harmonious mutual connection in which man rules on earth on the sole condition that he remain in full obedience to god. The main credo of anthropocentrism lies in denying the latter condition whereas the universal human figure on the contrary symbolises this perfect synthesis. The universal figure is a spiritual archetype; a creation prototype, for it is through this type of individual that all things return to their divine essence. In the religious mythology the striving towards the divine is potentially inherent in everything and represents the key to the soul's salvation. The extent to which a person's divine potential can be made manifest is illustrated in their creative striving which is why art tends above all, to extol the conscious understanding of harmony and unity. Perceiving the common dissatisfaction with the 'existing condition of the world's natural environment' expressed at every level of social development, certain representatives of social institutions of power succeeded in gradually including it as an ethical and intellectual social program in almost all nations. However, movement stimulated by this kind of social program based only on egocentrism and anthropocentrism is today leading humanity to the brink of destruction and the planet to a condition of catastrophe. Simultaneously however, the world scientific community was gradually been refining a new astrophysical picture of the world reflected in different fields from various forms of religious interpretation to the study of astrophysical, planetary phenomena. 18

With the development of the study of the biosphere a new cosmogony has been generated which takes account of vital, global processes. Whilst complex, large-scale natural processes were being disregarded by mainstream science the social and economic worlds have been mobilising human intellect in the sole pursuit of profit, likewise embodying the basis of planetary centrism and anthropocentrism Laboratory physics has stimulated the scientific and technological progress of contemporary civilization which stands in such opposition to the natural evolution of the Earth and its vital processes. The pendulum of history swings between two points, the chaos of state disintegration and the order of hierarchical structures often united in economic or military alliance. This repetitive motion reflects man's intellectual impotence when faced with the task of shaping the progressive development of human civilisation. Far from being eternal, the astrophysical laws of the Solar system and the planet change relatively swiftly. Prediction models for the biosphere and human evolution are becoming ever more complex in content and quickening in pace. This evidences the fact that the creative forces of the Heliosphere are seriously intervening in evolutionary objectives by increasing the power and modifying the quality of astrophysical processes. It is possible that the creative corrective processes being initiated by the intellectual core of the Solar system are directly linked to the behaviour of man on Earth who ultimately has no choice but to overthrow its anthropocentric paradigm. This paradigm is reflected in space technology, energy production, nuclear power and the destruction of geological bodies. One the one hand these compromise the life force potential of the Earth's biosphere and on the other, generate unbalanced processes (mainly electromagnetic) in the Heliosphere. As far as the vital potential of the biosphere is concerned is it worth taking a look at scientific research. Russian cosmology concerning nature and the evolution of living matter plays a leading role in world cosmological studies today. In Kozyrev's terms it has now been confirmed that along with macro molecular information and biological processes the atmosphere is also filled with separate particles of energy-time. This is a field form of matter linked with the uneven distribution of ether in space and the Earth's atmosphere. Man's destructive actions motivated by anthropocentrism are working against the living Planet of the Earth and precipitating a global catastrophe. At the same time, as has already been mentioned above, economic losses associated with natural disasters and changes in human health and psychological instability are rapidly increasing. All of the above serves as a general description of the geographic, social and historical condition of Humanity and the Earth today. As one can see, both prove illprepared for an organic shift into the cosmoplanetary realia of the future. The beginning of the 21st century however, is characterised by the ongoing consolidation of various world ethnic, state, economic and geopolitical structures which should be seen as an essential stepping stone to global integration. This represents a shift from the existence of isolated national communities to their unification, beginning with economically developed territories and developing around the world. Integrative processes similar to those we see taking place in the world economy have resulted in the development of integral principles, tendencies, functional and development mechanisms. The world economy has reached such a high level of cooperation between national economies that it legitimately represents a priority phenomena capable of actively influencing processes which involve the participation of mankind in the transformation of the natural world. Naturally, these processes of integration can give rise to negative social and economic problems which in turn require social adaptation, change in social consciousness, culture and behavioural conditioning. On the other hand they facilitate large scale integrative potential that is already demanding collective effort 19

on behalf of the world's population. Rather than simply creating a global economic market or world information system, integration makes the creation of global energy fields possible - economic or information systems 'space'. It is this which provides the opportunity of regulating not only human commercial activity but human activity as a whole. A.2. Man and the Earth (the ecological and cosmoplanetary imperative) The title of this section is not considered excessive in its tone of alarm for if anything it downplays the true state of affairs by concentrating on the understanding of the functional purpose of life on Earth. In accordance with transitional processes it is essential that the upsurge of academic interest in the 'origins of life' be redirected towards the issue of the 'preservation of life'. The last fifty years of scientific effort to explain the material origins of life (which arises at all points of time and space) represents one of the tactics (probably the last) aimed at luring scientific thought into an infertile desert in which the 'divine manna' has been transformed into an intellectual inhibitor. The thought expressed by V.I. Vernadskii that the biosphere is a cosmic phenomenon, represents a significant shift in world, human intellect. This shift should be seen as the inception of a new cosmic phase of life in the qualitative evolution of the planet and cosmic space. In the field of astrophysics it is clearly recognized that the Solar system exists in an ongoing cycle of rotation and transformation caused by solar energy and the external energies of the Galaxy which lies in a constant etheric and astrophysical vortex. The energies of this vortex also encapsulate the world of Man. The hypothesis that this etheric cosmic current has the ability to permeate other measures of time and space and other forms of manifestation is simply the next logical step. Here the idealism of the twentieth century is seen to be merging with materialism renewing its content. Man is now engaging in a new cognitive process. The very notion of materialism is becoming much more comprehensive. Gradually in the scientific world a new astrophysical picture of the world has being refined developing in different fields from various forms of religious interpretation to the study of astrophysical planetary phenomenon. With the development of the study of the biosphere a new cosmogony is being born which takes account of vital global processes. It has been confirmed that life cannot exist beyond certain conditions. Acceptable levels of concentration and waste pollution which have been stipulated in state environmental legislation would seem to comply with the ecological imperative we face today. In many Russian and international agreements these principles are erroneously interpreted as representing an ecological strategy. However, change has taken place in the sensitivity of the psychic, nervous, biological and genetic structure of man, plants and animals relative to combinations of chemical elements and as such we are experiencing an ecological environment that has been pushed beyond its natural limits. In reality, cosmic plasma waste, electromagnetic obstruction, new field factors, geopositive and geonegative zones and even small doses of dioxins, radiation and radon have accumulated to such unperceivable levels and stimulated such significant changes in living matter that the situation has already gone way beyond the issue of maximal acceptable concentrations. Any discussion on this subject is simply a tactical manoeuvre which as A.N. Dmitriev (13) believes attempts only to deflect attention from the problem of ecological toxicity. Despite ongoing ecological degradation, threshold limits beyond which lie ecological disaster remain the same (as in the case of emergency surgery or therapy). Environmental legislation which stipulates pollution limits merely represents 20

a tactical policy which should not be mistaken for strategic decision-making. Unless a new strategy is created Russia's survival and preservation dynamic will inevitably reach a deadlock. After Dmitriev, academic V.P. Kaznacheev (15) writes: 'Now that man represents an important planetary force, the study of planetary evolution should include new structures rather than limit itself to the biospheres of the past.' Survival resources are now the key issue. According to the wisdom of contemporary tactical and strategic goals survival resources are allocated to the four following areas: 1. Resources without established restrictive limits: replaceable mineral resources, a huge quantity of green vegetation, its products and fruits and likewise animals which make up their numbers in annual and other solar cycles; 2. Depleted resources: exhaustion of subsoil at the first, second and third levels, the future atmosphere (it is possible that serious supplements will be required).The prognosis on depleted resources is split into quantitative and qualitative aspects where the isotopic spectra for living and etheric matter may be limiting. Here the qualitative side of depleted resources touches on the problem of transmutation. 3. 'Accumulations' resulting from anthropogenic influence some of which are neutral. These include discharged soils on the earth's surface, non-toxic mining tails, millions of tonnes of soil, sediment cover and elements of the lithosphere transferred from place to place. Such accumulations occur mainly due to mechanical problems linked with landscape transformation. In addition, industry is emitting aggressive substances which cannot be encapsulated or reduced. In an ecological environment pushed beyond natural limits, aggressive technological materials will play a deciding role and may even become the detonator for huge scale catastrophe in the biosphere and anthropogenic sphere. 4. Inert bio substance accumulated in past biospheres on the Earth: Petroleum, coal, gas, peat etc. These are highly valuable 'minerals'. For millions of years green vegetation and fauna have been deriving essential spectres of isotopic structure from minerals and elements of cosmic matter as yet unknown to man. Using this matter in addition to 'torsion fields' and 'holographic soliton constructions living organisms have ultimately left gigantic beds of what are effectively biological 'minerals'. It is the materials that have accumulated on the Earth's surface or that are accessed in the form of metals, elements and biological 'minerals' that would appear to serve as the main basis for human autotrophy and evolution. In the future these materials will be highly valued. Considering that human autotrophy is thought to become possible in environments aside from the green plant cover of the Earth these bio substances will undoubtedly be transported through space and used in many different kinds of technology. It is also the case that at the beginning of the XXI century the planet is covered not with governmental organisations but with super-state market systems which are competing amongst themselves for power. Holding this power however, will become fraught with difficulty in as far as the implementation of totally new technologies based on strategies for the planet's evolution will greatly compromise the capacity of contemporary market monsters for viability, stability and survival. This relates to all market levels given that Man is the ultimate market product. A new branch of Russian cosmology is emerging which has taken on a cosmogeological form and focuses on planetary evolution strategy. Whatever form strategies for planetary evolution may take it is imperative that they involve activities linked with the four types of resources described above which as V.P. Kaznacheev (15) writes, 'will serve as the foundation for planetary survival; the biosphere and Humanity will 21

emerge not in a straight forward relationship of combination, co-evolution or even subordination but in a completely new stage of planetary evolution. These cosmic and geopolitical processes united with the intelligence of the cosmos can lead the way to achieving human autotrophy. The key stages of this evolutionary process would have to include the assimilation of the Earth's spheres (the biosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere) and the discovery of new microcosmic phenomena. The 21 st century marks the end of the cold war and colonial conquest and the disintegration of socialism. Although the image of the just, communist, social structure continues to play in certain minds, the negative experience of the Soviet Union has greatly reduced its level of attractiveness. Nonetheless, a number of states continue to hold to the communist ideology (China, Vietnam, Cuba and certain South American countries).There is no guarantee however, that communism will not collapse on these territories as it did in Russia. Renewed Marxist communism and bourgeois liberalism (the buttress of those who look no further than the ideal of material well being for the chosen few) have entered into deathly combat. Currently, there seems to be no other alternatives proposed for the road ahead. The two essentially corrupt, dictatorial regimes of military communism and panoligarchic capitalism will play a deciding role in the future and may well end up serving as a detonator for large scale anthropogenic catastrophe. The situation is fraught with other complexities. New economic mutants are being formed, social forces are being awakened and the nation's social and historical genetic blueprint is changing. History continues to transform the world's governmental, political structures and social framework. Third millennium history is in essence characterised by free access to natural values and spirituality (in all market structures) above all, within the Russian Federation. The cost of the new historical era is already being felt in European, African, American and eastern territories in the form of intense confessional disquiet, increased regional, ethnic opposition and new manifestations of terrorism. Longer term perspectives for human survival and the preservation of the biosphere and the globe given the context of the beginning of the 21st century. Today many different predictions exist devoted to separate issues. The conception of Rio-de-Janeiro (1992) highlighted the crisis which exists in contemporary ideology 22

and predictions theory. Given the condition of harsh anthropocentrism, short and longterm global predictions were given in detail on several occasions. Despite this, however, no known mechanisms for checking involution, catastrophe and terrorism exist. Trends in the development of the planet with its geopolitical poles more and more hinder scientific thought clouding the view that the anthropogenic sphere of the world's population (which is rapidly increasing and changing) is intimately linked with the biosphere and the geophysical and geological characteristics of the planet. There is an overriding tendency to put off acknowledging the idea that the survival strategy of any nation or ethnos must include not only local demographic features, ecology, culture and spirituality but also the position of the nation within any given civilization in the wider cosmophysical picture of the Universe. In 1991 when the Eurasian socialist camp crumbled together with all its predictions and rosy hopes for Humanity, the leaders of America and the west could offer no long-term vision for a better world. The same can be said for the leaders of other former socialist countries who displayed a total lack of planning or clear vision for the future. Most significantly, the time was marked by a lack of intellectual and spiritual seeking to understand the direction in which the world should move. Despite this fact, various countries carried out research and made theoretical progress in this field. Examples include the Roman club ('Growth limits'), the UN ('Program for sustainable development'), The Russian institute for the problem of globalisation ('Globalisation in practise'), (Economic and management mechanisms for Noosphere development'), particularly pioneering models offered by academics from the Novosibirsk ISICAR (International Scientific Institute for Cosmic Anthropoecological Research) ('Survival of the Russian population', 'Issues of Space and Noosphere futurology', 'Noosphere ecology and human economics' etc), and Moscow ecologists ('The Architecture of Creation) and 'the Economic and Management Mechanisms of Noosphere Development'). The 20th century should be entered into the Guinness Book of Records for its world records of rapid qualitative change in the geological and geophysical environment, the climate and the biosphere. No less outstanding is the new quality of the Solar system's relationship to Man and the Earth. This is a relationship based on the language of powerful energetic and electromagnetic processes. It reveals itself to be powerful adversary to the Earth's technical energy systems equipped with geo-effective flashes on the Sun and the appearance and development of large-scale interplanetary magnetic structures. Seperate flashes and generative magnetic processes represent part of the mechanism which corrects the Earth's geophysical portrait in accordance with the nature of evolutionary processes in the Solar system. In comparison not only to other smaller planets but also to Jupiter, the Earth (being third from the Sun) has a powerful magnetic sphere. The Earth's qualities known to specialists but rarely to the wider public show that within the context of the contemporary electromagnetic transformation of the Solar system it is the planet's magnetic sphere that acts as receptor and transformer of the energetic and information currents originating from the internal and external areas of the planet (Agulova, 1). It should also be noted that the end of the previous millennium was marked by an extremely intense relationship between creative and destructive forces in areas of human activity. As never before, the entirety of the life-giving resources of the biosphere are being mobilised to protect natural, vital processes from the influence of technological progress, whose hidden aim lies in battling against the evolutionary potential of the biosphere and the balance of the geological and geophysical worlds. More and more human resources are being channelled into destructive action, emotion and 23

thought. More and more negative psychological energy is exerting pressure on the Earth in an unseen field. Global quantities of energy reserves are being seized from the Earth's interior and projected towards the destruction of the climate machine and balance of the biosphere. Long-term carriers of natural principles and balance in the geosphere (places of mineral origin 'the treasures of the soil') are in many cases being replaced with shortterm technical structures, (golubov, 56; Gumilev, 57) Naturally, the Earth's task of making a new physical qualitative shift is greatly complicated by the ideals of 'the conquest of nature'. Ironically, man has collectively matured to a level of consciousness in which he is able to perceive transformation taking place in the Solar system and yet fails to understand that even a subtle influence brought to bear on the finest mechanisms of the heliosphere can set off irreversible oscillatory processes. We are already witnessing the emergence of uncontrollable processes with the involvement of new quantities of energy and matter (Govorunov, (60); konfratev and others (65)). The realisation of the Earth's new qualitative shift will considerably change the Earth's spheres and require highly focused cooperation on the part of governments around the world. For example, no account is being taken of the consequences 'of rocket launches in which the Solar system is seen as a colony of the Earth. It is just this type of program that puts mankind at war with the evolutionary power of the entire Solar system. The deformation of the geo-cosmos and the fact that processes in the ionosphere and magnetosphere are affected by technical and electromagnetic disturbances has already entirely changed the portrait of the Earth as it is seen by external systems and above all by the Solar system. Similar technological programs were created without incorporating evaluation tasks to at least approximately estimate the possible response of the Solar system to this type of human expansion despite the fact that evaluation could have been carried out as part of studies into the growing number of meteorological catastrophe affecting the Earth. In connection with the above it is appropriate to cite specific estimations. In this case anthropogenic influence in the extraction and use of natural resources is a relevant indicator. Considering the issue of the exhaustion of ecosphere resources over the past 100 years, A. Akimova and V.V. Khackhin note: 'In choosing the path of future development and in setting out government ecological policy it is imperative to understand that very soon the criteria for human success will lie in our ability to attune to the biosphere and measure human activity according to the limits of natural complexes. The future will belong to those countries able to embrace new ideas in their relationship with the natural world.' No governmental strategy takes account of issues such as intellectual development, the relationship to the social and ecological environment, inner and outer space and the place of man in the Universe. Government programs (including education) are reduced to solving tactical problems projected over the next 5-10 years. Academics must turn their attention to understanding the development of the Universal paradigm (of which V.I. Vernadskii spoke), that is, the connection between world human intellect and the physical world of space and through this link, the preservation and improvement of life on the planet The repetition of catastrophes on a planetaiy scale and the geological and historical proof of'the end of the world' leads to the conclusion that the end of the ice age, the death of the dinosaurs, the mammoths, the disappearance of civilizations (Atlantis) and the change in the geography of the Earth and climate etc have common planetary and cosmic causes. The question naturally arises as to what these causes are and how ancient catastrophes are linked to contemporary catastrophic events, to global warming, earthquakes, tsunami, tornados, to avalanches and landslides, floods, disappearing ships, falling aeroplanes and mine 24

explosions etc. From the very moment of its inception fundamental physics failed to consider historical movement as an analogy or form of the physical. No-one was able to suggest that historical movement could be calculated using physics formulas. Humanity has existed for a thousand years but science to this day views history as a chain of chance events rather than as the patterns and rule of life in the same way that the cyclical repetition of natural and social phenomena illustrate logical patterns. It is acknowledged that history repeats itself but no-one can say what laws that repetition adheres to. However, the laws of society and history (parts of the movement of the whole, the biosphere and the Earth's layers) can be determined and systematised into a common periodical matrix, reflected mathematically in a single algorithm of the development of living and inert systems, expressed in a method of social and economic prediction. As has been shown above, through the history of biology and physics the past becomes manifest in the present and historical cataclysms are shown to be linked with planetary cataclysms. History can be seen as physical movement and therefore, history and the evolution of life can be studied as forms of movement. From the point of view of exact theoretical natural studies is becomes evident that phenomenon such as aeroplanes that fall from the skies for no apparent reason, exploding mines, global climate change and world catastrophes etc. are in fact linked with historical and evolutionary processes. Likewise, it becomes apparent that these processes may also be linked with events of the distant past such as disappearing civilizations (the sinking of Atlantis 11,5 thousand years ago) and the extinction of the dinosaurs and mammoths. According to the material available Atlantis disappeared simultaneous to the ice sheets of Europe, Asia and North America in the period of so-called human overkill (Jirov, 1964) that is, at the same time that the mammoths and many other animal species disappeared from the face of the Earth. One may speak of an interdisciplinary rather than hypothetical field of science to which much academic research is devoted, in particular the works of V.I. Plokhova (43) who focuses on the systemic discovery of the laws of the catastrophes of the past, present and future and the common characteristics of all catastrophe. Irrespective of the type of catastrophe, be it the death of an ancient civilization, glacial drift or the fall of an aeroplane, today, the views of academics on the common principles of catastrophes are founded on the results of evolutionary models created over many years of scientific research. Research into natural and social catastrophe reflects the laws of the history of nature and society which are themselves determined by the movement of the Earth and the Solar system. The number of cataclysm is increasing and

25

includes global warming, social, demographic, biological, geological and cosmic catastrophe. Contemporary response to emergency situations is always post factum. The underlying reason for the inability to adequately respond to growing uncertainty surrounding these disasters and other previously unseen types of catastrophe is a simple lack of knowledge. However, one may conclude that knowledge of the physics of creation and destruction, biology and history and the biosphere's natural stabilising mechanisms makes it possible to shift scientific perception of catastrophe to that of lawfulness, and as a result, to change it from the current 'unknown danger' category to a category of predictable event. This empirical generalisation is vitally important and confirmed by historical experience in the example of predicted, meteorological cataclysms which are not as dangerous as they are sudden. Whereas the unknown nature of catastrophe and other disturbances carries an unforeseeable threat, the known can be exploited for its potential benefits (for example exploiting the energy inherent in catastrophes). Whereas today no forms of anti-catastrophe activity exist they are sure to be developed (43). Knowledge

("--

I , | L

1 : 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
N

|1

1 [

1 ^

I I * " *

l s

( )
( , ) (

11

t ( ) { ) ( )

--

-,

I : 200 i ) . : ,

26

of the physics of catastrophe will undoubtedly lead to innovation and progress in all spheres of human activity. Man is changing the face of the planet. Human actions motivated by anthropocentrism are even bearing an influence on the activity of the Solar system bringing it closer to catastrophe. Social globalisation represents a danger to mankind and therefore it is essential that changes be introduced in economic policy. The majority of the world's population underestimates the fact that man represents a part of the Universe and that we are connected to world reason and universal space. Certainly, the majority are aware of the fact that these realms are also directing and changing the course of planetary evolution, assisting the human world in compensating for the influence of anthropogenic distortion. We are an integral part of the Universe. Rather than creating new enemies on the Earth and in the Cosmos human efforts would be better directed towards preserving and developing civilization as we have come to know it. Large-scale opportunities for planetary integration which are already engaging the collective efforts of humanity should be considered within this context. Rather than simply creating global economic markets or information systems which regulate human commercial activity, integration processes facilitate the creation of an economic or information system 'space' making it possible to regulate human activity in its entirety. Such is the condition of Man and the Earth at the beginning of 21 st century at a time of planetary physical change as illustrated in materials on the cosmoplanetary, ecological, imperative included below.

27

ECOLOGICAL, COSMOPLANETARY IMPERATIVE

Up to 2025 Spatial-physical processes in the Solar system Increasing power in the Heliosphere; irreversible change in the physics of interplanetary space; new types of interplanetary and solar planetary connections; initial stages of powerful physical change in relationship to all planets 2050 Formation of a new structure in the electromagnetic carcass of the Solar system and resulting emergence of a new type of interaction with non-systemic cosmic space; contact via spatial-physical resonance with ' k i n d r e d ' stellar-planetary associations; increase in the spatial-physical role of plasmic densities in the Heliosphere Formation of new types of interplanetary interaction (due to changes in the transmission features of interplanetary cavities); appearance of new stabilizing climate factors; increase in the role of the ether and emergence of a new types of rapid velocity interplanetary interaction; increased intensity and scale of hot gaseous layers. Completion of geomagnetic pole inversion and increase in the role of the four world magnetic anomalies in the formation of a new geomagnetic structure; appearance of new types of interaction between the Sun, Jupiter and the Earth (manifestation of magnetic quadruple pole interaction; large scale rearrangement of continental glaciers in Antarctica and G r e e n l a n d ; rise in the level of the Pacific ocean; beginnings of continental, tectonic movement; rise in volcanic activity. 2100 Emergence of the Heliosphere program and modification of planetary make-up (Saturn moving further away and the inclusion of a N e w planet, as indicators of evolutionary change); final arrangement of absorption and radiation mechanisms; arrangement of powerful ray interactions on a cosmological scale

Physical planetary transformation in the Solar system

Rapid transformation of the climate system; rapid increase in power and diversity of structures in the weather; change in the nature of electro-magnetic processes in solar planetary relations; rise in the number of physical-planetary processes stimulated by increased ether concentrations (heterogeneous physical vacuum); increase in the planet's gaseous layers. Acceleration of geomagnetic pole inversion; decrease in dipole tension of the Earth's magnetic sphere; increase in radioactivity (natural and technological) in the Earth's atmosphere (hundred times more local); increase in hurricane and tornado activity; increase in instability of global and regional temperatures; disruption of seasonal periods; beginnings of warming (melt) in island and continental areas; increase in intensity and role of storm processes and hot gassy stable formations.

Completion of the planet's role in the Solar system's accelerated evolutionary program; emergence of separate planetary evolution programmes within the context of the progressively increasing power of the Heliosphere; the planet's response to a common program for the accelerated evolution of the Solar system, modification of the planet's material make-up, growth in the number and diversity of various kinds of stable plasmic body. Completion of the Earth's magnetic pole inversion; erratic increase in radioactivity in the Earth's atmosphere (a hundred times); emergence of a stable interactive mechanism between the dipole and quadrapoles of Earth and Jupiter; emergence of'presidential' management of the Earth's physics from the direction of the Sun and the appearance of new forms of interaction with the use of etheric material facilities; initial stabilization in dynamic control of weather structures; increased power of processes common all the Earth's layers, initial stage in the formation of the New face of the Earth.

Physical planetary transformation on the Earth (the geological and geophysical environment)

. , , .

, 5,5

28

PREDICTION OF THE CONDITION OF MANKIND AND THE EARTH 21 s t CENTURY A.D. (COSMOPLANETARY, ECOLOGICAL IMPERATIVE)
Up to 2025 I. Cosmic processes Critical change in energy flows in the solar system, their anomalous manifestation on manifestation on the planet Changes in the Electromagnetic field of the Earth, climate regime (t). Water deficit. Deficit of bioactive microelements Deficit o f food sources, Soil degradation. Genetic misbalance in the biosphere. Genetic default Growth in over-population, Social-economic and Geopolitical tension (northsouth) N e w information and psychological Technologies; Nation fatigue 2050 Critical change in cosmic radiation, extreme levels o f electromagnetic and other fields. Discovery of parallel realms Displacement of the Earth's parallax, tectonic plate crisis 2100 Tectonic stress. Changes in the energetic activity of the Earth's interior Possibility of terrestrial collision

2. Planetary processes

N e w methods of interaction with rational cosmic space (+;- ?). Ether energetics

3. Biosphere processes

Changes in the biosphere and hydrosphere. Endoecological imperative (bacterial virus terrorism) Possible attempts to inhabit space. N e w forms o f life supporting act activities. Danger of virtual systems in technology. Threat of human genetic default

Potential systems Elements o f human autotrophy, Human generation flow control Methods of lengthening human Life span. Employment of globalization a single global program or technocratic catastrophe Single global population with 'planetary government'

4. Human and social processes

<t

Fig.l. Characteristics of the global parameters of sustainability (Meadows D. et al. Limits to growth. N.Y.: Universe Book, 1972. 196p.) I - nonrenewable natural resources; 2 -food products per person (kg grain); 3 - capital investment per person ($USA); 4 - environmental pollution; 5 -population.

29

World population density

Population density for the regions of the world Note: Countries and territories shown with total area exceeding 1 according to CIA (July 2003)
Country, temtory Bangladesh Mauritius Taiwan South Korea Puerto Kica (USA) Netherlands Martinica (Fr.) Lebanon Belgium 388,87 387,24 35K.43 337,24 Density (persons/2; 961.45 650.78 628,21 400,34 426,83 Country, temtory France Portugal Uganda Hungary Serbia and Montenegro Cabo-BCP ^uba Malawi Australia 102,19 101,60 98,34 97,64 Ecuador Burkina Faso Tadjikistan Fiji 48,35 48,24 47.96 47,54 Somalia Saudi Arabia Belize Papa New Guinea Japan Tndia Salvador Shri lanka Reunion(Fr-) Rowanda Israel Comoro Islands Philippines Haiti Vietnam 336.69 319,29 307.53 300,91 300.63 296,53 294,49 291,68 282,07 271.27 247,68 logo Slovenia Syria Rumania Azerbaijan Hungary Ghana Cyprus Macedonia Greece Sierra-Leone 95,61 95,57 94,96 93.78 90,42 87,25 85,80 83.42 81.44 80,84 79,01 Bhutan Afghanistan Iran Nicaragua Tanzania Panama Guinea-Bissau Guinea Yemen Columbia Latvia 45,52 44,04 41.43 39,60 38,01 37,86 37,68 36,73 36,65 36,58 36.37 New Caledonia Turkmen Mali Nigeria Congo Angola Kuss. Federation Bolivia Chad Kazakhstan Central African Republic Ciuadalupe (Fr.) Great Britain Jamaica Germany 247.30 245,46 245,30 230.79 Spain Ukraine roatia Bosnia + Herzegovina Burundi 1 rimdad 1 ooaro Italy Nepal Pakistan DPRK Dominion Republic Switzerland 177,25 Eastern Timor Sao tome and Principe Luxembourg 175,62 Swaziland 66,88 175.71 Bulgaria 67,96 Congo (Dem. Republic) Peru 22,11 Falklands 0,24 24,14 North Sahara 0,98 68,33 Kyrgyzstan 24,65 Mongolia 1,73 219,05 215,33 192,54 187,99 1 87.45 1 178.85 Costa-Rica Egypt Cambodia Qatar Morocco Georgia Malaysia 76.24 74,61 72,50 71,44 70,96 70.80 70,03 Estonia USA UAh Liberia Madagascar Venezuela Laos 31,14 31.01 29,98 29,79 28,92 27,03 25,01 Mauritania Iceland iWrname Botswana Australia Namibia Guiana (Fr) 2,83 2,73 2,67 2,62 2,57 2,34 2,05 79,67 79,60 78,22 78.02 Eritrea UAR Cameroon Zimbabwe 35,96 35.06 33,12 32.20 Gabon Guiana Canada Libya 4,94 3,27 3,23 3,13 11,06 9,78 9,38 ,73 8,64 ,64 8,46 7,82 7,21 6,17 5,91 12,59 12,39 11,60 11,44 Density (persons/2) 110,01 109,34 108,60 107,98 104,11 Country, territory Kenya Senegal Mexico Cote-d'lvoire Belorussia Density (persons/2) 54.30 53.93 53,18 52.60 49,72 Country, territory Argentina Algeria Zambia Vanuatu Oman Density (persons/2) 14,00 13,78 13,70 13,51 13,21

Nigeria

144,93

Polynesia (Fr.)

62,90

Mozambique

21,81

Greenland

0,03

China Gambia

134,10 132, 4

Myanmar Benin

62,65 62.52

Brazil Bahamas

21,39 21,34

Moldavia Check Republic Guatemala Lailand Denmark Albania

131,18 129.96 127-74 125,03 124,95 124.61

Samoa Borneo Lesotho Jordan Tunisia Honduras

62,30 62,06 61,34 61,20 60,66 59,50

Djibouti Chile Sweden Uruguay Equatorial Guinea Solomon Islands

20,78 20,70 19,73 19,37 18,20 17,90

30

RATING OF WORLD LIVING STANDARDS 2002

t Norway Sweden Canada Belgium Australia USA Island Netherlands Japan 10 Finland 11 Switzerland 12 France 13 Great Britain 14 Denmark 15 Austria 16 Luxembourg 17 Germany IS Ireland 50 Si si SJ s4 55 56 57 SH 59 60 61 Irinidadand lobago Cyprus Antigua Latvia Mexico Cuba Byelorussia Panama tjelise Malaysia Russian Federation t)onimica Bulgaria Rumania Libya Macedonea St. Lucia Mauritius Columbia Venezuela Thailand Saudi Arabia Fiji Brazil Suriname Lebanon Armenia Philippines Oman Kazakhstan Ukraine Georgia Peru Grenada Moldavia Hungary Jamaica Turkmen Azerbaijan Sri L a n k a Paraguay St. V i n c e n t and the G r e n a d i n e s Albania bcuador Dominion Republic Uzbekistan China Tunisia Iran Jordan 100 Cape Verde 101 Samoa 102 K y r g y z s t a n 103 Guiana 104 Salvador 105 Moldavia 106 A l g e r i a 107 UAR 10# Syria 109 Vietnam 110 Indonesia 111 Equatorial (Juinea 112 Tajikistan 113 Mongolia 114 Bolivia 115 Egypt 116 Honduras 117 Gabon m Nicaragua Sao-tome and Principe 146 Haiti 147 Madagascar 148 Nigeria 149 Djibouti 150 Uganda 151 Tanzania 152 Mauritania 153 Zambia 154 Senegal 155 Congo (Dem. Republic) 156 Cote-d 'Ivoi're 157 Eritrea 15H Benin 154 Guinea 160 Gambia 161 Angola 162 Rwanda I6J Malawi

4 i
4

i
6 7

63 64 65 66

67
68 69 70 71 72 73 74

19 New Zealand 20 Italy 21 Spain

164 Mali 16S Central Alrican Republic 166 Chad 167 Guinea Bissau

22 Israel 24 Greece 25 Singapore 26 Cyprus 27 South tCorea 28 Portugal 29 Slovenia 30 Malta 31 Barbados 32 Brunei 33 Czech republic 34 Argentina 35 Turkey 36 Slovakia 37 Poland 38 Chile 39 Bahrain 40 Uruguay 41 Bahamas 42 Estonia 43 Costa kica 44 St.Chnstopher-Nevis 45 Kuwait 46 UAE 47 Seychelles Islands, 48 Croatia 49 Lithia

120 Guatemala 121 Solomon islands

lbX Ethiopia
1 Burkina 170 Mozambique 171 Burundi

75
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97

m \'ii

Namibia Morocco

124 India 125 Swaziland 126 Botswana 127 Myanmar 128 Zimbabwe 124 Ghana 130 Cambodiaa 131 Vanuatu 132 Lesotho Papa New Guinea Kenya

Ml
WJ

Nigeria Sierra Leone

\u

IJ5 Cameroon 1J6 Congo

Vi'l Como Islands

1JH Pakistan

Sudan

I4u Sugai 141 Togo

141 >Iepal

Laos

144 Yemen 14s Bangladesh

31

Average age of the world population

Note: according to CIA statistics (June 2003)
Country Average population age in years 45.0 42.0 41.3 41.0 40.5 40.3 40.2 40.1 40.0 39.8 Country Average population age in years 32.5 32.3 32.0 31.8 31.5 31.2 31.1 30.8 30.1 29.9 29.8 29.5 Country Average population age in years 23.5 23.5 23.1 23.0 22.9 22.7 22.5 22.5 22.1 21.9 21.8 21.8 Country Average population age in years 18.4 18.4 18.3 183 18.3 18.2 18.2 18.1 18.1 18.0 17.9 17.9

Monaco Japan (iermany Cyprus Bulgaria Finland Switzerland Sweden Kenya Greece San Marino Austria

Macedonia Armenia Moldavia Uruguay China Qatar North Korea Palau Thailand Trinidad and Tobago Mauritius Chile

Peru Mongolia Egypt Morocco Iran Kyrgyzstan Ecuador Algeria Libya Vanuatu Jordan Philippines

Cameroon Kenya Guatemala Djibouti Namibia Angola Solomon Islands Liberia Rwanda Nigeria Haiti Central African Republic Senegal Guinea Sudan Eritrea Somali Sierra Leone Tanzania Gambia Madagascar Ethiopia logo Maldive Islands Cote D'lvoire Mauritania Burkina Faso Zambia Benin Malawi Yemen Burundi Mali Niger St. lome and Principe Chad Congo (Dem. Rep) Uganda

m
39.4

Andora Denmark Latvia Croatia Spain Netherlands Slovenia Czech Rep (Treat Britain Hungary France Leichtenstein Estonia Luxembourg Ukraine Canada Norway Portugal Russian Federation Malta Belorussia Lithuania Serbia and Montenegro Poland Australia USA Bosnia and Hertzrgovina

39.1 39.1 39.0 38.9 38.7 38.6 38.6 38.4 38.4 38.4 38.3 38.3 38.1 38.1 38.0 37.8 37.7 37.6 37.6 37.2 36.7 36.6 36.2 36.0 36.0 35.8 35.5

Antigua Argentina Israel Bahrain Sri Lanka Dominica Kazakhstan UAL St.ChristopherNevis Azerbaidjhan Bahamas Brazil Seychelles Hungary Jamaica Albania Brunei Lebanon Tunisia Kuwait Indonesia (Juiana Panama Columbia Suriname Costa-Rica St. Vincent and Grenadine

29.1 29.0 28.9 28.7 28.7 28.4 28.2 27.6 27.1 27.1 27.0 27.0 26.9 26.8 26.5 26.5 26.4 26.4 26.2 25.9 25.8 25.7 25.6 25.6 25.5 25.4 25.3

Uzbekistan Bangladesh Salvador Turkmenistan Paraguay Bolivia Papa New Guinea Grenada Nicaragua Congo Bhutan Ghana Lethoso Pakistan longa Nepal Syria East limor Kiribati Nauru Oman Iadzhikistan Marshall Islands Cambodia Botswana Mozambique Iraq

21.8 21.2 21.1 21.1 20.9 20.8 20.8 20.5 20.4 20.2 20.1 19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 19.7 19.7 19.7 19.7 19.6 19.4 19.3 193 19.2 19.1 19.0 19.0

17.8 17.7 17.7 17.6 17.6 17.5 17.5 17.4 17.4 173 173 173 17.0 16.9 16.8 16.5 16.4 16.4 16.4 16.3 163 16.1 16.1 16.0 15.8 14.7

32

Rumania Slovakia Greece Cuba Singapore Cyprus Iceland Barbados South Korea Taiwan Ireland New Zealand

35.4
35.0 34.8 34.5 34.5 34.2 340 33..3 33.2 33.2

Myanmar Venezuela South Africa Vietnam luvalu Saint Lucia India Mexico Hji Samoa Malaysia Dominican Republic

25.3 24.8 24.5 24.5 24.2 24.1 24.1 23.8 23.7

23.7

Belize Zimbabwe Afghanistan Honduras Guinea Bissau Saudi Arabia Cape Verde Equatorial Guinea Comoros Islands Gabon Swaziland Laos

18.9 18.9 18.9 18.8 18.8 18.8 18.7 18.7 18.6 18.5 18.5 185

33.1 33.1

23.6 23.5

Gross internal output

1999 Nominal GIO in Billion R.Rubles Real GIO - previous period Deflator GIO previous period 4823,2 106,4 172,4 2000 7305,6 110,0 137,7 2001 8943,6 105,1 116,5 2002 10817,5 104,7 115,5 2003 13285,2 107,3 114,5 2004 16778,8 107,1 117,9

Sources: Goskomstat Rus.Fed. Calculations based on Official data A.3. Noosphere development accompanies planetary, physical change. Human reason alone, guided by the convergence of the material and the spiritual can carry man into the age of the Noosphere. This 'path' was described by V.I. Vernadskii as the 'shift from the biosphere to the Noosphere'. Vernadskii expressed the idea that the biosphere is a cosmic phenomenon which marks a significant development in world human thought. The Noosphere symbolises the inception of a new qualitative phase, a cosmic phase in the evolution of the planet and space. 'Cosmoplanetary integration' is a basic scientific and practical model for world integration at a time of global physical change. It meets the task of creating a new theoretical field of natural science which focuses on the logic, geometry, movement and relationships between the natural bodies of the biosphere, their formation, dynamic structure and living matter. Calculations and results have been grouped into a metric model of the biosphere (the vital layer) which is shown to be possessed of exceptional qualities. The most important of these concerns the unique information-carrying and productive potential of the shifting reality of the biosphere in the coordinates of volume time. Calculations of the conformity of the laws of nature and society, their manifestation throughout history and the present are essential in this period of world crisis. Likewise, they have great significance when considering issues connected with new technologies, the sustainability of the biosphere and solutions to the problems of globalisation and catastrophe. The interdisciplinary task of attempting to apply theoretical natural studies to the creation of a basic model has essentially been fulfilled and will be described in more detail later. It is the authors' opinion that the assimilation of this model both by specialists and the wider public would be of great benefit to society. 33

Over the past twenty years, ideas on the Noosphere have gradually been maturing in world and leading Russian scientific thinking. Awareness raising bodies particularly in the field of education have adeptly taken on the principles of Noosphere development and are striving towards Noosphere educational development in the same way that all that is living strives towards the sun. An intense process is taking place of evaluating the economic, social, human, scientific, philosophical and semiotic potential of Noosphere development within Russia. In this connection, at the beginning of the third millennium, themes such as reappraising the development of place, establishing value systems and contemplating the very meaning of being are back on the agenda. The global development of place has acquired a Noosphere dimension and is becoming a leading factor for the future realia of the third millennium. The beginning of the third millennium, marks a clear bifurcation point in which civilization's choice of strategy, the competition between anti-Noosphere and Noosphere processes can be born and reach completion. Man now has no choice but to lay down the oppressive burden of the past characterised by local, political thought and embody a new planetary Noosphere consciousness. V.I. Vernadskii was one of the first to understand that human civilization is shifting into a new qualitative condition engendering change in value systems and vital activities. The creation of the Noosphere will signify the shift from a civilization which is materially orientated to one that is spiritually focused and in which objective reality is determined by the quality of consciousness. The survival of mankind can be secured only on the basis of life-confirming principles. Danger can be foreseen if it is first made conscious. There is no other alternative for the survival of mankind in the emerging Noosphere. It is important therefore, that the conception of the Noosphere become the property of mass consciousness.

34

The Noosphere is thought to emerge from the biosphere which is transformed through rational, conscious human activity. Perceptions of the biosphere have significantly changed at the turn of the 21st century. Now it is considered a world phenomenon cosmic in nature. Vernadskii's idea which is repeated here on more than one occasion, that the biosphere is a cosmic phenomenon should be considered a highly significant shift to a new level in world human intellect. The Noosphere symbolises the beginning of a new cosmic phase in the evolution of the Earth and cosmic space. The next logical stage is surely to acknowledge the hypothesis that etheric cosmic currents have the ability to permeate other forms of manifestation, other dimensions of time and space. As such, twentieth century idealism is changing in content and merging with materialism. As the main theme of this work is the issue of the living matter of the ether certain points should be clarified. The central research theme concerns the modified physical vacuum, an analysis of which has been developed by V.L. Dyatlov and A.N. Dmitriev (38,40): - because the term 'ether' rather than 'physical vacuum' is used in biological research here the former is most frequently used implying the quintessence of the terms 'etheric domain' and 'domain vacuum' (41). - the 'etheric domain' is understood to be a spatial field in the surrounding atmosphere which is filled with different concentrations of ether. An 'etheric domain' can be visible or invisible (in the optical range) (34, 38). Etheric domains are relatively varied in size, form and luminosity which assist in determining their function. In essence, the conscious, evolutionary role of man lies in changing the face of the Earth and in particular, activating human systemic and scientific thinking as a powerful geological force which can be used to increase the growth of free energy in the biosphere thereby facilitating the emergence of the Noosphere. The development of society depends on a knowledge of these laws. The events, threats and risks experienced in the twentieth century prove that random development is incompatible with the creation of a strong civilization. Planetary warming, increasing global climatic change, an increasing number of natural catastrophe all result from random technical and economic expansion and the resulting intolerable pressure that is consequently brought to bear on the planet's living biosphere. Many centuries of experience illustrate that all attempts to ensure development be they cavalier, lacking knowledge of the natural and social laws of development or dogmatic, restricted to the limits of the planetary layer of the biosphere ultimately lead to catastrophe and development of the realm of death. Descriptive fundamental sciences have done little to build understanding of the cyclical nature of the movement from development to catastrophe or to increase exact perceptions of life. The descriptive fundamental sciences provide neither measurements for these processes nor deepen knowledge of the realm of being. Descriptive history does not equip us with the foresight, methods of calculation or opportunity to make predictions concerning the natural and social -.. 9~ consequences of human action. If however, these ... processes are cyclical then it must be possible to predict them; if they are programmatic then they have mathematical and physical qualities which

35

can be evaluated. If history is cyclical then we are not only capable of evaluating it; it is our responsibility to do so. Contemporary fundamental physics has shown itself to be sorrowfully inadequate to interpret what is happening in the planet's natural world. It is precisely this form of physics that has over the past few centuries of so-called 'scientific progress', convinced the world that the 'material nature' described above takes priority over the 'immaterial', field and etheric Noosphere. From this premise, technical physics which is by its very essence limited, interpreted human activity as something which should take priority over processes naturally regulated in Nature by the Earth itself, the Sun, Jupiter, Uranus and Venus. Today, the common negation of nature's laws in almost all human activity has gone beyond the limits of the planetary system. The consequences have extended to the Solar system evoking the protective mechanisms of the heliosphere's own evolutionary process. Man has modified the geophysical face of the Earth for the sake of rocket technology, nuclear explosion, energy production and electromagnetic radiation, mass scale mineral extraction and substantial changes made to natural landscapes. As a result, the planet no longer makes its natural contribution to the structural and evolutionary processes which affect the Solar system as a whole. Human opposition to natural evolutionary processes has evoked an acute reaction on behalf of the Sun, Jupiter and Uranus, (the key players in the Solar system's electromagnetic structure) which in turn has generated a whole new generation of physical phenomena in the Heliosphere. The repetition of global scale catastrophes and the geological and historical proof of the so-called 'end of the world' leads to the conclusion that the end of the ice age, the extinction of the dinosaurs and mammoths, the disappearance of civilizations and changes in the Earth's geography and climate all have common planetary and cosmic causes which have been touched on above. From the very moment of its inception fundamental physics has failed to consider the movement of history as an analogy of the physical. Never has it been suggested that historical movement could be calculated with the help of known, physical formulas. Over the course of history mankind has gradually accumulated practical and academic knowledge in humanitarian and natural sciences. The size of the oceans and the earthly globe have been confirmed and the dynamics of the dome of the sky studied. In 1543 Nikolai Kopernikthe huge step of discovering that the planets rotate around the Sun and now astrophysicists are making discoveries in the furthest and most complex corners of the galaxy. The birth and appearance of new stars are observed and millions of possible planetary formations are being recorded in different galaxies which may support carbon based life forms. The hypothesis of the big bang is being widely accepted along with the great unification of the forces of space. The study of the biosphere is gradually, giving rise to a new cosmogony reflected in different visions of the world from every possible divine interpretation to astrophysical planetary phenomena. In 1883 after a great number of expeditions V.V. Dokychaev confirmed that soil represents living matter. V.I. Vernadskii worked on gathering information on the biological and geophysical features of mineral transfer and the link between living and etheric matter. After attending G. Lerua lectures Vernadskii expanded P. Teilhard De Chardin's concept of the Noosphere. Reasoning from philosophical notions that when man is unified in one idea (faith) a new world will be created on Earth, Vernadskii developed the idea of the Omega Point. In his research VP. Kaznacheev (16) confirms the boldness of this natural philosophy. K.E. Tsiolkovskii later continued by formulating ideas on the monism and panpsychism (anthropocosmism) of space. In 1925, on the further analysis of new biochemistry and geochemistry findings Vernadskii first raised the issue of human autotrophy as a planetary phenomenon suggest36

ing that scientific thought would instigate a new cosmic epoch significantly developing human potential beyond its direct dependency on the organic and biological resources of the biosphere. C. Huygens (17) suggested that 'life is a cosmic phenomenon and in some way totally different to inert matter'. Later Vernadskii confirmed the difference and emphasised the evolutionary independence of living and etheric matter inherent to the planet and space. The population of the planet is predicted to reach 8-10 billion by the end of the 21st century despite the fact that the ecological capacity of the biosphere has already reached the limits of its capacity. The question inevitably arises as to how civilizations should be formed, how they should interact and what kind of process this represents. Ecologists, geologists and historians are all searching for the answer to the question of where life or living matter originates (stromatolites, meteorites, cosmic dust etc., in essence, acknowledgement of Arrhenius' conception). Geopolitics and cosmo-ecology are throwing up many exciting, new ideas. The danger not only of global, geological disturbances (tectonic plates, volcanoes, earthquakes, climate change, water and energy deficits) but also of cosmic catastrophes has become quite evident. The Earth has seen terrestrial impact structures in the past and may well experience similar collisions in the future. It is considered that the extinction of the dinosaurs (70 million years B.C.) is linked with a terrestrial impact structure. The exact cause of Tunguska and the origin of UFO continue to be debated. Attempts to link living matter with the nature of human intellect and consciousness are also developing. It is still alleged that intellect developed in accordance with the theory of evolution in which primitive life forms appeared first, followed by mammals (the apes) and later by more complex life forms and subsequent forms of mutation. The interaction between the Neanderthals and the Cro-magnons and their migration routes is also a theme of ongoing scientific discussion. Today, the theme of human evolution in the III millennium finds itself at a critical stage. The ideas of M. Waugner on the northern origins of mankind, the finds of U.A. Molchanov being particularly significant. In world geopolitical interaction, the impending energy and ecological crisis (the exhaustion of oil, gas and coal resources) tends to be played down. As far as the energy crisis is concerned, the fate of mankind and likewise hopes pinned on various sources of nuclear processes, ether energetics etc remain unclear. Science is exploring the potential of solar and etheric energy sources and one may expect to see new discoveries in these areas (16). The majority of the population has not yet fully acknowledged that the world has already made a qualitative shift. For the most part, people continue to live mechanically according to outmoded standards and approaches. The methodological conditioning of human behaviour has been created over centuries but most importantly its ideological component continues to be developed in areas of social thinking and the relationship to life 37

and the surrounding world. In this new turn in the spiral of evolutionary development the fundamental basis of the impending transformation of the world should not curtail the social sword of righteousness but rather develop a common, highly developed and creative spirituality and culture based on the convergence of the spiritual and the material. Of all living beings it is man that is capable of displaying the potential of the intellect for it is the human being that takes the central place in the Universe. The code of the Universe is placed in the embryo. Man stands at the meeting point of the vertical, transcendental axis that leads to the creator and the horizontal axis of the dimension of the turning world. For

, .

this reason, mankind's perception of the reality of tradition includes quantitative and qualitative aspects and is defined by the balance one is able to attain between the material and the spiritual world. It is human reason alone, guided by the principle of material and spii?tual convergence that will carry man into the age of the Noosphere. This 'path' was described by V.I. Vernadskii as the 'shift from the biosphere to the Noosphere' for the Noosphere is thought to emerge from the biosphere which is transformed by rational, conscious human action. In contemporary discussions on the Noosphere the human sphere represents the most weighty component and prerequisite. The Noosphere human figure is the most valuable attribute to the growth of contemporary civilization. Creativity, humanitarianism, tolerance, patience, spirituality and intellectuality, these are the qualities which have been valued for thousands of years. The question is, whether in today's world the common man can succeed in acquiring these qualities which comprise the cultural dimension of human evolution in the Noosphere. The Noosphere human figure represents the most dynamic component of the third millennium capable of guaranteeing global Noosphere development, or as Vernadskii put it, 'the stability of world existence'. Spiritual culture is the most valuable thing a man can possess, for it is only a spiritual culture that can serve as the foundation of a future Noosphere civilization, based on the unity of spirit and matter. The global problems we witness today such as ecological degradation, international extremism, corruption and criminality, a general lack of humanitarianism, social inequality and injustice, illustrate that mankind is not yet fully aware of the depth of their social cause and hence, is unable to solve them. The solution to the social problems listed above is linked with three main circumstances all of which will play an essential role in the future development of civilization and the organic building of Noosphere civilization in particular: 38

Firstly, social anthropocentrism (planetary centrism), is simply a global, social paradox confining development to the limits of the Earth. The epoch of anthropocentrism began towards the end of the chalcolithic, which marked the assimilation of iron tools and a decreased dependency on nature and social stratification. Later, it found reflection in the world's sacred texts such as the Tore, the Bible and the Koran. Today, the worldview of social institutions reflected in religion, the state, law, science, economics, philosophy and history have the concept of anthropocentrism at their foundation. Nature as a socially external phenomenon is considered secondary to the primary value of Man who is placed at the centre of the social world around which nature must rotate as in the Ptolemaic system. This has left its limiting mark on the principles of man's worldview and his relationship to society. The surrounding world is constructed according to the principle of the private community; the direction of self moving outwards to the common and global. Man gradually expands his knowledge of the external world from within the limited potential of the 'ego' and knowledge of self. Early 21st century humanity represents a relatively independent, natural, ethnic, social and economic institution with its own borders and territories, organised socially into communities of country, state and empire. As a rule, humanity lives according to accepted social, anthropocentric stereotypes, unique to the Earth, which mechanically force their will on society and the natural world. If unchecked, this institution will carry its 'social bacillus' into the Noosphere. Secondly, new cosmoplanetary thinking rests on a principle of perception which moves from the general (cosmic) towards the private (planetary). Nature (the planet) as a constituent part of the Universe stands at the centre of this world view in which man represents a small, conscious part of the planet connected to it by visible and invisible threads in nuclear, gravitational, magnetic and other field levels. The emerging cosmoplanetary understanding represents an objective reality and strategy for man's participation in the current level of global physical change. It represents a new large scale, qualitative phenomenon in world, human activity. Thirdly, the N o o s p h e r e u n d e r s t a n d i n g of Nature, Matter, Spirit and the H u m a n essence. In connection with the N o o s p h e r e w o r l d v i e w it is essential to r e c o n s i d e r f u n d a m e n t a l , notions of the world, matter, spirit, spirituality, culture and nature. Assimilating the N o o s p h e r e requires that we rethink accepted notions of the nature of the human being, the link between cause and effect, the logic of interconnectedness and the meaning of human existence. Human consciousness has developed to the level of the true individual, able to express a personal relationship not only to global, transformative processes but also to the cosmoplanetary connection with the Universe (2). The 21st century will undoubtedly be remembered for the intensity of its battle for human survival. Whereas previously the battle has taken place with the natural elements, foreign nations and countries, today's battle is taking place with personal ego, passion and vice. A new cosmoplanetary worldview is required that can serve as the basis for a new cosmogony and a new era in the history of mankind. The Noosphere represents the stimulus for a new type of individual and a new quality of civilisation for it is only human reason based on the convergence of the spiritual and material inherent in all life that can facilitate the emergence of the age of the Noosphere. V.I. Verdnadskii referred to this path as 'the shift from the biosphere to the Noosphere'. Encompassing all the qualities of living matter and the complexity of the processes and symbionts present in man, the movement and building of the Noosphere are global in scale. Human reason and intellect itself represents a new type of living matter. It has created a kind of natural captivity of the planet itself from which it is essential that we now free ourselves. In order to do so we must embrace completely new concepts of human production 39

and consumption (the measure of a healthy creative life). We must carefully evaluate the technological influence we are exerting on all sources of the biosphere and etheric matter. A bold new vision of the age is required which can build the road to a Noosphere civilization. It is a path that is unique and must be followed (45). Over the past twenty years a huge amount of work has been undertaken in Russia to search for ways of averting a global systemic crisis and to determine the path of human development. Russian academics (N.N. Lukyanchikov, A.A. Ulitin and L.D. Gagut. (44)) have been working on global catastrophe aversion strategies. Particular attention has been devoted to the realignment of the UN in its approach to the tasks faced at the beginning of the 21st century in the book 'An economic and management framework for Noosphere development' (44). In addition a scientific paradigm has been created by Siberian based academics (V.P. Kaznacheev, A.N. Dmitriev, V. L. Dyatlov, A. A. Kiselnikov, I.F. Mingasov, A.V. Trofimov and others) on the theory of the physical vacuum which elucidates the fundamental role of the quantum vacuum (the material ether). The scientific material included in the work 'Civilization in conditions of increasingly intense global, natural processes' (45) have also served to form the basis of the current monograph. The given theory offers insight into the formation of the world and offers a scientifically based foundation for the creation of the new quantum vacuum (the material ether) technologies. The conception of the physical ether, first developed by Siberian based academics opens new horizons in the practical search for the realization of Verdnaskii's brilliant idea of the shift from the biosphere to the Noosphere. It should again be emphasized that the Noosphere emerges from the biosphere which is transformed by rational, conscious, human activity. Until this time, the scientific world had not carried out integrated intellectual and deep scientific research of this kind in the attempt to understand the direction the world might strive. Despite this fact, theoretical research has been carried out in various countries. Examples include the Roman club ('Growth limits'), UN ('Program for sustainable development'), The Russian institute for the problem of globalisation ('Globalisation in practise'), (Economic and management mechanisms for Noosphere development'), particularly pioneering models offered by academics from the Novosibirsk ISICAR ('Survival of the Russian population', 'Issues of cosmic and Noosphere futurology', 'Noosphere ecology and human economics' etc), and Moscow ecologists ('The architecture of Creation) and 'the economic and management mechanisms of Noosphere development') Therefore, the theory of the physical vacuum (the material ether) offered by Siberian based academics (45) and the social and economic arrangements being considered by researchers in Moscow once again confirm that the search being undertaken by science for a Noosphere development model (2,38) is moving in the right direction. The academic search taking place overlaps with contemporary issues of nature protection, social and economic development (43, 44). Theoretical and practical approaches likewise, run parallel in the search for a new Russian economic model (16, 40, 31) which could potentially be applied globally. Academics joke that aside from the weak, strong, electromagnetic and gravitational there must be a fifth force! The same search is taking place on a global level. Aside from the natural, biosphere slant (1), the cosmoplanetary slant (2), the socio-economic slant (3) and the spiritual slant (4) there must be a fifth. Wherein lies the fifth trend? The riddle of the Sphinx lies in the secret of the fifth part. It is as if the sphinx is silently looking on, hoping that Humanity will make the discovery and fulfil its mission. The evolutionary theory of the development of nature and society or the scientific theory ofthe cosmogenesis of nature and society proposed by Russian academics (2,43,44, 45, 58), embodies a new scientific method of substantiating Vernadskii's empirical com40

 1 : 300 munications on the 'nature of life' which he expressed as being cosmic, all-permeating, universal and eternal, and 'not expressedly earthly, but cosmic in origin'. Vernadskii described the study of the biosphere as the study of the 'connection between the planetary laws of life and the laws of the cosmos'; 'the invariable number 1: 300000000 of dependencies between astronomical and biological phenomena'; the prologue to 'a time characterised by specific knowledge of man, nature and history,' with the revolutionary scientific and technical potential to facilitate the emergence of the Noosphere. s-" The spatial, chronological and geometric framework of the structure and evolution of the biosphere and living matter which has been proposed by academics (43) also represents a confident step in the field of natural science. Just as Vernadskii insisted, astronomical and biological interconnections in the history of planetary evolution, the Solar system, living matter, the biosphere and society are now being discovered through 'calculation and measure'. In the past, predominantly hypothetical knowledge and poorly founded information associated with narrow discipline often typical of natural science has in part led to imprecise meteorological reports and the absence of predictions for large-scale ecological and social disaster. The absence in contemporary natural science of a discipline which concentrates on the structure and evolution of the biosphere leaves academics blind to the exact dates and causes of past catastrophes (asteroid hypotheses, among others, are currently popular) and keeps the long-term, scientific prediction of global phenomena out of reach. Now, a scientific instrument is being created which complies with Vernadskii's postulate on the 'common binding force of the natural laws present in all natural structures and absolute reality If left unchecked the increase in natural disasters could lead to global collapse. Therefore it is historically imperative that society shift from traditional, short-term, locally evaluated, technocratic production technologies with unforeseeable, long-term consequences for nature and society to calculable technologies associated with the biosphere and new vital activities including those of a preventative nature. The system of segregated natural and technical sciences does not embody the ancient idea of the unity of the world or its theory and practise in the physics and technical constructions of the Scientific Technical Revolution. Contemporary notions of the cosmogensis of nature and society are outmoded and the social humanitarian sciences lack a fundamental foundation. Science and educational standards are in fact hostage to
P & f l * j 1

1)

I*)

' / Amfmo)

41

the Ptolemaic system and its geocentric picture of the world which separates processes taking place on the Earth from those in the Universe. The contemporary organisation of world society is destructive to the Earth's biosphere and in comparison to the essential transformative processes shown to be taking place. For more than a century, the consumer market society with its overriding principle of profit and personal gain has lacked a strategy that determines goals and regulates development because this would in essence be antagonistic to the market system itself. The market is competitive and confrontational. It divides humanity which is one with the biosphere and the biological, geological and chemical circulation of energy and matter (Vernadskii). Contemporary society, born of the Ptolemaic system of geocentrism and loan percentages which rule the world with social Darwinism has entered a time of historical crisis. The potential of industrial development has been exhausted and the natural reserves from 'loan percentages' on the capital of mankind and the bisosphere have long dried up. Today, it is only knowledge of the laws of Nature and the fundamentals of individual and social existence that can produce a scientific theory of development (evocracy). In the shift to an awareness of the principles of historical movement knowledge of these laws represents a powerful stepping stone in society's ascent to a new turn in the spiral of evolutionary development. Scientific research into man, life and the natural world must undergo a shift if we are to deepen our understanding of the world and vital human activities and be able to synthesise the physics and biology of history into a more inclusive model. The model of world Noosphere development needs to include a fundamental concept on the human shift from a heterotrophic to an autotrophic system. On account of intellectual and technological progress man is capable not only of synthesising the provision of food but also other areas of vital activities which were mentioned by Vernadskii as early as in 1925-1926. Likewise, many important issues concerning the development of effective economic arrangements need to be addressed. This explains the reason that the dominant portion of so much research is dedicated to contemporary world issues which reflect the main global threats and challenges to humanity. Much attention is devoted to the analysis of globalisation and its influence, the key stages in the formation of the very idea of Noosphere development, and the main features of new social and economic arrangements and global development strategy (44). The tendency has arisen among academics of various disciplines of including a 'spiritual' constant in the world of essential dimensions and essences. World society, consisting of systems, social groups, all kinds of ideology, religion, policy and economics must create mutual relations on the basis of something integral and widely acceptable wherein values, ideas and goals are aimed at integration. Only united efforts could create an international program which channels the Spiritual energy of all systems and social groups into specific action for the greater good of the world's population. Humanity must strive towards a higher level of morality and the search for compatible, ideals and values. V.I. Vernadskii was one of the first academics to envision the future development of human society in the convergence of reason and spirituality which he called the 'Noosphere'. It is human reason in essence guided by the principle of the unity of all living beings that can facilitate the shift to the age of the Noosphere; the path which V.I. Vernadskii expressed as the 'shift from the Biosphere to the Noosphere.' It is hoped that this material will provide food for thought for government leaders, directors of non-governmental organisations, academics, professionals, specialists and individuals. Likewise it is hoped that it may assist the citizens of the world to more readily acknowledge responsibility for personal action and to fully experiencing one's sense 42

of calling. Noosphere arrangements which take account of the peculiarities and potential of the cosmophysical qualities of the Earth's atmosphere assist in widening our understanding of planetary evolution and the diversity of all living beings inhabiting the Earth. Vernadskii's idea that the biosphere is a cosmic phenomenon represents a highly significant shift in the development of world human and scientific thought. It represents the birth of a new cosmic phase of life in the qualitative evolution of the planet and cosmic space. Encompassing all the qualities of living matter and the complexity of human processes and symbionts, the movement and building of the Noosphere is a global issue. Human reason and intellect which itself represents a new type of living matter has created a kind of natural captivity of the very planet from which it is essential that we free ourselves. In order to do so one must embrace completely new concepts of human production and consumption (the measure of a healthy creative life). The technological influence exerted on all sources of the biosphere and etheric, planetary matter must above all be carefully evaluated. A bold new vision of the age is required and as Goethe said: 'Not how, but wherefore?' For what goal should humanity survive to the end of this century or even to the 23rd century if not to emerge into a civilization with a developed awareness of the cosmos. This is the only path of future development and a path that must be followed. The project 'Global cosmoplanetary integration' as a model for the cosmoplanetary integration of the Earth at a time of planetary physical change represents a new beginning and an opportunity for the large scale, collective and conscious participation of every individual and every nation in the inevitable, natural and lawful processes of planetary integration at its initial stage in the shift from the biosphere to the Noosphere. B. THE GREAT CROSS OF CONTINENTS OPENING AN EARTH -WIDE INTEGRATION B.I. The Great continent convergence of the East and West hemispheres: geographical. social and planetary physical conditions for global integration. When one looks at the earthly globe one cannot help but be astonished by the similarity in the margins of the continents of the Eastern and Western hemispheres separated as they are by the seas and oceans. Many consider the similarity to be nothing more than a coincidence. Pangaea, however, which existed during the late Palaeozoic and early Mesozoic Eras, comprised all the contemporary continental masses into one gigantic supercontinent surrounded by a single ocean that covered the remainder of the globe. The authors' idea of the spatial-geographic and physical planetary unity of the planet's biosphere and the consequent necessity of integrating world humanity into a single framework is in fact linked with the existence of Pangaea. It is this unity which provides the potential for large scale integration which is already engaging the collective efforts of much of the world community. Integration on this scale would facilitate the creation of a unique world structure that would in turn make it possible not only to regulate the social and economic spheres but the entire spectrum of human activity. Human reason alone, guided by the principle of the material and spiritual unity of all living beings can carry man into the age of the Noosphere. This 'path' was described by V.I. Vernadskii as a 'shift from the biosphere to the Noosphere'. The thought expressed by V.I. Vernadskii that the biosphere is a cosmic phenomenon represents a 43

highly significant step in the shift of human thought and intellect to the new level of planetary phenomenon. It marks the inception of a new qualitative phase, a cosmic phase of life in the evolution of the planet and cosmic space. When in the 18th century the French naturalist G. Buffon expressed the daring idea that it would at some time be possible to unite the world's landmass into one system his conjecture was not taken seriously. In was not until the 20th century that the facts emerged to confirm what Buffon had claimed. It was then that the hypothesis of the existence of Pangaea was formed, dated to the late Palaeozoic and early Mesozoic Eras, which is thought to have comprised all the contemporary continental masses into one gigantic supercontinent surrounded by a single ocean that covered the remainder of the globe. Confirmation of the common origin of all modem continent land mass is founded on the discovery that Asia, the Antarctic and Australia are inhabited by heat-loving animals, that in Africa and in Greenland the remains of analogous tropical plants have been discovered and that in Brazil and Siberia diamond and gold analogous to their African counterparts have been recorded. In explanation of these coincidences scientists proposed the idea that a supercontinent had existed on the Earth in the distant past which first split into two areas of land mass in the northern and southern hemispheres. Later these land masses were thought to have split again into separate parts forming the continents we know today. Since that time they 'drift' in a viscous mass stretching across the earth's crust like an iceberg in the sea. A fuller and more consistent hypothesis for continental drift was set forth by the Austrian physicist Alfred Wegener in 1915. The author of the 'continental drive' theory brought new evidence to the issue but the cause of movement remained open. If one were to draw the margins of the oceans and continents on a balloon and then blow it up one would see how the edges begin to 'creep' towards each other! It is a paradox but nonetheless a fact that this serves as one of the explanations for continent drive as explained by German Gordeev, author of research concerning continent drift published in the journal 'Secrets of the 20th century'. According to other scientists the Earth's core consists of an extremely tiense substance which is semi-plastic and explains why the planet increases in volume. It is comparatively recently that the World Ocean was thought as being a gigantic vessel with a flat bottom deepening from the edges to the centre. In reality, the deepest depressions in the ocean's floor are located at the edges of the vessel and the highest elevations in the centre. The remaining part of the ocean's floor is scattered with infinite formations in the shape of the winding creases of underwater rivers, valleys and ravines with high peaks and huge ledges and inner trenches many kilometres long. The mid-ocean ridges that rise up from the ocean floor are the most majestic, geological formations on the earth. Their height reaches two kilometres above the ocean floor and their combined length would twice circle the planet. The key feature of ocean ridges lies in their narrow inner troughs which intersect the full length of the ridge. Scientists refer to these fractures as 'rifts'. It is here in the most sacred and inmost places of the planet that new earthly substance is born and has been accumulating over many thousands of years, continues G.Gordeev (23). Scientists have been able to determine that the floor of the Atlantic is expanding by two or three centimetres a year. This would seem an insignificant quantity but the planet responds extremely quickly to this barely noticeable change. The central part of the rift and intersecting fracture zones and constantly being shaken by micro tremors of which abundant fissures are eloquent evidence. Many formations are dozens of kilometres in length and believed by some scientists to represent a huge mineral source. The cross-section of the Middle-Atlantic rift is reminiscent of a gigantic wedge dissecting the earth's crust. In its higher part it opens to an average width of thirty kilo44

metres and in its lower part narrows to two or three kilometres. Such are the proportions of the 'scar' that marks the body of the Earth. Such are examples of developing perceptions of world integration and multifaceted interaction between the submarine and marine oceanic realms in the biosphere which would seem to separate and at the same time unite the continents of the Eastern and Western hemispheres of the Earthly globe. It should be clarified that the proposed strategy for the cosmoplanetary integration of the Earth in the Universe is inseparably linked with these constantly developing, planetary functions of time and space that link the Eastern and Western hemispheres of the Earthly globe in the biosphere. The 'earthly essence' of this strategic megaproject begins with the world integration of the Earth's surface. If one were to consider the development of human civilization in the Eastern and Western hemispheres in its entire global, historical, cultural and historical context i.e. the development of humanity on the earthly globe as a single phenomenon a complex but nonetheless characteristic picture would emerge. The regions and continents that comprise the Eastern hemisphere include: Ancient Assyria, Babylon, Egypt, the biblical states of the Near East, Greece and Rome, Iran and Byzantium, India and China which comprise the vast expanse of the Great Eurasian Steppe where the original Nomadic civilization was formed (precursor to the Indo-Aranian civilization); this area organically comprised the Sarmatian, Hun and Turkic khaganates, Mongolia and the peoples of Central Asia, the Scythians, Uigurs, Alans, Polovtsi, Avars, Kyrgyz, Khitan, Mongols etc; and finally, the many layered culture of Japan and the countries of South Eastern Asia. Likewise, the unique civilizations of the Northern and Southern American continent stand out in the Western hemisphere. What emerges is a clear mosaic of the integral picture of Human civilization as a whole, each culture with its complex system of cultural layers and the characteristic individual markers any given period. Despite the organisational and transformational difficulties involved it is essential as we stand at the threshold of a Noosphere civilization that man make consciousness the ability to see and read time in its spatial entirety. One must be able to perceive the movement of time; the atmosphere as a space filled, not so much with moribund horizons with all their extracted cultural remains but with parts of new, integral horizons. The fundamental basis of the impending transformation of the world should not curtail of the sword of righteousness but rather develop a highly spiritual culture such as has lain at the foundation of all humanity's interactions and mutual contacts. The history of human development is the history of mutual cultural enrichment, the merging of tribes and ethnic groups, the formation of nations and states made possible through multiform information exchange, communication and ties which over time has become an independent information resource. This is how the Great Silk Route in the Eastern hemisphere geographically and historically united the notions of East and West into a single figurative system beginning with Europe and Asia (Eurasia) and then 45

 expanding to include Africa and Australia as a single Eur 178,6 . th asian subcontinent. In the early 20 century this ancient route serves a potential epicentre for the unification of the Eurasian and American subcontinents. Hence, even in ancient times the Great Silk Route which passed through mountain steep and desert, water barrier and sleepy forest connected the geographical expanses . of the Eurasian subcontinent from the Pacific Ocean to the Atlantic by using migration, trade, financial, cultural and other information networks to connect the countries of Europe and Egypt, Assyria, Sumer, Urartu, Phoenicia, Palestine, Minor Asia, Central Asia, Pakistan, India, Chin and Japan and the regions of South Eastern Asia. The campaigns of Alexander of Macedonia created a new, ethnic 'bridge' in the 4th century B.C. which bound the interactions of the peoples of the European, African and Asiatic continents into one circuit. The distribution of religion and worldviews was however indissolubly linked with migration processes that took place long before the day of Alexander of Macedonia beginning with Zaroastrianism, Buddhism and later, Christianity and Islam which facilitated the social arrangement of various religious systems which are still active in the world today. The creation of the Mongol Empire in the 13th century and the formation of a new cultural and geographic conception of Eurasia predetermined the migration, cultural, ethnic, social, economic and political information system and contacts in the Eastern hemisphere for a significant period of time. Their basic rudiments are still reflected in predictions for the future. Migration as an important component of mutual information exchange, ties and contacts between different peoples has played a highly significant role in world history. Together with diffusion and convergence it has served as an important evolutionary instrument and a powerful catalyst in the development of separate cultures and civilizations. For a considerable length of time, the Eastern and Western hemispheres of the globe developed independently, in relative isolation, both historically and geographically. The Bering isthmus which once provided a land connection between the continents of the hemispheres provided a natural, geographic bridge migration and information exchange. The large human racial groups determined by science and aged more than a million years were formed within the Earth's specific tectonic conditions. Four large racial groups were formed in the four territorial sectors of the Eastern hemisphere: the Caucasoid, Mongoloid, Negroid and Australoid. (According to tectonic anthropological data G.G. Kochemasov (24), four sectors with different planetary radii and different surface levels meet at the Pamirs-Hindu kush summit, one of the six peaks of the structure of the Earth's octahedron created by wave interference. The African (Negroid) and Asiatic (Mongoloid) sectors stand opposite and at different heights and the Eurasian (Caucasoid) and Indian oceanic (Australoid) sectors separate them at different lower levels. The 'old', large (geographically) racial groups of the raised continental Eastern hemisphere compliment the 'young' racial groups of the lower Pacific oceanic Western hemisphere. Both Americas are inhabited by the Indian group and the Pacific Ocean basin by the Polynesians. In accordance with tectonic processes, during a relatively short time period other racial groups began forming from the mongoloid settlers with characteristic Caucasoid features. According to international scientific and historical findings confirmed by numerous archaeological data the migration of nations from Central and north-eastern regions
2 0 , 4 54.9 . 7,7

46

of Asia through the Bering bridge in North America began during the period of the lower Palaeolithic (19-20 thousand years B.C.) Parts of migration routes from China can partly be traced in the direction of the Korean peninsula and from there to Primorye, Sakhalin, the Japanese Islands and Kuril Islands. These were mainly proto-mongoloid and proto-turkic tribes which over a long period of time adapted to the harsh natural and climatic zones of the arctic polar vicinity. Supportive evidence has been provided by archaeological and philological material. For example, historian L.N. Gumilev spoke Turkic languages and researched the history of the ancient Turkic people and the peoples of the Far and Middle East considered the theory of genetic kinship between separate languages of the American Indians and the Turkic languages (A.G. Karimulina (46)) extremely important. Moreover, he approaches the issue on the basis of research into possible connections between the Indian Dakota and the Hunns ('The Dakota and the Hunns' 46). Today we take the arrangement of the earthly globe as fact, created by lineaments (fractures, linear topographic features etc) and lineament zones (fractures zones, zones of decreasing density in the earth's crust etc) which in turn form geological and geophysical forms and relief. The age of this system is estimated to be approximately 3,5 billion years. Human society emerging in Eurasia was forced to adapt to its conditions. O.C. Tkachenko (41), supporter of the theory of the lineament formation of the Earth's surface, considers that the area of Eurasia has a rhomboid shape in the Mercator projection system, arranged by lineament zones. Most pronounced in the Eastern hemisphere is the diagonal (loxodrome) Mediterranean-Indonesian lineament zone which was formed by intense mid block destruction of the earth's crust. The history of the emergence, life and death of the ancient civilizations of the Mediterranean and Indo China is linked with this zone. Within the earth's loxodrome fracture system the following zones stand out in Eurasia either for their significance, length or width: at the north-western edge of Eurasia the lineament zone coinciding with the north-western edge of the Eurasian continent; the Asiatic-African lineament zone including the Aldan mountainous formations of the Stanovoy range, Sayan, Altai, Tsian Shan and the Pamirs. The location of renowned archaeological and religious monuments in Europe indicate that the settlement route of the ancient peoples of Europe in the north-western part ran parallel to the diagonal lineament zone (the north western border of Eurasia, the Laurasian belt. One of the Northern cultures 'Komsa' is attributed to the period between nine and fourteen thousand years ago). In Siberia the main routes of territorial assimilation passed through the mountainous regions of the north-eastern part of the Asiatic-African fracture zone. O.C. Tkachenko (41) considers that the grounds exist to propose that the main migration routes of the ancient peoples in the continental hemisphere were determined by the direction of diagonal transcontinental fracture zones. Historical material suggests that the settlement of Eurasia occurred from its remoter areas. Aside from the loxodrome (diagonal) structure of lineametres a world orthogonal (meridian-latitudinal) structure has been established in which four meridian rift stems stand 90 degrees apart in latitude and form the Earth's fracture carcass. Of these four, two rifts dissect northern and central Eurasia from north to south. Gradually, the peoples of the Indo-European community assimilated the lands of the north and central part of the Eurasian continent from England to Altai, intuitively settling in areas beneficial to the human organism. O.C. Tkachenko (41) notes that the area assimilated by the Indo-European peoples is 'controlled' by powerful natural zones - 'places of power' which at various times have played their own specific role in history. What is more, these places are shown to be located on the Eurasian continent at a 30 degrees angle from the intersection of global, lineaments with a northern latitude of 50 degrees. It is here that the world's renowned ancient monuments are located: 47

- Stonehenge - 51e 17rNLat: 1 e 50r WLong. - sacred monument, south-western England; - Arkaim- 50e NLat : 90c ELat.- sacred, cultural centre in the Urals; - Radul'- on the same latitude as Stonehenge and Arkaim - ancient Slav settlement); - Altai - 50e ELat : 90e NLong. - Burial of the so-called Altai Princess and others. Significantly, the routes and roads which connect assimilated settlement zones in the Eastern hemisphere (including the Great Silk Route) coincide in their trajectory with territories that have favourable conditions for the human organism. Given our current worldview it can be challenging to accept the conclusions which follow from acknowledging the reality of spontaneous, non-predetermined, physical phenomenon. For these phenomena are far from lying at the periphery of the physical world as insignificant, exotic phenomena independent of the wider picture. On the contrary, they fit into the intersections of world development and play a determining role in its overall dynamic. From the bifurcation points in solutions to evolutionary equations, (that is the points where the continuation of a solution in time looses its uniformity), from the fluctuation that emerges at these points the solutions expand in correspondence with all real observable structures of the physical world from the galaxies and their spiral arms to the stars and the planetary system. It is convection instability in mantle matter that generates the continents and the oceans, determines plate tectonics which in turn generates the key relief forms from the general picture of the orographic network (network of rivers and mountain ridges) to the characteristic forms of natural landscapes. This evolutionary dynamic is non-linear. It not only determines the formation of geological structures but is itself dependent on historically created forms. It is these interdependent connections (which lie at the foundation of non-linear processes) which lead to the general laws of formation and to the progressive complexity and growth of diversity. This type of genetic morphology, or morphological dynamic in comparison to descriptive morphology is taking the first few steps in this case, in understanding the integration of the Eurasian and American subcontinents. These steps however, are impressive as they paint a picture of the world that differs from the one we are normally accustomed to seeing. The word 'spontaneity' here would be defined as the rejection of physical principles of cause in describing events as important as the integration of continents. For spontaneity can be interpreted not as a random quality but as the appearance of higher natural forces and principles of different kinds. These interpretations however, lie outside the realm of the classical natural sciences being unaccepted due to their potential for contradiction. In other words, the new natural science picture of the world makes it impossible to divorce physics from metaphysics. It stresses their interdependency which is of great significance to the authors' understanding of the 'integration of continents'. Therefore, geographically and historically, spatial and temporal contemporaneity in the Eastern and Western hemispheres unites the natural and anthropomorphic processes of the planet through visible and unseen links and contacts which exist between man and the biosphere. The contemporary world is linking its future with the further development of these integrative, global processes. Moreover, the constant improvement and expansion of contemporary information resources and tech48

 : > 1 1 < :

nology serves as the unifying basis for this natural and inevitable integration process. Within this context the idea of world integration in the form of unified social, economic and geopolitical arrangements in the multi-poled world of the globe takes on special significance. Migration, global expeditions, cultural, trade, economic, religious and other information resources and technologies have gradually strengthened ties between the continents of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia in the Eastern hemisphere and North and South America in the Western hemisphere. As a result, towards the end of the 20th century these two geographical formations, the Eurasian and American subcontinents of the Eastern and Western hemispheres had created a relatively integral geopolitical system and the premise for world human and systemic integration in the 21st century. Geographically and historically this has been a lengthy, prolonged process. It is only in the last five hundred years for instance that intense, diverse information systems and technological 'rapprochement' has occurred between the subcontinents thus providing the premise for world integration. In overcoming first spatial and geographic opposition (the Eurasian and American continents), then cultural and historical opposition (The Old and the New World), and in the 20th century ideological, economic and military opposition (East and West, The USA bulwark, the socialist camp, NATO and the Warsaw Agreement), the East and West are slowly finding common ground in the natural and inevitable process of integrating the Eurasian and American continents. By the end of the 20th century Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia were united East-West in relative systemic unity in the form of the European-Asiatic-Africano-Australian continent blok, in short, the Eurasian subcontinent. This was made possible due initially to historical and geographic ties and later to sophisticated technological resources (natural, social, economic, energetic, scientific, technical, political communications and other information system resources). The notion of 'Eurasia' existed previously as a geographically unified land mass, which by means of multiform connections and resources territorially connected the latitudinal, East-West axis beginning with Europe and Asia and then providing the systemically unifying link required to integrate the European, Asian, African and Australian continents into one Eurasian subcontinent. 49

 1 : 300 Likewise, by the end of the 20th century the countries and continents of North and South America with all their land mass and archipelagos had formed the relatively systemic unity of the American subcontinent along the Earth's longitudinal, North-South axis. The organic unification of the Eurasian and American subcontinents geographically symbolised by the Bering Isthmus and connected by a common intercontinental information and communications axis first created the premise and then became the basis for the integration of the Eastern and Western hemispheres of the earth's biosphere. The early 21st century is characterised by the ongoing consolidation of various world ethnic, state, economic and geopolitical structures which should be seen as an essential stepping stone to world integration. It represents a transition from the existence of isolated national communities to their unification, beginning with economically developed territories and developing around the world. The Bering isthmus made contact between the Eurasian and American super continents geographically possible creating the potential for their planetary integration. The resulting union of these two super continents could be accomplished spatially through an intercontinental media-systems and communications axis-highway running North - South in the American subcontinent and East - West in the Eurasian subcontinent. Together these axis-routes would pass across the surface of two Great super continents meeting on the map on the territory of Eurasia and the Eurasian super continent forming an intersection point, a cross-over and correspondingly, a 'Great continent convergence'. This spatial-geographic intersection of axis-routes located on the territory of Eurasia represents the epicentre of the Great continent convergence and planetary integration. Eurasia is becoming a curious crystallising centre for new integrated world social arrangements and the new dimension of the evolutionary development of the planet.
| J J ^ |

A transcontinental media-systems and communications axis-highway linking the super continents would create a spatial-communications 'corridor' along both the lengths of its axis comprised of a horizontal and vertical component. Horizontally, the axis would encompass the Earth's surface with its entire developing infrastructure. Vertically, it would encompass the realm of the earth's atmosphere or its developing aerial and space technologies. Potentially, it would serve as a unifying force on three levels in the horizontal and vertical ether of the biosphere and the Noosphere. Thus a transcontinental media-systems and communications axis-highway, a communications 'corridor' running through the Bering Isthmus unifying both super continents and potentially the whole energy matter of the biosphere could represent a systemic creating force and powerful factor in the overriding process of the planetary integration of cosmoplanetary change. In the past the Great Silk Route and nautical circumventions of the globe economically and culturally brought Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia closer together in the Eurasian continent block along the latitudinal, East-West axis. Hence the Great Silk Route and nautical circumventions of the globe have become second century symbols of Eurasian integration. Likewise, 'The Great Continent Convergence' project proposes 50

to open a new information-communications route along the global, longitudinal NorthSouth axis, uniting the Eurasian with the American super continent. This union anticipates a new 21st century information-communications artery, a New Silk Route of its kind, which will enable mankind to accomplish the Earth's planetary integration into a single economic and cultural whole offering new horizons to peoples and nations in the strategic development of integrating cosmoplanetary change into human civilisation. Thus, the centre or 'node' for the further structuring and development of world integration has already been predetermined as the epicentre of the Great Continent Conversion which lays at the intersection of the axis routes unifying the Eurasian and American subcontinents. The epicentre of the Great continent Convergence likewise represents the central information structure for models proposed for integrating cosmoplanetary change into the earthly dimensions. Human reason is capable of carrying humanity into the new dimension of the Noosphere age, a path which V.I.Vernadskii called 'the shift from the biosphere to the Noosphere'. The Noosphere is a new condition of the biosphere transformed via the rational and conscious actions of man. In the 21st century the biosphere takes on a completely new meaning being established as a planetary phenomenon etheric in nature. The thought expressed by Verrnadskii that the biosphere is an etheric phenomenon also represents a highly important shift of world human thought and intellect to a new level. It marks the birth of a new cosmic phase in life in the qualitative evolution of the planet and cosmic space. The initial stages of planetary integration which occurred at the beginning of the 21 st century served as a catalyst for certain new conditions. As a result, for the first time in the history of the development of mankind the necessary conditions and objective premise exists to facilitate the shift from the biosphere into the Noosphere. Moreover, world, scientific predictions, new ground breaking technologies and Russian fundamental science research greatly complements these conditions. Examples include the development by Siberian based academics (Novosibirsk school of science ISICAR) of a practical science based foundation for the theory of the physical vacuum. This theory concerns many issues of the structure of the world and the creation of a number of technologies founded on the new physical principles of the 'material ether' (45). It is significant that research concerning predictions in this area is being carried out on the practical basis of the global 'The Great Continent Convergence' model (2), and improvement and implementation of the model is being carried out through the research of Russian academics responsible for the 'Economic and organisational Model for Noosphere development' (44). In 1991 when the Eurasian socialist camp crumbled together with all its prognoses and sunny hopes for Humanity the leaders of the other world power, America and likewise the west could offer no long-term ideas for a better world. The same can be said for the leaders of other former socialist countries who showed a total lack of planning or clear vision of the future. Most significantly, the time was marked by the absence of deep, intellectual and spiritual search to understand the direction in which the world should move. Nonetheless, the task of creating a society based on the principles of justice, purity and reason and now even the creation of a Noosphere civilization remain on the agenda. The world however, is also motivated by the ideas of markets and the common battle for profit and threatened by ecological disaster reaching an impasse. Solutions lie in constructive ideas of a super planetary scale and political leaders capable of realising them by captivating and uniting the peoples of the world. Theoretical research has been carried out in various countries. Examples include the 51

Roman club ('Growth limits'), UN ('Program for sustainable development'), The Russian institute for the problem of globalisation ('Globalisation in practise'), (Economic and management mechanisms for Noosphere development'), particularly pioneering models offered by academics from the Novosibirsk ISICAR ('Survival of the Russian population', 'Issues of cosmic and Noosphere futurology', 'Noosphere ecology and human economics' etc), and Moscow ecologists ('The architecture of Creation) and 'the economic and management mechanisms of Noosphere development'). Generally speaking, although international efforts had been made in separate political, economic and ecological areas no attempts to create a planetary prediction of the development of man and the globe in the Noosphere evolutionary dimension had been undertaken previously. The International Independent academics Association 'The Paths of Humanity's Great Migrations' has from 1989 to the present day been developing the project called 'The Great Continent Convergence as an initial stage of planetary integration'. The project comes under the aegis of UNESCO and is run by the authors: L.N. Gumilev, N.N. Moiseev, S.N. Roerich, C.T. Aimatov, V.P. Kaznacheev, D.B. Purveev, G.M. Grechko, D.S. Strebkov, T. Heyerdhal, B.A. Ibraev, S.D. Goranov, A.N. Dmitriev etc. (An overview of the pre-historical and contemporary state of the Universe was given by the group's directors in the special monograph 'The architecture of the Universe'. Here the author set forth a ground model for planetary integration as the first step of the development of the Program as a whole.) 'Global integration of cosmoplanetary change' represents the continuation of the earlier monograph and sets forth the scientific and practical basis of the Program in time and space which is constantly developing and improving. This work includes in part, developing ideas on the theory of the physical vacuum by Russian academics (V.P. Kazanacheev, A.N. Dmitriev, I.F. Mingasov, V.L. Dyatlov, A.A. Kiselnikov, A.L. Trofimov, L.P. Mikhailov and others) (45) and new views on Universal genesis by K.E. Tsiolkobskii and others. The beginning of the 21st century is characterised by the ongoing consolidation of various world ethnic, state, economic and geopolitical structures which should be seen as an essential stepping stone to world integration. This represents a shift from the existence of isolated national communities to their unification, beginning with economically developed territories and developing around the world. The next part of the present monograph continues by describing 'A Model for the global integration of cosmoplanetary processes' in the time-space continuum at the stage of planetary physical change. B.2. The Great Cross of continents as an earth-based model of the cosmoplanetarian integration. 'The Great Continent Convergence' is a Model for cosmoplanetary integration in the time-space continuum at the stage of planetary physical change. It represents a beginning, a necessity and a unique opportunity of its scale for every human being, every country and all humanity to participate consciously and collectively in the natural and inevitable process of cosmoplanetary integration. The Model in 52

question could be considered the initial 'ground' stages; a kind of starting position for the emergence of the Noosphere dimension. The information and communication achievements of contemporary civilization are constantly advancing and have developed to the extent that they may be referred to as global 'information resources and technologies. These serve as the unifying basis for the natural and inevitable integration process now occurring in human development. If the worlds communications capacity depends on the development and achievements of sophisticated technologies, science, space satellites, energy, tele and radio communications and other services then one should emphasise the point that unlike other material resources (raw materials and energy) the information resource is not subject to laws which would otherwise limit its social value or growth. Knowledge generates more understanding and moreover, in geometric progression. In addition, information economics are low in energy and resource consumption. Correspondingly, there are beneficial spinoffs given today's ecological problems. Most importantly however, is the fact that this information resource represents a force for social integration. Today, many academics from a variety of disciplines are attempting to include a 'spiritual' constant in the world of essential dimensions and essences. World society comprised of social groups with diverse ideologies, religions, policies and economies has matured to the awareness of the need to build mutual relations based on some single and widely accepted foundation wherein values and ideas have the common goal of world integration. The essence of the project, or rather the 'ground' basis of the Model for world integration of cosmoplanetary processes at the stage of planetary physical change lies in the following: Towards the end of the 20th century the four continents of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia formed a relatively systemic union in the form of the European-AsiaticAfricano-Australian continent blok, in short, the Eurasian super continent. ('Eurasia' was initially a territorial and geographical unity, connecting the latitudinal East-West axis-route - Europe and Asia by means of multiform ties and resources. Later this became the epicentre and information and communications resource for all four continents as a result of which Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia were joined along the latitudinal axis into the relatively united Eurasian subcontinent.) This process was made possible due to historical, geographic, social and economic ties but also due to new information and communication resources. It has thereby created the premise and opportunity for world integration. By the end of the 20th century the countries and continents of North and South America with all their land mass and archipelagos had also created a relatively single unity in the form of the American super continent along their unifying spatial longitudinal, NorthSouth, axis-route. The organic unification and mutual arrangements of the Eurasian and American super continents is planned via the creation of a transcontinental media systems and communications axis-highway mentioned above. Such an axis would effectively link the super continents on three levels: the earth, the earth's atmosphere and space. This transcontinental axis-route is planned to run longitudinally through the American continent in53

tersecting the latitudinal East-West axis-route in the Eurasian subcontinent thereby forming a spatial and geographic node at the point of intersection: the Great Continent Convergence. The epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence was formed for the first time historically and geographically at the beginning of 21st century in the Eurasian subcontinent on the territory of Eurasia. The single land system of Eurasia which at the end of the 20th century served as a centre of unification centre for Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia is at the beginning of the 21st century becoming the epicentre for the Great Continent Convergence and navigator for planetary integration. The Eurasian subcontinent represents a spatial and geographic node for planetary development; an epicentre and navigator for world integration which today is disposed of the majority of world natural, material, energetic, territorial and human resources. Approximately 75% of the world's population is concentrated in the Eurasian super continent and a large proportion of the world's physical wealth is held in its businesses world and roughly three quarters of the world's known energy supplies are located on its territory. The Eurasian super continent comprises the regions of four geopolitical centres: the West (Europe), the East (Russia, China, The Far East), the South (The Near East, Hungary, Iran, Afghanistan) and the South-East (India, Central Asia and South-East Asia). One could also add the additional potential of Oceania, Australia and the developed countries of Africa. The integration of the Eurasian and American super continents and their technological, economic, energetic, human and other information resources will facilitate the creation of a world system which will assist humanity in reaching a new level of development. An important step to fulfilling this idea would be to build a connecting structure through the Bering Strait and subsequently, a media-systems and communications axis-highway linking the two Great super continents. The ancient cultures of the Eurasian and American super continents are today looking to the future and linking that future with the development of integrative processes bet ween continents in the form of exchange be it cultural or in the field of technology, trading goods, raw materials, ecological monitoring, tourism or tfie development of joint projects including new alternative energy sources and other information resources and technologies. Among these processes a significant place should be held by the idea of the integration of the many poled world in which Eurasia serves as the epicentre for the crystallization and integration of a new global scale system. On one side of the Bering strait at the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence on the latitudinal axis lie Europe, Russia, Kazakhstan, Mongolia, India, China, Korea and Japan, whereas on the other side of the Bering strait on the longitudinal axis, lie America and Canada enclosing the American subcontinent. The wider strategy of world integration opens new opportunities for internal development to the countries of Europe, Russia, Kazakhstan, Mongolia, India, China, Korea, Japan, America and Canada (i.e. the countries directly situated at the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence) and the countries of both super continents linked by the Transcontinental axis-route (on the latitudinal axis-route the Eurasian subcontinent and on the longitudinal axis-route the American subcontinent). Eurasia represents the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence and a geopolitical model for world integration and the creation of a single, global economic mechanism. All these countries, (Europe, Russia, Kazakhstan, Mongolia, India, China, Korea, Japan, America and Canada) bring their external and internal ties to the transcontinental axis-route correspondingly on both sides of the Bering Strait (Europe, Africa, Asia, Australia and Oceania on the latitudinal axis and the countries of the Ameri54

can continent whose interests - 1 - , and power they reflect on the . longitudinal axis.) The participating countries situated at the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence could be considered 'hostages' of a sort empowered to act in the interests of the countries located in their vicinity. Therefore, all the countries listed above irrespective of their quantitative and qualitative parameters by virtue of their location at the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence 'de facto' acquire the status of 'Great Countries'. Correspondingly, all are equally empowered to independently express the interests and power of the countries of their geographic regions, to represent and participate in programmes aimed at world integration. By geographically and economically uniting the ties of Europe and Asia in the Eurasian super continent along the latitudinal East-West axis, 'The Great Silk Route' became a second millennium symbol for the integration of this part of the planet. By connecting the lands of the American super continent along the North-South axis and intersecting the Eurasian super continent the Transcontinental axis-highway forms the Great Continent Convergence. Hence, this Transcontinental media systems and communications axis which plans to untie the two hemispheres represents a new 21st century communications artery with the potential for world integration. Vertically, at the levels of the Earth's atmosphere and space it would represent the unifying realm of the biosphere and the Noosphere and horizontally, on the 'terrestrial level' the 'New Silk Route' of the third millennium. The spatial Transcontinental media systems and communications axis-highway is capable of uniting the peoples, countries and continents of the Eastern and Western hemispheres into a centralised scientific, technological, information, industrial, social and economic resource. In addition, it represents a spatial infrastructure; a unique scientific, cosmic and media-communications technologies base that could be employed to create the transition from the biosphere to the Noosphere. What is important however, is not solely the emergence of the Noosphere dimension but the search for a new all-encompassing principle which does not divorce humanity from the biosphere or cosmic space and which reflects one single process which could reflect an understanding of Nature in its widest interpretation. Such a principle would encompass world human intelligence and manifestation on the Earth both in a negative, technospheric sense and in a positive sense. It would also take account of the influence of the anthropogenic factor on inner and outer space. Therefore, the search for mechanisms aimed at harmonizing socio-economic and natural economic relations in the inevitable process of integrating cosmoplanetary transformative processes is not exclusively a social or economic task. It equally concerns the areas of geopolitics, geo-spatial and cultural studies. Social awareness and the consciousness of world political leaders are not always in rhythm with the time. The proposed project is an attempt to embody the idea of integrating cosmoplanetary processes on a global scale, 55

uniting the media systems-communications infrastructure in a spatial transcontinental axis-highway or 'corridor'. The 'Great Continent Convergence' project as a model for integrating cosmoplanetary processes of change comprises the continents and almost all the countries of the world. It would geographically encompass all the world's existing and developing projects and communication structures. Despite not yet having received official social status in its capacity as a natural and objective planetary phenomenon the Model has already become a guiding socio-economic and scientific-technological reference point. For various regions and continents it has become a measure of the scale and size of architectural and spatial infrastructure and communications systems, technological development and in general, a prospect, an ultimate goal and a strategic navigator for integration. World society is made up of different systems, social groups, of all kinds of ideology, religion, policy and economics but must create its mutual relations on the basis of something integral and commonly acceptable wherein values, ideas and goals are aimed at integration. This is the objective, integrative reality that society if demanding and which lies at the foundation of the model for civilization's integration of cosmoplanetary processes. This demand explains much of what is already happening in the world. It has its own objective reality, natural legitimacy and internal logic. The authors of the proposed model have simply caught hold of its key note which is an initiated integration process of planetary physical change which accompanied by the active participation of human reason is shifting to a new qualitative level described as cosmoplanetary integration. Human consciousness has matured to a level where the individual is capable of expressing a proactive relationship not only to the Earth's transformative planetary processes but also to mutual cosmoplanetary connections in the galaxy. The practical fulfilment of the proposed project would have clear benefits for all participating countries. America, Canada and the Latin American countries would receive direct access to the products and technologies of the territories of Russia and Europe and then China and the countries of South-Eastern, Central and Southern Asia. Simultaneously, the entire Asiatic and Pacific region would receive stable and mutually viable access to the resources in Siberia; Russia would ultimately be provided with the opportunity of assimilating its north-eastern regions in cooperation with the rest of the world. The Great Continent Convergence as the epicentre of world integration by means of a transcontinental media-systems-communications axis (forming correspondingly a horizontal and vertical spa - - , tial communications corridor . on three levels: ground, aerial and space) has the potential of becoming a development navigator of cosmoplanetary significance. Hence the Great Continent Convergence is becoming a Model for cosmoplanetary integration on a global scale. The information structure created by the geographical horizontal and vertical axes of the transcontinental information-communications route would repre56

sent a corridor integrating the Earth's entire existing and developing global infrastructure. It would also offer cosmoplanetary opportunities involved in developing a world human information resource on the vertical axis to infinity in the time-space continuum. Such is the essence of the author's conception of the Great Conference convergence as a model for global cosmoplanetary integration; it offers scientific and practical solutions to contemporary issues concerning the mutual interaction between the planet Earth and the cosmic at a time of the Earth's planetary, physical change. At the same time, the model also represents a 'ground resource' of its kind in cosmic-noosphere modelling at a time of planetary physical transformation. It is clear that such a project could only be carried out on a practical level. As such the model for global cosmoplanetary integration via the Great Continent Convergence rests on the practical foundation of the Transcontinental information-communications axis-route. Moreover, every participating country would develop a practical, strategic policy defining its prospects and refining its plans and capacity. Today, the model for Noosphere development calls for a fundamental idea concerning humanity's transition from a heterotrophic to an autotrophic system when on account of its intellectual and technical achievements, humanity will be able to synthesize not only food but other vital components as proposed by V.I. Vernadskii in 1925-26. Likewise, many important issues concerning the creation of an effective organisational and economic framework for Noosphere development need to be considered. Quite a volume of contemporary research is devoted to the global, issues of the contemporary world. These indicate key threats and challenges, analyse the globalisation process and its influence on world processes, consider the key stages in forming the very idea of Noosphere development, formulate the main features of potential socio-economic arrangements and examine world development strategy. Today, many academics of various disciplines are attempting to bring a 'spiritual' constant to the world of essential dimensions and essences. World society, which consists of systems, social groups, of all kinds of ideology, religion, policy and economics must now create its mutual relations on the basis of something integral and widely acceptable where values, ideas and goals are aimed at integration. The project's capacity for practical and technological fulfilment lies in two areas which are described as 'horizontal-terrestrial' i.e. global existing and developing infrastructure and 'vertical-cosmic/Noosphere' i.e. the constantly developing space technologies and resources. Both areas are integrally linked. The solution to any aspect of the overall problem demands an extremely sophisticated level of science and space technologies development. Most importantly, it demands a new, collective awareness and understanding of Humanity's common goal. In this context we continue by considering just a few aspects of the project's 'terrestrial' level which encompasses the world's existing and developing infrastructure and represents a potential 'ground resource'. In accordance with the project's conception and initial technical and economic advancements the potential 57

'ground resource' can be conceived in the following way: - Glo- global (planetary) - a global strategy; a common vision of the prospects for the development of the Planet and its social, economic, ecological, scientific, technical and energy, cultural and other information resources. - Regional (continental) - predictions and the main area of the continental development in ecological, energy, production and other information resources taking account of the global scale of development. - National (state) - finding national solutions and the main area of development of every country in its economic policy, energy, production, ecological, agricultural, industrial and other information resources taking account of the continental development scale and the global context. The national level of participation for every country represents a national program of renewal and development within the context of world integration. The total length of the planned Transcontinental information-communications axis-highway connecting the American and Eurasian super continents through the Bering Strait in a spatial-structural 'corridor' with branches in separate countries and continents measures approximately 150 000 kilometres, 50 - 100 in width. The geographical parameters of this vast communications artery consists of all countries and continents which would organically and technologically bring their internal and external communications, rail, road, water and air routes, space technologies etc into the main artery which would create a new framework for harmonizing socio-economic and other relations within the context of global cosmoplanetary integration and represent & significant part in its practical implementation. Moreover, the effectiveness of the collective participation of countries located at the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence (Europe, Russia, Kazakhstan, Mongolia, China, Korea, Japan and America) in realising national programs in line with global strategy is clearly evident even if one considers their participation in the Russian section of the route. On the territory of Russia alone the Transcontinental route running NorthSouth (from the Bering Strait to Kazakhstan) would measure approx. 5000 km. and the route running East-West (from the Far East to Belorussia - the border of Europe) would measure approx. 8000 km. If just the Russian section of the total transcontinental axishighway were to be equipped and modernised (which would presuppose modernising the entire road and transport infrastructure) according to internal capacity on the basis of existing technologies and resources this process would take approximately 120 years, whereas with international integration and investment on the basis of new technologies the same process would take approximately 20-25 years. The general time-scale required for implementing the project as a whole on a global level including routes with their own infrastructure would be approximately 25-30 years. This level of participation would in a way represent a first, effective, collective, conscious and practical step towards world integration. This type of practical participation in the project would for separate national programs for renewal and further development within the wider strategy of world integration. The understanding of the 58

global transcontinental information and communications 'corridor' includes not only land bridges, transport, roads infrastructure, aerial, energy, space and other capacities but also new technologies and information resources which could be transmitted through the same 'corridor' to any country or point on the planet. In this way, the route would centrally unite the Planet's two hemispheres spatially creating a communications corridor for new technologies and mutual ties. The global scale of the project is made possible by the geographical ex panse it encompasses and its potential influence on the future development of Humanity, its continents and states. The project is motivated by the objective of integrating human, material, natural, energy, scientific, technical and information resources and directing their potential towards supporting vital human activities around the globe. For today we stand witness to a new stage of geo-etheric, geopolitical, social, demographic and Noosphere evolution. The first scientific, practical steps have already been taken which are slightly ahead of their time. In the ISICAR institute scientists have begun constructing equipment which make it possible for man to experience Kozyrev's energy-time in which the past, present and future merge into one astronomical space where energy-time is transmitted instantaneously. The study of man and the biosphere in new planetary physical conditions has led to the development of a new scientific paradigm (61,62). Developments include long distance implementation of the field genome, long range information-etheric spino-torsion processes in radiators, Kozyrev chambers, hyper-magnetic bunkers and laser currents (63, 64). The project authors have already designed and are developing space centres - scientific, space and information centres aimed at developing a new cosmic awareness in the wider public. It has been proposed to create Space information villages - urbanised, self-developing, autonomous, universal, architectural production centres with land, water and space complexes. These reflect just minor elements of the huge knowledge that is now available and which has the potential to create and define the age of human survival in the 21st century. V.P. Kaznacheev (16) expresses the view that in post industrialist society the 59

world is developing in an uncoordinated fashion and that certainly there is no evidence of the presence of Noosphere type organising principles. He continues that scientific knowledge of cosmic matter way outstrips our experience of man and the natural world and that it is this scientific knowledge that is determining strategies for future development. The discovery of field forms of living matter and the awareness of its meaning for the evolution of the planet is forcing us as Kazanacheev alleges (16) to reconsider the reaching of the Noosphere. One could say that in the general understanding of the Noosphere the knowledge component has been overvalued and the component of spirit equally undervalued. The future Transcontinental media systems-communications, spatial and structural axis-highway offers several complementary areas of infrastructure development ranging from a variety of land and water transport systems and communication facilities to developing aerial and space communication technologies. The axis-highway would include facilities ranging from small aviation to heavy weight airliners and hydroplane amphibians, planes and new generation airships, tele, radio and computer links, internet, satellite interorbital space technologies and high communications technologies with inner and outer space. The most important spatial infrastructures of the global Transcontinental information-communications 'corridor' would above all, include bridges, tunnels, overpasses, ferries and base units in the permafrost zones of the Antarctic including those based on new unsupported communications methods and heavy weight aerial transport amphibians. The Transcontinental information-communications axis-route as a general 21st century spatial infrastructure will consist of the convergence of continental, regional and national transport, engineering-communications and telecommunications objects and installations. Consequently, the organic unification of the American and Eurasian super continents established in part by a structure across the Bering Strait and the Transcontinental 'corridor' represents a potential foundation for 21st century global, cosmoplanetary integration. The Noosphere represents the emergence of a new condition of the biosphere, transformed by conscious, rational human activity. It presupposes change on the face of the Earth; the activation of the anthropomorphic system and scientific thought as a powerful geological force capable of supporting the growth of free energy in the biosphere; the structure of the Noosphere and the coordination of man's conscious, evolutionary role. The idea of the project has been thought through, discussed and planned by international scientists and academics for several years. The author first proposed the idea of world integration in the form of the Great Continent Convergence in 1973 at an International UNESCO 'round table' in Ulan Bator. The proposed idea provoked great interest and was approved by the well-known academics A.P. Okladnikov (USSR), V. Heisig (FRG), B. Rinchen (PRM), V. Dynovskii (PRP), L. Latimor (USA), F. Ligeti (PRH), S.G. Donchev (PRH) and others. Although subsequently, a number of these individuals took direct participation in the further development of the project, at that time, it was labelled by the head of the soviet academics delegation, E.M. Jukovii as an 'ideologically unbalanced and methodologically contradictive system'. As a result, further presentation of the project at the UNESCO forum was blocked.

60

Nonetheless, the author continued to work on the project independently and later created the International Independent academics group (affiliated to the UNESCO Association) which worked on the project's further development. The independent academics group included A.P. Okladnikov, B. Rinchen, L.N. Gumilev, S.N. Roerich, N.N. Moiseev, S.G. Donchev, T.Heyerdahl, C.T. Aimatov, V.P. Kaznacheev, B.A. Irbaev, G.M. Grechko, D.B. Purveev, D.C. Strebkov, A.N. Dmitriev, I.F. Mingasov and others. Over the past few years a number of these individuals have passed away. Others continue to represent the group and new specialists with fresh ideas have been drawn to the project. Recently, the first part of the 'Great Continent Convergence' Program has been conveyed in the monograph entitled 'The Architecture of the Universe'. The second part of the Program which concerns scientific, technological, socio-economic, cultural, historical-geographic, information and energy resources areas is included in generalised form in the current monograph or list of references. The ethnological background to the further development of mankind has been provided by L.N. Gumilev (57). Energy resource strategy has been developed by academics of the RIEVA managed by D.C. Strebkov (58) who have recommended new technologies for the practical implementation of replaceable energy sources, nano and alluvion technologies in industrial centres. The scientific space and cosmology centre for raising public awareness of cosmophysical issues has been developed by D.B. Purveev (2) (in the Rusaviacosmoc system) who in his academic work on the shift from the archaic Ptolemeev geocentric paradigm to the reason of the etheric Nosphere dimension marks a historical watershed in the awareness of pre-cosmic and cosmic civilization Novosibirsk academics A.N. Dmitriev, I.F. Mingasov, A.A. Kiselnikov, A.D. Trofimov, V.P. Dyatlov, L.P.Mikhailov and others lead by V.P. Kaznacheev (45) are the first in the world to have created a new scientific paradigm of the physical vacuum theory which serves as the scientific basis of this monograph. The paradigm set forth elucidates the fundamental role of the quantum vacuum. It has ramifications for many issues concerning the world's makeup and offers a scientific foundation for complex technologies being created on the basis of the new physics principles - the technologies of the quantum vacuum. 61

The practical implementation of the project (The Great Continent Convergence) was begun by the author and his colleagues with the reconnoitring of the Transcontinental information-communications axis-highway along its East-West route passing through the Eurasian continent (in reality, the paths of the Great Silk Route). The international cultural and ecological expedition 'The paths of the Great Migrations of Humanity' UNESCO, was begun under the direction of the author in 1992 along a route which marked the beginning of the reconnoitring for the Transcontinental information-communications axis and continued across the countries and regions of the Eurasian subcontinent. The first stage of the expedition in reconnoitring the project route began on the Eurasian subcontinent from Everest, the highest point in the Himalayas. From the peak of Everest the expedition participant Fedor Konyukhov marked the beginning of the expedition by reading aloud a 'blessing to the people of the Earth' written on the expedition's flag in Russian, English, Chinese and Spanish. The reconnoitring of the Transcontinental information-communications route was completed at the northern most point of the Eurasian subcontinent on the banks of the Bering Strait at the threshold of the American subcontinent having passed through India, Nepal, China, Mongolia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgystan, the republics and regions of the North, Siberia, the Far East of Russia and Eurasia. On 15 May 1999 the Director General of UNESCO Dr. Federik Z. Mayor marked the end of the reconnoitring expedition by placing his signature on the expedition's flag and pronouncing the words: 'the Great Conference Convergence as the initial stage of global interplanetary integration has begun'. Likewise, the heads of state and religious confessions and other world renowned figures whose countries the expedition passed through all placed their signatures on the expedition flag. A reconnoitring expedition is planned to pass through the American subcontinent to be completed at the southern point of Latin America passing along the route of the Transcontinental information-communications North-South, axis where the heads of state and other eminent figures of America will confirm the status of the Great Continent Convergence as a model for globaj cosmoplanetary integration by placing their signatures on the expedition flag. Subsequently, the flag will be ceremonially handed over to the United Nations. B.3. The Great Cross of continents as the Earths resours of the cosmoplanetarian integration. The Great Continent Convergence project as a strategic model for integrating cosmoplanetary change should be seen as a 'land resource'. It offers the opportunity to every individual and country for wide scale, collective and conscious participation in the logical and inevitable processes of cosmoplanetary integration at a time of global physical change. The essence of the project, or rather its terrestrial beginning as a starting point for cosmoplanetary integration lies in the following: - The end of the 20th century witnessed a growth in global integrative processes organically unifying historically and geographically formed information links and ties between countries and peoples and then between whole continents, thereby creating the premise for civilization to integrate changing cosmoplanetary processes. The unifying basis of this logical and inevitable integrative process in the development of Humanity on the Earth lies in the constantly improving world information and communications order which at its current level of development has become so sophisticated that it enables us to speak of planetary 'information resources' and technologies. If the world's information and communication capacity depends on high technologies, sci62

ence, space satellites, energy, tele radio communications and other services then one should emphasise the point that unlike other material resources (raw materials and energy) the information resource is not subject to laws which would otherwise limit its social value or growth. Knowledge generates more understanding moreover, in geometric progression. In addition, information economics are low in energy and resource consumption. Correspondingly, they have beneficial ramifications given contemporary, ecological problems. Most importantly however, is the fact that this information resource serves as a powerful force for social integration. Migrations, global expeditions, cultural, trade, economic, religious and other information resources and technologies have gradually strengthened contacts between the continents of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia in the Eastern hemisphere and North and South America in the Western hemisphere. With time, these general ties expanded into the concept of the world's 'information resource', spreading experience to other countries and continents creating the premise for world integration. The organic integration of the 'information resource' by the Eurasian and American super continents via the Bering isthmus is planned via the spatial 'corridor' of a transcontinental information and communication axis-highway (horizontally linking the planet's existing and developing infrastructure and vertically pooling the infinite cosmic potential for the development of life and consciousness on the Earth in the biosphere. Together an axis emerges capable of linking the three levels of the earth, the atmosphere and space into one world information and communication infrastructure). In the early 21st, for the first time in the history of mankind the idea of facilitating the emergence of the Noosphere and engaging in the process of global cosmoplanetary integration has become a 63

reality. The pledge for its success is the potential of the 'ground resource', the spatial and information infrastructure created by the Great Continent Convergence.

The shape of the future of the Planet partly depends on general acceptance of a worldview which conceives of the authotrophic capacity of mankind first set forth by V.I. Vernadskii in 1927. The idea of authotrophy is linked with the inevitable shift to new forms of technology for the favourable conditions of human life on the planet given conditions of resource and energy depletion etc; the synthesis of food products essential to human survival; new methods of energy production; new ecologically clean transport and communication services technologically produced from cosmic components of the Universe. Returning to ideas of the 'ether' as a form of matter which fills cosmic space and reconsidering relativist views on matter, mass, the atmosphere and time will effectively determine new horizons in the creation of innovative technologies and provision of inexpensive energy sources. If l ^ ^ T l l ^ ^ Physics is facilitating general human ^ flU i ^ M i ^ ^ ^ ^ . awareness cosmic processes and synergetic of effect of the shift from ^ ^ ^ ^ impending catastrophe to progresadvanced by physicists represents the vL. * Jm ^ construction of a new cosmological jy* model based on harmonious relations -^, between the peoples of the planet and the creation of a single world infrastructure. The Transcontinental information-communication axis-highway uniting both super continents through the Bering isthmus in a unique 'corridor' passing along the north-south axis of the American subcontinent intersecting the east-west axis of the Eurasian subcontinent structurally forms an intersecting 'node': the Great Continent Convergence. The epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence and its information-communication infrastructure likewise links the horizontal axis of the planet (with all its) with the vertical axis of the biosphere (with the infinite structures of cosmic- Noosphere development in life and consciousness). The existing spatial-information infrastructure of the etheric Noosphere integration of the Planet represents a potential 'land' resource which lays at the basis of the Model. The epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence which exists for the first time historically and geographically at the beginning of the 21 st century lies in Eurasia on the 64

Eurasian subcontinent. Whereas at the end of the 20th century, Eurasia, a historically and geographically unified land mass, became the geopolitical centre for the unification of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia in the relatively integrated Eurasian subcontinent, by the 21st century at the epicentre of the Great continent Convergence Eurasia has become a navigator for cosmoplanetary integration. It represents a unique 'ground' resource for the planet's potential development. Europe, Russia, Kazakhstan, Mongolia, India, China, Korea and Japan, the countries of the Eurasian subcontinent on the east-west axis-route lie on one side of the Bering strait and at the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence America and Canada on the north-south axis-route enclose ^ H L s ^ V TL the American subcontinent on the oth^ | | er side of the Bering strait. J^B I f M ^ These countries, located on the ^ ^ ^ I B u L - I J ^ ^ P f f i territory of Eurasia, at the epicentre of ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ g f the Great Continent Convergence, with ^ ^ H ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ their external and internal ties constitute the transcontinental axis-route corre^^' spondingly on both sides of the Bering , ^ of Europe, Africa, Asia, Australia and the Oceans and the American continent whose interests and power they reflect. This in its turn makes the countries of the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence 'hostages' of a sort empowered to act in the interests of the countries they are surrounded by. Therefore, all the countries listed above irrespective of their quantitative and qualitative parameters by virtue of their location at the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence acquire the status of 'Great Countries' 'de facto'. Correspondingly, all are equally empowered to independently express the interests and power of the neighbouring countries of their geographic regions, to represent and participate in programmes of global cosmoplanetary integration. Correspondingly, the Eurasian supercontinent which represents a navigator and geographical strategic centre for world development is possessed of the main proportion of the world's natural, material, raw, energy, territorial and human resources. Approximately 75% of the world's population is concentrated in the Eurasian super continent and a large proportion of the world's physical wealth is held in its businesses and interior; about three quarters of the world's known energy supplies are located on its territory. The Eurasian super continent comprises the regions of four geopolitical centres: the West (Europe), the East (Russia, China, The 65

Far East), the South (The Near East, Hungary, Iran, Afghanistan) and the South-East (India, Central Asia and South-East Asia). One could add the additional potential of Oceania, Australia and the developed countries of Africa. The organic unification of the American and Eurasian super continents via a structure across the Bering isthmus in the form of the Transcontinental informationcommunication 'corridor', represents the navigational foundation for the natural, process of 21st century global cosmoplanetary integration. The understanding of the global Transcontinental information and communication 'corridor' includes not only land bridges, transport, roads, infrastructure aerial, energy, space and other capacities but also innovative technologies and information resources which could be transmitted through the same 'corridor' to any country or point on the planet and through time in the Cosmos. One could go further and claim that the coordinates of the corridor will in the future make it possible to implement a link with inner and outer space. Hence, the Transcontinental information-communication axis not only centrally unifies the planet's two hemispheres but as a spatial corridor is also becoming an information infrastructure with the capacity to link new ground and cosmic technologies and information resources and practically all cosmic- Noosphere space. Correspondingly, it potentially serves as a 'ground' resource for global cosmoplanetary integration. In the third millennium, at least at its early stage, there is a clearly marked tendency to unite national energy systems into powerful centres of accumulation, and for the production and processing of the world's electroenergy. Russia and the CIS, America and Canada have already created single, energy systems. The South American countries, Arabian countries and Black Sea and Baltic regions are also in the process of creating similar energy networks. The unification of national networks into a single, world energy network along the Transcontinental corridor would make it possible to exploit seasonal factors influencing the production of electroenergy (Sun, wind, water), and daily factors which would provide the opportunity of transferring electroenergy from east to west, from one time zone to another.(58) Today, however the world builds arbitrarily, lacking a common strategy and the transcontinental arrangements which would consolidate transport and energy flow. Above all, these should include the transport and energy lines which run Lisbon to Vladivostock and from Australia to Indonesia, Tailand, Vietnam-China-Bering StraitAlaska-Canada-America. The energy current would flow along the Great Silk Route: India, AfganistanKyrgyzstan-Tadjhikistan-Turkmenistan-Kazakhstan, North West Siberia. The flow of transport and meridinal energy would intersect

66

with the latitudinal energy and transport lines in East and West Siberia forming a Great energy and transport convergence between Europe and Asia. Plans also exist to build a common energy line connecting the continents of Asia, Africa and America. (58) As envisaged in the 'The Great Continent Convergence project as a model for global cosmoplanetary integration' the Transcontinental information and communication axis represents a strategy for the comprehensive unification of governments into an integral, interconnected and mutually complementary body. Like the internet, it would have no choice other than to coexist as a single living organism. Encompassing all the world's countries and continents within its internal and external branches the Transcontinental axis would create a common spatial, information infrastructure, a planetary-Noosphere 'corridor' which would connect the biosphere on three spatial levels. Each of the levels making up the information-communication infrastructure or 'corridor' would characterise a specific stage in the creation of world information resources and technologies in the time-space continuum. - The land and maritime component of the information communication infrastructure of the Transcontinental axis consists in the culmination of the world's scientific, technical and technological achievements dating from previous eras to the present (the era of carts, small crafts, ferry and sailing boats, later to be superseded by contemporary technological, communication and transport means: cars, electric locomotives and ferries, television, radio and telephone services, electronics etc.). This level encompasses the entirety of civilization's historical and contemporary scientific and technical achievements in the areas of land-maritime infrastructure from ancient carts, carriages, small crafts and sailing boats to new transport and equipment technologies including high speed transport systems, information and space centres, 'floating islands', automated platforms, ECM, computers and forms of radio, television and telephone communication systems etc. - The avia component of the Transcontinental information-communication axis encompasses the world's corresponding scientific, technical and technological condition spanning the end of the 20th century to the present day and includes anticipated future developments (the beginning of the era of aeronautics, development of aircraft technology and the development of flight apparatus and engineering on the basis of future space technologies). On the whole, this level encompasses the world's aviation and aerial infrastructure with 67

all its expanding aviation, aerial and aerospace technologies and apparatus (aeroplanes, helicopters, ground effect vehicles, airships and amphibians, communication vehicles, radiolocation, electronics and airports, developing aerospace engineering and infrastructure, reactive land and air aerial engineering and space centres). - The space component of the Transcontinental information-communications axis characterises the world's scientific engineering and technological condition including present and anticipated future developments. The fundamentals of cosmonautics were created in the second half of the 20th century which saw the initial stages of space assimilation, (the first satellite launches and orbiting stations, man's first journey into space, the development of space technologies and engineering). On the whole, this level represents the spatial-information order of man's assimilation of the cosmos at the initial stages of developing aerial and space engineering and apparatus based on sophisticated space technologies (rockets, space-flight, orbiting stations and satellites, space centres, sophisticated technological, land infrastructure etc). In their totality, these three components form a spatial-information infrastructure facilitated by a Transcontinental information-communication axis which encompasses the entire earthly globe in a spatial-information 'corridor'. In becoming a 'world resource' it serves as an arrangement Model for world cosmoplanetary integration. In the opinion of certain Russian and international scientists the theoretical conditions and practical potential for the shift from the biosphere to the Noosphere exist for the first time at the beginning of the 21st century in the form of the initiated, natural and inevitable process of global cosmoplanetary integration. Moreover, world technological progress and fundamental, practical developments by Russian academics significantly improve and complement scientific predictions. It is also significant that predictions are being made on the basis of the Model for global cosmoplanetary integration. It is the author's opinion that this Model may serve as the initial, theoretical stage for the scientific and practical realisation of the shift from the Biosphere to the Noosphere. What is really important is not exclusively the realisation of V.I. Verdanskii's dream to gonstruct the Noosphere or RA. Florenskii's pneumatosphere but the search for a new universal principle which combines man, the biosphere, the planet and space into one single process which could be identified as Nature in its widest sense. This would include the world human intellect and the planet's intellect as it is manifest on the Earth whether in a negative technological sense or in a positive sense. The principle would also need to include the anthropogenic influence on inner and outer space. We stand witness to a new stage of planetary Noosphere evolution which is socio-demographic, geopolitical and geocosmic. This principle is incorporated in the proposed spatial-information infrastructure formed by the Transcontinental information-communication axis, comprising a spatial communications 'corridor' on the Planet's geographical longitudinal and latitudinal axes. It is also reflected in the combination of the figurative horizontal axis of the Great Continent Convergence (the structural unification of two Great Continents) and the vertical axis of the triple level land-maritime, aerial and cosmic structure. This huge line crossing the Bering via an overpass over a distance of between 60 and 70 parallels, 1 500 km south of the north sea route would represent a considerable urbanising mechanism and harmonising factor in world socio-economic relations. The line would unite the countries and peoples of the Eastern and Western hemispheres in an axis consisting of new trade, economic, cultural, production, technological, industrial, information and other vehicles. The Model's global scale is determined by the Transcontinental information-communication axis and its influence on the future development of humanity. It would influence the social and economic structure and layout of entire, geographic regions and 68

states. At its foundation lies the objective truth that integrating human, material, economic, urbanising, energy, natural and scientific-engineering potential is in the interests of supporting life on the Earth. The geographical parameters of this vast communications artery consisting of all countries and continents organically and technologically combining their internal and external communications, rail, road, water and air routes and space technologies makes it a new potential framework for harmonizing socio-economic and other relations within the context of world cosmoplanetary integration. After the fall of the Great USSR and regional Yugoslavia, today the first signs have appeared of new integrative processes and centres for crystallizing the regional subjects of international policy. Gradually, Russia is shifting from an object economically dependent on the realisation of its raw materials to an independent subject in the world arena. Rapid cultural and economic development is taking place on the Asian continent which is possessed of huge natural, human and energy resources. The countries located at the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence, Russia, Kazakhstan, Mongolia, China and India are already forming closer political, economical and cultural links. The role of Russia in world human integration and particularly its leading role in the Great Continent Convergence project is beginning to take on significance as a country with considerable natural, land and promising intellectual resources. The total length of the Transcontinen - - , tal information-communications axis-route connecting through the Bering Strait the American and Eurasian subcontinents beginning with the Southern point of Latin America on the NorthSouth geographical vertical axis at the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence (Eurasia) with branches in other countries and continents of the Eurasian subcontinent would measure approximately 150 000 kilometres, and the width approximately 50 100 km. On the territory of Russia alone the Transcontinental route north-south (from the Bering Strait to Kazakhstan) measures approx.5000 km. and east-west (from the Far East to Belorussia - the border of Europe) measures approx. 8000 km. If just the Russian section of the total transcontinental axis-route were to be equipped and modernised (which would presuppose modernising the entire road and transport infrastructure) according to internal capacity on the base of existing technologies and resources this would take approximately 120 years, whereas with international integration and investment on the basis of new technologies the same process would take approximately 20-30 years. The total period for project realisation on a global scale including routes with complete infrastructure would take about 25-30 years. 'The Great Continent Convergence project as a model for global cosmoplanetary integration' encompasses almost all the world's countries and continents and includes all the world's existing and developing communications structures and projects. Despite not yet having received official social status the Model as a natural and objective planetary phenomenon has for many countries already become a guiding 69

socio-economic and scientific-technological reference point. For regions and continents it has become a measure of the scale and size of architectural and spatial infrastructure and communications, the development of technology and in general, a prospect for countries and continents, an ultimate goal and a strategic navigator for integration. This explains much of what is already happening in the world as the process has its own objective reality. The authors of the proposed model have simply caught hold of its key note which is an initiated but not necessarily immediately evident cosmoplanetary integration process generating global, physical change. With the active participation of human reason it is transitioning to a new qualitative level described as cosmoplanetary integration in the time-space continuum. Human consciousness has developed to the level of the true individual capable of expressing a proactive relationship not only to planetary processes of the Earth's transformation but also to mutual planetary influence in the Galaxy. The practical fulfilment of the project would have clear benefits for all participating countries. America, Canada and the Latin American countries would receive direct access to the products and technologies of the territories of Russia and Europe and then China and the countries of South-Eastern, Central and Southern Asia. Simultaneously, the entire Asiatic and Pacific region would receive stable and mutually viaMe access to the resources of Siberia; Russia would receive the opportunity of assimilating its northeastern regions in its policy of international cooperation. The planet's spatial-informations infrastructure comprised of the, Transcontinental information-communication geographical latitudinal axis route through various materialised structures and connections (bridges,

70

areas by means of the engineering capacity of the time. The Suez and Panama canals, the 'Golden Gates' bridge in the USA (12,6 km long), the bridge connecting England and Wales (5,2 km long), the Oresund tunnel link between Copenhagen (Denmark) and Malmo (Sweden) (16,2 km long), the 'large Belt' tunnel-bridge in Denmark (19,7 km long) (bridge 1,6 km long), the Channel tunnel, the Baikal Amur Mainline and other huge constructions are characteristic of the contemporary era. Spatial-communication potential depends on a continent's architectural and engineering thinking, science and engineering, technology, economy and production capacities. It therefore stands, that spatial information resources are a scientific-technical and production-technological integrating factor. Whereas previously these communication constructions were purely functional and utilitarian representing externally reflected engineering and construction solutions, contemporary technological potential transforms them by comparison into a new, uniquely functional, spatial-architectural infrastructure type. Today, the socio-economic, production and technological level of development in any country depends equally on its ability to calculate the potential of national capacities and the capacity of world economics. The notion of the spatial communication 'corridor' includes not only roads, bridges, tunnels and other engineering constructions of the physical infrastructure, but also information, aerial, energy and space lines and communication systems. The process of assembling the planetary communications network has already begun. Unified energy systems already exist between Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States, America and Canada, the European and Scandinavian countries. Regional energy networks are being developed in the South American countries and Arabic states, including energy rings in the Baltic and Black Sea areas and an energy supply line that runs from Siberia to China (58). The unification of these areas into a world energy network would for example make it possible to exploit seasonal potential for solar energy resources. Electrical energy produced from solar batteries in the South could be sold in the winter months to the North where solar energy is plentiful only during the months March to September. Electrical energy currents located in the east-west zone would provide the opportunity of exploiting daily changes in solar en71

ergy linked with the Earth's revolution around its axis. Road and rail lines are also being integrated. At the beginning of the 1990's dozens of road and rail lines were laid between Turkmenian and Iranian border towns which resulted in connecting Central Asian and Near Eastern road networks. A small stretch of road laid between Kyrgyztsan and China now makes it possible to travel by car from Moscow to Peking or Deli (along the Karakorum highway). The junction between the railway lines of North and South Korea will connect Seoul and Peking. Designed to serve as a unifying, world pivot the Transcontinental axis, information-communication resource promises to be a successful foundation to the project as a whole. It represents an urbanised Transcontinental axis-line unifying the world through its new, information-communication, scientific-engineering, transport and technological resources. It has the potential to create new development opportunities for all countries both individually and in international co-operation. Hence the new Transcontinental information-communication axis-highway creates a 21 st century communications artery passing east-west through the Eurasian subcontinent and north-south to through the American subcontinent thereby completing the Great Continent Convergence and world integration. The project's fulfilment depends on the mutual relations between the great powers located at the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence (Europe, Russia, Kazakhstan, Mongolia, India, China, Korea, Japan, America and Canada). Depending on how quickly these powers can establish common grounds the practical execution of the project will be quickened or delayed. The profit and benefits promised the world by the construction of a land bridge across the Bering Strait await to be seen. It would be possible for politicians to begin taking part in the project immediately without necessarily having to commit to construction programs. Elaborate intentions expressed but not binding are a relatively effective method of gaining popularity. As far as the temptation of building a bridge across the Bering is concerned a rail road project planned to connect the two 72

continents was first proposed as early as 1890. The project was proposed by William Gilpin, Governor of Colorado who put forward the idea of building a bridge across the Bering Strait. In 1905 an entrepreneurs syndicate from Chicago, New York and San Francisco approached the Russian Emperor with the idea of building a route from Alaska to Siberia either by bridge or tunnel connecting the Eurasian and north American Continents at practically no expense to Russia itself. The route was planned to reach as far as Kansk (South Krasnoyarsk) and was proposed for exploitation by America for ninety years at which point it would be a the full disposal of the Russian Empire. Although the proposal was accepted by the Tsar and his ministers the project's execution was cut short by the 1905 revolution. At the beginning of 1917 Nikolai II agreed a subsequent project to build a railway line from Irkutsk to Yakutsk with the long term goal of extension to the banks of Alaska but again the project was again cut short by the events of the 1917 revolution long to be forgotten. In 1984 when the Baikal-Amur Mainline was finally completed construction works began on an additional branch of the North-Amur-Yakutsk Mainline (AYM) although plans to reach the long promised Alaska were still far from view. The first stretch (290 km) reaching as far as Aldan was completed in 1992. Well-known events cut these construction works short. Five years later, in 1997 the rail road continued 70km northwards as far as Tommot. Long ago when the Trans-Siberian line was built on average 560-700 km were completed a year! The 1998 default brought an end to even these poor efforts. The issue of a railroad link between America and Russia cropped up again on a government level in 2006. After numerous consultations it was expected that The Russian and American governments would each receive control of 25% of the tunnel length. Independent Russian investors included RJD, RAO, EEC, and 'Transneft'. The tunnel was planned to include a railway line, highway, pipelines and optical fibre cables. According to the British 'Sunday Times' newspaper, Vladimir Putin was supposed to discuss the details of construction plans for a Bering Strait Tunnel with the American president George Bush in April 2007. How these talks ended is not yet clear. However, Governor Roman Abramovich Chukoti has already acquired the world's largest land bridge complex for 80 million pounds. If the project goes ahead the rail road line will encompass almost three quarters of the globe. It will become possible to purchase a ticket in London and travel to Alaska by train despite the considerable time spent travelling. As background information, the Bering Strait is the strait between the Dezhnev Cape, the most Eastern point of Asia and the Cape of Prince Wales, the westernmost point of the mainland of Alaska and the North American continent. The narrowest part of the strait is 86 km wide and the minimum waterway depth measures 36 metres. The length of the tunnel would reach 103 km and the project is estimated to cost approximately 35 billion pounds. On the other hand, American con73

structions engineer . Lin has worked for many decades on an intercontinental bridge project aimed at connecting Alaska with the Asian main land also through the Bering Strait. Lin set up a charitable organisation in order to raise funding for project research. In the 1980's this was considered a crackpot project as it was supposed to connect America and the USSR. Later however, the project received social legitimacy and was even awarded a National medal from the hands of the president. Now that the political atmosphere has considerably changed T. Lin is returning to the idea of the intercontinental bridge through the Bering Strait. Financial difficulties remain however, with the estimated cost of the

II

project reaching 59 billion dollars. In T.Lin's opinion the Bering Strait Bridge could become a world line connecting continents on a contemporary technological level. Moreover, this project now represents a required element as a connecting structure between the main lands of the Great Continent Convergence. What is proposed should not be seen as the artificial reconstruction of the Bering isthmus. Separate constructions of either a tunnel under the Bering Strait or a bridge over it would be pointless as it would simply connect two dry land islands, Chukot and Alaska, both weakly connected to their own continents. The reconstruction of the Bering makes sense only if it becomes one of the elements of the global Transcontinental communication corridor with an integrating function such as is the case with the Channel Tunnel, Sakhalin and Japan. The tunnel under the Channel which connects England and France has provided a solution to a whole range of daily transport, technological, communication, economic and urbanisation issues affecting both countries. Simultaneously, the tunnel has become an important urbanised, spatial-communication link connecting the island of Great Britain with the main land of Europe into one urbanised system within the wider process of world integration. The tunnel symbolises a shot fired into the future. On a communication level the Tunnel represents a systemic link in the infrastructure of the 'Great Continent Convergence' connecting Europe with the Far East influencing the world urbanised Transcontinental line. Another shot into the future of the Great continent Convergence will be the new spatial-information infrastructure of the 'Amsterdam-Japan' line passing through the Bering Strait and American subcontinent which would connect Sakhalin with the Japanese mainland and nearby island of Hokkaido via a 19 km long underwater tunnel and a second tunnel 9 km long passing under the Tatar Strait. This spatial-information infrastructure passes through the permafrost zone and the BAM, and CER (Chinese 74

Eastern Railway) lines which represent previously existing links in the chain of the Transcontinental information-communication axis. These parts of the infrastructure develop links connecting Europe with the Far East and American subcontinent on the geographic, east-west, horizontal axis. Within the context of the developing ecological and economic situation on this part of the Transcontinental information-communication axis Russia steps into a global role. The project's economic viability for Russia is clearly evident as transportation over large distances is much more cost efficient than transportation by sea. Moreover, provision of corresponding equipment will be assigned not only to Russian industry but also to corporations in Japan, China, Korea and Europe. The potential economic benefits for Russia are clearly visible in the creation of millions of jobs, the revival of whole industries, increase in internal demand including investment and the improvement of management systems. Russia's participation in fulfilling the project would prove a factor for internal economic, political and cultural unity. The process of post-soviet integration automatically makes Russia a pivot for Eurasian and world integration thereby re-establishing Russia's status as a world power and political player. Aside from the considerable financial and administrative costs that would be incurred in the Far East by key investors, predominantly Japan, the project would give Russia the opportunity to solve its island territorial issues without having to make political concessions, through the creation of a joint economic management system (facilitated by the UN). This could potentially serve as a mutual arrangement preserving the necessary prerequisites for Russian and Japanese independence. The creation of the Russian stretch of the Transcontinental information-communication axis-highway would also provide the 'overheating' Japanese economy with the opportunity of determining a new qualitative direction in a large scale maintenance of excess capital flow. This would have significant implications not only for the survival of the Japanese economy but also from the point of view of averting a possible second wave in the Asiatic financial crisis. This would save America from unavoidable devaluation and collapse of the dollar has in the mid-term been squeezed out by the introduction of the Euro. European and Japanese reserves could inevitably be invested in technology and in the long run, in the technology of the construction of the transcontinental information-communication axishighway. The creation of the Line represents new financial and economic opportunities in the future would enable America to develop a new economic policy and strategy. Such is the author's conception of the Great Continent Convergence as a model for world cosmoplanetary integration and its proposed scientific and practical solutions to pressing contemporary issues concerning the interconnectedness of the Earth and the Cosmos. The international group of the Independent Academics Association 'The Paths of Humanity's Great Migrations' has from 1989 to the present day been developing the 'The Great Continent Convergence program as the initial stage of cosmoplanetary integration'. The project comes under the aegis of UNESCO and is run by the authors: L.N. Gumilev, N.N. Moiseev, S.N. Roerich, C.T. Aimatov, V.P. Kaznacheev, D.B. Purveev, G.M. Grechko, D.S. Strebkov, T. Heyerdhal, B.A. Ibraev, S.D. Goranov, A.N. Dmitriev etc. (The prehistorical and existing state of the Universe was described by the group directors in the special monograph 'The architecture of the Universe'. In this monograph the author sets forth an ground model for planetary integration as the first step towards the development of the Program as a whole.) 'Integrating Cosmoplanetray Change' represents the continuation of the earlier monograph and presents the scientific and practical basis of the Program in the time-space continuum which is constantly developing and im75

proving. This work includes developments by Russian academics of the theory of the physical vacuum (V.R Kazanacheev, A.N. Dmitriev, I.F. Mingasov, V.L. Dyatlov, A.A. Kiselnikov, A.L. Trofimov, L.R Mikhailov and others) (45) and new views on Universal genesis by K.E. Tsiolkobskii and others. The practical implementation of the project (The Great Continent Convergence) was begun by the author and his colleagues with the reconnoitring of the Transcontinental information-communications axis-route along the east-west route of the Eurasian continent (in reality, the paths of the Great Silk Route). The first stage of the expedition in reconnoitring the project route began on the Eurasian subcontinent from its highest point in the Himalayas - Everest. From the peak of Everest the expedition participant Fedor Konyukhov read a 'blessing to the people of the Earth' written in Russian, English, Chinese and Spanish on the expedition's flag which marked the beginning of the expedition ('The Great Continent Convergence', the main idea of which served as the expedition's goal). The reconnoitring of the Transcontinental information-communications route was completed at the northern most point of the Eurasian subcontinent on the banks of the Bering Strait at the threshold of the American subcontinent having passed through India, Nepal, China, Mongolia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgystan, the republics and regions of the North, Siberia, the Far East of Russia and Eurasia. * On 15 May 1999 the Director General of UNESCO Dr. Federik Mayor marked the end of the reconnoitring expedition by placing his signature on the expedition's flag and pronouncing the words: 'the Great Conference Convergence as the initial stage of cosmoplanetary integration has begun'. Likewise, the heads of state and religious confessions and other world renowned figures whose countries the expedition passed through all placed their signatures on the expedition's flag. The expedition is planned to continue through the American subcontinent to be completed at the southern point of Latin America along the routes of the Transcontinental information-communication north-south axis where the heads of state and other eminent figures of America will confirm the status of the Great Continent Convergence as a model for cosmoplanetary integration by placing their signatures on the expedition flag. Subsequently, the flag will be ceremonially handed over to the United Nations. 76

For the time being, the Noosphere should be perceived as a symbol of faith; as an ideal of rational human intervention in the biosphere. It is essential that we believe in the teaching of Vernadskii which claims that rational human activity will bring happiness to all of Humanity. The proposed Model serves as one way of fulfilling that vision. C. THE GREAT CONTINENT CROSS OF CONTINENTS AS AN EARTH BASED MODEL OF THE COSMOPLANETARIAN INTEGRATION C.l. The Initial stages of World Cosmoplanetary Integration (the emergence of the Noosphere) 'The Great Continent Convergence project as a strategic model for world cosmoplanetary integration' represents a 'ground resource' for the potential, large scale, collective and consciousness participation of every individual and every country in the inevitable process of world cosmoplanetary integration of transformative physical change. The essence of the project or rather its 'terrestrial' beginning lies in creating a starting point for world cosmoplanetary integration in the Noosphere. This section begins by considering the project's scientific and engineering component. The end of the 20th century saw a considerable increase in developing global, integrative processes which organically combined existing historical and geographical information links and ties between countries and nations. These processes began nationally and then expanded throughout whole continents creating the prerequisite for the cosmoplanetary integration of all humanity. The unifying basis of this logical and inevitable human integration process lies in constantly developing information and communication links. These have developed to such a level that 'information resources' are now commonly perceived as having fundamental global development potential. If the globe's information order depends on the development of sophisticated technologies, science and engineering, space satellites, energy, tele and radio communications and other media systems then one should emphasise the point that unlike other material resources (raw materials and energy) the information resource is not subject to laws which would otherwise limit its social value or growth. Knowledge generates more knowledge, moreover, in geometric progression. In addition, information economics are low in energy and resource consumption. Correspondingly, there are beneficial side affects for many contemporary, ecological problems. Most importantly however, is the fact that this information resource represents a factor for social integration. Therefore, the 'Great Continent Convergence' project as a model for cosmoplanetary integration involves almost all countries and continents and includes geographically and technologically all the world's contemporary existing and developing projects and communication systems. Despite not yet having received official social status the Model as a natural and objective planetary phenomenon has already become a guiding socio-economic and scientific-technological navigating principle. For various regions and continents it has become a measure of the scale and size of architectural and spatial infrastructure and communications, the development of technology and in general, a prospect for countries and continents, an ultimate goal and strategic navigator for integration. World society which consists of systems, social groups, all kinds of ideology, religion, policy and economics must form its mutual relations on the basis of an integral and widely acceptable principle in which values, ideas and goals are aimed at 77

integration. This is the objective integrative reality that society demands and which lies at the foundation of the model for world cosmoplanetary integration. This demand explains much of what is already happening in the world. It has its own objective reality, natural legitimacy and internal logic. The authors of the proposed model have simply caught hold of its key note which is an initiated process of interplanetary integration at the stage of global, physical change. With the active participation of human reason the process is shifting to a new qualitative level described as cosmoplanetary integration. For human consciousness has matured to the level of the true individual, capable of expressing a proactive relationship not only to planetary processes of the transformation of the Earth but also to the mutual cosmoplanetary connection with the Galaxy. At the present time, on the background of ecological and social dynamics, world and particularly Russian evolutionary processes have led to the creation of new interdisciplinary opportunities of which the scientific component of this monograph represents a small part. The theme 'Life and consciousness at the stage of the Earth's planetary physical transformation' is seen as an initial formative stage in this process of innovation. It always proves difficult to create new trends in orientation. The reason for this lies partly in the world's lack of unity, its political climate and market system. All these factors ought to initiate progressive evolution with the overriding goal of human happiness but what is happening in the world is actually very different. No all-encompassing analysis of the state of the Earth is being undertaken. No organisations exist which focus on the population currents of individual countries or the issue of human survival as a geocosmic phenomenon. From time to time various conferences, congresses and gatherings are held which touch on the problems of the biosphere and its cosmic, sociological and economic aspects. That however, is not enough. The information boom is distorting the information fields of the planet. If one were to look at the planet from the point of view of the Cosmos as a body in space, or a manifestation of living matter, then at a given level o f scientific thinking humanity would begin taking responsibility for everything that is happening on the Earth within the entirety of the geocosmos. Hence humanity's increasing influence on the planet, accumulations in the biosphere, technological, mining and other deformations of the Earth's surface, the distribution of metals in human ecology and many other issues are forcing us to rethink our very paradigm of co-existence. Do we co-evolve, subordinate ourselves to the laws of nature or is there another option? This 'other option' relates to the issue of the survival strategy of the planet and new problems of cosmological ecology. As A.L. Yanshin put it, the natural process of planetary genesis or evolution together with humanity cannot be split into a separate biosphere, a separate humanity, separate historical biospheres or cosmo-mineralogical and geophysical processes. All these are integral parts of the single mechanism of the living body of the planet on which we are present at the beginning of the 21st century. It is the authors' view that what is really important is not exclusively the realisation of V.I. Verdanskii's dream to construct the Noosphere (27) or RA. Florenskii's pneumatosphere (28) but the search for a new principle which encompasses man, the biosphere, the planet and space into one single process which could be identified as Nature in its widest sense. This would include the planet's intellect as it is manifest on the Earth and world human intellect whether in a negative technological sense or in a positive sense. This principle would also include the anthropogenic influence on inner and outer space. We stand witness to a new stage of planetary Noosphere evolution which is socio-demographic, geopolitical and geocosmic in nature. 78

The question arises as to what principle might serve as the basis for this new evolutionary process. The Noosphere cannot be created at the expense of food stuffs, soil cover or water resources. The United Nations International conference on the environment (Rio de Janeiro, 1992) and its declaration 'The Agenda for the 21 st Century' verified the view that the world's consumer basket is defined as approximately one billion people (popularly referred to in the Russian speaking world as the 'Golden Billion'). According to widely accepted demographic predictions by the middle of the 21st century the world's population should reach 8, 9 or even 10 billion. In essence, humanity occurs at the epicentre of a certain kind of dictatorship. With time, considering that natural resources do not increase the 'Golden Billion' will in effect decrease. The remaining 7 or 8 million will be reduced to slaves, zombies or at least into some kind of socially subordinate mass. The last UN Commission agreement on fulfilling 'The Agenda of the 21st century' declaration went no further than simply to confirm the correctness of the notion of sustainable development. As if foreseeing the future issues of human evolution V.I. Vernadskii set forth the sophisticated idea of 'Autotrophic Man' during a lecture at Sorbonne, Paris in 1925. V.I. Vernadskii described 'Autotrophic Man' as a stage in world history when man as a geological force would exist not so much on account of green vegetation and chlorophyll containing plants and seaweeds, but rather using synthetic or geocosmic technologies in the provision of food, breath, intellectual development, information, transport, and accommodation. Vernadskii foresaw this state of existence as the subsequent stage in planetary evolution. Today the idea of 'autotrophic Humanity' represents a highly significant theoretical synthesis. In focusing on the notion of living matter Vernadskii which made a huge contribution to issues of strategic development. Vernadskii made the distinction that all matter on the planet and in space is either living or cosmic and this distinction has been accepted by many scientists both within Russia and abroad. Living matter encompasses the biosphere, human intellect and the entirety of the planet. The overwhelming majority of exact science representatives consider this distinction unnecessary and even doubtful; however doubts are also growing on a different account. P. Davies (47) writes: "If this is so of physics, then the Universe must have an ultimate goal. The entirety of contemporary physics data relatively convincingly shows that this goal includes human existence". For cosmologists this theme surrounds the strategic issue of the survival of the planet as a living cosmic structure. Scientific thinking must take responsibility for this structure as a unified planetary phenomenon - , for the planet is not made up of . separate cultural, ethnic and religious rooms but is our common home! Here we consider an analysis of the research of Novosibirsk based academics with the aim of understanding their vision of the potential of scientific thought. Etheric matter evolves in space and on the planet at a specific rate, changing and becoming negentropically more complex. The axiology of this process remains unknown. Human percep79

tion (with all its apparatus) is relatively limited in its sensory perception of the external world. Based on the circle of phenomena we can perceive with our awareness and armed with apparatus we are beginning to research cosmic matter The living matter of the planet's biosphere is beginning to change not only genetically, but epigenetically and intellectually due to the influence of technological pressure and cosmic processes. Biosphere complexes change rapidly and from one generation to another the speed of change increases (in astronomical time). Be it destructive or constructive the speed of evolution in the population of 20th century and subsequent generations has changed to such an extent that it defies natural limits of time governed by nature. At least thirty generations are required for a new gene to develop and similarly several generations are required to eliminate a genetic illness (55). Wherein lies the process of understanding the nature of living matter? At what speed (temporal pace) is it being studied? It would appear that the pace of scientific study (medicinal biology, hygiene and ecology) of this rapidly changing world has begun to considerably fall behind the pace of the evolution of the biosphere, and anthropogenic complex of (> the Earth's mantle. The pace of change in natural, living matter (our human essence) evolves within the limits established by nature. In transpersonal relationships and other psycho-emotional and bacterial aspects living matter is evolving much more quickly than world scientific thought is progressing. This 'falling behind' is a common 20th century phenomena which has been discussed earlier. For the mean time its presence has only been noted philosophically. There is no global understanding of the danger it poses to future human existence. This problem in general needs to be formulated on a specific, practical level (45).
<***

It is claimed that at a certain stage of development the Universe is able to contain a living observer (the central anthropic principle) (48), and its conditions of existence are defined by the values of the environment. That which we expect to observe must be limited by the conditions of our existence as observers (the 'weak' anthropic principle). The Universe is such that at a given stage of development it is able to contain an observer (the 'strong' anthropic principle). The Universe would have to have created the conditions for the observer and these have been 'created' on the Earth. The question arises as to whether the observer is capable of perceiving the truth and delving into the very essence of living matter. Man has already journeyed into inner space; there have been great successes in touching on the secrets of the microcosm, the depths of the planet and the physical structures of the Cosmos. Knowledge is all the time increasing despite temporary blocks. The total sum of the knowledge of living matter is becoming less than that of the nature of cosmic matter. Diagrams compiled by Novosibirsk based academics reflect the fall in birth rate and increase in death rate (including chronic illness) characteristic of almost any country in the world. The diagrams also reflect world human intellect which carries responsibility for the health and evolution of the younger generation. The homologous series of which N.I. Vavilov (49) spoke works on these levels. Today's agenda therefore, must include the issue of living matter and living space. In the laboratory of Novosibirsk academics 80

L.P. Mikhailova (53) and A.V. Trofimova (55) phenomena have been observed which suggest that along with electromagnetic, biophysical processes, certain undefined informational currents take place in cells and organisms which may be in some way linked with torsion fields (in Kozyrev's energy-time). The research conducted by Novosibirsk based academics has revealed extremely interesting results causing one to reconsider many commonly accepted paradigms. The question now is whether one agrees that space is an inert body of cosmic matter and that carbon based life appeared on the planet by some unknown circumstance; or whether one accepts K.E. Tsiolkovski's concept (50) supported by many scientists that space is a living structure imbued with intelligence. Does one now accept the notion that the living components of space combine in various ways to create life on the Earth defying the limits of the framework of random evolution proposed by I.C. Shklovski (51). One can only suppose that the Universe can contain an observer (the planet's living matter) with highly limited sensory perception. N.A. Kozyrev maintained that the constants we accept as part of Newtonian physics do not apply to energy-time. Whereas according to Newtonian physics we experience ourselves due to the force of gravity, electromagnetic fields, our senses and instruments which increase our capacities for knowledge and sensory perception we do not yet have existing sensors for Kozyrev's energy-time. Only empirical material will enables us to deepen our knowledge of the field. Developing the theory of semiotics V.V. Nalimov (52) maintains the reality of the pre-thought level. This level is linked with the meta level of cosmic consciousness and the semantics of cosmic space from where symbols and logic originate only later finding expression via human consciousness (Aristotelian) logic in the language (texts) we use in communication. Language is a particular adaptive information phenomenon. In accessing the realms of consciousness and contemplating symbols we approach the dimension of cosmic consciousness with which we are permanently connected. These ideas are reflected in the research of Novosibirsk based scientists V.L. Dyatlov (38) and V.D. Dedov (54) in part and research into cell cultures (53) in particular. Novosibirsk based scientists are also carrying out interesting research in the area of energetics for example, concerning the symmetric function of heterogenic information currents. The planet Earth exists within a revolving, geocosmic, planetary space (solaretheric, gravitational) of which it is a part. One way or another however, being located at various latitudes on the planet people exist in different torsion fields. Scientists have constructed an apparatus in which rather than mechanically torsion fields are created using a spiralling luminous current. According to L.P. Mikhailov (53) cells located in the anti-clockwise spin are characterised by rapid processes of multiplication and division whereas the same samples placed in the clockwise spin display little increase in multiplication but significantly increased protein synthesis. It appears that the thermodynamics of living cells display characteristics which cannot be explained by electromagnetic processes and are undoubtedly significantly linked with torsion fields. Today, Novosibirsk scientists A.N. Dmitriev, A.A. Kiselnikov, I.F. Mingazov, A.V. Trofimov and L.P. Mikhailov directed by V.P. Kaznacheev have set forth a completely new scientific paradigm in the theory of the physical vacuum which explains the fundamental role of the quantum vacuum. This theory opens the door to new approaches to understanding the structure of the world and provides the foundation of new scientific principles in creating quantum vacuum technologies. Such technologies are already being developed by scientists of the Novosibirsk school. If the cosmology of the ancient Eurasian nomads which lay at the social foundation of all the Eastern and Western ancient civilisations became the continuation of the formation sources in the form of 'Russian cosmology' (N.Fedorov, N.A. Berdyaev, P.V. 81

Florenskii and K.E. Tsiolkovskii) then the very idea of 'cosmology' is maintained by Vernadskii in his teaching of the Noosphere in which he perceives the emergence of reason not only as an earthly, human but also a cosmic phenomenon. As Vernadskii notes, strategic development should now correspond not to logic based on our common perceptions of the nature of ^ existence but to the logic of the fundamental predictions made by renowned Russian natural scientists and physicists such as Tsiolkovskii, Vernadskii, Chijhevskii, Bauer and Kozyrev. Humanity's increasing influence on the planet, (deformation of the Earth's surface caused by technological and mining activities, the distribution of metals in human ecology and many other issues) is forcing us ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ to rethink our very paradigm of co-existence. Do we subordinate ourselves to the laws of nature or develop new ideas relating to the survival of the ^^ planet and problems of cosmo- and geoecology? ^ B s 4 1 ^ ^ ^ ^ B i l As A.L. Yanshin put it, the natural process of plan- ^ K 1 ' j ^ ^ ^ H H etary genesis or evolution together with humanity cannot be split into a separate biosphere, a separate humanity, separate historical biospheres or cosmomineralogical and geophysical processes. All these are integral parts of the single mechanism of the living body of the planet on which we are present at the beginning of the 21 st century. It is the authors' view that what is really important is not exclusively the realisation of V.I. Verdanskii's dream to construct the Noosphere or RA. Florenskii's pneumatosphere but the search for a new principle which combines man, the biosphere, the planet and space into one single process which we can identify as Nature in its widest sense. This would include the planet's intellect as it is manifest on the Earth and world human intellect whether in a negative technological sense or in a positive sense. This principle would also include the anthropogenic influence on inner and outer space. We stand witness to a new stage of evolution which is socio-demographic, geopolitical and geocosmic; one could say, characterised by the noospheric nature of the planet itself. The cosmos is living space and the cosmophysical qualities of the planet and the biosphere represent just one variant of the possible cosmophysical qualities of living matter. The cosmological study of living matter can no longer be simply repudiated and in some areas is actively developing. V.R Kaznacheev believes that research results acquired through 82

transpersonal connection and other experimental means indicate that the field form of living matter can be seen as a primary cosmophysical property and molecular carbon based substance as a resulting form of cosmic field currents. In the light of the above, the planet Earth can be said to represent a 'product' of the cosmophysical, planetary and evolutionary process of the living Cosmos. Under the aegis of UNESCO an International Group of the Independent academics L.N. Gumilev, N.N. Moiseev, S.N. Roerich, C.T. Aimatov, V.R Kaznacheev, D.B. Purveev, G.M. Grechko, D.S. Strebkov, T. Heyerdhal, B.A. Ibraev, S.D. Goranov, etc. have since 1992 been developing the program project 'The Great Continent Convergence - world cosmoplanetary integration'. The new scientific paradigm of the theory of the physical vacuum set forth by Russian scientists serves as the project's theoretical foundation. This new paradigm throws light on issues of the structure of the world and serves as a basis for creating technologies on new physics principles. Ground breaking technologies based on the quantum vacuum will make it possible to significantly preserve natural resources and should prove many times more effective than existing developed technologies. Quantum vacuum technologies often demonstrate effects which have been considered fundamentally impossible both from a technical and scientific point of view. These technologies potentially change the face of all industrial fields, agriculture, medicine, energy sources, transport, car manufacture, communications, the chemical industry and biotechnology etc. Scientists from Novosibirsk IRICAR, the authors of quantum vacuum technologies have shown that the maximum possible survival rate in contemporary conditions is accessible only to civilisations focusing on intelligence, spirituality and harmony with the surrounding world. The maximum acceptable index for anthropogenic effect on nature should be no higher than 70 kW per square kilometre. Quantum vacuum technologies are ecologically clean and do not place demands on nonrenewable natural resources which provides for harmony between man and nature. Providing for harmony within human society is a much more complex task. At the stage of transition to a Noosphere civilization Russian academics offer the world community a social and political framework based not on ideological class principles but on public association reflecting the interests of human communities. This represents the only way forward for collective, conscious participation of the individual, nations and Humanity in the prevention of world geocosmic and geoplanetary cataclysm within the wider context of the natural and inevitable processes of cosmoplanetary integration in the 21st century. The Transcontinental information-communication axis represents a centrally unifying infrastructure covering the world's hemispheres and an information 'corridor' for innovative, sophisticated, cosmic technologies and information re83

sources of the entirety of cosmic-noosphere space. The axis potentially represents a 'ground resource' for world integration. In the third millennium, at least in its early stage there is a clearly marked trend of uniting national energy systems into powerful centres for the accumulation, production and processing of the world's electroenergy. Russia and the CIS, America and Canada have already created single, energy systems. The South American countries, Arabian countries and Black Sea and Baltic regions are also in the process of creating similar energy networks. The unification of national networks into a single, world energy network along the Transcontinental 'corridor' would make it possible not only to exploit seasonal factors influencing energy production ( Solar, wind, water), but also daily factors which would provide the opportunity of transferring electroenergy from East to West, from one time zone to another. Today, however the world builds arbitrarily, lacking a common strategy of transcontinental arrangements which would consolidate transport and energy flow. The organic integration of the American and Eurasian super continents into an 'information resource' through the Bering isthmus would be made possible through the 'corridor' of the Transcontinental information-communication axis-highway. (Correspondingly this would structurally unite all the world's existing and developing infrastructure on the horizontal across the globe and the biosphere with its infinite cosmo-noosphere capacity for the development of life and consciousness on the vertical. As a whole it would link the Planet and Biosphere horizontally and vertically in a spatial information infrastructure on the levels of the ground, air and space.) Such is the basic conception of the Great Conference Convergence as a Model for cosmoplanetary integration; its practical, scientific solutions to contemporary problems associated with the interconnectedness between the Earth and cosmic space. The highway would not only unite the nations, countries and continents of the East and West hemispheres in a centralised axis of new scientific and technical, media, manufacturing, social, economic and other arrangements; it also represents the creation of a unique scientific, space and information communication infrastructure which is capable of playing a distinct role in facilitating the emergence of the Noosphere. For what is important is not only the building of the Noosphere but the search for a new principle which combines man, the biosphere, the planet and space into one single process which we can identify as Nature in its widest sense. This would include the planet's intellect as it is manifest on the Earth and world human intellect whether in a negative technological sense or in a positive sense. This principle would also include the anthropogenic influence on inner and outer space. We stand witness to a new stage of evolution which is socio-demographic, geopolitical, geocosmic and one could say characteristic of the very Noosphere nature of the planet itself. The first practical steps in this direction are already being undertaken. This will provide the countries located at the convergence epicentre Europe, Russia, Kazakhstan, Mongolia, India, China, Korea, Japan, America and Canada, and other regions of both super continents with new opportunities for national development within the wider scale strategy of cosmoplanetary integration. As Novosibirsk academics allege (45) the Earth and its population are living through one of the most responsible stages of its evolution as a component of the Solar system. The cosmic spring of time periods is extremely tight and the flow of new processes in all the Earth's layers primarily concerns the biosphere. Today it is clear that together with macromolecular, biological, information processes the atmosphere is also packed with energytime (in Kozyrev's terms). This is referred to as field forms of matter and is linked with differing quantities of ether in the space and the Earth's atmosphere. Destructive human influences however, imbued with anthropocentric values are placing such a burden on the living 84

planet that they are making global catastrophe increasingly imminent. At the same time we are witnessing a rapid increase of economic loss incurred as a result of natural catastrophe and changes in the general condition of human physical and psychological health. Despite the dramatic circumstances of the time, positive processes of increased awareness and understanding are taking place which have already produced great results. An example of which is the ether-physics or mathematical-physics perception of the dynamics - - , of the modified and polarised . physical vacuum developed by the Novosibirsk scientific school (IRICAR - V.P. Kaznacheev, A.N. Dmitriev, A.A. Kiselnikov, I.F. Mingazov, B.L. Dyatlov, A.V. Trofimov, L.P. Mikhailov etc) based on the scientific analysis and synthesis of world developments in cosmophysical studies. This area completely changes the conceptual foundation of accepted world views and introduces new categories of natural processes linked with the structural and energetic foundation of life. It is no coincidence that this new scientific paradigm serves as the essential principles behind the scientific, practical 'Model for cosmoplanetary integration' developed by the International association of Independent Academics and specialists. The practical implementation of the project (The Great Continent Convergence) was begun with the reconnoitring of the Transcontinental information-communication axishighway unifying the American and Eurasian subcontinents and comprising the countries of the world. The international cultural and ecological expedition 'The paths of the Great Migrations of Humanity' UNESCO was begun in 1992 and passed along the routes reconnoitring the Transcontinental information-communications axis of the project on the geographical East-West of the Eurasian subcontinent (practically repeating the lines of the Great Silk Route which symbolises the unification of the second millennium). The first stage of the expedition in reconnoitring the Transcontinental axis-highway on the geographic horizontal of the East-West Eurasian subcontinent (The Great Silk Route) began at Everest, the highest point in the Himalayas and was completed at its northern most point on the banks of the Bering Strait. Having passed through India, Nepal, China, Mongolia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgystan, the republics and regions of the North, Siberia, the Far East of Russia the expedition was concluded at the threshold of the American subcontinent. On 15 May 1999 the Director General of UNESCO Dr. Federik Z. Mayor marked the end of the European stage by placing his signature on the expedition's flag and pronouncing the words: 'the Great Conference Convergence as the beginning for cosmoplanetary integration has begun. Having travelled through the countries and states of Eurasia heads of state and religious confessions, cosmonauts and other world renowned figures all placed their signatures on the expedition's silk flag where the main ideas of the movement are printed. In the future the ideas carried on the expedition flag and the 'Great Continent Convergence as a model for cosmoplanetary integration' and the materials for its reali85

sation developed on the Eurasian supercontinent will be carried to the American super continent continuing the reconnoitring of the Transcontinental axis-highway on North-South, geographical vertical axis (becoming a kind of new Great Silk Route of the third millennium). It is hoped that the heads of state and renowned figures of the American subcontinent will also place their signatures on the flag ultimately confirming the status of the 'Great Continent Convergence' as a model for cosmoplanetary integration after which the flag will be officially handed over to the United Nations.

!()|

'It is not a crisis for the weak soul that humanity is experiencing but rather a great turning point in the scientific thought, such as occurs but once in a thousand years. As we stand at this turning point and view the future that unfolds before us we should rejoice that it is ours to live through this time and to take part in the creation of such a future.' Vernadskii
iwib

C.2. Etheric matter - universal medium for the properties of 'the living atmosphere'. * This section begins with a quote which illustrates the extent of Vernadskii's foresight: 'It is not a crisis for the weak soul that humanity is experiencing but rather a great turning point in scientific thought, such as occurs but once in a thousand years. As we stand at this turning point and view the future that unfolds before us we should rejoice that it is ours to live through this time and to take part in the creation of such a future.' The rapid transformation of the Earth's climate and magnetic pole reversal place the harsh task of adaptation before all life forms. A full understanding of the processes taking place requires a complex approach to existing scientific notions of life (it origins, sustenance and modification) and fundamental, conceptual renewal in attempts to study and understand vital phenomenon of adaptation and strategy in extreme conditions. In the comprehensive scientific conception proposed by the talented Siberian scientist A.N. Dmitriev (13) a non-linear shift is offered into just one such new conceptual realm. In order to come to a new understanding of the material picture of the world and its vital processes it is essential to introduce the subtle level of etheric matter. Alongside the physics of the ether the range of explanatory models touches on biophysics, psychophysics and geophysics which assist in overcoming the 'catastrophe barrier'. It is possible that at a certain stage of evolution human bodies will emerge on a plasmoetheric rather than a corporeal level. In A.N. Dmitriev's view (13) it is the liberation and expansion of thinking together with a moral and ethical shift that will assist humanity in averting large scale tragedy. The scientific approach to the secrets of life has as a system always functioned in relatively narrow conceptual conditions. Frequently, these conditions have been determined 86

in agreement with one or another political, economic or religious model or worldview. In connection with this type of limitation created by the integral order of society the task of studying life's secrets has lacked ground breaking models in scientific research. Numerous, uncoordinated attempts to provide a solution to the task limited to the corporeal realm has only served to complicate the issue, creating unreliable results, debatable allegations and the prioritised publication of'authoritative schools'. In retrospect, as one begins to scrutinize how the issue has been approached in the past, given that it has been posed within the framework of life's origins and energy support ('life forces') one cannot help but be surprised by the narrow devotion to religious rather than scientific models. Even a quick scan of the reasons for this brings one to the conclusion that the conceptual vault of the secrets of life is founded in a serious and stable system of controlling religious and political trends and the cognition potential of human society. At every stage of social and historical development integrated political, social and economic powers have strictly dominated any growing knowledge which could potentially compromise its existence. 'Science' was also created within this system in such a way as to be essential and just sufficient to maintain the hidden aim of controlling the common population mass. The key issue expressed in the title of this section concerns the structure and living quality of the atmosphere. In this sense the understanding of living space which runs throughout Dmitriev's work (12,13) in addition to the understanding of living time is enough to initiate a significant step forward both in research and in the existing theoretical, philosophical knowledge base. It should be noted that the understanding of living time was introduced by G. Gurdiev and was later substantiated and developed by P.D. Uspenskii in the recurrence model. When one considers the dynamic and geometric features of the biosphere and the diversity of its organisms one cannot help but ask oneself whether space itself is 'active' or 'passive' in the phenomenon of life. The development and substantiation of the notion of 'living space' (31) instantaneously answers the question in favour of the perception of space as a certain 'maternal fare' which is life-carrying and life-creating. Hereon in the term 'space' is used to mean a Life-carrying Essence. It is the living essence in particular rather than its possible mathematical multiformity (Vernadski called it 'speculative') which serves as the base premise in the search to understand the 'Secrets of Life'. The term 'biosphere' is taken to mean the 'space' or part of the earth and its atmosphere wherein life dwells. This term first appeared in print in 1875 in the works of E. Suess and was later consolidated by V.I. Vernadskii in a separate publication in 1928 (10, 14). Characteristically, the author specifically established the essential basis of the biosphere as a single, dynamic system directed by the power and principles of Life itself. In this regard the biosphere as a whole can be seen figuratively as

87

a 'higher planetary beast'. However, from the moment of its appearance in print and even before the book was published (Vernadskii used this term as early as in 1911) the notion of the biosphere was interpreted differently in various disciplines. Considering and employing the principle of the all-permeating and infinite qualities of life the opportunity arises to study the diversity of life forms (in essence all that is living) in parallel with the vital properties of space itself. It is clear that any elementary integral life process is linked with and supported by energy and information 'environment signals'. In turn, the question arises as to where the source of this energy and its signals lie and in what transmission environments 'energy information quants' emerge and are absorbed which 'feed' the macro and microbiota. In essence the answer proposed by the authors, among others, lies in the notion of 'etheric matter' (13,14,31,32,33,34, 35,36). 'The ether is the Cause and Source of all force. Prana is also a Living Force but its collaborator, the ether assists the whole of the Universe.. .The ether is fiery substance but manifests here as the most sensitive environment for the imprint of the most diverse forces and energies' (55). The given quote clearly expresses the functional arid structural role of the ether in the Universe. Moreover, its unique dynamism, energetic and informational volume undoubtedly bears evidence of living time and of the fact that the combination of the living essence of Time and Space is a continual and unending process in the conception of the inexhaustible diversity of life forms. Within developing notions of etheric matter and 'the return of the ether to science', the notion of 'Space Anisotropy' by Maurice Allais holds a significant place. The 1998 Nobel Prize winner and French economist also brought the concept of the ether back into physics directly maintaining the 'existence of the Earth's etheric sphere', the acknowledgement of which represents a new area of human knowledge. A.N. Dmitriev summarises by noting the following qualities in the structure and functional role of the etheric sphere: - firstly, the ether represents an all-permeating and all-present, material substance that is unevenly distributed in quantity; - secondly, the ether is a source of field transformation in the subtle component of the natural environment; it both absorbs and serves as a source of the material component of manifest worlds; - thirdly, the ether represents a key property of living space common to all kinds of life form (from the simplest to more complex carriers of high concentrations of consciousness such as mankind); - fourthly, highly concentrated etheric components in the atmosphere modify the laws inherent in the systems and processes of matter located in the sphere of their influence; - fifthly, a clear and direct link has been established between natural, luminous structures and the field structures of living organisms; it has also been established 88

that etheric domains (dipole vacuum domains (38)) act as carriers and elicitors of hidden 'life force'. A.N. Dmitriev considers it appropriate to complete this section with a quote from V.P. Kaznacheev (39) in which he focuses on the general function of the etheric component in events linked with evolutionary processes: '...the discovery of this synthesis and the fact that autotrophic elements, field processes, holographic soliton and ether dynamics relate to the atomic and molecular structure of living beings likewise represents insight into human intellect, the nature of mankind and correspondingly, the evolution of the planet, human survival, and the acceleration of positive evolutionary processes'. At the beginning of the 21st century a new cosmoplanetary paradigm is being created in post-classical science. The material and the ideal, Spirit and Matter (equally timeless) are being practically united in deep cognition processes. 21st century cosmology is forcing society and scientific thought to considerably widen previously existing notions of the essence of living matter and the human intellect. Certain findings suggest that the behaviour of biological and chemical processes does not fit with previous perceptions of Earthly life. The dependence of the biosphere and social groups on the immediate influence of solar activity, rhythm and flashes, lunar cycles and other elements of the cosmos is being studied more and more deeply. More and more irrefutable research is being carried out into the fields of living matter and intellect. Acceleration in cosmoplanetary evolutionary processes has also been noted, in connection with which, we quote Vernadskii (9): 'Life taken as a whole, is considered not as the totality of living organisms, natural living bodies, but as a particular manifestation of something which in nature may be most clearly evident in living organisms but which exists both in and beyond them. It seems to me that the assumption of life as a particular quality powerfully manifest beyond the concrete link with the functions of living organisms opens vast scope for biology and the implementation of philosophical to say nothing of religious or mystical perceptions'. Physicists are now concerned with the specific nature of the universal ether. Models of ether dynamics are beginning to include unusual objects of research such as 'vacuum domains'. In contemporary physics the ether is referred to as an 'inhomogeneous polarised physical vacuum'. Dmitriev (13) maintains that this approach represents a new turn in physics encompassing the description of unusual, natural phenomena. The forthcoming 89

decades will be dedicated to its scientific research and attribution. The study of the ether involves fundamental principles. In comparison to the contemporary knowledge of physics our common perceptions of the living world of the universe, the biosphere, the nature of living matter and correspondingly, the nature of man, human evolution and the appearance of intellect lag substantially behind. Essential questions arise such as how man, the biosphere and the cosmos are linked; whether these links are singular or multiple; how they combine and finally, in what ways they prevent human evolution and the evolution of cosmic space from contradicting each other. Likewise, it remains to be established whether the hypothesis of the genetic wave genome is real or whether these effects are simply the result of currents in the unevenly distributed ether which are as yet unknown to science. In connection with these fundamental questions we take a brief look at the religious mythology of the divine link between man and the cosmos which clearly reflect original worldviews previous to the appearance of social institutions and the dogmas and limitations associated with them. Although it may not be directly related to the realm of science religious perceptions do throw some light on the phenomenon in question. According to religious mythology, striving towards the divine is the common potential of all and represents the soul's salvation. Creative striving reflects the extent to which a person may realise their potential. Creative striving embodies a deep understanding of the wholeness and harmony of space and time. Space is one of the most important symbols of being. It is fundamentally all-encompassing and religious cosmology defines it as the abode of the universal soul. According to traditional mythology the world consists of three levels: the physical (the world of physical structures), the metaphysical (the world of soul) and the transcendental (the world of archetypes, spirit and higher ideals). The physical world describes reality which is accessible for study through our senses and other instruments. Naturally, natural science is related exclusively to this level which excludes the human being who is not subject to objective laws. Man is included in the metaphysical world in which he holds the most important place. The metaphysical world is filled with human events both external and internal (thoughts and emotions). This is a world in which natural science models cannot always provides results. The accuracy of prediction based on our current knowledge cannot compare for example with electro-dynamic models which provide accuracy of up to fifty decimal figures. Nonetheless, general scientific approaches can still provide useful conclusions. The metaphysical world is described in philosophical, psychological and sociological models. According to mythological tradition, the transcendental world is the world of archetypes, high ideals and the unknown; it is a world of models and matrices of the behaviour of the individual, society and nature as a whole. Here we explain why the transcendental world is considered as a constituent part of the model of the universe proposed by the current authors. Man by tradition has a tendency to search for the knowledge which provides a metaphysical explanation of life and which in its interpretation exceeds any external perception. This means of understanding the world or initial interpretation affects all human perception in as far as it begins by defining man's place in the Universe. This type of interpretation defines man's knowledge of cosmos space as an external manifestation of the act of creation which then serves as the analogy for 'self' as the corresponding microcosm. Traditional Christian and Muslim religious mythology comprises part of a worldview in which the Universe consists of a macrocosm and microcosm each of which is made up of three parts: body, soul and spirit. This interpretation is perceived 90

differently although in essence remains the same. Firstly, God consists in the reality of the external manifestation of the Universe. In the realm of the concentric circles of the macrocosm movement exists from the internal to the external, from the Earth as the material manifestation through the all-encompassing soul to the all-expansive heavens considered the abode of divine spirit. Secondly, in the complementary conception in which God is considered invisible, movement is described as passing inwards within the framework of the microcosm of the individual, beginning with the physical level moving in the direction of the hidden treasure of the inner spiritual world. In a world attributed structure, a person knows their position and direction takes on primary meaning. Therefore, myths of the path of the soul in the afterlife represent a particular cycle. The Egyptian texts compiled in the 'Egyptian Book of the Dead' and the Tibetan 'Bardo Thodol' 'Book of the Dead' contain extremely detailed descriptions of the path of the soul after death. The obstacles the soul might face after death and the means of overcoming them are given in great detail. A particular stage in the soul's path after death consists in the test on how a person walked the path of their earthly life. According to Tibetan beliefs at the moment of death the soul meets with the 'clear white light', or the 'primary white light'. This is interpreted as a moment of truth when the soul is given the opportunity of revealing the truth of the secrets of existence, of itself and its true purpose. This truth is what appears to the deceased in the form of the 'primary white light'. The soul is charged with understanding that this light represents its own inner essence and true nature and that it must unite with the light. Both the Tibetan and the Egyptian Book of the Dead represent compilations of advice and incantation concerning how one should behave both in the after world and here on the Earth considering that the after world is created during one's lifetime. The nature of time and space in the next journey will depend on the success of one's path in this journey. A person's path after death depends on their level of consciousness and the extent to which they have been able to employ the law of the heavens during their earthly carnation. Likewise, the extent to which the soul is cleansed in the afterlife determines the quality of the next incarnation. The mythological world is different. Here meaning is twofold. In the earthly existence meaning lies in heaven whereas in the heavenly world meaning is to be found on the Earth. Myth provides knowledge of the tasks and purpose of the human path in life understanding that true value is found not in physical time but in mythological time which leaves its trace on the soul. Life's challenges and initiations are not the designs of fate but rather opportunities to grow beyond one's own limitations. They teach the art of living, how not remain fearless in meeting the new and the unseen. Man's striving to understand and structure life and the environment led to the understanding of the individual as the microcosm. In considering and analysing every form of time and space and the nature of his being man finds correspondence or a series of accordance with the nature of the cosmos as a whole - the macrocosm. This type of correspondence lies at the basis of many symbolic systems. When man experiences himself as a microcosm his path in life and relationships within society take on the quality of the laws of the universe. At the same time is gives an intuitive understanding of universal harmony and the human desire to realise oneself accordingly. If nature is harmonious and man is a part of nature, then his essence must likewise embody harmony. The laws governing a person's body and mind play a significant role in life and reflect the manifestation of nature on a large scale. Hence, in eastern and western cultures the general understanding of the harmony of the Universe and man's desire to attune to that harmony are perceived as something identical experienced in the connection between the microcosm and the macrocosm. Eastern and western cultures essentially differ in their expression of the ideas and interconnectedness of the microcosm and the macrocosm in its logical aspect The philosophy and cosmology generated in both cultures take the form of ethics in 91

the East and aesthetics in the West. This explains why the macrocosm seems to take priority in the figurative expression of Eastern philosophy. Because man as the microcosm represents a kind of mirror of the macrocosm he carries all the capacity of the Universe in the 'seven open centres (chakhras)'. For man carries the code of the Universe within, even at the stage of the embryo and is a symbol of the embryogenesis of the Universe. Man is like a rotating axis moving in arcs of ascent and descent and as the ultimate creation phase represents a synthesis of universal reality. The human being is a physical, sensuous and spiritual world, for of all living creatures only man is capable of making conscious the existence of intellect in all its potential. Man holds a central position in the universe in that he stands at the intersection of a vertical, transcendental axis which leads to the creator and the horizontal axis of the transient world. For this reason, man's perception of the reality of tradition includes quantitative and qualitative aspects and is defined by the balance one is able to attain between the material and the spiritual worlds. In our day to day behaviour we rarely follow the calculations of social and psychological models. Moreover, models provided by different disciplines such as physics or metaphysics exist separately and are expressed in different types of language. Any attempt to unite them through strict, logical principles would be doomed to failure. The views of different fields of science even on something as fundamental as the definition of life can be contradictory. Uniting the entire realm of knowledge into one conception of the world is not realistic but nonetheless, a common picture of the world does exist on the basis of which we make intuitive decisions which are often more than adequate. Perhaps it is here that the common roots of the 'divine vision of the world' and the movement of the unevenly distributed ether meet. If the properties of the unevenly distributed ether are determined (first so clearly identified by N.A. Kozyrev in 1948 and slightly later in 1958 finally formtilated in his astrophysical research and dimensions) then perhaps we will find that it is in the time energy current of the ether that certain features of reality are concentrated which are referred to as 'force'. That which has so far been formulated beginning with Newton and then developed by mechanics and later quantum mechanics points to the distinction and combination of specific qualities in the atmosphere where in one space there is a greater quantity of one phenomenon and less in another. In his fundamental research in this area V.P. Kaznacheev (16) maintains that the notion of 'force' aligns the function of these different types of 'space'. This means that entropy and negentropy can accumulate in Universal space when force is lost (disappears or dissipates). This issue however, remain inconclusive (Dmitriev (13)). N.A. Kozyrev has shown that an unidentified current radiating from star bodies can be registered by a resistor situated on the Earth's surface (instantaneously) with a velocity greater than the speed of light. This phenomenon has been confirmed many times fixed at the position of a star body (not radiation) in the past, present and future. Based on these experiments Kozyrev introduces the notion of 'the course of time' in which time is understood to be capable of carrying energy. He emphasizes the fact that loss in a system's co-ordination is carried away by time which means that time carries information of events which can be deployed to another system. It would appear that the action of the density of time decreases entropy and counteracts the usual course of events. In living matter, Kozyrev's 'energy-time space' the inhomogeneous quality is characterised by a specific 'potential' or level of vacuum etheric-torsion energy. When this energy level is higher in one part of living matter and lower in another an energetic 'query' takes place as a specific distinction arises in potential. Whereas in Newtonian physics the correlation between energy and information in processes taking place in

92

space are expressed in the formula 'the more the energy, the less the information', in 'Kozyrev's space' the opposite is held: 'the less the energy, the greater the information'. This means that in 'Kozyrev's space' energy is characterised by the magnitude of its informational structure which fails to correspond in its semantic content with the word 'energy' as it is understood in Newtonian physics or quantum mechanics. In the latter cases, the quantity of energy is measured by force and various magnitude of physical apparatus e.g. the energy of a steam engine, the energy of an electromotor, the energy of mechanical force etc. In considering 'Kozyrev's space' however, it becomes necessary to change the essential, semantic content of terms and to identify information with new perceptions of energy, formulating a new principle of potentials. Physicists are coming closer to being able to mathematically study the potential of 'energy-time' according to N.A. Kozyrev of various bio-structures in ecological, ground and space conditions (not only in medicine but also in physiology, biology, botanies etc). It is possible that this potential will indirectly enable us to measure the living matter which we identify as 'intellect'. The opportunities that arise in the study of energy-time and its motion will have ramifications for extended areas of further research. Vernadskii's ideas concerning mankind as an autotrophic cosmic phenomenon truly reflect processes indicated in the newly forming cosmogony. Some believe that gradual human evolution and the contemporary Homo sapiens in various national forms (developed and undeveloped) is similar to living matter and is determined by a genetic apparatus of which today various groups of scientists are certain. This notion is maintained as strongly as the truth of Ptolemee and the laws of Newton were held in the past and as strongly as the relativist position of quantum physics is held today. The end of the 20th century clearly testifies to the fact that the predominant human dependency on the growing omnipotence of technology is transforming man from a subject of historical process into an object of its own 'technological progress'. Somewhat pessimistically V.P. Kaznacheev (16) writes that the new concepts of the Noosphere set forth as early as in the beginning of the 20th century and in which the venerable scientist himself believe will no doubt simply remain brilliant hypotheses filed in the historical archive. Vernadskii's ideas on human autotrophy are considered more deeply and sound more convincing in the context of geocosmic principles. V.P. Kaznacheev (16) optimistically notes much brighter prospects for the development of Vernadskii's ideas in this field. Within the concept of the Noosphere, consciousness and intellect are distinguished as being cosmic in nature. If consciousness is present in living matter, in the cells of plants, animals and all life forms inhabiting the waters etc, then human consciousness should be seen not so much as derived from billions of interneural interconnections and known centres but as a special form of cosmic field fractal in planetary and cosmic space, considered by K.E. Tsiolkovskii (19) to be the cosmic mind-intellect. Genetic programs define human morphogenesis, perhaps determining hormonal, psychological constitution, but they do not predetermine intellect or consciousness which is corollary to other information systems (currents) and the cosmic nature of the field of the intellect. Accelerated striving to integrate knowledge has generated new areas of scientific research one example of which is cosmophysical and biophysical prediction (futurology) covering issues such as human survival, the essence of living matter on the planet, and perhaps, the identification of this essence within the wider context of life in the Universe. This area of research is concerned with whether the essence of living matter can be reduced to complex perceptions of time and space, entropy and negentropy and categories of temporal interconnectedness (as certain leading physicists believe). It may be that living matter is subject to interpretation and discovery and instrumental quantum physics is simply the method used to study that matter in order to receive deeper knowledge of the essence 93

of living matter on the Earth and in the cosmic mind, that is, in connection with vital processes. Certainly, in Russian cosmogony the nature of living matter is a much discussed theme. Today, V.R Kaznacheev for example (one of the leading physicists to propose the futurology of the cosmos) maintains that along with macromolecular information processes N.A. Kozyrev's energy-time space also exists and that this field form is undoubtedly linked with the uneven distribution of ether in space and on the planet and its function. It would seem to be the case that special tactical influences are developping which are far from planetary strategic in nature. The teaching of the Noosphere was continued by E. Suess (27), E. Le Roy (28) and R Teilhard de Chardin (29). Although the teaching of the Noosphere is a historical movement, the notion of the spheres in general presupposes the existence of layers around the earth which can be created by human reason, technological and scientific means. Hence the theme of this monograph concerns not so much the idea of unification of the planet with the infinite realm of outer space but put slightly differently, the delineation of the planet from this infinity. If we can talk of infinite space and if according to hypothesis space is infinitely intellectual, filled with reason, then the question is whether we, as the planet's population have the right or the capacity to compare it to our own reason and understanding of the truth of the micro and macro cosmos continuum. From our position of technological development we are used to conquering; we would penetrate the depths of 'infinite' space, acting in essence according to anthropomorphic, anthropocentric or even anthropocosmic principles. This can only continue for a limited period of time however, for although the planet's accumulated organic and mineral reserves may last for the next hundred years or so, ultimately they will become depleted initiating change in the biosphere, in human health and probably in human reproduction. Hence, the very idea of the Noosphere (the Vernadskii revolution (30)) is just the first step towards understanding that the world cannot remain limited to the spheres and will need to move further into the infinite realm of the Cosmos and mind, and not only the realm of time but the energy-time of N.A. Kozyrev, the living Cosmos and its intelligence. This may sound in some ways peculiar but it is far from the 'pancosmology' and 'pancentrism' which runs through research on information systems and energetics in support of dominant relativism, for today it is in fact relativist physics research which bears the greatest economic and technical influence on the world of price economics. If physics can reach a stage where it understands the complex interactions of the ether with the quantum world and quantum fields and discovers the means and instruments to measure reason and consciousness then it may be possible to avert large scale disaster. Prolonged cosmophobia will sim94

ply lead to planetary exhaustion, huge destruction of the laws of geology and geophysics, the loss of water, air, energy resources and the planet's living food material. The surface of the Earth which has been totally conquered and assimilated by man already finds itself in a critical, potentially explosive condition. It is quite natural that the efforts of scientists and experts are directed towards evaluating means of human survival and the preservation of the Earth's fine crust and its biosphere (45). Astrophysics maintains that the solar system is in constant rotation. This is partly due to solar energy but the galaxy and correspondingly mankind, also exists in a vortex of cosmic ether (20). Such cosmic etheric currents carry different relationships of time, space and matter. One could say, that the 'idealism' of the 20th century has begun to merge with materialism changing its content in discovering a new natural process. The very notion of materialism is changing (N.A. Kozyrev). Despite administrative pressure within science the material ether remains at the top of the agenda as a critical scientific issue researched by scientists around the world. Russian researchers from the Novosibirsk scientific school have been working particularly intensely in this field (V.P.Kaznacheev, V.L. Dyatlov, A.N. Dmitriev, G.V. Nikolaev, I.F. Mingasov, A.A. Kiselnikov, A.V. Trofimov and others.) Essential issues are being formulated but nonetheless, progress is slow, firstly, because contemporary society is held firmly in the vice of price economics subject to the elements of the world market and secondly, because the issue goes beyond the tactical moves of economic, energetic, demographic and national programs of medicine, education etc. As a whole the planet and Russia in particular finds itself in a strategic deadlock. Unless the sciences including Russia with its massive cultural heritage, fundamental approach to etheric living matter and astrophysical processes linked with Kozyrev's energy-time can reach a new level of new support (a new world paradigm) then Russia will simply merge into the western world of price economics and market systems. The fundamental search will freeze which in essence means freezing the emergence of the Noosphere age of which Vernadskii spoke. Put simply, the question is whether living matter is really the carbon-based structure of the evolutionary process which has existed on the planet for 4 and a half to 5 billion years or whether living matter with its macrochemical molecular structure represents the framework of carrier for other more complex and hidden patterns of life inherent in a wider scale of cosmophysical matter. Is this perhaps a small part of universal cosmophysical mind on the Earth and if so, can we fully understand it thereby touching on some greater whole which may also be developing and evolving on an upward spiral? It is with these questions that the group of Siberian academics lead by V.P. Kaznacheev addresses the wider community. Academics A.N. Dmitriev, V. L. Dyatlov, A. A. Kiselnikov, I.F. Mingasov and A.V. Trofimov headed by V.P. Kaznacheev have created a new scientific paradigm based on the theory of the physical vacuum which elucidates the fundamental role of the quantum vacuum (the material ether). This theory set forth here with its roots in the works of V.I. Vernadskii provides insight into the structure of the world and offers a scientifically based foundation for the creation of new quantum vacuum (material ether) technologies. 95

.. Life, consciousness and planetary physical change Only human intellect guided by the principles of spiritual and material convergence of all that is living on the Earth can bring man into the Noosphere era. This is a path which V.I. vernadskii called 'the shift from the biosphere to the Noosphere'. Vernadskii's idea that the 'biosphere represents a cosmic phenomenon' signifies an important stage in the shift of world human thought to a new level. It represents the birth of a cosmic phase of life in the qualitative evolution of the planet and cosmic space. 'Cosmoplanetary integration' is to a large extent based on the ideas of the great thinker Vernadskii. The book is split into three chapters according to the scientific logic of the ideas. The first chapter 'The Great Continent convergence as a model for cosmoplanetary integration' focuses on strategy and the beginnings of integration. The second chapter follows with the fundamental component expressed in 'Life, Consciousness and planetary physical change' and 'the developing biosphere and Noosphere in the time-space continuum. The final chapter focuses on 'a new vision of universal cosmogenesis'. 'The Great Continent Convergence as a Model for cosmoplanetary integration' encompasses: the inevitability and continuity of the stages of cosmoplanetary integration for the planet and mankind; intervening stages of world human integration and the evolutionary historical emergence of the Noosphere; man as a singularity of the biosphere and the Noosphere as a conscious singularity of civilization. All these themes are divided into sections which offer elucidation, scientific explanation and practical conclusions. This section is devoted to the Noosphere and touches on the following themes: - great geographical discovery, demographic and ethnic migrations, socio-economic and information-communication resources have created the premise and conditions for the initial stages of planetary integration of the Earth and humanity; - the creation of transcontinental and super continent infrastructures; - the new geological evolutionary condition of the biosphere and man; planetary information matrices related to Noosphere space; - cosmoplanetary imperative of historical and natural laws; contemporary stage in world tendencies as backdrop to the scientific foundation for conscious Noosphere organisation of national public and government activity. Summarising his empirical scientific predictions on historical evolution V.I. Vernadskii writes: 'The Noosphere is the creation of collective human reason'. The Noosphere emerges from the biosphere which is transformed through rational, conscious human activity. Changes brought to bear 96

on the face of the Earth, the activation of anthropological systems and scientific thinking as 'a powerful geological force' capable of increasing the growth of 'free energy in the biosphere' and organising the Noosphere and the coordination of the conscious, evolutionary role of man have been channelled into the following research themes: 'man and the bio-chemical function of the biosphere' and 'the function of reason as a natural process' (including velocity, energy, and reason as a natural process, V.I. Vernadskii). The ideas of The Great Continent convergence were first set forth in D.B. Purveev's book 'The architecture of the Universe' in the chapter "The Great Continent Convergence as a universal model'. The research included in the current monograph considerably expands on the first book in its scientific and theoretical content. It offers an overview of social, economic, cultural, historical and geopolitical conditions required for the process of human, planetary integration. In some ways the overview serves as an encyclopaedic analysis and data base which could be employed as the foundation of a 'national idea' for Russia and the countries of the Great Continent convergence. It could also be employed by International development programmes for the following reasons: - it represents the first scientifically founded practical program for the conscious creation of a Noosphere civilisation since the aversion of 'nuclear winter'; - it represents a unique practical document-referendum which formally establishes the principle of a rational human relationship to the planet, to the cosmic component of life as a single cosmic resource for the survival of human civilisation; - for the first time in world history a project is proposed for the development of human civilisation as the initial (ground) stage of an integral planetary system guided by the existing reality of the planetary paradigm; - the uniqueness of the model for the cosmoplanetary integration of the Earth and society lies in the fact that the author takes account of the geographical structure, proportions, form, conditions, structures and properties of the Earthly globe (the geometry of planetary space) and systematises scientific knowledge of the natural and biophysical conformities of scientific life models (the founders of physiocracy - F. Kene, L. barouche) - of particular value is the Model's simple space-time structure which constructively realises the shift from the biosphere to the Noosphere on the three levels of land, air and space. It includes an information infrastructure horizontally around the globe and vertically including the infinite possibilities of development on the three levels. - it offers a systematic exposition of the shift to a new paradigm of human activity in which Russia and the countries at the epicentre of the Great Continent Convergence represent the centre of Noosphere civilisation on the American and Eurasian continents; The Great Continent Convergence model lies at the epicentre of this new geopolitical, and information-communication field; - The 'Great Continent Convergence' model embodies anthropic cosmological principles - a new level of Russian, scientific cosmology. One could say that it represents a synthesis of the intellectual heritage of Fedorov, Vernadskii, Florenskii, Ilenkov and others. - it is a spiritual phenomenon formulated from certain new ideas in the neoclassical pattern of the universal science of nature and man in the post-modern period; - It also includes the Great Continent Convergence model as an aesthetic, spiritual, psychological, ecological, sacred, social, natural-history dimension and the reality of nature and society as expressed in human civilization (geometric-phyics modeling, objectivity models etc;) - The principles of the spatial structure and information fields inherent in the biosphere are employed in the Great Continent Convergence Model. In the current 97

monograph the calculations and structure of processes and objects of 'reality in motion' (cosmodynamics of the biosphere and living matter including mankind) are given in detail. A Noosphere sketch of the social and technical organisation of future society is given as a synthesis of the interests of the biosphere, the Earth, humanity and the la ws of evolution. In order to take further steps in understanding the cosmoplanetary, geographicdemographic and social dynamics of mankind in the 21st century age of crisis and cataclysm the current author and international working group of scientists and academics will require collective, international support in methodological and experimental areas. Coordinated groups with common ideas and goals can effectively facilitate the 'embedding' of the demographic pressure of globalization processes - local, regional, continental, corporative etc., This can facilitate cosmoplanetary Noosphere processes which include the task of shifting from temporary forms of life activity vulnerable to cataclysm, to cataclysm aversion technologies in land, aerial and space environments. In part, this shift would include energy transformation. The physical law of preservation inherent in the biosphere will become the axiomatic instrument of the Noosphere age. Man is far from doomed to being an eternal victim of natural anomaly and the instability of the elements. It is the author's opinion that the Great Continent Convergence Model as a common foundation for disaster aversion technologies will also serve as an organic axiomatic instrument in the age of the Noosphere. A comprehensive approach to existing scientific notions of life (origins, support, modification) and a fundamental, conceptual renewal in the study of adaptation and strategy phenomena are essential if we are to truly understand what is happening in contemporary living and cosmic environments. The second chapter 'Life and consciousness at a time of global, physical change' by authors V.P. Kaznacheev, A.N. Dmitriev and I.F. Mingasov focuses specifically on the underlying problems of life, consciousness and planetary physical change. It sets forth the principles of a non-linear shift to a new, conceptual, material atmosphare which was expressed by Vernadskii in the 1920's as a systemic shift from the biosphere to the Noosphere. It introduces a subtle form of matter referred to as etheric matter and includes new conceptions including geophysical, biophysical and psycho-physical explanatory models which ease the negotiation of the 'catastrophe barrier'. Life itself and the development of objective, cognitive processes including rapid change in the properties of the geo-physical environment force us to consider issues of the origins of evolution and the energy processes of developing life forms. In discussing these fundamental issues the authors have deliberately tried not to rely on theories of the single act of creation such as the Big Bang theory or religious conceptions. Life as an ineradicable cosmic process emerging and evolving in accordance with the particular state of cosmic matter and the energy and information properties of one or another domain. It is in this context that Vernadskii expressed his perception of life: 'Science still has no clear awareness of the fact that the phenomena of life

98

and inert nature taken from a geological, that is a planetary point of view represent the manifestation of one single process.' At the beginning of the 21st century a new cosmoplanetary paradigm is emerging in post-classical science which unites the material and the ideal. The issues of 21st century cosmology are forcing society and scientific thinking to significantly widen previously held ideas on the essence of living matter and intelligence as cosmoplanetary evolution accelerates. Here we list a set of questions posed by the Novosibirsk scientific school IRICAR which reflect the new cosmological paradigm (ideas on cosmo-noosphere prediction) and by association, the chances for human survival and the preservation of the planet itself. The general issues concerning 21st century cosmology are indicated in the following questions (16): 1. Anthropo-cosmology - is it a carbon based 'structure' or a 'detail' of the living matter of cosmo-planetary bioplasm? 2. Intellect generates life tactics (science, spirituality) in the economic and social sphere of the planet. Wherein lies the essence of survival strategy (Vernadskii's cosmoplanetray autotrophism)? 3. The quantum physics world paradigm - 'virtual' worldview - intellectual 'black hole' - are there other paradigms? 4. Preservation of mankind - cosmic civilisation (K.E. Tsiolkovskii), acknowledging the reality of the bioplasm (the fourth state of matter G. Capari) or 'colonising' outer space? 5. 21st century wave of post-classical science (intellect), assimilation of N.A. Kozyrev's energy-time, numerous forms of living matter, intellect and cosmoplanetary connection? 6. The solar system is a macro-world of revolution (torsion currents) where the planet Earth among others is constantly interacting with the information currents of free cosmic ether (V.L. Dyatlove)? 7.Creating new preventative technologies for cosmoplanetary catastrophe; is the growth in epidemics of chronic human pathology a system for re-establishing balance in the biosphere? V.P. Kazanacheev concludes: 'Enough scientific material exists to make these areas of study viable. We are ready to enter into joint research work on any level. It should be emphasized that the confirmation of the existing contemporary cosmological paradigm and the confirmation of the quantum physical nature of the world will clearly create and evoke social and political contradiction and the appearance of new forms of dictatorship and global terrorism.' The final third chapter 'New vision of Universal genesis' has no analogy in scientific practise and represents an attempt to give an overview of various aspects of the cosmo-genesis of the Universe from the modest position of our current knowledge). This research demands comprehensive scientific assimilation and is of huge significance to the context of contemporary, global issues. The scientific and technical component of the material included in these chapters has been selected from an analysis of wide ranging interdisciplinary research. The chapter on the development of scientific cosmology formulates society's need to find answers to cosmoplanetary issues concerning the genesis of man and the universe and a worldview based on human perception as having origins in and being mutually connected to cosmic space. It is no coincidence that the concluding chapter causes one to consider the brilliant views of K.E. Tsiolkovskii who was so ahead of his time that his ideas are applied to scientific notions of the future Noosphere civilisation. Many of his ideas have not yet been fully assimilated by the scientific community even today. 99

The work of V.I. Plokhov (43) on the 'Evolutionary theory of the development of nature and society' offers a fresh slant on the theme. Plokhov claimed that the Earth should be seen exclusively as mutually connected with the processes of cosmic space. As the Earth (within the solar system) is located in a galactic plane we are situated between two poles of the north and south arms of the Milky Way. Naturally, the Earth and Sun as electromagnetically and gravitationally charged cosmic bodies interact with both arms of the galaxy. These oscillate not only over the course of a 'draconic' galactic year; the vertical 'draconic' oscillations can occur daily, monthly, yearly and even every thousand or several million years. It is not only that the Earth and the solar system are moving structures but also that the galaxy has its own inherent dynamic. Therefore, the dynamic processes taking place in the Galaxy are reflected in all its inhabiting components. These processes are so far registered only through the occurrence of catastrophe and interpreted through statistical and mathematic analysis and prediction from the point of view of exact natural science methods of evolutionary modelling. Moreover, it cannot be ruled out and it may even be law that 'draconic' oscillations coincide with extinction processes and other processes associated with biological, geological and historical transformation both on the Earth and in other planetary systems in the Galaxy. The evolutionary theory of the development of nature and society proposed by academics (43) serves as a new scientific apparatus which substantiates the empirical generalisations of V.I. Vernadskii on the 'cosmic, all-present, universal and infinite nature of life' and possibility of 'the not exclusively earthly but rather cosmic origins of life'. Vernadskii considered the study of the biosphere and 'planetary forms of life structure linked with cosmic structurality' a prologue to 'an age of exact knowledge of nature, man and history' with the revolutionary scientific and technical potential to transform the biosphere into the Noosphere. Given that the increase in natural cataclysms could lead to planetary collapse it is a historical imperative that society shift from traditional, short-term, locally calculated, technical productive technologies with unpredictable long-term consequences for nature and society to ecologically calculable and evolutionary-calculable technologies including those of anti-catastrophic function. Above all, the new positive function of assimilating large scale, cosmo-genetic knowledge of life and the Earth lies in granting more exact data based on fields of interdisciplinary natural science. For more than a century, the consumer market society with its overriding principle of profit and personal gain has lacked a strategy that determines goals and regulates development because these are in essence antagonists of the market. The market is competitive and confrontational. It divides humanity which is one with the biosphere and the biological, geological and chemical circulation of energy and matter (Vernadskii). Consumerism and pollution of life-supporting environments destroy the sustainable uneven distribution of etheric matter in the biosphere. As a result, the biosphere is suffering all the more intensely with growing numbers of anomalous forms and dying species. Contemporary society, born of the Ptolemaic system of geocentrism and loan percentages which rule the world with social Darwinism has entered a time of historical crisis. The potential of industrial development has exhausted itself and the natural reserves from 'loan percentages' on the capital of mankind and the bisosphere have long dried up. Today, it is only knowledge of the laws of Nature and the fundamentals of individual and social existence that can produce a scientific development theory (evocracy). In the shift to an awareness of the principles of historical movement knowledge of these laws represents a powerful stepping stone in society's ascent to a new turn in the spiral of evolutionary development. Scientific research into man, life and the natural world must undergo a shift if we are to deepen our understanding of the world and vital human ac100

tivities and be able to synthesise the physics and biology of history into a more inclusive model. The historical understanding of 'Nature' which is scientifically amorphous or rather, metaphoric and poetical is today transforming into an exact science of the biosphere and areas of reality linked with the Earth which represent the foundation and cosmic basis of civilisation. The new conceptual system of the shifting reality of the Earth and space, the state of the biosphere, chronological fractures, a single algorithm etc represent the foundation of a new applied science apparatus for ecological-social prediction. 'The diagram of natural and social rhythm' includes data on the state of the Earth's biosphere and the condition of the cosmos and represents a new informationcalculative estimations technology. In order to accomplish the above, groups of scientists (43) have worked on providing new definitions of information and energy inherent to the evolutionary, cosmological biosphere which offer a completely new understanding of the essence of things and the laws of natural phenomena including the laws and cycles of natural catastrophe. The issue of man's overcoming the fate of catastrophe and disaster thereby takes on scientific formulation. Grounds are being prepared for the opportunity of shifting the 'man-nature' tandem from a parasitic phenomenon (from the point of view of civilisation) into a symbiotic relationship by employing a unified algorithm for the practical development of nature and society. There is already hope that a development strategy can be substantiated in accordance with the laws of the natural world providing for the ecological safety of future human activity. In contemporary power production what we are really doing is splitting and destroying matter in order to produce light, heat and transportation. Knowledge of the nature of energy-information fields will enables us to explore the possibilities of thermo-nuclear synthesis, to create information energies, information medicines, new types of transport system in all the Earth's environments and to solve problems of life and death (natural nanotechnologies), longevity and rejuvenation etc. Given a responsible rather than a passive attitude towards the future guided by the model of the biosphere and knowledge of the laws of the history of the Earth people will be able to use the metrics of the space-time biosphere as the mathematics of the movement of natural bodies and processes in developing methods to curb cataclysms (such as Newton's law of gravity was used in practical cosmonautics in the 20th century). By creating theory and methods for catastrophe and crisis aversion technologies in essential human activities the status of catastrophe and natural disaster as an unavoidable fate can be dramatically changed. Man has the potential to learn to exploit the physical preservation law active in the biosphere, the principle of thermodynamic stability in the planet's geosphere phases (hydro-, litho-, atmosphere) and to take into account the information field factor of living matter (as the 'climate is a product of the biosphere' - V.B. Kadayskii, 1986) for example with the goal of transforming the energy of catastrophe into other qualitative energy forms such as catastrophe prevention technologies which are called upon to put the terror of catastrophes into the normal category of meteorological cataclysms. According to Vernadksii, 'Humanity' and 'scientific thought as a planetary phenomenon' are two 'powerful geological forces for the emergence of the Noosphere. 'The Noosphere is a result of the collective creation of human reason'. It is worth noting firstly, that the geological force of scientific thinking has already prevailed over the cosmic force of the Earth's gravity and secondly, that the catastrophic force of the elements is no more powerful than the Earth's gravitation ('pressing' the hydro- and litho- atmospheres to the Earth's surface) which has also been technically overcome. Man is therefore capable of doing battle with catastrophic processes initially securing the safety of life, species and 101

human survival. However, impossible it might at first appear, scientific thought is already posing the question of how one might work on registering and transforming the negative energy inherent in catastrophe (water, atmospheric, thermodynamic, lithospheric etc) into other energy forms. This entails managing the energy of collective reason based on new knowledge of the biosphere and new levels of the scientific technical revolution just as is the case during times of war. Knowledge of the nature of things automatically generates knowledge of how to manage that nature even if it concerns the nature of catastrophe. Unlike short-term meteorological predictions of bio-organisms, man as a singular part of the biosphere has at its disposal the scientific apparatus to make long-term predictions and can therefore set the goal of going beyond the traditional human role of victim to planetary catastrophe. For the first time in history, on the international path of innovation Russia is making ideological progress with the potential to influence globalisation processes by practically uniting existing globalisation trends with developing Noosphere trends and the development of planetary catastrophe aversion technologies. Half the answer lies in posing the right question! Any action towards creating catastrophe preventative technologies (a kind of 'anti-element') must be supported by the scientific community and wider public as a step towards sustainable (or rather predictable) development. Catastrophe remains unmanageable and dangerous only for outdated and consumerist societies with no desire to unite and change. Globalisation which today lacks a scientific foundation needs to shift to scientifically founded Noosphere globalisation which unites man, nature and the spiritual, cultural and cosmic resources of evolution. The energy, transport, technological, demographic, scientific, spiritual and other crisis we now witness are a result of society's 'embryonic thinking'. Embryogenesis is biological, social and historical. Cataclysms accompany the social genus which emerges at a new stage in human evolution. It is important to be truly aware of what is happening. Given that we face the inevitable disengagement from the navel of the biosphere (the oil trade, mining, transport systems and other self-destructive infrastructures rooted in the past) it is essential to initiate change in life-supporting human activities and to discover new forms of STR and MLR (moral and lawful revolution). Russia and the world is ready for such change. In the opinion of . I. Plokhov (43) a Noosphere technological centre is required to coordinate research which may in part be local-specific but would essentially cover the following objectives: - to develop new scientific disciplines: the physics of history, the biology of history, the geometry of the history of nature and society, the discovery of crypto-historical periods in the evolution and history of nature and society are all today essential areas of research. - to develop and implement a spatial-chrono-geometric model of moving reality in electronic form; to develop completely new eco-social systems, programs and technologies of essential human activities using established laws of historical movement: developing situational methods of analysis, prediction, decision-making and preventative measures (including on the aversion of natural and social cataclysms) on a new foundation of the knowledge of the laws of nature - a single algorithm for the development of nature and society; to create a method used in various spheres of human activity: ), human development modelling for different situations in society and nature including harmonising their interaction with the aim of solving contemporary, global issues. ). to reconstruct events and knowledge of the past; video interpretations of the history and development of life and the solar system independent of its distance in time or space; to carry out scientific prediction of the future both using modelling and other experimental methods. 102

- to create a new type of ecologically clean transport using inertion-reactive hydro- (plasmic)- wheel (using information field energy in the future) transport designed for all environments not requiring special roads, landing strips or docks; the practical implementation of other properties and capacities of matter established through evolutionary modelling. - to create automatic wind turbines and generators designed to work with wind energy and the planet's hydro-atmosphere irrespective of changes in hydro-atmospheric currents, river currents or tide energy. In addition, wind turbines (generators of electricity and movement) are capable of moving vehicles for marital and in some cases for dryland use (in areas of permanent wind). - In conditions of growing catastrophe and an expanding geographical mosaic of emergencies, where the threat to hydro-electric dam construction is great sail hydro and atom-turbines can function in conditions where river dams are absent, in special constructions at sea and on dry planes of any altitude etc. - to develop universal projects and models of architectural and spatial infrastructure designed for land, sea and space with autonomous energy and other vitally essential provisions (including hydrocrafts capable of autonomous energy supply using simple sail turbines), transportation and exploitation (bionics in energetics - the biosphere in the technosphere). Such architectural-production complexes function harmoniously in the ecological environment and can be used for autonomous habitation in part of Noosphere building projects. They can also be designed for flexible use in any natural environment including defined areas of the oceans, seas, rivers and space. Therefore, the Great Continent Convergence' project as a model for cosmoplanetary integration encompasses almost all the worlds countries and continents and includes all existing and developing world, geophysical and technological integrative structures and projects. Despite not yet having received full official social status as an objective world phenomenon the model absorbs new ideas and progressive solutions as naturally as a sponge. For many countries this idea has already been integrated as a constitutive social, economic and scientific principle. For whole regions and continents it has become a measure of the scale of architectural and spatial decision making within infrastructure and communication systems. In general terms it has become a symbol of the potential of the future, an ultimate goal and strategic navigator for many countries and continents. The world's population consists of multiple forms of social system, religion, policy and economy but must create mutual relations based on a widely acceptable foundation in which - * - , . all values, ideas and goals have an integrating function. This is the integrative reality that society demands and which lies at the core of the cosmoplanetary integration model. This explains much of what is already happening in the world. It has its own objective reality, natural legitimacy and internal logic. The authors of the proposed model have simply caught hold of its key note which is an initiated process of planetary integration 103

and planetary physical change which with the active participation of human reason is shifting to a new qualitative level described as cosmoplanetary integration. Human consciousness has matured to the level of the individual capable of expressing an active relationship not only to planetary processes of the transformation of the Earth but also to the cosmoplanetary connection with the Galaxy. The formation of the Noosphere will take place gradually and obviously no-one can possibly predict how many decades mankind will require to systematically integrate social arrangements to facilitate the emergence of the Noosphere. Today, the Noosphere should be seen as a symbol of faith, as an ideal of rational human intervention in the biosphere. It is essential that we believe in the teaching of V.I. Blavatskii who believed that rational human behaviour would bring happiness to humanity. 'World cosmosplanetary integration' is simply a sought after model that provides the opportunity of taking the first few objective steps on this path. The model indicates the direction of possible interdisciplinary research and the search for the practical reality of Noosphere development. Such a model could today stimulate and guide interdisciplinary research in the areas of comprehensive Noosphere research, the social and humanitarian issues of Noosphere development, the Noosphere individual and Noosphere education etc. V.I.Vernadskii prophetically proclaimed, 'It is not a crisis for the weak soul that humanity is experiencing but rather a great turning point in the scientific thought, such as occurs but once in a thousand years. As we stand at this turning point and view the future that unfolds before us we should rejoice that it is ours to live through this time and to take part in the creation of such a future.'

104

REFERENCES
1. .. . . 1995. 2. . ... . 2006. 3. .. .. //.11, 2006, .28-33. 4 . . . .//. 1998. .43, .4..571-574 5. . .. 1999 6. .. . ..1980. 7. .. . .1981 8. .. 18 20 .// . .:,1988 9. .. ... : .-.: -1993.-368 . . .. . . , 1965. .35. . . . .: . 1999.C.104 12. .. .. .. .---: ....2005 .550 13. .. . . 10. 2008 .. 14... . /-, ,, 13-14.2003. .125-129 15. . .., 9., 2002. 10-16.. 16. ,, . .. .2008. 17.. , - ..1717 267 . 18... . .1870 19. .. . . .1992. 20. .. : . . . 2003. 21. .. .. . 10. 2003. 22. .. .. 1986. 23. . X X 2 8 07, 2008-12-07 24. .. ( ) , . 1(53). 2008 2 5 . .. . 1926. 26. .. .(. . .2003. 27. .. .1909 ... 28. .. .( . .. . . ,1915. .) 29. .. , (. . . , 1987) 30. .. . . - . ..2003 31. .. - .. , 2 2002. 32. ... . , 2000 33. .., ... . . 1997. 34. .. 2003 35. . , .. . 1999 36. . . .. . . ..6.1998 37. . .. 2002. 38. .. . .1998. 39. .. 6. 2002. 40. . . .. . . 1998 5 1998. 41. .. . . 1 . 2008 .. 42. .. . . . !. 2008. 43. ... . . 44. .. .. .. - .. 2006. 45. .. .. .. . .2008. 46. . ( .) . 1995. 47. . .. . 1989. 48. . . . .. . . . .. 1986. 49 . . .. 1967. 50 .. .. .. . . 2008. 51. .. , , . . 1987. 52. .. :

. .1989 53. .. .. . .1985.

105

54. .. .. . 1 55. .. .. . .1994. 56. .. .. 4 2005. 57. JI.H. .1993. 58. .. .. . 2008. 59. .. .. .. . 2006. 60. ,. : ? .1996. 61. .. . . .; 1997 62 .. .. .4 1997 63. A.M. .1998 64. .. .1997 65. ..,.. ,. .,.. . . .2002 66. ... , . 2.1981 .14-17 67. ... .. 1982. 68. ..... . .. 1982 69. ... . . . 1984 ...89-91 70.....) ..1985 71. .. . . . 1 (11) 2003. .96-105 72. ... ( ) 5.2000. 73. ... . 6.1984 74. .. . // .. . 2001. 75. . . , 76. .. . . 2000. 77. , (- ), . . .., .., . 2001. 78. .. - , .. 1(9) 2002. 79. .. XXI ( ), . 4 1999. 80. .. , . 81. .., .. . .2000. 82. . XXI . : 9 1996 . 83. .. . . 1990 84. 3. .-2010.. 1997. * 85. .. : . .1995. 86. X., , . . .( ) -.,.. 87. .. . . . 1980 88. ... . .1981. 89. .. . 1992 90. .. . -.!992. 91. . .1990 92. . . 1993 93. ... . . 1992 94. -. - . .1991 95. ... , . 1997 96. . -...1977 97. ... , -, - - . . , . 1995.

106

CHAPTER II COSMOPLANETARY ENERGY CURRENTS: THE EARTH'S LIVING MATTER Kaznacheev Vlail Petrovich Dmitriev Aleksei Nikolaevich Mingasov Ildar Faizrakhmanovich LIFE AND CONSCIOUSNESS AT A TIME OF EARTHLY PLANETARY PHYSICAL CHANGE Rapid transformation of the Earth's climate and geomagnetic pole-reversal are placing the harsh task of adaptation before all life forms. Understanding what is currently taking place in living and inert environments requires fundamental conceptual renewal in the study of adaptation processes and the strategy of vital phenomena in extreme conditions as well as a more integrated approach to existing scientific concepts on life, its origins, sustenance and modification. The current material offers a non-linear transition to a new conceptual realm. Here a finer level of matter, etheric matter is introduced in a new understanding of life processes and the material picture of the world. The new conceptual arena includes explanatory models relating to the physics of the ether as well as geophysics, biophysics and psychophysics which assist in overcoming the 'catastrophe barrier' 1. Conceptual overview It is possible that on a given level of development the human body will manifest on a plasma-etheric rather than a material level. Greater freedom of ideas and a rise in moral and ethical values will enable humanity to avert large scale tragedy. Key words: vital phenomena, etheric matter, planetary physical change. The ongoing acceleration of powerful, diverse planetary physical processes is evoking an intense response from the biosphere. Reactions to rapid climate transformation (warming), the rising level of the Pacific Ocean, geomagnetic pole reversal, increase in atmospheric radiation and amplification of geodynamic processes (earthquakes, volcanoes) are already evident in living systems and consequently all vital processes (Agulova, 1998; Anatomy..., 1999; Vladimirskii, 1995; Gorshkov etc., 1992; Glazko, 2006; Kaznacheev, 1999; Moiseev, 1982). Increased intensity and diversity of solar-terrestrial links and unpredictable solar activity (e.g. October - November 2003) have thrown up a new generation of problems for biology as a whole. Given the rapidly changing properties of the geological and geophysical environment life processes and all life forms are faced with the task of complete, global adaptation to changing conditions on which the script of future life depends. It is natural therefore, that gaining a full or even partial understanding of that which is taking place in living and inert environments requires fundamental conceptual renewal. The study and stimulation (understanding) of the adaptation and strategy of vital phenomena in extreme conditions demands both new approaches and the wider integration of existing scientific notions of life (its origins, preservation and modification). Despite the fact that man has been studying the secrets of life for a significant length of time a whole range of fundamental issues remains unresolved. The search for thecause of the beginnings of life, the cosmic ineradicability of life processes and the inexhaustibility of life force in time and space continues. 107

"Findings show that the organising essence which introduces the active quality of time bears significantly less influence on a system than the usual destructive processes that affect its development. It is not surprising therefore, that the living essence has been omitted from scientific knowledge." N.A. Kozyrev (1985, p.90) (authors' underlining) Scientific approaches to unlocking life's mysteries seem always to have been created within narrow conceptual frameworks often determined in agreement with one or another political, economic or religious model or worldview. Due to the limits placed on the process of cognition by social demand, scientific research into the study of life's mysteries has been deprived of ground breaking models. Numerous isolated attempts to provide insight into these fundamental questions limited exclusively to the material realm have only served to complicate circumstances producingmountains of unreliable results, debatable conclusions and the priority publication of'authoritative schools'. Circumstances became even more complicated towards the end of the twentieth century when theoretical and independent, experimental scientific research became fully supervised by economic power. Furthermore, according to hindsight, the reduction of acceptable views on the issues of life force to the interests of canonised religious and political versions of the research process essentially underlined the positive prestige of the issue itself. Likewise, the beginning of the twentieth century has been marked by a complete transition in the biological field of knowledge to the 'molecular level', that is, to the molecular level of life processes. Naturally, this approach to the study of life's mysteries excludes the possibility of perceiving the organism in its entirety. Nonetheless, life itself, the development of objective research processes and rapid change in the properties of the geological and geophysical environment are raising the issue of the origins of evolution and the energy dynamics of developing life forms. Now as never before, given the current presentation of the issue and the new understanding of environmental physics, theories on the single act of creation (mainly religious conceptions) should be avoided. As an ineradicable cosmic process, life emerges and evolves in accordance with the state of cosmic matter and the energy and information satiety of any given spatial region (domain). V.I. Vernadskii expressed his understanding of life within this context (3978, p. 12): 'Science still fails to embody the awareness that both life phenomena and phenomena of an inert nature, taken from a geological i.e. planetary point of view represent manifestations of a single process.' Vernadskii refers to the inclusion of life processes in the common physics and information fields of the evolving cosmos. This view touches on the fundamental quality of life where, in essence, everything is considered living but the manifestation of life is graded in an essential scale of material life forms and their energy provision. Life's manifestation in its higher evolutionary levels is reflected in a materiality way beyond the capacity of the material form and representation of human consciousness. Higher forms of consciousness-are projected into subtle material (etheric) and field formations which touch on the very elusive mysteries of life and all its evolutionary potential. Kozyrev detected the deep mysteries of life in the physical and creative capacity of the cosmos (1985, p.91): 'It is possible that cosmic bodies, stars in particular, represent reservoirs of living essence which for the Earth represents a creative essence with the capacity to transmit time passing in a current via the energy of the Sun's ravs.' In retrospect, approaches to a wide spectre of issues which can commonly be referred to as the origins of life and vital 'energy exchanging forces' amaze in their narrowness and devotion to models of a religious rather than a scientific nature. Even a brief analysis of 108

the reason for this leads repeatedly to the conclusion that the prevalent social mechanism which controls religion, politics and knowledge lies equally behind the conceptual vault of our perceptions of the mystery of life. At every stage of human society an integrated political, religious and economic power has strictly determined the development of knowledge potentially threatening to its existence. 'Science' has been equally subject to this force and moulded sufficiently enough to support the hidden yet evident system of controlling the greater mass of humanity (Anatomy..., 1999; Vernadksii, 1991; Dmitriev, Shitov, 2003; Kaznacheev, Sprin, 1991; Odum G, Odum E 1978). 1.2. The dramatic urgency of the issue This subheading is not considered extreme in its note of concern. On the contrary, it softens the true state of affairs by concentrating on knowledge of the key functions of life on the Earth. In accordance with other transitional processes, recent academic interest in the 'origins of life' would be expediently redirected towards investigation into the 'preservation of life'. The attempts of the scientific world over the past hundred and fifty years to exclusively explain the material origins of life (which is always and everywhere emerging) is just one device aimed at distracting scientific thought into an infertile desert in which 'divine manna' has been transformed into a powerful inhibitor of intellectual activity. The rapid breakdown and re-creation of the Earth's climate machine is already making harsh demands on all life forms inhabiting the biosphere (Armand, 2001; Dmitriev, 2003). At the present time all the planet's life carrying forms are engaged in a rapid adaptation process. Both the micro and the macro biota on dry land and in the waters are reacting to the influence of etheric planetary physical transformation and the increasingly diverse energy and information fields and processes involved. A number of researchers have noted the appearance of active signals originating in the Cosmos (predominantly the Sun) and in the rapidly changing geological and geophysical environment. In reaction to the appearance of new vital programs (with their origin in the Cosmos), the biosphere and its diverse sub-systems are striving towards a new attractor in the search for adaptation (Anatomy..., 1999; Vladimirskii, Timuryants, 2000; Volkov etc., 2003; Gilbert etc., 1997; Kaznacheev, 1998; Kuzin, 1991; Marchenko, Mingazov, 2002; Moiseev, 2006). The developing diversity in the properties of the planet's environment is introducing a new order of energetic correction into the realm of the biosphere: a) increased diversity and capacity of solar-terrestrial links and consecutively increasing (from cycle to cycle) activity of the Sun itself (Vladimirskii etc., 2004); b) modified, vitally essential storm processes. Dramatic increase in power and diversity of storm discharge and large scale consequences of geomagnetic pole reversal (sign inversion) (Gusev,2002; Dmitriev etc., 2006; Kuznetsov, 1996); c) change in temperature and pressure i.e. shift to non-equilibrium in background characteristics of atmospheric temperature and pressure fields (Marchuk, Kondratev, 1992); d) rapid growth of high gradient moisture circulation and redistribution processes; as a constituent part of atmospheric transformation this accelerates deep modification of air mass movement and global and local variations in ozone content (Mizyn, 1986; Mokhov etc., 2006); e) increased volcanic and seismic activity serves as evidence of a new planetary physical transformation program deep in the Earth's interior (Balasanyan, 1990; Buzevich etc., 2001; Golubov, 2005). Technological pressure also brings a particular influence to bear on the global sequence of natural energetic processes in the geological and geophysical environment. The emergence and growing intensity of technological electromagnetic pollution (the 109

emergence of electromagnetic 'cocoons' particularly above megalopolises) has huge significance for the biosphere due to the fact that technological electromagnetism squeezes out natural electromagnetic processes even influencing solar systemic electromagnetism. Widely applied rocket launches cause the complete material transformation of the Earth's gaseous plasma layers. The building development and extraction industries have changed the quality of the hydrosphere and the upper lithosphere in particular. Technological activity can hardly 'slip by unnoticed' without influencing large scale energy processes in the geological-geophysical environment and the Solar system as a whole. It is not surprising therefore, that technological processes stimulate additional powerful, climatic and hydrodynamic events in the geological-geophysical environment such as typhoons, hurricanes, tornados, sandstorms, tectonic tremors, earthquakes and volcanoes (Akimov, Khaskin, 2006; Anatomy..., 1999; Atlas..., 1998; Vlasov, Kricheskii, 1999; Golubov, 2005; Dmitriev, Shitov, 2003; Osipov, 1997). 1.3. The biosphere - a scientific presentation The term "biosphere" is taken to mean an earthly realm filled with material life carriers. Edward Seuss first used the term in print in 1875 and it was brought into permanent usage by V.I. Vernadski in a separate publication in 1926. Characteristically, the author specifically established the essence of the biosphere as a single dynamic system governed by the power and principles of Life itself. In this respect, the biosphere can on the whole be perceived as a planetary 'super organism'. However, from the moment of its appearance in print and prior to the publication of Vernadski's monograph (Vernadski was using the term as early as 1911) the notion of the 'biosphere' was interpreted differently in different scientific fields. Nonetheless, the dissonance clearly demonstrated the interdisciplinary quality of the notion of the 'biosphere'. Moreover, like a lens bringing light into focus, the notion of the biosphere concentrates the phenomenon of wholeness widely discussed in biology (Laro, 1979), and philosophy (Rochausen 1959). With the development of biosphere studies, the discussion of the qualities of vital processes became more fervent going beyond the limits of accepted scientific notions. The Aristotelian notion of 'entelechy* was also reconsidered. In the 1920's, H. Driesch (Driesch, 1921) and other German researchers worked on overcoming the limits of biomechanics which represented the next stage in the development of the idea that a special vital force existed. Gradually, a resurgence of vitalism took place based on new conceptual models. Efforts were directed towards providing a rational explanation for the guiding spirit of life and therefore inevitably coincided with the phenomenon of systemic holism often mentioned by V.I. Vernadski (1967, 1978). O. Feiyerband and A. Wentzf (Aloys Wentzf,1938) also became exponents of the powerful, universal, organising capacity of life force revealed in the diversity of form. They wrote in particular, that entelechy represents 'an objective, purposeful action and simultaneously a carrier of purpose..., something attributing intelligence.' It was thought that entelechy was entirely different to the material component of life and even fundamentally contrary to the material component of life form. Not surprisingly, this type of definition marked Driesch among the critics (e.g. Alvin Mittash) as a channel for some form of regulating intelligence (inteligens), the wholeness of which engenders a kind of'psychoid' clearly employing a spiritual force. The retort to neovitalism in essence formed the basis of the Bertalanfy school (Bertalanfy, 1949). Bertalanfy's organicist models received the support of many scientists including the well-known physicist E. Schrodinger (1947). Notions such as "high series", "elementary particles" and other definitions of the material 'building blocks of life' enabled the Bertalanfy school to take the study of life forms and processes beyond the limits of the search for an immaterial 110

vital force, the creative power of the consciousness of Nature and an underlying psychic energy in inner and outer space. Once again the Biosphere as an integral manifestation of life on the planet was harshly edited by the 'materialists' being defined as 'unconscious' once again attributing the privilege of receptacle of reason and consciousness exclusively to mankind. For many years (and essentially to this day) a kind of 'vital-biological anthropocentrism' prevailed. It was only towards the end of the twentieth century, faced with the harsh fact of the transformation of the climate and biosphere that a range of researchers began 'returning' consciousness and reason to Nature and the Cosmos. (Dmitriev, 1998; Kaznacheev, Trofimov, 1997, 2004; Delgado, 1985). The primacy of the whole over the part serves as the main premise of holism (holos - whole). English biologist and philosopher J.C. Holden set forth a system of ideas on the ideology of holism which in the works of his followers took on the following axiomatic system (Lappo, 1979; Hutchinson, 1972): I. - Postulate of the global wholeness of all that exists in objective reality. II.- The constant creative activity of Nature as a consequence of the total wholeness of the dynamic evolution of reality. III. The 'selection' or reduction phenomenon by which specific manifestations of reality are deprived the potential of existence in higher dimensions. 1.4. Inexhaustibility and openness of the biosphere Field Marshall General Jan Christiaan Smuts (Smuts, 1938) and the German natural philosopher Adolf Meyer-Abich (Meyer-Abich, 1948) played a particular role in the difficult and important task of uncovering the essence and content of such wholeness. Given the current authors' approach the strategic similarity of the conclusions of the neovitalists and the representatives of holism should be emphasised. Behind the veil of the coarse material manifestation of life energy, forms and processes both took thought, consciousness, psychic energy and finally, the field component of life (the spiritual aspect) into account. Smuts in particular considered it necessary to formulate the following position (Rochausen, 1959, p.79): 'Every material part which we normally call a thing is simply a concentrated sensually perceived illusion which is exposed by our limited sensitivity and discerning reason, behind which lies an incognizable field.' Here we add that the structure of this field contains past, present and future (Rochausen, 1959, p.81): '...An organism and its field or an organism as a whole, a holistic organism, contains its past and a considerable part of its future in the present.' In this context it is also interesting to consider the approach to understanding biological time (in ontological and philogenesis) wherein the sphere of life is turned into a pure protraction and in particular, into a continuous creative current. Here one can see the common ground in the definitions of time held by Bergson and Smuts despite the fact that Smuts in contrast to Bergson, attributes every phenomenon its own qualitative time. This, in our definition represents a time domain structure (circular time quanta or the 'time circles' of Shaivism) in which 'the future and its potential are contained within the organism itself.. .like a seed'. Characteristic of holism is the idea that different types of intangible (in our approach 'etheric domain') field exist, whose quality and specific principles develop in complexity. The growth in complexity facilitates diversity and creates a hierarchy from dense physical, chemical systems in inert environments to developed life forms (with maximum quality and functional complexity being displayed in the human organism). Smuts' fundamentalism rests confidently on the creative evolutionary power of the Unive r g p i * postulates a conscious creative essence. Ill

The idea of holism took on a particular slant in Russia. V.V. Dokuchaev (1951) expressed concern that science would be divided up into natural bodies and processes. A multitude of different approaches and specific scientific disciplines inevitably drew the attention of scientific research away from the overriding quality of nature - holism, which arises from the dynamic system of interaction between the separate parts of the whole. '...It is these relationships and interactions which comprise the core of our knowledge of the essential nature of things, the nucleus of true natural philosophy and the greatest fascination of natural science.' Dokuchaev (1951, p.309): Dokuchaev claimed that soil was one of nature's special 'kingdoms' in which the subtle qualities of interaction between biotic and abiotic factors merged. In developing his own understanding of the biosphere V.I. Vernadski extends the idea to include a cosmic influence: '...the biosphere can be seen as an area of the earth's core occupied by transformers which transmit cosmic radiation into effective electrical, chemical, mechanic and thermal energy etc.' (Vernadski, 1978, p. 178): From his earliest works on the biosphere Vernadski places life force and vital processes at the forefront of the Earth's transformative power. In accordance with contemporary research the biosphere can be seen as 'the engine of life'. In this context the biosphere which is 'totally saturated with life' represents an extremely dynamic system capable of generating life forms (biodiversity) the highest qualities of which are integrated in the assembly point of human consciousness. 1.5. The Biosphere - subsequent notions As the understanding of the biosphere developed the general evolutionary properties of the biosphere were established including recent ideas on the ether (Botvinovskii, 1997; Vassoevich, 1976; Vyshemirskii, 1986; Dmitriev, 1997;Lappo, 1979; Kirpichnikov, 2002; Electromagnetic fields..., 1984; Dyatlov, Kirpichnikov, 1998; Energetics..., 1993): 1)The biosphere's all-increasing disturbance immunity, aimed &i the quality of homeostasis, places the Earth's vital processes in the category of geological and geophysical factors for planetary evolution. 2) The mosaic quality of the structure and function of vital communities is realised in separate 'quanta' of the biosphere existing in energetic and physical connection with the Cosmos and the geological-geophysical environment, i.e. realised domain structure'. 3) An ecosystem model (the term 'ecosystem' was introduced by A. Tenely, 1935.) emphasises the biosphere domain in its ability for self-regulation and re-creation, i.e. for the complete independent renewal of the biota. 4) Domain interaction between the biosphere's separate parts constantly supports the huge circulation of matter, energy and information (the biosphere system of connections based on diverse physical signals). 5) The impossibility of the existence of the biosphere external to vertical material exchange and energy flow between the depths and surface of the Earth (Balasanyan, 1990; Dmitriev, 1998; lvanov, 1989; Trukhin and others, 2005) and between the Sun and the surface of the planet (Vladimirskii, 1995; Chijevskii, 1995). The qualities listed above illustrate how difficult it is to establish the limits of the biosphere. In this regard the biosphere serves as an example of an open system. In the middle of the 1970'sN.B. Vassoevich (1976) raised the issue of the functional norms of the biosphere in relationship to existing organisms. A biosphere dichotomy was established in relationship to life carriers embodied in matter. Biosphere field of sustainabilitv - life conditions enabling the organism to survive. 112

Biosphere field of existence - conditions, in which living factors or organisms can develop accumulating life mass and energy. In accruing knowledge of the biosphere J. Hutchinson considered it necessary to introduce the additional subdivision of the para-biosphere which lies above the earth's biosphere. Subsequently, a general scheme of biosphere subdivision was proposed (Lappo, 1979): The Earth's outer layers: l)apo-biosphereofthe Earth's upper atmosphere, revealing no signs of life - anabiotic space; 2) para-bosphere; 3) biosphere. The Earth's inner layers: 4) meta-biosphere - an analogy of what V. 1. Vernadskii called the 'past biosphere' i.e. existing on every given face of the Earth, a result of the activity of global and total life processes (Vernadski, 1965). Naturally, these attempts to classify and expand on the notion of the biosphere are not directly linked to the physical nature of life processes and their driving forces. Rather they reflect the geometric peculiarities of the arrangement of the biosphere's sub-systems and its constructive spatial characteristics. Conceptually speaking these subsequent developments simply represent a continuation of the Bertalanfy School on a larger scale. Nevertheless, they fulfilled the objective of redirecting research and the understanding of 'biosphere physics' to 'biosphere geometry'. Consistent with the authors' approach the following sections are mainly devoted to the energetic and informative content of life forms and processes, i.e. the issue of 'biosphere physics' is considered from a new turn in the spiral of the development of physics which includes the notion of the ether. 1.6. The biosphere as a subsystem of the geological-geophysical environment In considering the evolution and energetic condition of the biosphere as a whole and its constituent parts, the role of solar energy and vegetative receivers is fundamental as it creates the dynamic conditions for the continuous biological, geological and chemical circulation (rather spiral) of material life forms. According to a number of calculations (Allekseev, 1983; Odum..., 1978; Energetics..., 1995), the biosphere's annual energy production measures Ebioc = 5 -1021 J. It should be emphasised that anthropogenic energy production towards the end of the second millennium reached 5-101J\J per annum. Hence, the anthropogenic energy force has already reached (and has practically surpassed) 10% of the biosphere's energy production capacity. Moving on to the density characteristics of the energy produced by biosphere processes we see E specific = 1,5-107 i year ~ 10 -. Likewise it should be noted that the capacity of city areas for technological energy production surpasses biosphere energy by 10-160 times (!). Every living organism, realised in biophilic matter (with the positive value of invariant mass), consists of elements, mainly: hydrogen, oxygen, carbon, nitrogen, calcium, potassium, silicon, phosphorous, sulphur, strontium, barium, zinc, molybdenum, copper, nickel etc. The previous few decades have been marked by the intent study of rare and radio-active elements, as catalysts supporting fermentation systems. In the 1990's hormesis was established as a dose response phenomenon which represents a highly unusual vital mechanism revealing a subtle layer of processes linked with the essential nature and importance of micro-radioactive dosage (Dmitriev, Puzankov, 1999; Kaznacheev, 1998; Kuzin. 1991, 1995). An organism's internal substance distribution is subject to the same vital laws as the dynamic of matter in the biosphere. Given these common laws, it is appropriate to analyse contemporary scientific findings in the fields of geo and biophysics. This is also significant in the light of the ether and the modified physical vacuum emerging in the 113

arena of fundamental physics (Botvinovskii, 1997; Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1998; Dyatlov, Kirpichnikov, 1998). Interestingly, even at the initial stages of ether physics when the ideas of holism and vitalism were being formed the profound likeness of the nature of different life forms was apparent. 1.7. Geoactive zones From the point of view of biology, within existing geophysical research on the local qualities of the geological and geophysical environment the areas of the Earth's surface referred to as geoactive zones (Bogoslovskii and others., 2001) or active geoenergetic zones (AGZ) are particularly interesting. The study of geoactive zones is comparatively recent. However, they have been shown to reveal such a range of physical and physical-chemical characteristics that a number of researchers refer to them as 'the Earth's receptive, sensory organs' (Anatomy.., 1999; Armand, 2001; Balasany an, 1990; Danilov-Danilyan, 1998; Dmitriev, 1997; Dubrov, 1974; Kirpichnikov, 2002; Kuznetsov V.V, 1992); a description which is more than fitting given the following characteristics noted in AGZ 1) Easily registered daily anomalous variation in geomagnetic and geoelectric fields; observed high gradient change and variations over time in magnetic fields - process recurrence not yet established; minor increases in background radiation with irregular peaks of more than four times the norm. 2) Daily anomalous dynamic of geochemical processes and concentration variation (to the fifth order) of chemical micro-elements, particularly: helium, mercury and microelements; regions with a high concentration of active geo-energetic zones display the tendency to generate macroscopic natural luminous structures. 3) Sensitivity of the diversity of flora displayed in an assortment of plants evidently engenders anomalies (particular concentrations and quality of ether) in the biological fields. 4) Repeated micro-geophysical surveys revealed that certain AGZ (active geoenergetic zone) points are characterised by 'heightened sensitivity'to the hufnan emotional condition, i.e. a psychophysical interaction between human beings and particularly sensitive 'Earth organs' has been revealed. The particular features of active geo-energetic zones listed above clearly show that AGZ draw together a range of biological and geophysical processes which would seem to be mutually supportive. A deeper analysis of the properties of active geo-energetic zones reveals a significant, common quality (in Vernadski's terminology) in the dynamic interaction between living and inert systems. It has been established that 'living fields' differ in 'intensity' and higher intensities of vital force correspond to organisms with high levels of self-organisation and energetic power. As a result new conjectures on the material 'life force' carrier are being proposed (Bauer, 1935; Bekker, Vinogradova, Jivlyuk, 1998; 1992; Godike, Gulyaev, 1991; Gumilev, 1993; Gurvich, 1944; Dmitriev, 1999; Kaznacheev, Trofimov. 2004; Kirpichnikov, 2002). 1.8. The ether (modified physical vacuum) 1.8.1. The notion of helio-sensitive phenomena. In geophysics, geology, cosmonautics, astronomy, biology and medicine a number of unusual phenomena have been revealed for which contemporary science and particularly physics has been unable to provide an explanation. Such phenomena are frequently referred to as anomalous (AP). With the development of scientific study the list of this type of phenomena is increasing rather than decreasing. In the majority of cases, researchers come up against an intellectual barrier in the attempt to explain AP. As 114

knowledge and the possibilities of technical observation expand, our true understanding of the world in which we live seems to decrease. Fortunately, beginning with the work of Chijhevski (1930; 1970; 1995) it has been noted that almost all AP display the feature of being subject to the 'Sun's rhythm'. This rhythm is linked with cloud discharges of solar plasma and consequent magnetic storms on the Earth. It is also linked to the period of revolution of solar matter on the sun's equator; the eleven year period of change in solar activity and the Earth's daily revolution. Therefore, at a first approximation it is clear that these are not background processes but rather helio-sensitive anomalous phenomena (HAP), which in the authors' opinion are produced by the subtle, weightless matter of the ether. At the current stage of the understanding of subtle processes associated with anomalous phenomena, terms such as the 'physical vacuum' have come to be used and are likewise applied here. In their experimental studies of the influence of the Sun on the biosphere Chijhevski and his followers (M Takata, 1941) understood that periodical change in the biota was caused not by the Sun's electromagnetic or corpuscular radiation but by the influence of an unknown and intangible factor resulting from physical processes taking place on the Sun. Chijhevski referred to this factor as the Z-factor or Z-radiation. For a significant length of time discussions arose and continue to the present day as to whether the Zfactor is a feature of the Sun's radiation or whether it appears in experiments as a result of changes in the condition of the surrounding atmosphere caused by 'clouds, haze and droplets' originating from the Sun and appearing on the Earth (Dmitriev, 1998; Dmitriev, Dyatlov, Gvozdarev, 2005; Dyatlov, 1998; Letnikov, 1998). Subsequent to the work of Chijhevski, research into HAP greatly developed becoming much more diverse. In addition, the repertoire of events lending themselves to elicit the physics of the mysterious Z-factor greatly increased. The works of Agulova (1998), J. Pikkard (1973), Sokolovskii (1984), Parkhomov (1989), Vladimirski (1995) revealed helio-influence in chemical and technical states and processes. Gradually, research pushed into the area of geology and geophysics which greatly opened up the nature of HAP which can be observed and registered with scientific equipment. According to the results of comprehensive experiments carried out by Shnol and coauthors (1998, 2000) and a large number of observations (Udaltsova etc., 1987), the Z-factor ('cosmic factor') nevertheless resembles an unknown and invisible form of matter. However, as has been established, the distribution of this matter on the Earth and its regional behaviour is highly complex. Above all, geologists and geophysicists discovered a large number of geoactive zones on the Earth's surface (Balasanyan, 1990; Buzevich, 2001; Gorshkov etc., 1992). As a rule, these zones are found in areas of the Earth's abyssal faults. Extensive phenomenological material reveals that the influence of the cosmo-physical factor is significantly increased in these areas. The work of a great number of geophysicists in a wide variety of areas has revealed that unusual variations in electric and magnetic fields correlate with areas in which HAP are most frequently observed (Dmitriev etc., 1992; Gvozdarev, 2004; Dmitriev 1997) Later, in the 1990's summarizing works appeared such as Letmkov's (1998) description of walls of unknown material above the Earth's active faults which affect the Earth's cloud cover and disperse electromagnetic waved RLD. Rudn.k and Melnikov (1997) describe 'geo-pathological zones in areas of the Earth's deep' faults in which the parameters of the vital activities of man and the whole biota are subject to change The development of cosmonautics has also revealed surprises. It appears that satellite orbits unpredictably change on the light and dark sides of the Earth unexpected revolving in the opposite direction (Lavrentiev etc., 2001). It should be noted that as early as the 1940's Khotev (1998) announced the discovery of the 'Earth s ethersphere which 115

was later confirmed by experiments with artificial satellites under the patronage of the A.F. Mojhaiskii Military engineering academy. Particularly relevant today, is the study not only of separate HAP but of their emergence and existence in groups as a form of solar-terrestrial connection facilitated by 'an unknown immaterial substance' (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1999; Haines, 1994). A comprehensive systematic research approach to the study of 'macroscopic quantum' mechanics is presented in thephenomenological works of Shnol and his colleagues (Shnol etc., 1998; Shnol etc,, 2000), and in Dmitriev's works on 'natural luminous structures' (NILS) (1998). Here we offer a more detailed description of macroscopic quantum mechanics established as a result of comprehensive statistical experiments linked with the functional distribution of the probability density of physical values (Udaltsova etc., 1987; Shnol etc., 1998, 200). These values are taken into account in the most diverse physical, chemical and biological processes: 'from varied concentrations of different substances in hare's blood and the fermentation activity of protein in mice to radioactive decay'. It has been experientially confirmed that discernible functions of probability density are only roughly approximated by the Poisson-Gauss functions. Their form regularly changes and they have several maximums (which enables one to speak of macroscopic quantum mechanics. In this case it is vitally important that the period of change in function type coincides with the period of the Earth's (1 day) and Sun's (27 days) revolution on their axis, and with the eleven year period of solar activity. The most significant result of macroscopic quantum mechanics is clear evidence of the fact that the influence of the 'cosmophysical factor' on Earthly processes is accompanied by change in the nature of electromagnetic radiation but is not determined by them. Significant to this evidence is the fact that MQ also takes place in processes of radioactive decay. It is normally considered that in the most diverse processes when measurement is made in a given place at the same time the function probability density is the same. The possible explanation follows that the state of the physical vacuum (PV) changes under the influence of the 'cosmic factor' which in turn leads to changes in'the course of processes on the Earth. The words of Blumenfield cited in Shnol's work (1997, p. 36) are highly symbolic: 'The physical vacuum is a universal medium for the implementation of all processes and simultaneously a 'mirror' for the condition of our world'. One can see that experiments to substantiate MQ illustrate the absence of the reproduction of physical laws in our world, if one excludes the physical vacuum as a specific environment and an inhomogeneous environment at that! Of course, if one takes into account the existence of the PV as an inhomogeneous environment, then the reproduction of the laws of physics and consequently, the objective existence of the world stands beyond doubt. As the result of long term study, ball lightening, plasmoids (UFOs), tornados and luminous walls above the Earth's abyssal faults etc., have been attributed to the category of natural luminous objects (NLO) (Dmitriev etc., 1992;'Dmitriev, 1998). It is statistically confirmed that these objects as in the case of MQ have a very specific link with periodic and non-periodic 'events' taking place on the Sun. In years of maximum solar activity ball lightening (Smirnov, 1988), plasmoid (Avakyan, 1999) and tornado occurrence (Dmitriev, 1998) significantly increases. The probability of plasmoid and ball lightening occurrence likewise increases during magnetic storms, i.e, during the Earth's submergence in 'magnetised clouds' of solar 'transients'; huge discharges of solar plasma (Vladimirskii etc., 2004). It is during magnetic storms that the walls of unknown material above the Earth's abyssal faults emit luminescence and the so116

called 'low latitude northern lights' become visible (Ivanov, 1989; Ishkov, 1992,1993; Kolesnik A., Kolesnik S, 1996). All NLO are distinguished by the physical property of luminescence of a specific volume of space: in ball lightening, 'large' ball lightening and plasmoids the emission of light takes the form of a ball or sphere. In tornados it takes the form of a luminescent funnel ('plasmic chord'), in which air whirls with violent power and speed. There is also evidence of weak luminescence (and slow revolution) in the mother cloud (storm cloud!), which is almost always present in a tornado (Nalivkin, 1969; Merkulov, 1998). Naturally, the question arises as to what these bodies consist of. Two types of explanation exist. Researchers of ufology propose that plasmoids represent the body of a space ship in a luminous shell. A number of physicists believe these to be natural plasmic structures. The prominent specialist in plasma theory Smirnov (1993) holds strongly against the latter view with reference to ball lightening. A maintained plasma condition of matter demands a constant flow of energy, particularly significant in the case of atmospheric air pressure. As the energy flow ceases plasma very quickly relaxes and is no longer

7 a) site in Gorno Altai b) site in Novosibirsk Small (6) and large scale (a) examples of NLO

'highlighted'. In the case of various sized ball lightening, plasmoids and tornados the exact energy source capable of evoking the plasmic state of matter is not yet known. Researchers are particularly mystified by the evident non-equilibrium of luminescence in NLO. The unfounded nature of the plasmic essence of luminous bodies (NLO) becomes clear when one takes into account the fact that the bodies of ball lightening and plasmoids move from the atmosphere in and out of water or solid bodies maintaining their luminescence (Stakhanov, 1996). However, in examining the NLO properties indicated above it would be difficult to imagine a material theory for their formation. It is obvious that the term 'plasmoid' does not reflect the physical essence of a specific structure; nonetheless, the current authors are obliged to apply established terminology. The term'UFO is hardly appropriate as it has long been understood by ufology researchers to mean literally, 'extraterrestrial space ship'. Critical information on the nature of NLO became available with the location of ball lightening and plasmoids on the Earth's surface, i.e. when maps of their occurrence were compiled for large territories of land. Determining the coordinates for the emergence and location of plasmoids via radio detection disturbance (in this case, plasmoids are referred to as 'angels' or 'abnormal marks') made it possible to establish the fact that they are grouped in overwhelming numbers in regions where the Earth's abyssal faults 117

are concentrated (Balasanyan, 1990; Dmitriev etc., 1992; Dmitriev, 1998). It also became clear that ball lightening, exotic lightening categories (such as sprites) and plasmoids appear in anomalous zones significantly more frequently than in other places. As a result, these areas were referred to as 'anomolous' although on the whole they almost always coincide with geo-active zones (Kuznetsov, 1992; Letnikov, 1998; Marchenko, Mingazov, 2002). It became clear, that the distribution of NLO on the Earth's surface was indissolubly linked with the Earth's geological and geophysical properties. Towards the end of the 70's and the beginning of the 80's NLO became an imperative object of geological and geophysical field research in which geophysical methods and the standard range of geophysical instruments were applied. During expeditions to the region of the Terektinski ridge approximately 10 close sightings of plasmoids were noted. On occasion, the plasmoids 'arose' out of one and the same 'spot', anomalous lightening sensitive or fracture zone. Most frequently, these took the form of ball like luminous 'formations' from 3-10 and occasionally hundreds of metres in diameter. In rare cases, on the appearance of the 'formation' a spout (air storm) occurred which coincided with a heightened condition of stress amongst the expedition participants some of which hid or ran from the observation point. The observed human condition corresponded not only to a powerful feeling of fear but to something greater. After its emergence the plasmoid often moved away towards the mountains, sometimes 'moving past or through the neighbouring peak' entering it on one side and 'exiting' it on the other. These movements were either accompanied by a loud whistle or crackle reminiscent of an unseen electric discharge or took place in total silence (Dmitriev, 1998; Shitov, 1999). Naturally, these events provoked enthusiastic discussion. At that time the comment was made that plasmoids represent energy carriers. Other more specific comments were also made such as that plasmoids are 'nodes of inhomogeneous ether' (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1995, 1998; Dyatlov, 1998). The study of MQ and NLO undertaken by independent researchers using a variety of methods has led to the same conclusions. The cause of these phenomena has been shown to be linked with the inhomogeneous physical vacuum, i.e. 'witji concentrations' of a common quantity that satiates space. These studies represent the first steps taken in a completely new area of knowledge, based not on theoretical prediction and models but on the findings of experimental research and direct observation. The theoretical basis of contemporary physics was unprepared for the findings of this scientific research. 1.8.2. The emergence of the polarised model of the inhomogeneous physical vacuum. When it was understood that NLO and MQ reflect processes in the physical vacuum (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1995; Dmitriev, Dyatlov, Gvozdarev, 2005) rather than common physical processes described in mainstream physics the relationship to the physical properties and features of ball lightning, plasmoids, tornado funnels and 'walls of unknown material about the Earth's abyssal faults etc changed dramatically. In order to deepen the relevant studies it became essential to determine the common values of what would at first appear different types of phenomena: to uncover the peculiarities of processes taking place in the physical vacuum which would make it possible to reveal the physical nature of the phenomena in question and establish which physics principles correspond to the observed sightings. It also became necessary to carry out a new revision and analysis of the entire data available on the qualities and peculiar features of ball lightning. These data are given in great detail in the works of Stakhanov (1996), Grigorev, Protasevich (1998), Smirnov (1988) and many other authors within Russia and abroad. Archives of data on the properties 118

of plasmoids were restudied, data received during unique geological-geophysical expeditions in particular and information on the astonishing qualities of tornados were analysed within a different context (Dmitriev, 1998; Dyatlov, 1998; Merculov, 1998). A working hypothesis was applied during review and analysis according to which a certain vacuum material of varying concentrations in which the Universe is permanently immersed can be found in luminous bodies NLO and the Z-factor (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1995; Dmitriev, Dyatlov, Gvozdarev, 2005). Given this hypothesis it proved sufficient to determine the approximate physical qualities of vacuum material in NLO bodies which had been clearly sighted and registered. Regularly observed and registered qualities include the following: luminescence; electrical, magnetic, gravitational field around the body; revolving gas inside the structure etc. This proved sufficient at a first approximation to explain the observed physical qualities of ball lightning, plasmoids and tornados (which are accompanied by 'herds of ball lightning'). Variations in intensity of luminescence have also been noted in the structures observed on different occasions. The same applies to variations in the intensity of air revolution inside tornado pillars and ball lightning. Establishing the common characteristics of the intensity of these processes enables us to consider NLO and macroscopic quantum mechanics from the same position. The authors propose that the particular vacuum material manifest in the Z-factor and MQ is also present in the form of certain vacuum bodies in which all the qualities of NLO are maintained albeit in greatly weakened form. The luminescence of vacuum bodies ceases to be visible although it can be detected using special highly sensitive equipment and in some cases by otherwise unobservable radar signal. The same applies to the effects of revolution and other effects linked with the electrical and magnetic fields of vacuum bodies. The vacuum bodies of NLO and MQ phenomena are referred to as vacuum domains (VP), and the vacuum material inside the bodies as modified physical vacuum (MPV) (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1995, 1998; Dyatlov, 1998). The characteristics of the intensity of physical processes inside vacuum domains is referred to as PV modification degree (Dyatlov, 1998; Dmitriev, Dyatlov, Gvozdarev, 2005). Contemporary physics provides no explanation for any of the physical properties and features of vacuum domains without exception and consequently, for MPV. The following qualities are currently given no explanation: (Dmitriev, 1998): - the emergence of plasmoid and ball lightening bodies in material environments; - intense air revolution such as in tornado funnels which originates not from the Earth's surface but from a mother cloud; -strange bursts of ball lightening whilst maintaining the body's form. Clear signs of modification are noted in the matter's solidity level in the presence of the unknown material of tornado funnels (when a maple leaf cuts into the lime surface of a wall and a piece of straw breaks through tree trunks and iron sheets (Nalivkin, 1969). Conservative physicists however, are particularly doubtful of the character!sties of levitation (reduced body weight) recorded in the vicinity of plasmoids and tornados. The scepticism of 'fundamental physicists' remains despite the fact that corresponding evidence has been widely published in world literature including RAS (Russian Academy of Science) publications (Avakyan, 1999; Letnikov, 1998). Analyses of field work data concerning the natural dimensions of magnetic fields in the vicinity of plasmoids and tornados show that the artificial creation of the intensity of the measured fields would require the power of huge electric power stations and monstrously technical constructions. In addition, those who have studied ball lightning plasmoids and tornados have long been in no doubt that these objects represent sources of powerful electric discharge and correspondingly have sizeable electric fields. 119

The physical properties of NLO phenomena and macroscopic quantisation are directly linked with the physical qualities of vacuum material in the case of the manifestation of the MPV. The physical essence and mathematical description of this material has become the key issue in the research of all kinds of HAP. It is only when the physical essence of MPV material is correctly determined or at least proposed that one can hope to create a physics theory firstly in the form of a model, which could reflect numerous real aspects of Nature. Theory should deeply describe known facts. However, experience of creating many known theories reveals that in the numerous HAP events researched unknown facts greatly outweigh the known. Nonetheless, only theory can bring to light what may be the most interesting and valuable unknown facts of the physics of the vacuum particularly in the case of the emergence and existence of MPV structures (vacuum domains). The main physical sign of a NLO is of course its luminescence. It is this quality that has drawn the attention of numerous authors of unfounded theories on ball lightening including Smirnov's (1993) fractal theory on ball lightening. It is astonishing that authors have completely ignored other no less evident properties characteristic of 'natural' ball lightning. In addition to luminescence, the polarised model of the inhomogeneous PV (Dyatlov, 1998) takes account of four physical characteristics in NLO phenomena. These include electrical, magnetic and gravitational fields and revolution of gas around and inside the luminous bodies of ball lightning, plasmoids and tornados. Based on the knowledge of contemporary physics one can imagine extremely compact sources for the given fields in the Earth's atmosphere. Then, only supposing that the PV represents a polarised environment similar to the material environments of ferroelectrics and ferromagnetics, we come to a qualitatively new approach to the study of HAP. However, whereas ferroelectrics has just one polarisation which is electrical and ferromagnetics which is magnetic then the MPV environment should simultaneously have four polarisations. It is only in this case that it can reflect all the characteristics, electrical, magnetic, gravitational and the fourth referred to as spin or revolving. , The key difference between vacuum polarised environments and material environments lies in the fact that vacuum polarised environments are either visible or remain transparent but freely permeate all material environments, above all, the atmosphere. Initially we consider the electrical and magnetic polarisations of the PV. We consider the presence of MPV inside luminous structures, ball lightning, plasmoids and tornado funnels, i.e. that inside vacuum domains electrical and magnetic polarisation has relatively large significance whereas outside these structures they have minor significance if any Then so-called 'bound' electrical and magnetic charges, 'Ampere currents' which emerge at the borders of luminous bodies (linked charges in the theories of polarised environments (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1995; Dytlov, 1998), are determined by electrical and magnetic polarisation divergence whereas 'Ampere currents' are determined by rotors of magnetic polarisation). 'Bound' charges and 'Ampere currents' represent the same field sources as the well known 'free' electrical charges and currents. However, on the appearance of NLO, bound charges and Ampere currents display behaviour which differs considerably from widely known technical charges and currents. It is clear that bound charges and Ampere currents are indissolubly linked with polarisations, that is, appear only within the limits of a vacuum domain and its vicinity. The main feature of these charges lies in the fact that their continued existence requires no energy loss. In part, Ampere currents are similar to high conductivity currents at high temperatures. Therefore, if the electric and magnetic fields of ball lightning, plasmoids and tornado 120

funnels are linked with polarisations then it is no surprise that these fields can exists for extended periods of time, no less than the time taken in their observation, minutes, hours and longer. It should be noted that in magnetised ferromagnetics, that is, in constant magnetic and polarised ferroelectrics, Ampere currents and bound charges remain the same for an unlimited period of time until their polarised state changes. The idea that PV represents a polarised environment and vacuum domains within this environment represent areas with relatively large vacuum polarisations has been confirmed by natural geophysical experiments which are described in more detail here. At the threshold of the twentieth century Shmidt discovered current by means of integrating the Earth's magnetic fields in closed circuits. Subsequently, these were called Shmidt-Bauer currents (Shweidaer, 1936). These currents exceed usual atmospheric currents linked with the Earth's electric field by four times. Shmidt's discovery still remains a mystery to geophysicists no less because the currents of the ionosphere are incapable of moving into the dimensions of Shmidt-Bauer currents. In the 1920's Bauer showed that the Shmidt-Bauer currents permeate the Earth's atmosphere in areas of the huge expanse of the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, Europe etc. These currents no doubt represent the same polarised Ampere currents mentioned above. Hence, the Shmidt-Bauer currents directly support the notion of the existence of the Earth's 'ethersphere' (Khoteev 1998) (in the authors' terminology, 'the Earth's vacuum domain') and the polarised essence of the PV (Dyatlov, 1998). Today, a huge volume of data has amounted which supports the hypothesis of the existence of electrical polarisations, i.e. bound electrical charges which exist inside the structures of ball lightning, plasmoids and tornados (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, Gvozdarev, 2005). It is as if the electrical properties of these phenomena 'lie on the surface'. Here, a mystery appears because all surrounding environments are disposed of finite electrical conductivity. The atmosphere is filled with ions, unlike charged particles in the form of water droplets, ice crystals, dust and aerosols. Subsequent to their electrical discharge inside NLO bodies one would expect the discharge to cease since the bound charges are 'neutralised' after discharge. Instead however, the discharge appears repeatedly. Supposing that the electrical qualities of NLO phenomena are linked with electrical polarisation the question arises concerning the nature of reverse electrical discharge processes, that is. processes of the division of hound and free charge. In the case of magnetic processes in NLO, Z-factor and MQ phenomena signs of electrical processes have not been recorded. The space around us is almost totally devoid of factors that neutralise magnetic polarisation. Therefore, anomalies in the Earth's magnetic field on confined territories immediately indicate the presence of vacuum domains, excluding cases in which iron and other ferromagnetic deposits or large masses of artificial iron are present. The relatively complex composition and variations in the Earth's magnetic fields and currents dynamics in the ionosphere are everywhere present whereas their total change can be noted only on large territories. 1.8.3. Issues of gravitational polarisation Gravitational vacuum polarisation is new to contemporary theoretical physics. In the authors' view this notion is introduced as an analogy to electrical vacuum polarisation for the simple reason that until now there has been no other way of describing local distortion in the Earth's gravitational field in the vicinity of plasmoids and tornados. Here we introduce the fundamental notion ~f r vift.tinn*l vacuum polarisation. At the same time this step undoubtedly influenced the choice of gravitation theoiy in the polarised inhomogeneous PV model (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1995, 1998; Dyatlov, 1998). 121

Spin polarisation is well known among specialists in the field of paramagnetic and nuclear resonance and the field of impulse magnetization, ferromagnetics and ferites. It is defined as the vector sum of spins in the unit of matter volume. On the other hand, this polarisation gives measurements of the distribution moment in quantity of movement and is well known in the mechanics of solid environments and hydro technology. A full time derivative of spinal polarisation gives a distribution mechanical moment twisting the material environment with which the polarisation is linked. Merkulov showed (1998) that vacuum spinal polarisation inside a tornado funnel makes it possible to give a highly detailed description of the air revolution in the funnel. The four vacuum polarisations, electrical, magnetic, gravitational and spin serve as approaches to explaining many physical qualities of NLO and macroscopic quantisation phenomena. It can now be held with certainty that the physical essence of the given phenomena is linked particularly with these polarisations and that the PV represents a polarised inhomogeneous environment. It follows that the fundamental qualities of space must be expanded upon. In acknowledging and researching a wide class of natural processes with an etheric material basis which indicate the local qualities of space, we move beyond the limitations (homogeneity and isotropy) placed by physicists and theorists on the understanding of space. During the course of studies into the vacuum, analyses of the experimental findings of contemporary naturalists inexorably led to physics concepts relating to the physics of matter (the physics of positive mass particles) yet completely unknown to vacuum physics. Vacuum physics is referred to as the theory of the ether. It has its roots in the great works of Newton which can still be validated within accomplished science. The notion that all of space isfilledwith one or another homogeneous material environment including the volume of material bodies lies at the foundation of many known theories on the physical vacuum. This idea was characteristic of studies into the ether before the twentieth century and is characteristic ofjoint contemporary studies into the PV. Given this approach it can be difficult to discern what relates to PV physics and what relates to the physics of matter. The homogenous environment of the PV can be presented in various theories as an 'emptiness' simply adding thereto that which essentially relates either to the vacuum or to equations of matter. However, as soon as we entertain the idea of the inhomogeneous PV circumstances change radically. Independent objects of study such as vacuum domains appear in the PV. This makes it possible in certain cases to speak of the physics of matter and vacuum physics quite independently of one another. Most importantly, even in customary physics it is now necessary to distinguish which laws can be applied to the physics of matter and which can be applied to vacuum physics. Given this new approach to physics the majority of contemporary physics equation should of course be attributed to the physics of matter although the Maxwell equations should be attributed to equations of vacuum physics. Indeed, in Maxwell equations matter is reflected by 'field sources' : density of electrical charge 3, density of electrical currents T, electrical polarisation P; magnetic polarisation M. In turn, 'sources' arise as a result of different physical processes in matter. According to Maxwell's equations, the electromagnetic field is characterised by four vectors: E,H - electrical and magnetic fields accordingly; D,B - electrical and magnetic induction accordingly induction exists external to the field sources and even independently of them. The equations which include just the four given field vectors describe the properties of the PV environment and correspondingly relate to vacuum physics. (tablelO). It is striking that Maxwell's 'standard' equations i.e. the equations which are cited in contemporary reference books on systems of physics units, contain all that is essential to describe the electromagnetic component of the inhomogeneous PV. Indeed it insufficient to add vacuum polarisation P to material polarisation P o , material polarisation M to vacuum 122

polarisation Mn, to acquire all that is required to receive electromagnetic equations for a polarised inhomogeneous PV model. In these equations the inhomogeneity of the PV would be described by the functions P 0 (r,t), where r - radius-vector, a t - time. Table 10 Maxwell's equations in the polarised inhomogeneous PV model

Vacuum divD = divB = dt ; =

Matter = p; = 0;

? = rotH

= 1; = P; = m>M;

D - E0E - P0 = - PqH - 0=

In Maxwell's equations of the polarised model of the inhomogeneous PV (table. 10) the functions of coordinates and time P 0 (nt), M 0 (r)t) represent finite functions; they have the same local definition area within the vacuum domain, i.e. P0M0 e BDA, where VDA is the definition area in time and space of the vacuum domain. Inside the VDA functions P0 * 0,M 0 0, characterise PV modification level. Outside the VDA, i.e. outside VD, P0 = 0,M 0 = 0. It is impressive that Maxwell's equations, confirmed in an endless number of experiments are also capable at least in part of describing the qualities of such complex natural phenomena as NLO structures and macroscopic quantization. However, these equations are not sufficient to fully describe the physical properties of such structures which have the property of creating their own powerful gravitational dipole field and are disposed of spin polarization which is related to the extraordinary power of whirling winds inside tornado funnels. The realm of the physics of matter on the Earth offers no place for local objects with their own powerful gravitational dipole field. Indeed, objects of limited size could create a gravitational field commensurable to the Earth's gravitational field only in the case of the inconceivably high density of its matter. Without doubt the dipole nature of the field indicates the presence of matter with a negative mass which also finds no place in the physics of matter even by its very definition. Therefore, one can sympathise with those physicists who immediately deny the possibility of the existence on the Earth of objects endowed with the features of levitation and negative mass. Repudiating awkward facts is nevertheless, much simpler than accepting the responsibility of creating physical and mathematical models on their foundation. Whereas the contemporary magnetic field theory is fully adequate to encompass notions of the inhomogeneous PV, neither of the two accepted theories of gravity proved applicable for direct use in the polarised inhomogeneous PV model. Here in brief we consider the common understanding of these two theories. 1 In his work on 'the electron dynamic' in 1905 Andre Poincare first set forth the idea of the necessity and possibility of constructing a relativistic equation system for all physical 123

forces and processes. Moreover, this system included gravitational forces in a simple 'plane' four dimensional space. Taking into account the general requirements relating to all forces (electromagnetic) Poincare extended these requirements to gravitational forces. It was particularly this condition which made it possible to determine that the velocity of the distribution of gravitational forces does not exceed the velocity of light. As this peculiarity of the distribution of gravitational force and interaction presupposes a delay then a 'transport means' in the form of gravitational field waves were thought to exist to facilitate the interaction. Later, in 'New conceptions of Matter' Poincare expresses his subsequent position on the necessity of including Planck's discovery of the quantum nature of electromagnetic radiation in the fundamental basis of physics. Hence, really, it is Poincare who is the founder of the field which in contemporary terminology is known as 'the quantum theory of gravitational interactions' presented as a material field in the plane space of time. It should be emphasized that this conception stimulated the development of all non-gravitational physics and the construction of fundamental theories: quantum electrodynamics, the quantum theory of electromagnetic weak interactions and quantum chromo-dynamics. The concept's inner scientific logic should have included quantum gravitational dynamics in the form of a field gravitation theory (FTG). 2. In 1915AlbertEinsteincameforwardwithhisown, particular views (Einstein, 1966; Einstein, Infeld, 1948) and published the main equations of the general theory of relativity (GTR). The "peculiarity" of the GTR consisted in the rejection of the common rules of fundamental physics principles. Without fundamental evidence Einstein takes the description of gravitation beyond the limits of the model of'gravitation as material in space" in the area of geometrodynamics (in Willer's terms). In essence, the choice of Riemann geometry to reflect the 'fate of gravitation' designated the depth and nature of Einstein's program for the unified field theory (Shipov, 1993). Given that curvature in space is an integral feature of Reimann geometry Einstein had only to fulfil the creative task of separating gravitation from the traditional physics of other fields. The uniqueness of gravitational interactions in comparison to other physical interactions in which time and space simply represent a "container or passive arena" began to take prevalence in the 'construction o'f fundamental physics'. Hence geometodynamics was introduced as a real 'materiality' of space (its distortion, expansion, distribution in the form of gravitational waves). Academic A.A. Logunov repeatedly pointed to the unique position of the gravitational field in comparison to the requirements of other fields (electrical, magnetic, spin) in Einstein's equations. For example, Logunov's opinion is cited in the Chelkunov V., 2006 p. 12: 'New approaches are set forth in my book 'Gravitational field theory'. Together with my co-authors I proposed considering gravitation as a physical field similar to the electromagnetic field. As a result, a new system of equations arose different to Einstein's equations which failed to observe the laws of conservation, impulse moment and momentum, which are present in all physics theories. Our approach to the evolution of the Universe avoids the 'big bang' and 'black holes'. It's development is regulated by the increase and decrease of the gravitational field which repeats the following cvcvles: This process is similar to the breath of a huge organism, 'breathing in and breathing out'. We note that in Ancient India the affirmation of 'the in and out breath of the Brahma' was common. Of the new generation G.I. Shipov expanded Einstein's theme of geometrodynamics supplementing Reimann's geometry with Cartan's geometry compelling space 'not only to bend but also to twist'. Shipov maintained (Shipov, 1993, p. 11). 124

"...naturally the task of solving these problems came to me. I understood that their solution lav bevond the limits of Riemann geometry which serves as the basis both of Einstein's theory of gravity and general relativistic electrodynamics with field equations (0.1)" It is characteristic that the passion for geometrodynamics 'ended in a beautiful theory' (Shipov, 1993), not only by way of providing additional fundamental results but by way of the total separation of fundamental results from the diverse conditions and scale of natural reality. 3. Hence, in accordance with the above the FTG is considered preferable to the GTR more fully complying with the entire process of physics development. It should be emphasized however, that neither GTR nor FTG give any hint of the possibility that objects may exist on the Earth which are capable of greatly distorting its gravitational field. In both theories gravitation remains within the focus of the general revolution of objects in the Universe. As a result, despite all the known facts we are deprived of the opportunity of using accepted theories of gravitation in explaining NLO phenomena and macroscopic quantization. Meanwhile it is clear which qualities the theory of gravitation must meet in order to serve as the foundation of the theory of the inhomogeneous PV. With this goal the theory of gravitation required must include two polarizations: gravitational and spin. Within this context Heaviside's theory of gravitation created 23 years before Einstein's GTR (Heaviside, 1893), evoked considerable interest (Dyatlov 1998). 1.8.4. The 'forgotten' equations of Oliver Heaviside in the MPV model The equations in Heaviside's theory of gravity are formed on the basis of a supposed analogy to the laws of electrodynamics and gravitational dynamics. In statistical conditions the analogy between Culon's law and Newton's law of universal gravitation was known well before Heaviside. However, Heaviside was not aware of polarizations which appeared in Maxwell's equations after Heaviside's publication of his works on the theory of gravitation in 1893. In addition, all Heaviside's followers, Brillouin, Efimenko and Carusta etc. used Heaviside's equations which do not include polarisation (Dyatlov, 1998). Gravitational and spin polarization have been introduced into Heaviside's equations for the first time in the polarised inhomogeneous PV model (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1995, 1998; Dyatlov, 1998). Similarly to Maxwell's equations, they almost completely relate to the physics of the vacuum (tablell).
Table 11

Heaviside's equations in the polarised inhomogeneous PV model

divDG = divBc = rotEG = - ; * dDr rotHc = DG 0GEG PQG a - Mog^C - HoGM0G = 125
,

= -PG; = 0;

= -fa;

= Mo GMG-

Finite functions have been added to the expanded Heaviside equations 0(?) gravitational polarization; M 0G (r,t) - spin polarization; pG - density of mass (intrinsic); JG density of gravitational current; EG,HG - gravitational and spin fields correspondingly; DG, BG - gravitational and spin induction correspondingly. In these equations mass densities pG and gravitational current density JG are included as 'minus', which relates to Newton's law of universal gravitation (following Heaviside's equations), in which masses of the same name are drawn together, as distinct from Culon's law (following Maxwell's equations), in which charges of the same type are repelled. The physical significance of material polarizations PG, MG is unknown. Here, we suppose them to equal zero. Vacuum polarizations P0G, M0G e VDA, i.e. internal VD P0G * 0, M0G 0, and external = 0, M0G = 0. THence, vacuum gravitational and spin polarization, like polarization P0, M0, are indissolubly linked with vacuum domains. These polarisations only emerge in the theory of the inhomogeneous PV. Thus, we find place for the vacuum polarizations of vacuum domains P0, M0 in electrodynamics and PqgMqg in gravitational dynamics. Following the traditions of electrodynamics, it remains essential to determine these four polarizations as functions of the four fields: Z~H,Eg,Hg. We have already broken with commonly accepted theories of gravitation and slightly expanded on electrodynamics. Therefore, there is little hope that the issue of field polarization functions can be resolved within the limits of contemporary physical vacuum theories. It remains only to turn to the facts of NLO studies and their main quality of luminescence in particular. The explanation of this quality will confirm that the proposed approach is well founded. In relevant studies (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1995, 1998; Dyatlov, 1998) vacuum polarizations were defined in the following way:
VDPqg

Po

^Eg;

M0 = HG; Vo

'

Pqg =

\E>

M O G where e t 0, ^ 0 - is internal to the vacuum domain area, ex = 0,/^ = 0 - is external to the vacuum domain area, i.e. VDA - coefficients, on whose value depends whether VD relates to NLO phenomena, in relatively high values or to macroscopic quantization phenomena in relatively small values ev fiv The determination of vacuum polarizations has made it possible to construct the first version of a polarised inhomogeneous PV model in the form of a vector equations system with particular derivatives to the fourth order. These equations could be applied in the form of agreed (closed) systems of equation in various types of problem given the necessary initial and limiting conditions corresponding to the different physical qualities and features of vacuum domains. In all respects these are very similar to numerous habitual electrodynamics exercises. The development of electrodynamics and its impressive applications is linked to the fact that various physics issues have been resolved via mathematical physics. Consequently, from the very beginning the polarised inhomogeneous PV model had access to a powerfully developed mathematical instrument. Initial research into the polarised inhomogeneous PV model (Dmitiev, Dyatlov, Gvozdarev, 2005), showed that given a corresponding selection of coefficient values e^^ 126

many physical qualities of model vacuum domains approximately coincide with the majority of the properties of natural objects NLO. This has offered explanations not only for the quality of luminescence but also for their radiation in a wide spectre of electromagnetic waves. Various divergences would seem to reflect the fact that the nature of NLO phenomena is more complex than was previously supposed. The model developed thus far requires additional specification and further expansion. Nonetheless, the existing model is sufficient to facilitate studies into complex NLO phenomena and macroscopic quantization. In essence, the proposed approach studies the qualities of the modified PV. In the course of this study the means of improving the model and expanding on its scale of application will become clearer, particularly in the field of cosmology. 1.9. The inhomogeneous ether (physical vacuum) - a mathematical-physics model Naturally, the terminology in the material presented bel ow has been modified towards the information field in which the term 'ether' for a number of reasons (mainly historical) is replaced by the term 'physical vacuum'. It should be emphasized that the drama in the development of research into 'the physics of the ether' is increasingly intensifying. 'Fundamental (rather laboratory) physicists' who are administratively supported frustrate the study of etheric materiality are as far as they are able. (Dmitriev, 1999; Dmitriev, Dyatlov, Gvozdarev, 2005). The further exposition of this material is carried out within the parity of'ether - physical vacuum'. The development of the mathematical-physics model of the inhomogeneous physical vacuum follows the long term, fastidious efforts of various natural science researchers. Their research has resulted in the development of a natural multi-parameter model of numerous anomalous natural phenomena. The calculation of the real physical qualities (registered by apparatus) of unusual objects in the geological and geophysical environment has made it possible to formulate the principle of locality in space as its fundamental property. The properties of unusual phenomena have been listed including the specific qualitative characteristics which can be explained by contemporary physics (Dmitriev, 1998). This information was accepted as a phenomenological basis for the construction of a mathematical-physics model explaining the physical nature of unusual phenomena. In interpreting the results of observations first and foremost one's attention is drawn to the fact that the biosensitive point in the Makarevsky anomaly according to magnetic survey data represents a magnetic dipole structure with its axis turned relative to the meridian at an angle of approximately 40 Similar objects have been described during research into a magnetically active point at the Bashadar kurgans (Dmitriev etc., 2004) and accordin" to the results of the 2005 field season on a 'lightening active ndge' In all cases, anomalous local variations in the magneticfield were observed. Similar magnetic structures are characteristic of all energetically active zones where anomalous local vanat.ons in the magnetic field are common. One may conjecture that these magnetic structures stimulate a certain psychological and physiological human condition. During the course of research (Lavrentiev etc., 2004) attempts were made to describe these phenomena within the context of the inhomogeneous physical vacuum model. It is conjectured that in the riven location a localised vacuum domain exists - an area of space filled with modified physical vacuum. When the domain is magnetized a magnetic dipole structure appears. Furthermore, variations in the magnetic field can be produced by movement of the domain or change in its level of modification. A more detailed description of the model is given below.
127

In V.L. Dyatlov's (1995; 1998) mathematical-physical model the physical vacuum is described as a polarised environment. The electromagnetic field is described by Maxwell's equations divD = p ;

(1.1) -n (12) (1.3) (1.4)

rotE=-;

at

divB 0 ; dD rotH = J + ,

where D,E,p,J - are electrical displacement, field intensity, volume density of charge and current density, B,H - are magnetic induction and field intensity and the gravitational field is described using Heaviside's equations: divDG=-pG; r o
t o

(2.1)
;

= - ^

(2.2) (2.3)

divBs = 0 ; rotHs = ~JG + dDG ,

(2.4)

where DG,EG,pG,]G are gravitational displacement, field intensity, volume density of charge and current density, Bs, Hs - are spinal induction and field intensity. The spin field is introduced which represents an analogy of the magnetic field in gravitation. As equations (2.3) and (2.4) demonstrate, the field emerges as a result of the movement of mass (gravitational charge) and changes in the gravitational field with the flow of time (gravitational current of displacement) and displays a vortex quality. The 'minus' sign before the gravitational flow in equation (2.4) is due to the fact that in gravitation like charges attract whereas in electrostatics they are repelled. Furthermore, as equation (2.2) demonstrates change in spin induction leads to the emergence of a vortex gravitational field. Evaluations cited in (Dyatlov, 1998), show that the spin field bears a very slight influence on matter. The effects of its impact were experimentally revealed only very recently (Kyrlov, Sobolev, 1994). The model's key distinctive feature lies in the idea of the inhomogeneous property of space which encompasses the notion of the vacuum domain; areas of space in which the connection between electrical and gravitational polarisation and likewise the link between spin and magnetic polarisation is locally realised (the characteristics of these connections e do not equal zero internal to the domain but assume a zero value external to the domain). This type of vacuum which fills a vacuum domain is widely referred to as modified physical vacuum (MPV). The material equations for the MPV are written in the form of Dyatlov's equations D = EEOE + E-lEG; = WoH + tiiH s ; Dc = e0GEc + ExE ; Bs = MosHs + MiH ; (3 1) (3.2) (4.1) (4.2)

128

where 0 , 0 - are electrical and gravitational vacuum constants, - is dielectric permeability of matter, 0,03 - magnetic and spin vacuum constants, is the magnetic permeability of matter. According to V. L. Dyatlov's analysis (1998), the vacuum domain in the Earth's fields should acquire four polarisations; electrical PEO, magnetic MMO, gravitic PGO and spin MSO: PEO = kle eOGEOG/rjO - k2eeOEO, PGO = fclojO fOEO - k2eeOGEOG, MMO =fcl/iW0S/jj0- 20, MSO = 1]00 - 205, (5.1) (5.2) (5.3) (5.4)

where EO, EOG, HO, HQS - is the intensity of the Earth's electrical, gravitational, magnetic and spin fields accordingly, 10 T)0 = {eOG/eOyi/2 ^ 0*0/^05)1/2 = 1.161 /,1 = /( 1 - 2); 2 = 2/(1 2)1 = /( 1 2);2 = 2/(1 - 2)-non-dimensional quantities, linked with coefficients of magnetic-spin = 1/(00)1/2 and electro-gravitational connection = 1/( 0 0 )1/2 accordingly (physical vacuum modification level). Given small and ae one may consider \ ,2 2 and kle ae,k2e as2. Changes to magnetic, electrical and gravitational fields in the vicinity of a vacuum domain are linked with the presence of these polarisations. In the case of movement of the VD or variations in the magnetic or spin fields change in spin polarisation leads to the release of the impulse moment, which manifests in the rise of strong whirlwinds. Under the influence of variable electromagnetic fields in VD four variable polarisations immediately appear (electrical, magnetic, gravitational and spin), which leads to the convertible transformation of electro-magnetic waves in gravi-spin waves. This gives rise to luminescence in the VD. It is characteristic that all these properties in the model are inherent in an object with zero mass, capable of permeating dense environments and movement irrespective of wind force. Thus, Dyatlov's mathematical-physical model makes it possible on a qualitative level to explain many qualities peculiar to anomalous phenomena: ball lightning, natural luminous structures, tornados - luminescence, the presence of electrical, magnetic and gravitational fields, the appearance of whirlwinds, the ability to permeate through dense environments. 1.10. Ecologically significant 'magnetic bodies' The most powerful effects predicted by the physical-mathematical VD model situated in the Earth's fields is the appearance of the electrical dipole feature under the impact of the Earth's gravitational field and the magnetic feature as a result of the impact of the Earth's spinal and magnetic fields. However, in the Earth's atmosphere the electrical dipole moment is quickly screened on account of air ions, attracted to its poles, and can be detected only given VD motion or variations in the vacuum modification level inside the domain It would appear that such manifestations are linked with the presence of powerful electric fields in anomalous areas and the intense storm activity associated with them. Research (Dmitriev Dyatlov, Gvozdarev, 2004) has shown that in areas where the modification level gradient exceeds value grad aE = " 10 " \ on account of this mechanism appreciable excess concentrations of ions can accumulate, whose capacity for recombination is reduced due to the compensation of ion charge with MPV charge. Consequently, in 129

transition zones VD cold plasma can be preserved which can in turn lead to the screening of radio signals, increase in mist and cloud formations above anomalous areas and biological effects etc. As far as our profile of objectives is concerned it is important to note that the direct detection of the electrical dipole moment of the VD is greatly impeded by its interaction with atmospheric ions. Different circumstances are witnessed in the case of the magnetic aspect. Due to the absence of magnetic charges it cannot be compensated and is relatively easily detectable in the magnetic field it creates. The model shows that in the Earth's fields the vacuum domain must acquire a noticeable magnetization, depending on the vacuum modification level (Dyatlov, 1995; 1998). M = ~ 2 / ~7 / 3(1 2 a^/9) ; (b)

where H0, Hos are homogeneous magnetic and spinal fields external to the ball-VD correspondingly; a^ = HiQj-oPos)~1/2 is the level of vacuum modification (this value demonstrates which portion of the dipole in the vacuum has cross connections). Magnetic field components external to the ball-VD, emerging given the appearance of magnetization in the spherical coordinate system (r, 9', a') with polar axis, facing the direction of polarization , take the form: lu cos '
H

er(M M ) = 2

(7.1)
(72)

l M sin0'

where lM = MMV - is the magnetic moment VD; V -VD Ball volume; MM - vector module A/v;. Magnetic field inside the ball
Hi

1 ~ 1-9 ~ 34o(l -a>/9)Hos-

(8)

With the analogy of Heaviside's gravidynamic equations and Maxwell's electrodynamic equations in mind, formulas for Heaviside's theory can be taken from formulas relating to the theories of electrical and magnetic fields, substituting density of charge and current density with density of gravitational mass and current densities with alternating sign. In this case, the revolving charged ball formula in electrodynamics can be applied to calculate the planet's spin field. Using this approach (Lavrentiev etc., 2004) produced the following formulas for the spin field on the Earth's surface in natural coordinates, relative to the planet's centre (ex direction north, ey east, ez - towards the Earth's centre):

HZ* =

Ma) ( cos a + cos a )

(9.1) (9.2)

k = Bos
=

Mo) 4 ~" ^ c o s 2 a

sin a'

'

(9.3)

130

where a - latitude, r - distance between the centre of mass and field observation point, - angular velocity of the Earth's revolution, M, R - it's mass and radius. Coefficient J/MR2, where J- Earth's inertia moment, takes account of the inhomogeneity of the distribution of density within the planet: K=0A in the case of homogeneous ball, for the Earth =0.3315. As one can see from formula (9), the planet's spin field is axisymmetrical, and therefore has no eastern component. On the equator (given a=0) the field takes a northward direction, and at the pole (=/2) its intensity nullifies; in the northern hemisphere it is directed away from the Earth's surface and in the southern hemisphere towards it. Using correlations (9) and (7)-(8), field distribution was estimated on the horizontal surface in which the distance from VD for Gorny Altai (latitude 50, magnetic declination 7", magnetic inclination 70", magneticfield induction 58.5 mcT). Fig.8 illustrates one such distribution similar to the measurements of the micro geophysical object described above. 2r15

-1

-0.5

0.5

15

The numbers on the isogram show the values of the anomalous field in nT. The distance unit is taken as the VD radius. Top - North. The image demonstrates that a double poled figure of the pole distribution is formed with the axis along the meridian. The field declinations at maximum exceed anomalous field amplitude at minimum. This condition has also been observed in the natural object By comparing the results of the observations and calculations one can estimate the parameters of the VD (micro -geophysical object): vacuum modification level au=5-10"4 diameter approx. 2 m, distance from the plane of measurements to the VD centre - order of the VD radius. This calculation describes the main qualities of the field distribution at the biosensitive point of the Makarevsky anomaly. There is however a significant difference as its dipole axis is turned relative to the meridian which from the point of view of the model serves as evidence of an eastern component of the spin field where in the given calculations its value is zero. It should be noted that the received value for the modification level is relatively large. Estimations of the modification level of the Earth's ionosphere given the effects of satellite revolution in orbit gave the value =4^ 2 ^Th^hnage also shows that the magnitude of the anomaly created by the VD situated at the biosensitive point (BP) is less than the distance to the anomaly s b.olocation centre ( ^ field variations were registered. Moreover, the variation amplitude exceeds the amplitude of the magnetic anomaly. I hanges in .he field occurring due .0 the display of posmve or negahve emo ,ons ,00k place as a result of changes in magnetization of a small field source one wou!d not 131

expect a simple result. The sign of change would have depended on the mutual positions of the magnetometer sensor and the magnetic dipole. One may conjecture that the magnetic dipole with which the BP is connected simply represents a local concentration of MPV within a VD of a much larger size encompassing the entire anomaly. In this case, the psychological influence on the given 'node centre' leads to change in the level of vacuum modification in the large VD. Given the expression of positive emotion, the modification level is raised, the magnetization of the large VD grows and the field within it increases. Given the expression of negative emotion the modification level falls, causing field reduction. We observe that outside the large VD the field change can have an arbitrary sign although a significantly smaller amplitude (relating to the rapid fall of the field outside the VD). Irrespective of the technical research exercise, all those present during geophysical observation exercises at points of influence registered psycho-physiological affects. These affects which evoked symptoms of varying levels of intensity serve as evidence of the interaction that takes place between human beings and the given geophysical object: -drowsiness, followed by 24 hrs or more of sleep; -flash backs of events in the distant past (retrospective activation of consciousness); - seeing clear coloured dots when eyes closed (stimulated perception of inner half-space); - "knowledge" of events taking place far from the area of field study (remotesensing); -high coefficient of cross computation of conceived information between participants within the limits range of the anomaly detected. 1.11. Active Etheric Zones Returning to the general geological-geophysical characteristics of active geoenergetic zones it is noted that these are concentrated in areas of the Earth's abyssal faults, mineral belts, high gradient physical fields and heliosensitive a^eas. It should be emphasized that unusual phenomena in active geoenergetic zones are often attended by cosmic factors, particularly in processes of solar-terrestrial interaction. (Dmitriev, 1998; Trofimov, 1996; Trudy 2005). In deepening the study of the physical characteristics of active geoenergetic zones the application of new physics formulas and hypothesis were required. Above all, it requires the supposition that a polarised physical vacuum with a high level of modification exists in these zones, i.e. intensive etheric activation. We are reminded that 'ether' is the name given to the subtle material substance of the modified physical vacuum that originated far in the past. The polarised physical vacuum model developed by V.L. Dyatlov makes it possible to conduct a quantitative estimation of geophysical field variations within the range of active geoenergetic zones. The presence of luminous structures (Dmitriev, 1998), magnetic and electrical field anomalies, increased radiation and an excess (relative to background) concentration of ions in the Earth's atmosphere diversifies the physical conditions in which vital processes occur. Naturally, the biological role of zones with heightened concentrations of ether (coinciding with active geoenergetic zones) requires immediate research. In this research an important aspect of the problem lies in the detection of the psycho-physical and psychophysiological affects of receiving ether from the external environment. At the present time a range of clearly established facts is available concerning the modification of storm processes in places with a frequently increased background of natural ether concentration. The following conditions are noted: 132

1) In zones with high concentrations of ether the effect of 'storm attraction' is observed, the development of which increases the 'life force' of a given area; 2) Lightening discharge of increasingly diverse kinds represents a source of nitric oxides which fertilize the soil; 3) Significant storm ionisation of the atmosphere (particularly in 'storm reactors' where the discharge is above 300 per minute) strengthens photosynthesis processes. This takes place due to the fact that C0 2 + ions are more easily transmitted to plant users which grow on soil with a negative electrical charge (as early as 1785 botanist Gardini recognized the negative influence on plant growth of screened electrical fields); 4) According to the research of recent years, particularly the work of Guseva (2002), it has been revealed that organic substances in rain drops (diameter up to 10 mkm) synthesize under the influence of electromagnetic radiation from lightening storm discharge. It has also been noted that in the course of the Earth's rapid climate change storm processes which as a rule accompany all catastrophic processes taking place both in the atmosphere and in the earth's crust are increasing and becoming more diverse. Consequently, in the modification of the general scenario of storm processes, according to findings on the role of the modified physical vacuum, one may presuppose the expansion and strengthening of a new ether supply system in the environment of material bodies and processes, i.e. in the biosphere. 1.12. The Biological Role of the Ether A brief overview has been given of the physics issues related to increased ether content in the general context of planetary physical processes taking place in the biosphere. In this section, we emphasize that the presence of the ether in the given volume of space inevitably compels the external fields (playing a part in material processes) to facilitate its polarization. Naturally, variable fields provide a constant supply of energy within the living organism at the expense of energy released at the edges of the etheric domain (a spatial singularity filled with ether). In the given approach it is important at least partially to resolve the problem of interaction between vital processes and the Earth's ethersphere (Dmitriev, 1998). In this regard it is also relevant to establish the role of the plant world as a means of communication with the subtle (etheric) world (Balasanyan, 1990; Gvozdyrev, 2003). Magnetic, spin and gravitational fields take place in the supply of energy to living organisms. Electricity does not enter within the organism despite its electrical satiety which comprises the specifics of the etheric supply of energy. According to (Dmitriev, 2003; Gvozdyrev, 2003), we estimate the power density limit based on the example of magnetic variation: B*<o ( 1 0 - ^ . 0 . 0 1 = 3 10_9 = 0 25.10_9 -7 2 410 This is of course a minor value, but as it would appear, it is particularly tiny values (e.g. magnetic influence [22,34,40,41,43,49,74]) that bear great impact on an organism's governing processes. For the sake of comparison, we show that the gravitational impact of the Moon measures Ag 15 10" 4 / 2 power estimations are characterised by the value dWr 15 10" 5 Bt/M 3 dt which to the order exceeds the energy value of magnetic deposits. Nonetheless, the mechanism of highly sensitive magnetic influence in biological processes remains unclear. 133

Among issues concerning the biological significance of subtle etheric matter, the problem of establishing the physical mechanism providing the etheric information and energetic satiation of the biosphere is particularly significant. The current level of ether physics and the novelty of considering related problems via the field of biology make it possible only to make a number of suppositions. Although mainly indirectly, the following publications support these suppositions on 'the biosphere's etheric fields and their variations' (Gvozdyrev, 2003; Dmitriev, 2003; Dmitriev, Shitov 2001, 2003; Dmitriev, Dyatlov, Gvozdyrev, 2005; Dmitriev, Dyatlov etc., 2004). Low frequency vibrations with a range of sudden peaks were detected reminiscent in their spectrum of electromagnetic vibrations both in the Earth's atmosphere and 30 km below the Earth's surface. In addition, during the course of further research, impulse fields and flashes of radiation were clearly registered which normally accompany earthquakes. Particularly relevant in revealing the influence of the ether on earthly processes is the fact that sound signals have been registered which are detectable only on the Earth's surface. The facts cited are important because according to V,L, Dyatlov's (1998) mathematical-physics model these fields inevitably appear in conditions of zero modification of the physical vacuum: a /J > 0. Taking these facts into account, one may suppose that surface sound signals are generated by 'ether waves'. It is quite possible, that these waves are produced by periodic processes of 'etheric respiration' in the plant world. Despite the fact that their level of recurrence has been little studied, this would explain why they are registered on the Earth's surface only. Naturally, rock strata fails to hinder the movement of gravitational waves. In considering a wider spectrum of processes associated with the possible influence of the modified dipole vacuum (active ether) on the integral condition of living and inert systems the characteristics of active geoenergetic zones and the registered facts and effects noted above should be borne in mind. At the same time reference is made to existing publications on established connections between biological objects and etheric domains. Any organism is a dipole vacuum carrier. Due to the fact that these findings have been little studied (more frequently directly negated) the effects of interaction between the ether and the organism are referred to as anomalies. Likewise and characteristically, 'new' phenomenological connections between the ether and the inert environment in geological-geophysical systems and processes are also referred to as anomalies. 1.13. The descriptive qualities of etheric domains Given the context of etheric matter in aspects of vital manifestation certain principles require clarification. First and foremost, the following conceptual elements are emphasized: - the research theme and the findings offered to the reader concern the conception of the modified physical vacuum, the analytical basis of which is presented as a physics model developed by V.L. Dyatlov (1998); - given that the term 'ether' is more frequently used than 'physical vacuum' in biological studies and research programs it is considered necessary to use the former to mean the essential identity of the terms 'etheric domain' and 'vacuum domain' (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1998); - etheric domain is taken to mean a spatial singularity in the atmosphere which is filled with various concentrations of modified ether. Depending on the domain's concentration level it can be visible or invisible (within the optical range). The size, shape and luminosity of etheric domains all vary which assists in determining the specific function of various types of domain (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, Gvozdyrev 2005; Lavrentiev etc. 2005). 134

We continue by considering observed and registered findings relating to the main qualities of etheric domains beginning with their general physical characteristics (Dmitriev, Dyatlov, 1995; Dmitriev, 1998; Dyatlov, 1998): 1. Etheric domains pass through matter of varying background conditions (solids, liquids, gas). In this respect, Moody's results are indicative as they show that the human etheric domain which represents the main component of the astral (intangible) body is capable of detaching itself from the physical body and permeating through solid barriers. This effect has long since been known outside the realm of contemporary physics. Physicians and psychologists play a leading role in the study and observation of this type of phenomena (phenomena associated with reanimation). 2. A significant feature of the human etheric domain lies in the appearance of electromagnetic properties. Here one may witness clear parallels with the electromagnetic effects of natural luminous structures. Differences lie in size and effect. The field structure of the biological diversity of living objects has long been studied by the popular Kirlian method i .e. the study of an etheric domain in the space of a living material body, a 'consciousness field', carrier in vivo. The etheric domain and the field phantom (existing terminology) which is spatially combined with the physical body cause disturbance in the electrical and magnetic fields. Moreover, in some cases the magnetic impact of the etheric domain contained within the human being reaches hundreds of nano-tcsla even in non-meditative states. It is probable that healing processes are generated by this affect. (Dubrov,2006). As a rule, a human (or animal) etheric domain has a rounded, egg-like shape which is also present in natural luminous objects. NLO have been registered as up to 80% rounded in form. It is also characteristic that disturbances in the individual's field are indicative of the psychological condition. For example, a negative emotional state leads to decreased intensity in the geomagnetic field surrounding the individual, whereas a positive emotional state leads to raised intensity. It is not surprising that all towns (in the central regions of Russia) have for the past 200 years been situated in areas of reduced geomagnetic field intensity, i.e. in negative anomalies, as the ongoing mass practise of human emotional negativity has accumulated in a local geomagnetic affect. Again, in both natural luminous objects most often generated in active geo-energetic zones and the astral bodies of biological objects the emergence of gassy revolving processes is noted (e.g. domestic poltergeists). Weight loss in material bodies has also been observed which manifests in effects of various levitation or weighting phenomena. According to the general model (Dmitriev, Dyatlov 1995), this is inevitable in processes of gravitational polarization. On more than one occasion, the activation of 'anomalous' psychological phenomena was observed in increased solar activity. Moreover, in Gorny Altai the occurrence of luminous objects in the Earth's atmosphere during such periods reaches 3-4 times the norm. Cases of explosion and spontaneous combustion are also encountered (particularly in complex poltergeist processes) and unfortunately display the tendency of becoming more frequent. 1 14 The basis of etheric matter in the field and material diversity of life. The content of the previous sections has been aimed at introducing a new turn in the spiral of conceptual and methodological approaches to the study of Life and Man. The terminological and conceptual expansion of the realm of thought has been comp d by descriptions of new life phenomena and specific (particular and genera) models for etheric matter. The focus has been on 'notification' rather than on 'proo a new approach and school which have arisen within the context of a wide conceptual realm (Dmitriev 1998; Dyatlov 1998). 135

The priority question which must be answered under the title of the current section concerns the structure and life content of space itself. In this sense, the term LIVING SPACE which has been popularly highlighted in the magazines together with the notion of LIVING TIME enables us to take a step forward in research and expand on the existing theoretical-philosophical foundation. Indeed, as a result of growing species diversity the dynamic and geometric characteristics of the Earth's biosphere and its living material content are progressively developing. Considering the notion of living time in its perceivable content (species diversity) one cannot help but wonder whether space itself is 'active' or 'passive' in the phenomena of Life. The promotion and consolidation of the notion of 'Living Space' (Kaznacheev, 1995, 1999) directly answers the question by alleging that space itself as a certain 'mother fare' is both life carrying and life producing. From hereon in the term 'Space' is used to mean a 'Life carrying essence'. It is the living essence of space rather than its possible mathematical (as V.I. Vernadskii put it - speculative) multiformity which serves at the key premise in attempts to unlock 'Life's Mysteries'. Further, applying the principle of the omnipresence and eternal quality of life it becomes possible to study the diversity of life forms (in essence, 'all that is living') synchronously with the vital characteristics of space. It is also clear that any elementary integral life process is bound by and provided with energetic and informational 'signals from the environment'; this in turn represents a signal and energy source, a transmission environment in which energy-information quanta emerge, are absorbed and nourish the micro- and macro-biota. It is no doubt already apparent that the answer to the problem shared by the authors and others lies in 'ETHERIC MATTER' (Blavatskii, 1992, p. 25): 'The ether is the Source and Cause of all Force. Prana is Life force whereas its colleague, the ether, manifests as the collaborator of all Creation. ...The ether is a fiery substance clearly manifest as the most sensitive environment for the imprint of the most diverse spatial forces and energies.' The quote cited above distinctly extends the structural and functional role of the ether to all creation. Moreover, the ether's unique dynamism and energy-information content (Dmitriev, 1994) undoubtedly illustrates both the existence of LIVING TIME and the fact that the combination of the living Essence of Time and Space represents a continuous process of stimulating the inexhaustible diversity of living forms. Returning to contemporary trends in the understanding of etheric matter and likewise the 'return of the ether to science' we refer to Moris Alle and his publication 'Space anisotropy'. This is Alle's last work (as foreign RAS member) in which the encyclopaedist, academic of the French AN and Nobel Prize winner returns the ether to physics by directly confirming the 'existence of the ethersphere on the Earth, the acknowledgement of which has opened a new page in human knowledge. Once again we note that Khoteev wrote of the structure and functional role of the ethersphere in the middle of the 1940's. The assertions of (Atsyukovskii, 2003; Blavatskii, 1992; Vinogradov, Jhivnyuk, 1998; Gvozdyrev, 2004; Dmitriev, 1997, 1998, 1999; Dyatlov 1998; Kozyrev, 1991; Kaznacheev 1995, 1999,2000) should also be noted according to which: - firstly, the ether represents an all-permeating, omnipresent, material, unevenly distributed and multiform substance; - secondly, the ether is a source of field transformation in the subtle component of the natural environment; it both absorbs and serves as a source of the material component of manifest worlds; - thirdly, the ether represents a key property of living space common to all kinds of life form (from the simplest to more complex carriers of high concentrations of consciousness such as mankind); 136

- fourthly, highly concentrated etheric components in the atmosphere modify all the laws inherent in the systems and processes of matter located in the sphere of their influence; - fifthly, a direct link has been established between natural, luminous structures and the field structures of living organisms, i.e. the common features of these structures been clearly established (luminosity and the field properties of living forms); it has also been established that etheric domains, (dipole vacuum domains) (38)) act as carriers and elicitors of hidden 'life force'. It is appropriate to begin this section with a quote from V.P. Kaznacheev in which he focuses on the general function of the etheric component in events linked with evolutionary processes (Kaznacheev, 2002, p. 16): '...the discovery of this synthesis and the fact that autotrophic elements, field processes, holographic soliton and ether dynamics relate to the atomic and molecular structure of living beings likewise gives insight into the human intellect, the nature of mankind and correspondingly, the evolution of the planet, human survival, and the acceleration of positive evolutionary processes'. Etheric domains are a source of diverse creative power and life form. The goal of the current study is to de-pressurize the information fields in the atmosphere created mainly by political and religious structures over many centuries. This is obviously neither the first nor the last attempt of its kind. Nonetheless, we emphasize that the state of life itself and the results being achieved by scientific research at the turn of the century and millennium illustrate the onset of a new turn in the spiral of scientific and educational strategy. Continuing in this direction our search inevitably coincides with the search for scientific breakthrough in the field of medicinal research in its widest sense. Significantly, it is IS1C AR as a bold academic centre that is turning Russia into a world leading scientific figure. Continuing with the objectives of the current study, we concentrate here on the next level of ideas meaning, analysis and phenomenology related to etheric matter. This section's analysis'is focused not only on the presence, energetic force and material productivity of ether content in the atmosphere but also on its qualitative and quantitative manifestation, i e on the peculiar 'variety' of world, subtle material substance. In concordance with developing notions (Kaznacheev V.P, Dmitnev A.N., Mingazov I F 'Problems of cosmo -noosphere futurology'. Novosibirsk, 2005. - p. 292 , and Dmitriev A N Dyatlov V.L., Gvozdarev A. Y. 'Unusual phenomena in nature and the inhomogeneous physical vacuum', 2005.) the universal content of space (X-matter, the inhomogeneous physical vacuum) should be perceived as a form of matter whose existence has been scientifically founded both experimentally and analytically. Contemporary scientific notions such as 'unknown force', 'hidden power' 'dark matter boiling scalar field, 'infinitesimal environment' (which have recently been widely d.scussed m the terminology of nano -environments and nanotechnology) essentially charactense the functional meaning of vacuum (etheric) domains in its diverse manifestations.

Of

life on Earth we touch on processes and

phenomena e q L in s c a t h e

the chosen approach

The terms used include: body (material

individual or 'flesh'); (an etheric o e ^ (subtle material substance, connecting link between tne sou! anu component of individual consciousness). 137

1.16 Etheric matter and cosmo-noosphere trends In contemporary literature the question of evolution or the future fate of humanity on the Earth is leading deeper and deeper into issues of ecological dynamics, gene dynamics and cyclical processes. Cyclical, macrocosmic wave diversity is shown to represent a part of the dynamic of the Universe, planetary, living matter and ultimately, the dynamic of human development. The dynamic inherent in civilisation is also wavelike with periods in which development either slows or accelerates. New contemporary research is discovering new qualities to the entirety of inert and living matter in the Universe. V.I. Vernadskii's ideas on autotrophy have been mentioned earlier, however, it should be emphasized that in twentieth century natural science, the most significant idea on the future evolution of the planet as a cosmo-physical phenomenon lies in the notion of the biosphere's transition with all its geological evolutionary processes into an autotrophic Cosmicstructure.Itisconjecturedthatatthepresenttimeworld, human population andreason will become a new cosmo-physical force transforming survival capacity; makingman acoparticipant in living cosmic space and continuing the exploration of inner and outer space. Today we stand at the very initial stages of this process. However, if we are to concentrate our attention purely on the development of the bipolar, geopolitical world however much we place our hopes in the dynamic of cyclical genetic processes the allocation of resources and associated pressures will one way or another lead to the destruction of the planet and the downfall of mankind. The biosphere will return to the primitive forms of a new evolutionary phase of which the Mayan, Egyptian and Near Eastern cultures provide sufficient evidence. If contemporary civilisation continues to exist according to the laws of economics and ownership then power will more and more take the form of various types of organisation which will entrap the globe in a web in which nations and ethnic groups will become small parts of a super ethnic and super state planetary network. This new governing power would be capable of slowing the course of world evolution to the extent of social and historical apocalypse which could take the form of conflict with living matter, gradual extinction of the vital conditions essential to the biosphere or social-religious war and revolution. Without doubt, human intellect and reason represents a cosmo-physical phenomenon in which human society originally took a primitive form becoming more complex. This process of evolution led to the formation of various kinds of civilisation. We consider V.I. Vernadskii's ideas on autotrophy from the point of view of technospheric aggression which is becoming more and more prevalent and increasingly contradictory to planetary, social, political and geopolitical government. In the light of the demographic crisis being experienced in Russia it should be emphasized that population density, the preservation and growth of reproductive function and the profound biological and epigenetic-genetic qualities of the intellect are considered paramount. The demographic catastrophe appears to be symptomatic of something that is occurring in Russia with its Slavic and diverse ethnic groups, specific cultures and spiritual beliefs. The phenomenon in question is considered cosmoplanetary in nature with the most important signs to be found in reproductive potential, physical and psychological health. These areas reflect problems which uncover the positive and negative features of Vernadskii's conception of autrophy. Human reason is formed in such a way that first clan and then inter-clan alliance is provided with new sources of energy for the purposes of movement, warmth and technical 138

construction. On discovering these sources in inert matter the intellect begins to elicit energy and material resources in order to increase the survival rate of the human community. This means that a certain negentropic process of concentrating energy and information takes place and given the growth of information sustainability levels also increase. This increase however, can only be temporary since the concentration of towns and transport systems in inhabitable zones, recreation zones etc, occurs on account of the gradual extraction of essential material from inert matter. Today this extraction is taking place in large quantities of the resources inherent in the planet's layer of deposits. Today, by increasing a certain order of negentropic survival, human reason has essentially become a parasite on the body of the Earth consuming more and more material and energetic sources accumulated in the past. It is widely accepted that the quantity of carbonic hydrogen and a whole range of other vital factors such as air, water and biological sources will be decreased and possibly become exhausted. Both autotrophy and heterogeneity are qualities inherent in living matter. Autotrophs synthesize essential vital organic matter from inorganic matter by means of light (solar energy). As a result the organic mass of the biosphere's vegetation and certain autotrophic bacteria increase due to the sun and the use of energy accumulated in natural mineral compounds. Autotrophy creates the conditions for the emergence of a category of living organism referred to as heterotroph. Heterotrophs are mammals and more primitive animals which are unable to assimilate solar energy but find their nourishment in ready, organic matter. Heterotrophs include herbivores, predators and hybrids and the pyramid includes numerous types of living matter from bacteria, protosoids and fungi to the human being. Man represents a classical heterotroph using vegetative and animal material for its survival. Gradually however, human reason is enabling man to begin using inert matter more and more deeply. The use of inert matter outside the context of the plant world for example, in nuclear sources makes man a specific participator in autotrophic processes taking place in cosmic space. Extensive literature shows that in protein-nuclein cellular organisms a second type of autotrophy exists in which the cell can use accumulated energy stores of carbon, protein and vitamins etc in green and organic living organisms and deposits in the biosphere. The protein-cellular organisms can also assimilate certain kinds of cosmo-physical radiation; it is likely that these are components of the heterogenic vacuum and that the cellular mechanism can only be formed with the participation of vacuum currents and oxidative processes (also known as heterotrophic processes). Hence at the same time the cover of the biosphere contains heterotrophic purely oxidative processes, autotrophic processes facilitated by solar radiation and autotrophy of the second type facilitated by the little known assimilation of cosmophys.cal energetic currents which in contemporary physics are referred to as spin-torsion currents. The development of human reason represents a new stage of autotrophy consisting in the fact that due to the human intellectual understanding of natural qualities and properties man has begun using resources linked with energetic sources of a different kind. Rather than an intercellular autotroph of the second kind (mentioned above) in which autotrophy is characteristic of eveiy cell man is becoming a social organism evolving on account of all known biogenetic processes, social organisations, culture, spirituality and state mechanisms eto When Vernadskii made reference to autotrophy (as early as at the beginning of the previous century) and the necessity of synthesising nourishing matter he was no doub referring to the existence of the second kind of autotrophy which exists in e v e ^ cell whereby the planet's energy and mineral sources are exploited by human reason. These are 139

sources which do not exist in the green cover, are essentially absent in other animal stages of the biosphere in biotopes, all complex life forms and the biosphere cover as a whole. One may draw the conclusion that an organism has appeared on the Earth which has begun extracting the planet's reserves in the form of energy, producing metals and synthetic organic polymers etc all of which are used in engines, mechanisms and electrical sources. This is indeed an autotrophic phenomenon. However, human behaviour goes beyond new forms of autotrophy. Man is exploiting the vegetative, animal and water kingdoms as instruments for meeting selfish needs. In reality man has begun reconstructing the biosphere and creating artificial biosphere complexes in the form of crops, gardens, farms etc which are also used as pure instruments. The transformation of biosphere complexes into instruments of human exploitation represents a subsequent of perhaps parallel stage to human autotrophy. Today, human civilisation represents a new cosmophysical organism which in exploiting all possible resources is regulating the negentropic component but, at the same time, totally depleting the Earth's resources. Moreover, pollution from worked materials, domestic, industrial, transport and military waste is degrading the surface of the biosphere particularly in regions where waste is discharged into water sources or soil basins. On account of a certain temporary autotrophy whole biosphere complexes are disappearing and at the same time knowledge is also being acquired with the aim of further exploiting the biosphere, controlling climatic and hydraulic conditions linked with the presence of mineral resources. Pollution, deformation, the emergence of infections and social conflict are all developing at such a pace that knowledge which was once considered fundamental fails to meet the demands of contemporary issues. Returning to the beginning of this section it is repeated that human survival, evolution and health represent cosmic processes. Within these cosmophysical processes, contradictions are arising both in biosphere complexes (where man displays a third kind of autotrophy exploiting biosphere, energy and material complexes), and in the form of highly complex bacterial and viral processes linked with the possible'involution and destruction of the Noosphere-genesis. Finally, we are witnessing the development of contradiction between human activity and cosmophysical space, the heterogenic or organised vacuum. This means that the more man becomes dependent on cosmic and cosmophysical processes the greater the state of conflict with an unknown ecological and cosmophysical space. Therefore, the problem arises as to how second type cellular autotrophy and human intellect as a kind of large hologram field fractal will respond in the given conditions; whether our sensitivity will become displaced and whether the Kandinsky-Clerambo syndrome is an expression of this contradiction. The 21st century offers new potential to solve the problem of human autotrophy and represents a new phase in planetary evolution. 'Cosmo-noosphere' issues are issues related to this new evolutionary stage. Humanity will either experience technocratic, necrospheric coevolution and encounter catastrophe or it will follow the laws of autotrophy formulated in Russian cosmogony. Unfortunately however, under the influence of dominating dogmatic physics theories and purely socioeconomic arrangements, the laws of autotrophy are being brushed to one side consequently provoking predictions of the necrospheric outcome of planetary evolution. With the appearance of reason, when a field rather than a contact or conduction computer emerged in the neurons, human beings in their cosmic origin possessed the ability of unified intellect. They felt and saw each other via the field fractals which exist in every individual brain but the fractals functioned in the common vacuum etheric space. 140

The division of clan structure, signs of adaptation to a different type of ecology and individual survival instinct began to distance people from one another. The components of exchange, wealth and ownership hinder the formation of telepathic connection and gradually in the process of evolution this progressive, cosmophysical phenomenon is becoming more and more inhibited. Subsequently, the semantic field, language, different types of image and many other information carrying engrams appear (a whole range of elements has been preserved from the past which can be inculcated in the subconscious). Time will tell whether or not man will continue to hinder this etheric space in which our intellect can be joined with relatives, with close ones and with other forms of intimate interaction; even on a social level (for example group behaviour at a stadium or during times of war). Published individual recollections of clinical death would appear to represent some kind of isotopic phenomenon; an attempt to return to a more positive stage of evolution; to develop information field, intellectual and energetic links with others. It is possible that these experiences encompass a little known mechanism for which leaving the body is simply an allegory. In corresponding human conditions the brain structure can attune to ether-torsion fields and in them find targets and connections with a different partner or partners situated at a distance. Therefore, studies into remote vision and the authors' studies into transpersonal psychology and telepathic effects show that the shift of every individual with their own unique characteristics into etheric-torsion space is accelerating (the physical carriers of this information field process are still not evident). Studies into television show that the 'world web' hinders information field and energetic connections. It has also been shown either to stimulate positive interaction between cells, psychosomatic processes and homeostasis within the organism and a positive attitude to external living and inert objects or to infect with a new dangerous type of pathology. Continuing on the theme of autotrophy it is possible that the Slavic groups and wider ethnic population of contemporary Russia are witnessing a time in which increasingly effective information-field structures enabling remote forms of interaction are being formed. The acknowledgment of this process requires the creation of corresponding paradigms and a new approach to scientific and technical progress. In certain areas of Russia it is also possible that the demographic crisis which reflects a particular stage in planetary evolution actually indicates a new page in the cosmic life of the human intellect with the potential to solve the problems of autotrophy not only in planetary but in universal space. This represents anew stagein the development of Russian cosmogony and an extremely important motivator in the cosmic and intellectual life of present and future generations. The task of contemporary cosmogony lies in continuing research into the evolutionary transformation of living matter in the Cosmos, its inert elements, corresponding processes and dynamic. It would appear that the principle of interaction is hidden in manifestations of the universe's parallel worlds located on the Earth's surface. It is possible that these parallel worlds exist inside us and in living matter which reflects the connection and dialectical unity of the physical and parallel worlds. Today continuing the tradition of Russian cosmism, K.E. Tsiolkovski's ideas on panpsychism and V.I. Vernadski's ideas on bio-geochemistry play an important role. It is important to distinguish the natural phenomena of living and inert matter and their mutual interaction; to further extend the knowledge of parallel worlds as a cosmophysical phenomenon where a new language and new dimensions are emerging and where the constants of time and space can either be present or disappear. 141

Diverse kinds of research into the interaction of living and inert matter at the level of spin-torsion processes, transpersonal ties and imprinting provide factual material which will subsequently be moulded into a new concept; a concept of cosmogonic parallel worlds whose movement and interaction makes up a new scientific picture of the world and corresponding paradigm. Man is a subject who in studying objects in the external world becomes an object. When man studies himself supplementing the process with special measurements and technologies the subject of human reason merges with the object of study. This is the stage at which the development Russian cosmogony currently stands. This represents strategy. The decisive principle of 21st century cosmogony is human autotrophy; autotrophy as a principle of planetary evolution in the cosmophysical world; the preservation and development of living matter, humanity and the intellect in the third millennium. Experiments carried out at IRICAR and many other foreign centres show that the intellectual assimilation of the laws of the cosmophysical world can serve as a resource for new adaptive programmes aimed at self-organisation in the flow of ascending evolution. This stage of evolution will have to take place in a complex environment filled with bacterial-viral, prion contrasts and contrasts in nuclear material itself due to apoptosa mechanisms etc. In answer to the question of how the next stage of evolution should take place, it is the authors' view that it is only interaction with the cosmophysical, with 'parallel worlds' that can serve as the demiurge to extend and change our molecular, atomic construction in order for man to be able to exist in such an environment. The movement towards autotrophy represents the gradual interaction of proteinnuclein life on Earth with the living cosmophysical world which in interaction with molecular structures will bring about ascending evolution of mankind and the biosphere. The purpose of conducting research into human autotrophy is to confirm the current inadequacy of macro-molecular information-genetic programs and to study their interaction with spin-torsion etheric currents and little known cosmophysical energies. In reality, the intellect of generations has so quickly changed the face of the Earth that the nuclein-protein program in newborns is already found to be lacking in its capacity to fully correspond. The phenomenon which are being discovered today in imprinting are tiny manifestations of a more complex and constant principle of interaction between the field forms of the living Cosmos with protein-nuclein structures. This type of interaction takes place to enrich the adaptive-information pool and in effect, to stimulate change in the human intellect. The intellect and human living matter evolve and develop on account of thi s type of i nteracti on. It would also appear that it is worth taking more careful account of the experience of cosmonauts who have journeyed into inner orbits and may have made interesting observations. It would also be expedient to take a closer look at the empirical experience of out of body experiences (Monro) and acknowledge the main ideas they contain. If the brain represents a kind of instrument capable of attuning to the wave composition of the organised ether, then by entering into etheric processes, one can fly, see the past, present and future which is all then concentrated back in individual thought processes i.e. the brain is a huge device which can enter the world of eth eric-torsi on where there is no Minkowski time. It can work, exist in and interact with this world and return to the field of evolving etheric-torsion holograms. This means that leaving the body and 'life after life' are simply names given to fundamental qualities of the brain which capable of entering living, cosmic etheric-torsion structures and remaining there. 142

Therefore, death, leaving and entering the world etc, have acquired quite different interpretations in the 21st century. Preventative and medicinal hypotheses will have to change accordingly and we are certain that in creating a new 'aurovile' we are discovering the path of future evolution. The future of Russia is human capital; Noosphere democracy. One might ask how this future can be created and whether our own efforts will be suffice. In analysing the condition of the globe and the reproductive, biological, medicinal, sanitary and hygienic condition of the population inhabiting the Earth the authors are forced to consider the possibility of a descending phase in evolution in contrast to former interpretations of ascending evolutionary trends. Ifmodificationoccursinthecosmicinteraction between theetherandmacromolecular programs which exist in the genetic core of cells and if as a result the nature of interaction with etheric-torsion fields is changed then the application of pre-prepared chemical programs appears impossible. Features of the mechanism of apoptosis require re-evaluation as it would seem that apoptosis is simply a link, wherein the cellular field construction matures and the given cell by freeing up space, creates the stimulus for regeneration, multiplication and the growth of new or L-cells. Given the potential of tissue for regeneration and using spin-torsion generator devices set to specific frequencies, it would be possible to choose corresponding areas on the Earth where etheric-torsion processes are carried out differently and where the negative or positive properties of hormesis could be strengthened or hindered. These regeneration processes and certain places on the planet which are characterised by longevity, human regenerative-plastic sustainability, neuronal functions for realising talent etc., are linked with the main law of time of which Kozyrev and Arguelles speak. The problems of hormesis and evolution which are resolved in apoptotic processes are a priority subject for the 21st century. Areas on the Earth's surface can be established where the qualities of hormesis, aptosis and their positive and negative impact could be researched. Finally, this would provide the opportunity of applying spin-torsion generators in corresponding areas with the goal of directing these processes. Researchers at IRICAR have proposed the architecture and equipment for a special pavilion of human health reserves widely acknowledged at the International exhibition in Seville (Spain, 1992). Research should also focus on the exact testing of human intellect which will undoubtedly change reflecting various features and qualities. One can expect new discoveries in this area. Jose Arguelles emphasizes that the shift to the 13-moon phase calendar may be an essential principle in avoiding catastrophe and reviving telepathic forms of interaction either individually or in groups. The planet faces a new objective now for the laws of physics cannot explain the cosmophysical, planetary, evolutionary trend or the construct of time and space. It is the task of the 21" century to resolve these
1SSU6S

The cosmos is living space and the cosmophysical properties of the planet and the biosphere represent just one aspect of the cosmophysical properties of liv.ng matter. The theme of cosmogony can no longer be excluded from the study of liv.ng matter L d today is actively developing. The results of research carried out by the International I n s t i t l for cos m i c y and anthropological ecology into transpersonal ties demonstrate t a he fields of living matter should be taken to be a primaiy property of cosmophysical scale wLreas^the molecular p r o t e i n - n u c l e i n essence represents a form resulting from cosmic
fi6ld

Tn the light of the above, the planet Earth represents a 'product' of cosmophysical,

planetary, evolutionary processes in the living Cosmos. 143

Here we touch on certain contemporary natural science principles. One of the postulates based on the research of F. Redi (XVII century) confirms the principle of 'life from life'. Today, the principle takes the form o f ' e g g from egg' or 'cell from cell' in which the appearance of any cell or any egg is linked with pre-existing, parent structures. Only living organisms or cells can generate the next organism, cell or egg. However, given that the 'field program' significantly differs from the protein-nuclein, genetic program Redi's principle requires new research and definition. It is possible, that a current of field forms exists between 'egg and egg', 'cell and cell' 'life and life', i.e. 'generation and generation'. It would appear that Redi's principle corresponding only to the morphostructural evolution of the protein-nuclein form of living matter must be significantly supplemented which means significantly changing the evaluation of our practise and especially the practise of future life. The contemporary development of animal and human evolutionary concepts and concepts pertaining to the penetration, origin and emergence of life on Earth considerably limit practise in the area of human preservation, ecology, ageing, illness, preventative medicine and healing. Clearly, existing concepts of the protein-nuclein nature of living matter, cell relations and homeostasis with all its subtle biochemical and biophysical mechanisms are developing with more success. Despite this fact, more and more members of contemporary generations are affected by chronic, pathological processes which are developing into an epidemic of chronic fatigue and a depopulation threat. Clearly, there is a search for a new vision of the nature of living matter, its evolution and governing principles which could be considerably widened. This search has stimulated new experimental, practical clinical-therapeutic, preventative and sanitary-ecological systems and conduct. The increase in chronic processes linked with bacterial-viral, protozoal and fungal conflicts (endo-ecological epidemics), threshold and non-threshold ecology, endoecology, changes in the life motivation dominant, reproductive potential and psychic stress in their entirety change the evolutionary course of generational succession. Whilst we know that the pace of evolution is increasing, one cannot yet say with certainty in which direction evolution is headed. It could be moving in the direction of the progressive, improved succession of generations and biosphere complexes. On the other hand, as evolution moves according to non-uniform processes irrespective of human will (scientific, cultural, political or economic) we could face the destruction of nature and man, changes in intellectual capacity, reproductive potential, and human psychic, biological, physiological and physical health. The 21st century definitely faces the problem of survival. Based on research carried out through the International Institute of Cosmic, Anthropological Ecology and material accumulated over the past few decades by the Institute for Clinical and Experimental Medicine SB RAMS (MICA journals), one may surmise that unknown processes of succession and regulation and the reform of flow and waves exist in the realm of genetic evolution which are not as closely tied to known chemical constructs of macromolecular DNA packaging and its geometry as might have been supposed. Genetic constructs are simply first echelon 'computers' and conductors of other negentropic cosmic energy currents. Neither are they tied to their biophysical components which try to bind genetic material (research into the field genome, so-called bio-photons, bioplasm etc.). The authors' conjecture that the perception of cosmophysical agents, and multitudinous (not only electromagnetic) currents is realised through etherictorsion, spin and possibly even other undefined currents. Their perception is linked with other substances and processes more characteristic of Kozyrev's principles of space in which energy and time go beyond Minkowski's notions of space. 144

And so, an unknown program of nomogenetic generational succession exists which according to present suppositions is bound not to the nature of protein-nuclein but to spin-torsion fields. It would appear that all macromolecular geometry, cell, tissue and brain neuron construction, and protein-nuclein forms of living matter are simply a dynamic 'construction' for realising etheric-torsion currents from Kozyrev's space. It may be that science has not yet revealed the physical essence of the living and intelligent space of the Cosmos and is just verging on some understanding of it. We refer to these programs as 1 programs, nomogenetic programs and evolutionaryphilogenic sowing programs. The notion of 'sowing' distinguishes the super-genetic etheric-torsion currents of living matter in the biochemical geometry of organisms and their evolution. Hence, in contrast to normal genetic programs sowing programs in philo-ontogenesi s materialise human condition and behaviour through genetic structures which can be referred to as 2 programs. These are second level programs which realise tactical reactions and behaviour (stress, fatigue, pathological processes etc.). Sowing programs have a deeper evolutionary horizon encompassing evolutionary and survival strategy. These are linked with evolutionary field currents of living matter and correspond to protein-nuclein matter. However, it is not only genetic macromolecular constructions which serve as 'receivers' of cosmophysical living space but the integral, holistic condition of the organism and the whole biota which we are only just beginning to understand. In its historical aspect, the health of a nation, ethnos (identity) is a very particular process. In the light of the sowing program, one may suppose that Redy's principle concerns a particular phenomena and the 'cell from cell' or 'egg from egg' principle only expresses a specific particular phenomena in the onto-philogenesis of living space and its evolution. Along with humoral transporters (blood, lymph and synapsis), an apoptotic perineural information network functions in the human organism. In these processes the cell (neuron) experiences a particular apoptotic mechanism of a permanent wave character: the cell brings a part of its structure into the perineural space and provides an information current (potential). Apoptosis, hormesis are information arrangement mechanisms and real qualities of the evolutionary process which would appear not only to manifest specific stages or phases of ontogenesis (the nervous system's information-trophic function), but also to accumulate and realize in ontogenesis the level of sowing program 1, which defines and governs the information field current of ascending evolution (negentropy). The more quickly evolution takes place the greater the change in the ecological environment New forms of fatigue (syndromes) appear and the current population changes more quickly and the condition of human health moves into a new phase. Whereas previously, it was characterised by the prevalence of 2 programs (the genet, protein-nuclein ontogenesis mechanism), with the sowing program ( 1) remaining firmly shielded guaranteeing ethnogenetic waves, then today, the upper layer of he sowing information program is destroyed and we observe murmurs and destruction of the
U

^ S S e s the increase in mental illness deviant behaviour and many chronic processes linked with the change in epigenetic mechanisms (processes) of cosmophysical imprinting. Redy's principle would be appropriately supplemented with a secon^principle concerning nomogenetic programs, nomogenesis, and sowing programs L X c h cosmophysical currents are made manifest in the organism's inner sphere (ce Is neurons tissues).^The birth and function of new cell populations are considerably hm.ted by the sowing program. 145

Evidently, today the evaluation of short-term and permanent memory, intellect, consciousness, the sub-consciousness of acute and chronic pathological processes, disturbances in reproductive potential and the impeded vital, maternal instinct (demographic impedance) require new types of research into the interactions between the two types of evolutionary program mentioned above. One of their currents is the nomogenetic sowing program, a field program which interacts with the protein-nuclein gene apparatus of the cell nucleus which determines cell reproduction. Over the period of a life span the human organism produces 1025, even 1026 cells with a mass of approximately 12 t. All these cells are produced by apoptotic mechanism. Their information current fertilizes the subsequent generation with only a small quantity of cells being eliminated or disappearing in the form of pathological necroses. Cell interaction is dislocated by viruses (virogene) and the endobiosphere conflict is being exacerbated. Whereas the co-evolution process between man and the world of the biosphere has been clearly described (Moiseev), another process of microevolution is becoming more and more evident in the human organism. Bacterial-viral, protozoal-fungal symbiosis is forming in the integral, inseparable realm of the endobiosphere (in essence, 'an endobiosphere organism'). For such an 'organism' the human body represents the 'cosmos'. This type of organism does not represent a separate version of micro flora as was thought previously. It co-evolves with the human organism and its vital cycle from the embryonic stage to death. Exacerbation of the conflict associated with co-evolution generates a new phenomenon referred to as endobiosphere epidemics in the human body. Their prevention and healing represents a new problem (disymbiosis). Evidently, to a large extent, the growth of chronic (at times fatal) illness results from a lack of understanding of the novelty and complexity of the mechanism involved in en do-ecological conflict. Unfortunately, in therapeutics concerning nosological chronic illnesses the principle of actualism prevails, and the worldview of evolutionism is being more and more squeezed out of medicinal science and conduct. The issue concerns endo-biospheric epidemics (viruses, bacteria, nano-bacteria, elemental, fungi) and their severe consequences such as generational intellectual disturbances. If in the future, the use of computer and other technologies linked with genetic engineering and surgery increases, then mankind will gradually be removed from the sowing program slowly turning into robots, substituting feelings, decisions and programs with computer and mechanical systems which take no account of the sowing program. In turn, evolution will become more and more embedded in the virtual world. The more we move into the virtual world in the hope of abundance and happiness the more we lose the sowing program given to us by nature and deprive ourselves of the potential of cosmoplanetary programs. In the future, humanity can expect to see a hyper-technical, robot-technical structure in which the mutual connection with the Cosmos and living cosmic space will be lost, leaving man in a kind of cosmic isolation. The discovery of the sowing program offers a path to Noosphere democracy and autotrophy. These programs could be considered the most significant of the century. They offer new opportunities for understanding and for the prevention of irreversible loss to the civilisation of Russia and the world. We return on a new level to the ideas of V.I. Vernadski and K.E. Tsiolkovski in Russian cosmism. It is no coincidence that Russia launched its pioneer into space. It is here that one should search for 21st century integrated studies of human nature and new opportunities for natural science in the study of living matter and the planet. Here the view is expressed that the spin-torsion holographic fields which are combined in every marker and every neuron with protein-nuclein structures, have for unknown reasons taken a sudden new evolutionary step. Soliton-holographic formations of millions of brain neurons in the pre-human have become enclosed in a single 'hologram' 146

of field intellect, a field form. Whereas the brain of an animal can be compared largely to a conductor type computer the human brain is a field computer, a cosmoplanetary phenomenon of planetary evolution. Human intellect appeared infield form and previously known genetic survival and adaptation programs still preserve the memory of the biological species and biological species evolution. The authors agree with the ideas of J. Bernar, V.F. Kuprevich, N.F. Fedorova, P.G. Kuznetsov and others in which the intellect is thought by its very nature to be unconfined by the limits of life or mortality. A growing 'anti-herd' conflict has arisen in human evolution. On the one hand, these are programs of established genetic adaptive and reproductive behaviour and adaptation in various climatic and geographical conditions. For the sake of maintaining the species (differentia specifica) former generations are filtered out of life, grow old and die. The philogenesis program of species preservation not only dominates but its influence is accelerating. The intellect has emerged as a new form of matter and a new arrangement of the field form of living matter symbolising the historical epoch of living matter on the planet, the epoch of the future construction of the Noosphere and human autotrophy. Human autotrophy equates as planetary autotrophy and represents a cosmic phenomenon. It may be that there is potential for the sowing program in the arrangement of human survival as a cosmoplanetary evolutionary process. The human life span will increase possibly to even more than the 120 years cited in contemporary literature. It is essential that man return to the human life span of 200 - 300 years indicated in mythology and biblical legend. Unless this happens humanity may not survive. The current authors agree with the idea that the intellect (emotionality) represents a certain type of space and propose that this is Kozyrev's energy-time. Therefore, it is the authors' view that research into sowing mechanisms in relationship to technical capacity must be developed. With the aim of species survival, by heightening sowing mechanisms it is already possible to prolong the intellectual, creative and emotional process of individual life and to postpone or impede genetic so-called 'onboard' adaptation systems, established over millions of years and individual ageing. In a range of centres and the laboratories of the International institute for cosmic anthropological ecology (IICA) the program 'HELIOS', Kozyrev's mirrors, hypermagnetic chambers, spin-torsion generators etc are equipped and effectively applied in preventative medicine, healing and gerontological practise. Sowing programs reflect a new evolutionary leap forward in the manifestation of the intellect. They strongly contradict known genetic programs for the contemporaiy human life span in which the species is preserved based on reproductive activity of offspring and their offspring. Survival and adaptation strengthens the differential specific - the average human life span. We are witnessing a new period of evolution in which the interaction between generations and ecological, social and spiritual principles are placing their weight on the central (axiological) sowing program, whereas 'onboard' system genetic programs a e becoming no more than carriers (performers) of new ph.logenetic mechamsms. This represents a new level in Russian cosmism in which the cosmic program for the evolution of livin s being determined and made manifest in field structures of the intellect, n c! "l a on of individuals. Professor N.I. Kobozev claimed that processes exist w l h T r i k ngly preserve the negentropic component such as memory, over many decades Hencef the significance of the genome as the main mformation substrata of human evolution should not ^^pot<sntial ^^"^human suwival and human autotrophy is It would appear that the poteni Q le o n , (spiritual) a g e i n g can

147

be excluded whereas biological ageing according to 'onboard' genetic systems can be corrected with the help of sowing technologies. Hence, Russian cosmism reflects leading thinking on the evolution of cosmic living matter and one can expect new achievements and discoveries in this field given the support of Russian culture and scientific research. However, in conclusion we emphasize that the hypothesis (or paradigm) of the Universal world in the Cosmos and of the planet Earth as worlds of inert matter with their own specific physical and astrophysical laws would only seem to be convincingly supported by the measurements and calculations of contemporary natural science and the science of inert matter and the so-called material world. This however represents a 20th century hypothesis in which the problem of survival, 'the mystery of the sphinx' (of how man, the intellect, civilization and the Earth's population should behave in the 21st century) remains as before, far from being solved. A different hypothesis rests in the idea that the Cosmos, the Universe and the planet is in its essence all living space and living processes; a living, natural world phenomena. Just as no proof or scientific substantiation exists to support the first hypothesis neither should the second hypothesis of living matter as a natural, universal phenomenon be understood to be totally proven. These two hypotheses run constantly through publications and naturalist discussion. Hence, the problems of cosmo-noosphere preventative measures are not exclusively anthropogenic, relating only to the fate of humanity. In essence it is a particular phenomena of cosmic proportions. The future of humanity looks increasingly to be marked by defect and historical inertia which is why the human gene code is so actively researched and such a relevant contemporary issue. Nonetheless, it represents a passing phenomenon. The idea has been expressed earlier that a different 'genetic code' exists in the field structure of living matter which is not arranged in or tightly bound to molecular-protein and nuclein genetic code structures which are contained in the nuclear structures of cells. , Sowing represents a cosmic evolution program. It moves in a wave-like fashion apparently absorbing the waves of between 15-20 generations. Similar waves have been demonstrated in the work of L.N. Gumilev in the motion of ethnogenesis, passionarity and the balance and withering of the pessimal phase. Sowing waves interact with genetic processes but genetic processes with pessimal or optimal vectors are secondary. The entire world with its geopolitical division, and Russia with its diverse ethnicity (with its centre in the Slavic ethnos) is governed by sowing waves. To all appearances, the waves of the age of renewal, enlightenment, religious unity and faith which are interlaced with culture, lifestyle, family styles and continuation of the species all genuinely reflect the sowing waves which exist in the world. Sowing waves can have a negative charge. In this case, life span begins to shorten; there is an increase in antagonism, intolerance, conflict, nationalism, religious fundamentalism and finally, economic, market fundamentalism. The solution to the riddle of life and pursuit of the near, yet hedonic future is sought in the immediate spheres of politics, economics, culture, society medicine, popular movements and discoveries, extravagance, distortion (deviation) of cultures, religious sects and various fashion trends. Unless sowing programs can be directed in a positive sense we will fail to understand that their positive development could represent human intellectual, spiritual and physical immortality contradicting the cellular-material death of the body. If the ideas of sowing are accepted throughout the generations then genetic foundations and protein-nuclein processes will be marginalised and the perception of self, the world and associated motivations will 148

all change being subjugated to this current. This would represent the threshold of the new unification and integration of science, culture, spirituality and humanism. This process is what is understood by the cosmic evolution of mankind and the planet. I V. Davydovski claimed that large accumulations of waste and bacteria can give rise to sudden processes of mutation and that those epidemics which are today interpreted as contamination in which the infection is transmitted from the external environment can actually originate in the endo-biosphere. K.A. Chernoshekov (Tomsk) and a range of studies conducted in Moscow and Novosibirsk indicate that change in geophysical circumstances induced by solar flashes and magnetic storms is enough to cause saprophytic, non-pathogenic bacteria to transform into pathogenic cultures within 20-30 minutes. The above confirms the fact that in the 21sl century we find ourselves at a new stage of human evolution in which human interaction with the endobiosphere and the exobiosphere, (i.e. the biosphere environment mentioned by Vernadski and others and of which Chikevski warned) is developing extensively. In Russia and Siberia, the beginning of the 21st century is marked by the growing problem of the interaction of information fields between man (as a specific environment) and the biospheric or inert, technospheric and socially related processes taking place in the world around us. Furthermore, we are unintentionally moving into an age of new social eugenics, the destruction of bio-social selection and the emergence of biologically, psychologically, and genetically (epigenic and cosmophysical) weakened individuals. America and the countries of Europe have been able to improve matters due to the fact that up to 25-27 thousand dollars is allocated per person per year and the real average family income is between ten times and a hundred times greater than that of the average Russian family. In summarising the experience of world history L. Gumilev revealed a typology of ethnic dynamic often repeated with the same predetermination as an embryo developping in the mother's organism reproduces the ontogenetic program in its earthly life. For those who see every phase close up it can be extremely difficult to see the picture as a whole and objectively determining one's place on the time axis and in the cycle of population flow. However, a nation's potential to meet the objectives determined by its leaders and a range of other problems including social health largely depends on this type of selfidentification. During the passionarity stage (stage of rise and acmatic phase), which lasts tor approximately 5-8 generations,'micro-mutations'accumulate which stimulateacompelling, intrinsic drive for the knowledge of new lands, new forms of life, culture, technique etc. The ascent of passionarity is accompanied by the rapid creation of civilizations, growth in culture and prosperity in the arts and science etc. This phase of development is succeeded by a period of stability in which elements of culture, spirituality and religion are preserved but the striving towards the new becomes gradually weaker. Most importantly changes take place in state, social and political structure. Various forms of dictatorship (religious, military) ensue and at this stage, civilization experiences a stable, slowing phase which is followed by the disintegration phase. On average, an ethnos may continue its development for up to 10001200 years. ., . . Based on the material available however, the authors disagree w,th the theory of disappearance from the population flow and so-called passionarity micro-mutat,on. In Stbena 2 on the contrary an ever greater number of gifted, dnven indiv,duals is bemg bom d e m o n s ^ g X T o f . b e mosfvarious lands indicating that -micromutation' detenoration is not a c S l y taking place. Rather, the demand and application of these talents is beginning to dechneCh nge is being dictated by the creation of a market space and the younger generation fsTevdling out its needs. The necessity of m a t a g a living means that energy is expended on 149

survival. Contemporary civilization is gradually transforming human labour into a product no longer demanding the diverse talents available. As a result, although the treasure of the human soul continues to exist the activities of the ethnos become averaged out. In the present authors' opinion a super-genetic program has emerged as a new level of ascending evolution in which new mechanisms of interaction exists between field and protein-nuclein forms of living matter. It is these programs (information-thermodynamic mechanism) which are referred to as 'sowing'. On account of alterations in exo-, and endoecology, interactions with the biosphere, the planet's inert matter and cosmic space (co-evolution processes) organisms in the generation flow are found to be contradicting the two programs of vital (and ethnic) cycle mentioned above. Sowing mechanisms not only extend the limits of active life (flow of cellular regeneration) but also occur in a kind of virtual space. Distorted information is assimilated in sowing mechanisms, for example, the sowing program reflects an individual having lived a real life span in modified form. Information currents do not assimilate the duration in real form, perceiving it to be a considerably greater duration. The above is focused on three fundamental and applied areas. 1. Preservation of the planet and its population as a cosmic structure in the course of evolution which began with the advent of living matter on the planet approx. 5 million years ago. Once again it is emphasized that Vernadski's most fundamental concept lies in the possibility of human autotrophy. Therefore, one should expect autotrophy to attract maximum interest on behalf of scientists and fundamentalists as a new scientific field. It should be taken into account that the decisive role in autotrophy could be played by as yet unknown currents of inhomogeneous etheric and serious work linked with the transmutation of elements. Paracelsus and the alchemists wrote of transmutation which would also seem to be linked in many ways with homeopathic preparations. The theme encompasses many unexplained phenomena such as hormesis, where there would appear to be no particles in space making the application of quantum mechanics unrealistic. Nonetheless this impact changes the essence of the development and vital quality of living matter. Therefore, the problem of preserving the planet's living matter leads to the study of space, Kozyrev's space, the study of transmutation and possible unknown imprinting mechanisms etc. One can expect to see many new discoveries in this area. It is possible, that the human psycho-emotional sphere develops within these mechanisms. Currently, however, we explain this sphere within the context of known neuro-physiological processes taking the brain to be a type of conduction computer. Essentially, we ignore the arrangements of field form computers in which the holographic world, the world of fields in contrast to laser holograms comprises the evolutionarydeveloping holographic space. This represents the first priority objective of world fundamental science. If a centre for this type of research were created ISICAR members would be willing to offer their co-operation. 2. As far as strategy is concerned, the issue of the geopolitical poles is also a priority. In actual fact the word 'pole' is not fully appropriate here. What is actually meant is geographical areas - solar - basin units in which every continent on the Earth's surface is represented by one part of a layer which interacts separately with solar and cosmic radiation in the same way as specific areas of water. Therefore, the study of Russia's subjects and the territory of Europe with their diverse climatology is a serious issue not least because it concerns migration overflow. The next age for the anthropological sphere will be characterised by an increase in migration flow, urbanisation and all its associated problems. How can the level of social health be determined? How can the estimate the value of man hours of healthy life which are spent not in meeting one's personal needs (domestic, transport etc) but used 150

as a force (of which Vernadski spoke) on the level of the cosmos in which the planet moves is subjected to astrophysical influence? Human consciousness which is capable of following and measuring the astrophysical qualities of the planet and its layers including living matter also represents a scientific problem. As yet little progress has been made in this area. This represents the second strategic objective. 3. The nature of living matter. It has been mentioned several times already that the protein-nuclein form of life and macromolecular cell construction alone is insufficient to explain the functional activity of living matter and ascending evolution. The ideas of L.S. Berg on ascending evolution and nomogenesis are again applicable. If science ignores nomogenesis negating the idea of ascending evolution and living matter in general then the biosphere will no doubt be destroyed considering that it has already lost up to 30% of the potency accumulated over 5 million years. Here the understanding and application of etheric-torsion processes is essential. It is essential to understand that living matter is to be found in Minkowsky's space (where laws are applied) and simultaneously in the inhomogeneous space of the ether and that its 'physical qualities' can alter for better or for worse (from the point of view of the authors' appraisal). It is particularly important to understand living matter because for the viral and bacterial essence L-form, fungal and parasitic forms which exist in the biosphere, the biosphere's macro bodies represent a certain kind of cosmos in which they 'burn', 'eat away' and change their environment. In the natural process of ascending evolution this factor could take on huge significance equal to emotional, economic, spiritual and mental contradictions. Although these would seem physically different they are in fact linked and difficult to study in isolation. As far as the warming bells of AIDS, bird flue, infertility, loss of reproductive potential, Alzheimer's, nano-bacteria, polution of inner space and ecological degradation are concerned it is evident just how numerous these problems are. Fundamental problems no doubt exist but these tend to be resolved in the short-term with strategic solutions being constantly postponed. Kozyrev managed to foresee and instrumentally discover an interesting phenomenon using a telescope attached to a thermistor which reacted to weak energy currents. The position of the heavenly bodies was established, their previous position, their position at the time of experiment and probable future position (see fig. 21).

Fie 21 Side view of the influence of Andromeda nebulaM31 with the centre of its visible representation in different positions. Axis ordinate - changes marked by the galvanometer, axis abscissa - corresponding micrometer marks (Kozyrev, 1980). The striking phenomenon illustrated below (fig.22) represents the fact of the synchronous existence of matter at different temporal points, confirmed by researchers (Kaznachev V P T o f i m o v T v , 1997). Here the effect of remote interaction between two observers u W Kozyrev's mirro s' is reflected - arrangement for focusing human energy flow (Novo bfrsk - Dickson, Novosibirsk - France), in which one observer sends a mental image

151

received by the second observer. Figure 22 shows that approx. 30% of transmitted images are 'acknowledged' by the receiving operator twenty four hours previous to their trans.

Fig.22. The number of cases of remote information perception (n=T05) with elements of excel (A), delay (B) and simultaneous perception (C) (in hours relative to the moment of transmission) Research in this area has been published previously by R. Targ and co-authors (Puthoff Y, Targ R.A., 1976), who first discovered the effect of remote future perception (2-3 hours). In approximately 30% of cases the image is received simultaneously to its transmission (astronomical time) and in approx. 30% of cases the operator registers a signal transmitted twenty four hours previously. According to these findings, an unknown mechanism functions in so-called Kozyrev's space which unites processes observed in Minkowski space but also includes information pertaining to the past, present and future. One may conclude by introducing a new concept which in the authors' opinion is highly significant. We quote Kozyrev who alleged that the asymmetry of the laws of mechanics could only mean that time is possessed of a certain asymmetrical quality linked with the non-equilibrium of the real world and its mirror reflection. In this regard the works of Herstein, Logunov and Mestvirishvilli (2005) are interesting in that they emphasise the physical quality of time (Herstein etc., p.36): 'Hence, field notions have led to the discovery of a fundamental quality of the gravitational field due to deceleration of the course of time during physical processes and effective repelling forces. In the General theory of Relativity these forces are absent.' This temporal quality can be referred to as direction or course. One can now state that the existence of the direction of time follows from astrophysical data. By virtue of direction, time can function and produce energy. Therefore, a star only seems to be 'pcrpetuum mobile' as a star draws energy from the course of time. Here we introduce the notion of 'Kozyrev's Hologram' (fig.23). N.A. Kozyrev's Hologram Reflection in an inhomogeneous etheric current

It would appear that Minkowski's cosmic space interacts with Kozyrev's space. According to the hypothesis, all living matter including the planet simultaneously exists 152

in two parallel worlds. In Minkowski's space the constant velocity of light determines all laws relating to the tangible world. In Kozyrev's space the velocity of signal transmission is infinite. In Kozyrev's time the past, present and future exist synchronously. It is probable that the mechanisms contained within this' hologram' contain the secret of scientific awareness, scientific thinking and the form of intelligence that V.I. Vernadski was referring to. The question arises as to whether the 'combination' of past, present and future indicated represents the foundation mechanism of the phenomenon referred to as 'consciousness'. Figure 24 demonstrates that contemporary consciousness unites two fundamental paradigms. On one side the figure reflects the understanding of the cosmos as an inert structure in which only protein-nuclein life forms analogous to earthly forms are present. At an independent point (the planet Earth) in the inert Universe this form of life exists. The right hand side of figure 24 depicts the understanding of the Cosmos as living matter. The Cosmos presupposes both numerous forms of living matter and numerous forms of inert matter. Living matter is subject to the laws formulated by VI.Vernadski i.e, it strives towards the growth of stable non-equilibrium and the negentropic course of evolution. Clearly our human foundation is subject to protein-nuclein arrangements but the question arises as to what reflects our consciousness and on what fundamental principles it is based. Our thinking and our consciousness only reflect those laws which were formulated in Minkowski's space. One could cite many experiments in which with the help of man-made instruments human senses have been 'extended' to equal measure be it in the macro- or microcosm. At the same time the evaluation of our qualities as a natural comic phenomenon from the point of view of Kozyrev's space remains a 'grey area' and a mystery to physics which must be solved in order to understand our human essence and further evolution. Traditional Approach

Fig.24. Interaction between the energy currents of living matter (acc. Kaznacheev). Experiments have been conducted which illustrate the 'dialogue' that takes place between consciousness and inert matter in which there exists a source of cosmic information which is transmitted to living matter. The current authors sunn.se tha the mdecides of many chemical preparations, particularly those originating from na ural sources carry 'Kozyrev's hologram'. Evidently, every chemical molecule, part.cularly omp e i molecules of natural and inert matter, in addition to its purely chemical properties cairies Kozyrev's holographic memory' which is realised on entenng a living organ.sm. H o w e v e r ^hisTJordinarily taken to represent the results of purely chemical processes. T w o u f d no be expedient to cite the large number of contractions mherent in contemporary interpretations offered by chemical scientists and other academics who 153

explain the activity of the cell genome as the function of energy-information field processes. In the authors' opinion there is no doubt that the genome represents a carrier of 'Kozyrev's hologram' in its continuous interaction with the surrounding environment. This represents a complex information-field process. During a person's life span between 1025 1026 cells pass through the body. The number of micro-organisms, elemental and viral passing through a person's body measures 103 The massive flow of living matter taking place throughout the duration of a person's life can hardly be determined by the genetic memory whose volume is evaluated from the point of view of chemical information domains. Vernadski's idea should be emphasised that the potential of human autotrophy in Minkowski's space depends on whether man can learn to synthesise organic and food stuffs and their components. It is no less important however, to stress that at the same time, every human and animal cell is 'nourished' by 'consuming' the etheric-torsion fields existing in Kozyrev's energy-time. The assimilation of currents in turn, supports their stable, information-energetic uneven distribution both in the cellular and human intellectual realm. This represents a fundamental approach requiring research into second type autotrophy. The existence of all living matter on the Earth is supported firstly, by oxidisation (owing to autotrophs of the first kind) and secondly, by etheric-biochemical processes taking place in the cell fields i.e second type autotrophy. The biosphere and the Noosphere can be likened to the cosmic dynamic of'Kozyrev's hologram' on a planetary level. For example, experiments have shown that bacteria (colon bacillus) placed in a sterile environment can transform into pathogenic bacteria within 20-30 minutes during solar flashes. Research confirms that epidemic outbursts (colon etc) result not only from bacteria transmission but also from the effect of its transformation or mutation within the organism. It is possible that in this case we touch on a new problem in which 'Kozyrev's field holograms' as in the neuron example, represent complex synthesising holographic domains or currents. The question is whether they behave independently and whether this phenomenon can lead to a deepei*understanding of human health and consciousness. One should add that the issues associated with the study of gravitational fields have significant potential. Dedov and co-authors support the interesting Lomonosov-Lesajha concept in which gravitational currents are considered carriers of presently little known physical and possibly biological properties of living cosmic matter. V.S.Grebenikov's discovery o f ' T h e effect of cavernous structures' has remained in little demand. The authors' make the bold prediction that in the near future special laboratories and institutes will be created for research into 'etheric pharmacology'. Such centres will no doubt carry out experiments into existing and innovative preparations made from organic materials such as medicines use in homoeopathy i.e. healing by small dosage, hormesis and new bio-information technologies. These also have significant potential to shake off the existing 'pharmacological financial armour'. It is evident that a new and wider field of the general pathology of vitality lack is being discovered; vitality sufficiency represents the realisation of a biosocial individual program; the realisation of the individual's ideal vital cycle. Widely known cases of nosology are simply one related syndrome. To conclude, we return to the fundamental issues of the nature of the planet's living matter. The essence of the concepts proposed lies in the idea that any organic, cellular structure (probably including inter-cellular structures) i.e. everything referred to as living matter in its protein-nuclein and field manifestation, should be perceived in two ways; firstly from the position of widely acknowledged processes: heterotrophic thermodynamics and the oxidisation process - autotrophic thermodynamics in plants in which Solar and cosmic radiation is assimilated. However, all autotrophic processes in 154

plants, and heterotrophic processes in heterotrophic forms evidently combine with second type autotrophy to which we relate the assimilation and absorption of cosmic currents which we have called 'kozyrev's holigrams', cosmic ether currents and etheric domains. Information-energetic currents comprise the most profound, fundamental quality of the Earth's living matter. Here, once again we turn to Vernaski: "It is possible, that (aside from life) no dissymmetrical phenomena exist in the biosphere. However, in passing through areas of the Cosmos disposed of these phenomena, at various stages of its history the planet can enter an area of right dissymmetry i.e. it can be located within conditions of the right-dissymmetrical field in which life can be conceived. Of course, the existence of this field does not evoke the conception of life but the process excludes its absence." How should chirality be understood from the point of view of etheric inhomogeneous bio-thermodynamics? One could suppose that chirality is molecular stereo-spatiality determined not only by chemical and biophysical properties but also reflected inhomogeneous etheric currents in its chirality. It would appear that when spin-torsion currents are created in technology a profound, fundamental influence spreads throughout the spatial-etheric-inhomogeneous current in which a whole range of macro and micromolecular structures are present. This leads to their secondary (chemical, biophysical and organic) change. Evidently, it is on this level that absorption of the currents indicated above takes place. This process changes the etheric-thermodynamic and energetic mechanism contained within primary fundamental autotrophy in the field form of living matter (possibly due to the transmutation of heavier atomic isotopes into lighter isotopes, for example 0 1 9 into 0 ] 7 , C13 into C12 etc.) Everything else is constructed on the basis of this physical field (in Kozyrev's energy-time). One may conjecture that the transition from bacteria to the dipolar form of multiplication when the male and female persona appears or when one bacterial structure 'fertilises' another occurs due to the fact that chirality alone (amino acid, polysaccharide and other more complex forms linked with nuclein genome structures) is insufficient. When there is insufficiency in the thermodynamic etheric field the unification of two individuals becomes essential for chirality to occur Chirality governs primary, fundamental autotrophy which characterises the fundamental properties of any given cell. In 'Kozyrev's mirrors' and in laser-torsion processes the human organism situated on the Earth's surface in various inhomogeneous etheric conditions constantly functions in stable thermodynamic non-equilibrium. As autotrophy ceases secondary bodily ageing occurs Autotrophy can be prolonged on account of technology or liquid crystal water structures, its memory, vitamin supplements and torsion processes which can be perfected and applied not only to the body and brain but to cambial structures. Changes in helio-cosmic recurrence, evidently represents that which we ordinanly refer to as heliocosmic imprinting which is the fertilisation of the ovule by the spermatozoon linked with the addition of chirality X-, Y- c h r o m o s o m e s ^ is possible that XY or XX chromosome types which differ in their genetic properties (changing places in female organisms) carry certain technological processes. Likewise it is poss.ble ha transmutational mechanisms defining the dynamics of any given cell and ^ ^ interaction are commenced at this stage. If this profound imprinting environment changes Ihen imprinting should be understood as a chirality process taking place at the stage of fertilization.
helio_cosmlc space

of the environment and the mother's

organism dunng the embiyo;s development in the womb. F r o m momen of *

human being exists in the helio-cosmic plasma thermodynamic space, satiated with electromagnetic and other fields. These are simply 155

the companions whose assistance enables chirality to occur. The entirety of human life exists in the specific conditions described here. Presently, the discovery of imprinting should be understood as the discovery of an unknown process, an individual's vitality cycle or generation cycle i.e. that which L.S.Berg included in the notion of "nomogenesis" and which Vernadski included in his tables (demonstrating the differences between inert and living matter). In his research into Z-radiation Chikevski touched on the same issue, P.I. Umov wrote on the theme and E.S. Bauer and A.G. Gurvich approached it. Tsiolkovski also spoke of the same phenomena in general terms in his cosmogonical research. Today, studies carried out by EA. Popp on biophotons and other Leningrad based researchers developing this scientific 'stratum' all touch on the fundamental problem in question. Of the authors' studies into remote connection, imprinting, spin-torison regulation of cellular structures, information transfer, the liquid crystalline structure of water, diagnostics, colour reflection in skin cover and red shift, only fragments are given here which have relevance to the foundation of spin-torsion inhomogeneity in chiral etheric currents. The same approach can be applied to understanding geometric and physical space. If one imagines a cell in the form of a ball then we have specified a geometrical idea. If the ball's surface area is proportional to the square of its linear dimension then the volume is proportional to a cube of the same size. This is the critical trait of which wrote and which I. A. Arshavski emphasised. Assimilation of spin-torsion currents remains limited although many autotrophic processes indicated here appear to be based on this component. In this case, when chirality is disturbed (Kozyrev's discovery of the 74-th parallel is an example of this effect) the cell's relationship to virus can change. Information programs can also change which are linked with the activation of genome cluster. The apoptopic phase and dystrophic processes are stimulated and a pause takes place in the cell's vital activity. Many infection, dystrophic, viral and deficit processes and likewise viscidity in cytoplasmic processes in liquid blood and intercellular liquid are all connected in primary physical space, the foundation of which represents a highly complex etheric-torsion fractal arrangement. On the whole, as far as the work carried out at the International scientific Institute of Cosmic anthropological-ecological research and other Russian and foreign organisations is concerned, the problem discussed here can be synthesised into the problem of chirality; a particular negentropic area in the arrangement of the physical space of active biological structures. These studies are not limited to the nature of consciousness and human intellect but touch on the basis of every cell, intercellular interaction, the fundamental basis of homeostatic processes: barrier, immune, xenobiotic, hormonal, releasing and the symmetry of the cerebral hemispheres. It would appear that 'illness' or inadequacies in cellular, intercellular and metabolic processes result from the primary destruction of the etheric-dynamic basis of chirality. Interaction on a cosmo-planetary scale, processes in the liquid crystalline structures of water and chemicals substantially change their meaning and should be understood as secondary. Contemporary medicine is heavily immersed in secondary processes. In the attempt to correct the living structure and replace certain elements (chemical, genetic) the focus rests on molecular, chemical and biological technologies, whilst issues linked with etheric dynamics are largely ignored. By deepening our understanding of the problem and developing innovative technologies it will become possible to increase the efficacy of healing and preventative medicines, to improve the search for new forms of communication, to develop protector screens from cosmic dangers and finally, to direct the flow of vital cycles, prolong life spans and increase the abilities and talents of future generations.

156

In recent publications issues are being raised which had not yet been given exact formulation in scientific (classical and popular) and theosophical literature. Four known physical forces exists, however, in accordance with studies into the inhomogeneous ether in the etheric vacuum Dyatlov V.L., Dmitriev A.N., Shilov G.I., Akimov A.E., and others, the opportunity arises of conceding the transformation of electromagnetic forces into gravitational forces and the latter into weak or strong atomic fields. The authors link these transitions with the possible vacuum (ether). The notion of etheric matter requires fuller interpretation. On the one hand, the fact that etheric-material structures, the ethersphere and ether-codons exist and that technical activity in the cosmoc is united with etheric-cadon space, psychology and objects in the Earth's living biosphere is beyond doubt. The scientific aspect of this issue can be extended into the vast sophist horizon as is written in 'The Mahatma letters' (1933) and the works of E.P. Blavatski to which A.N. Dmitriev makes reference supplementing references with contemporary evidence. There would seem to be another side to the issue also. If living matter indeed reflects the heterogeneity of etheric structures in the cosmic and planetary ethersphere and if it is the dissymmetry of living matter in etheric currents which is demonstrated in our experiments with left- and right-rotating torsion fields then an objective reality exists i.e. it exists both in and external to our consciousness and so the mutual connection with the ethersphere is difficult to separate. In essence, the current authors include consciousness in the notion of planetary and cosmic living matter. Within this space negentropic process can be realised in the specific ecological and cosmophysical conditions in which life was created as a particular phenomenon of the living Cosmos on the planet Earth. Vernadksi also spoke of the origins of life and living matter and proposed that the biosphere appeared on the planet in a single stage with particular forms of organic, protein compound and then prokaryotes and eukaryotes, multi-cellulars etc being formed later. The mystery of increasing evolution has been solved neither by C. Darwin's theories nor by contemporary concepts of synthetic evolution. It would seem that J.Cuve in his catastrophe concept and C. Laiel in his ideas on conditionalism were correct in thinking that a different process, an integral phenomenon is taking place. Here we concentrate on this phenomenon in more detail. If etheric currents are inhomogeneous and if they are possessed of entropic or negentropic qualities then the potential of our position is confirmed. One may write the formula that in the strong, material world which objectively exists and can be measured the higher the value of N (energy), the smaller the information flow. This refers to the strong (dense) world. Returning to ether dynamics in the ethersphere then it is clear that the smaller the energy quantity in the physical world, the higher its information content in the ether-sphere. This understanding can be reduced to the following: the lower the energy level, its infinity, the higher and more infinite the information. If this formula is taken to its logical conclusion then, in essence, we face the notion not of etheric matter in its ether codon and etheric-structural processes which can be photographed, filmed or registered by the senses but also the notion of the materialisation of the ether. The materialisation of the ether is understood to mean a process in which ethersphere energetic information currents located in living ether codon space, i.e. the field form of the life of the ether, experience a previously unkown process of materialisation, i.e. information from the etheric environment, given infinitely small quantities of energy, transforms into possible currents of gravitational, quantum, weak and strong atomic connections. Therefore, etheric matter confirms the materiality of etheric constructions and etheric currents and the significance of their information content. Materialisation of the ether on the 157

other hand is an evolutionary understanding in which a world, cosmic structure, the planet's cosmosphere, begins to materialise when occurring in field structures and currents on account of unknown mechanisms, i.e. particles (phenomena) begin to form from etheric structures and currents, from the energy and information which is signified by the shift of infinite energy into the minus infinity of energy and the plus infinity of information which move into the large, physical, material, atomic world with its inter-atomic bonds and molecules. The materialisation of the ether is one of the most important processes involved in the evolution of cosmophysical space in which inert matter is formed on account of information concentrations of etheric current. Their negentropy is formed as particles (phenomena) of various kinds of current of all four known forces taking shape in the kind of living matter, studied in contemporary physics and astrophysics. This is extremely important because if one removes the understanding of the ether from notions of the powerful, physical world then a large quantity of nanotechnologjes may be produced in which microscopic, energetic processes linked with high forms of information can alter the information, electromagnetic, polar currents in the crystals, micro-crystals, and macromolecules used in calculative, cybernetic and other contemporary equipment. This represents immense progress, but it is a materialisation process which takes place within powerful components of inert matter. The materialisation of the ether presupposes the possible use of etheric currents in the cosmic and planetary world which realise living matter in an additional form of energy, in the intellect. We refer to this as second type autotrophy while first type autotrophy takes the form of chlorophyll which absorbs solar and cosmic radiation. Evidently, living matter significantly draws on vacuum energy using etheric currents. It is possible that the energy shifts into a further series of change in heavy isotopic elements and atoms transforming them into lighter carbon, sulphur and oxygen isotopes etc. It may be that elements of transmutation of which the ancient alchemists spoke and which were then summarised by Kirvran are also involved. Hence, a flow of growing energy exists in the cell in which ether is transformed into energy. This energy is materialised in powerful electromagnetic, gravitational, inner atom and inter-atomic bonds i.e. the ether is materialised within the cell space. The cell does not represent a source of 'cold bionuclear fusion". This is simply a symbol. The cell is a higher structure in cosmic space. Within the cell it is not the transformation of strong atomic bonds that takes place as in the case of accelerators, hydrogen, plutonian and other reactors but rather the transformation of etheric, unevenly distributed flows within the materialised constructions of one or another measurable physical component which create the reality of energy, the reality of macrostructures, microstructures, the living micro and macrocosm in our cellular, multicellular organisms. It is not without reason that the question of the field genome and field geometry arises. The authors accept these notions although not from the point of view of F. Popp (biophoton) and P.Goryaeva (physical radiation of nuclear, protein or DNA structures) but rather from the point of view of the transformation of the ether, etheric, heterogenic currents into living matter. The question of time arises and what quality of time, positive or negative, from the point of view of the world in which the real organism exists (cellular, multi-cellular) moulds humanity in the real condition of Minkowski's space. Man undoubtedly experiences duration and life moves forward in time. When we speak of etheric space and the shift of the etheric body into other life paths the question of reincarnation arises and whether reincarnation is the return of past etheric-torsion or etheric information processes or whether this is our movement not in 'minus-time' in a past life, but on the contrary, in 'plus-time'. Indeed, what is meant by 'plus-time' and 'minus-time', for is it not so, that these are measured relative to the hours and calendar which exist in reality and that we 158

experience this world in the space of Minkowski? Kozyrev poses these problems very differently although he was not unfortunately able to complete his work. Bartini, who at one time worked in Novosibirsk also left a small legacy in this field (1965, 1966). If we are to work with cells in left and right rotating fields then it is not excluded that cell cultures and cells could 'return' and transform into other typical genetic variations. It is possible, that cell transformation into dystrophic structures, apoptopic, pre-tumour and tumour cells is a reflection of ether materialisation processes which in the field genome are not realised in accordance with the macro-body, the tissues and the brain. The same issues arise in the discussion of the intellect and memory. When we return in memory to the past through our consciousness, pre-consciousness (V.V.Nalimov), sub-consciousness or higher consciousness we usually think of this as the past we see on the desk calendar which governs our movement. It is possible, that this movement takes place not in the past but in the future. As is often the case, movement into the past via recollections or reproductions of mythical, historical, geographic, astrophysical and geological events evoke new ideas. According to our calendar this new idea carries us into the future. It has been explained on more than one occasion that the sowing phenomenon i.e. human movement in an endless flow of time hinders the middle species component of life in its protein-nuclein corporeal form. The stronger the subconscious or conscious awareness of sowing the longer our earthly physical life will last. This is highly significant because for the time being we live focused primarily on our bodies and all our experiences of 'leaving the body' remain in essence an association; there is in fact very little that is real in human existence. The idea of etheric materialisation is highly reminiscent of that which is being accomplished today and has been accomplished by our consciousness and intellect in the past. Whereas the cell perceives etheric current and materialises it into one or another energetic, molecular, atomic or electromagnetic gradient, dividing and growing etc our consciousness as a single etheric-torsion, large holographic fractal also assimilates etheric currents materialising them in the form of thought. Then, we construct technologies with the help of which we receive life-sustaining energy. This is referred to as materialised construction in that transforming thought is a form of etheric materialisation on the level of the human intellect, consciousness and its social and spiritual rather than on the cellular level. According to specialists' calculations the planet's percession will take place within the next hundred years whereas processes involved in the Universal and Solar dynamic have already been described above. 1) There is a need to develop research into the psycho-physiological and psychosomatic function within the context of the soliton-holographic fractal which at ISICAR has been devised in the form of a spiral, light laser current called 'Inga's hat' (fig.26). Here the human brain is subjected to infinitesimally weak etheric inhomogeneity created using a current of light wherein there is a possibility that changes will occur not in the neurons but in the fractal as a whole. Questions for further research concern how cellular colloidal activity will function; the functions of the cells themselves given the materialisation of the ether in specific cellular and tissue space; how the rotation of erythrocytes in the capillaries will behave; the movement of macrophages, cells, apoptopic cell movement with informosomes; high fluidity of blood and tissue colloids; indications of this process in artery pressure, colloidal movement and precipitatory reactions which can conditionally be equated with sedimentary chemical reactions. All these areas require further research. 2) There is also a need to create new generators in the form of etheric-torsion disks (Fig.25). If a light transferring current is passed through a large, level spiral (Fig. 27) 159

turning clockwise from the centre to the periphery or (anti-clockwise) from the periphery to the centre then an inhomogenous rotating fractal of etheric vacuum is formed around the disk (disturbance in the etheric vacuum) taking the geometric shape of a cone. One peak would be raised while the other cone would have a certain tail vortex. If two such cones are used measuring 30 cm in diameter, requiring approx. 10 m of light carrying fibre and in accordance with the geometry of rotation are placed one above the other at a distance of 2 3 , then an extraordinarily complex etheric-thermodynamic process takes place between them which can be characterised as Red

Fig. 26 Inga's hat the materialisation of ether. It is also possible to carry out sterilisation of an organism's endobiosphere in the same device (Fig.28) (viral-bacterial environment associations). If crystalline structures are placed inside they are constantly fed with overcharge of electromagnetic energy thereby creating an energy source. This is the materialisation of the ether in energy currents.

Civilisation in conditions of the growing power of the Earth's natural processes. Fig. 27 Closed etheric-torsion current 160

ETHERIC CURRENT LENS (DOMAIN)

Fig.28. Etheric-torsion currents and etheric current lens It is possible that gravitational indicators alter in this space creating a 'gravitational platform' from the point of view of levitation or weighting. It is likewise possible that a whole range of other factors would change, e.g. isotopic atomic forms could take on lighter structures being transformed from heavier ones. How radioactive decay or other radioactive processes might behave in these conditions remains unclear. Atmospheric structure is also likely to experience change in these conditions. Materialisation may occur, producing elements of ozone and water. Water would be produced not only on account of hydrogen and oxygen present in the atmosphere but also on account of these atomic structures being recreated or the transmutation of other elements. Solid elements may also appear although their specific properties remain as yet unknown. It would however, be a structure of an unknown solid or liquid crystal, spatial lattice which may stimulate the production of materials as yet unknown to computer engineering. Such structures could be used as detectors for etheric-torsion information process which relay with satellite systems or with other continents or individuals (in the case of transpersonal ties) given corresponding tuning in the subject or station. The premise exists to create the necessary tuning systems which in effect represent a new communications system. Furthermore, if the disk-shaped cell is placed within a bio-field, i.e. in the presence of an operator or group of operators, the field of inhomogeneous ether created in the mid-disk space, will construct etheric-torsion processes and their materialisation towards potential prebiotic or biological substrata. If aluminium silicates or other compounds were to be paced inside this space given the presence of a bio-field then the synthesis of prebiotic and biological structures or unknown organisms would likely take place unexpectedly according to a different scheme to the one we envision today. Bacteria, cells, seeds, microorganisms, cell structures or animals placed inside the space could also reveal surprising properties. If the disks were increased in size to 3 m in diameter and the distance between them increased to 1 m, then large animals or a human being could be placed inside the system. In this case the devise would represent a new construction for researching the human psyche, etheric matter, preventative medicine and therapy. It is possible that the appearance of new connections and change in serious genetic and pathological tissue defect (associated with ageing, wasting and sclerosis) would be quite radical. Hence it is not so much a problem of etheric matter but rather the materialisation of the ether in the ways described above. The potential to solve this problem rests on the findings of strategic research carried out in the laboratories of IRICAR and NC YM. Hence, in drawing conclusions to the scientific research carried out at IRICAR and NC and acknowledging the work of researchers linked with the study of so-called informal physics it should be clear that the notions formulated offer new opportunities. It is the authors' genuine hope that the reader will give these ideas their consideration and not automatically return to previous notions of the protein-nuclein nature of living matter. It is hoped that these ideas will be developed and cause the results of experiments conducted in the past to be reconsidered. This in essence is the problem of Noosphere cosmology. 161

Materials on imprinting, transpersonal ties, hyper-geomagnetic space etc can be applied again today. These all assist in increasingly confirming new ideas linked with the hypothesis of the materialisation of the ether and its transformation from the ether-sphere into the material strong form of Minkowski's space in which humanity in reality exists and will for the time being continue to exist. It is in this transitional phase of the 'ether strong world' that our intellect will evolve if it can avoid falling into the trap of the virtual world or of hardening and ultimately destroying the planet and wiping out mankind. This is the testament the authors would make in the 21st century and the third millennium for the civilisation of the planet. In continuing the discussion of the problem one observes that the deeper one reaches into its experimental cosmo-physical aspect the greater the need becomes to return to the past as scientific thinking, similarly to philosophy develops in specific stages. In Europe the end of XVII and beginning of the XVIII century is marked by an time in which primary notions of the world and the essence of the world accumulate and develop. It was at this time that Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (great German philosopher) set forth a range of ideas stimulating the subsequent works of F. Bacon, J. Locke in England, R. Decartes in France and B. Spinoza in Holland. G. Leibniz was blessed with the immense talent of being able to perceive fundamental phenomena in nature and its essence. At that time, the notion of matter was debated and Leibniz in disagreeing with R.Descartes expounded that a special substance lay at the foundation of matter known as monads. The monad is an inseparable substance, the element of things. Leibniz maintained that monads emerge from a continuous radiation which represents the primary monad, the ultimate basis of all things. Being a substance the monad as the original essence of all that exists is marked by its absolute simplicity and indivisibility possessed of the abilities of action and independence. Leibniz propounded that the monad could not be extended or exist in space that is infinitely divisible. The monad could neither be a physical point for physical points are divisible, nor a geometrical point as geometrical points although indivisible are still located in space. Leibniz expounded the idea that the monad is a metaphysical point or centre of spiritual force or energy. The idea of the monad substance was attributed in philosophy to idealism although the materialists highly valued Leibniz' monad dialectic. G. Leibniz for example, considered mattertobe continuous and rejected the existence of empty space. For G. Leibniz space and time represented the order of existence. In a publication in 1906 he wrote: 'Everything in the Universe is linked in such a way that the present conceals the future at its core and every given condition can be explained in a natural way only by that which directly proceeds it, i.e. causality.' The essence of things, of matter and its motion led to the evolution of those concepts which today are being advanced by Pribram and Bom on the holographic-physical nature of human intellect in which the topographical system evolves. Moreover, Pribram and Bom stipulate this theory as a holographic system or paradigm in as far as it concerns not only light holograms of a purely physical quality but also more complex ones. Therefore, in the accumulated knowledge of the late XVI and early XVII centuries a unique process of intellectual ascension took place. In the future, this process gradually merged into the level of physics notions of matter. Although the metaphysical field of knowledge included a huge quantity of facts these were not always verifiable as in the case of R. Decartes' concepts. For this reason, metaphysics was divorced from science and only the observations, experiments and findings which could be totally verified and mathematically calculated were absorbed into the realm of physics. Today new knowledge is being acquired. However, the canonised, physics and chemistry regulated, 'licensed' scientific paradigm is more and more coming into 162

contradiction with new factual information. These facts were known to the ancient alchemists but were negated at that time too being attributed to the world of the devil. Similar contradictions are becoming more pronounced. Nonetheless, the authors attribute the phenomenon of the materialisation of the ether to 21st century knowledge and hypothesis on the essence of things. In accordance with currently, little known information processes, unevenly distributed currents of ether interact with particles and atomic structures in space re-attuning them to form molecular, macro-molecular constructions of what is basically the essence of cosmo-physical consciousness and the intellect. Intellect is the resulting expression or reflection of evolution and the cosmophysical intellect. Within this capacity the intellect is identifying new perceptions of the materialisation and dematerialisation of the ether. If one accepts this arguable concept (discussion is required) then one should consider that the cell and neural ties with their endless axon and synapse bonds are simply a physical canvass capable of absorbing etheric-torsion processes and becoming satiated with new potency of the motion of matter. We refer to this satiety as the delivery of the intellectual part of cosmic, unevenly distributed ether to cells, neurons and neuronal systems (consisting of millions of neurons i.e. neuronal holographic fractals). The physical basis is absorbed while the intellectual part carries the corresponding 'bill of exchange'. With every generation, the quantity of 'exchange bill' increases. If such a 'bill' is present in a cell then independently of the cell's genetic structure it is capable of locating etheric currents and materialising them into new structures of molecular-atomic or macro-molecular systems which relate to the physical world of the cell i .e. to its exchange and hereditary processes and its system of philo- and ontogenesis. Hence, one can say that this is an 'exchange system'. This system has always existed but has been negated by dominant notions of the physical world and the physical nature of matter in the same way that the very existence of the ether has been negated despite the fact that it represents an expression of the cosmophysical intellect filling cosmic space Even if the 'exchange' exists it does not necessarily follow that it can always be processed. For the exchange process to occur there must be a vacancy which can. be occupied by the etheric materialisation or dematerialisation process. At the present time at least, experiments into cell cultures and the influence of various field processes on them (our laser spin-torsion sources, a human being, human group in Kozyrev's mirrors etc) show that the exchange can only be realised by a vacancy. The exchange system transforms into a vacancy and the vacancy is filled with the physical appearance of feelings and the analysis of things. This represents one of the key issues related to contemporary perceptions of the nature of living matter (here meaning intellect). Therefore, in their research the authors have established a whole range of phenomena in which the 'bill of exchange' is transmitted. In the experiments conducted the exchange system is physically present. It is now important to work on elucidating how the vacancy is filled and realised. In the authors' opinion transformations of the exchange into vacancies and its subsequent realisation have been demonstrated in cell cultures which interact exclusively in the physical space of fields (L P. Mikhailova etc). Changes in exchange vacancy interactions have been demonstrated during a solar eclipse, planet parade and the moment of Comet Shoemaker-Levy's impact with Jupiter. It is possible, that the transpersonal processes demonstrated by A.V. Trofimov in the series of experiments 'Novosibirsk-Dickson' and other regions correspond to the same phenomenon. Hence, the issue is not so much that we are located in a space in which information is exchanged or that there is more than a computer world to nourish us in the future. The 163

issue is one of re-programming our own 'computers' in the holographic brain fractal which is capable of locating cosmophysical intellect 'exchange bills', and turning them into vacancies which are realised in action. Similar experiments are planned at IRICAR which would no doubt also provide results if carried out in Kozyrev's mirrors and with the possible influence of laser spin-torsion generators of various models. The idea lies in the fact that if an individual is located in the field where a certain 'exchange value' has been introduced, transformation in the individual can only be carried out and verified if that value is transformed into a vacancy. The vacancy can then realised by the information content introduced into the given system. It is extremely important that such experiments be combined with encephalographic research linked with various kinds of field radiation. It is not so much a matter of studying the physical world so much as the sophisticated hierarchy of notions the given exchange value - vacancy interactions. Interactions between the exchange value and the vacancy can have severe negative consequences. It is possible that an entire range of ecological pathology is linked with the transfer of modified 'bills of exchange' which stimulate descending rather than ascending evolution. Moreover, a positive exchange value can be realised in a negative vacancy in which case the cell realises the given negative function which may result in the cells ageing, perishing or atrophy of the reproductive processes. The beginning of the 21st century marks a new age in which the study of the interaction of matter and the essence of things finds common ground with the ideas of G. Leibniz and monad theory. Leibniz' ideas on the development of science and education were applied by Peter the Great and it may be that to a certain degree, research into Russian cosmogony beginning with the work of Lomonosov continued a line of knowledge from that period which slowly carried into Russian cosmogony. Therefore, the current era carries great historical responsibility because the pollution and degradation of the ecological environment may begin impacting on genetic processes. There is also a danger of cloning but that goes beyond the scope of this work on the study of living matter in physics. Exchange vacancy and the governing of consciousness and human world-view in all its diversity is becoming a policy issue. Therefore, today, changes in the ecology of the 'exchange bill' materialisation of the ether in which vacancies can be distorted or disappear may represent a cosmophysical process which hinders human ascending evolution and is capable of triggering descending evolution. Conflicts and lack of understanding on behalf of the world's organisations, the formation of geopolitical poles, increasing contradictions and flashes of terrorist activity all reflect the contemporary evolutionary impasse indicating the urgent need for experimental research. Therefore, where it is possible to measure the encephalographic, electrical and field potential of cultures of various kinds, the contents of melodies or aspects of relative signs, or to resurrect ancient memory as in our experiments, a step forward is being taken. It is time to let go of the notion of a noosphere-biosphere monolith on the planet Earth. It is possible that a program exists in the cosmic intellect which directs cosmophobic trends in generations with cosmophile intellectual tendencies. This is characteristic of the 1917 Revolution and the entire history of Russia to the present day in which the cosmophile intellect has been distanced or physically destroyed. In its place, cosmophobic paradigms have been accepted which unfortunately, continue to be have a place in education, training and research. Cosmophobia is reflected in growing, chronic suicide, nuclear resistance, biological and chemical weaponry etc. The information world is a physical space which offers no true potential for human preservation and evolution. It simply provides open channels for cosmophobe and cosmophile exchange. Humanity faces the problem of how to decide 164

which of these intellectual versions will dominate and how that process will become manifest in the world. Therefore, once again the authors point to the need for an Institute of mankind with a program designed to encompass these very issues. In any case, research work must be continued and the results integrated into human ecology, culture, ethics, economics and medicine thereby eliminatingthe historical burden ofcosmophobiaand rejuvenating ascending cosmophile evolutionary processes in contemporary generations at least in Russia. Periods described by A.L. Chijhevski (bursts of social disturbance linked with solar activity) are also characterised by dominating cosmophobic tendencies where society is imprisoned by enslaving laws and censorship. It will be several generations before the pressure is released and the light can be shed on cosmophile processes. This is also reflected in the flight and fall of literature, music, the arts, education and the creation and downfall of scientific schools. Independent scientists tend to perish as their potential students are lost to the cosmophobic economic world. All these are issues relating to the study of human nature. Today, these issues arise again in relation to ideas of the materialisation and dematerialisation of the ether in the system of holographic fractals, the appearance of vacancy and 'exchange bill' processes and the distortion evident in descending evolution. Once again the authors draw the readers' attention to this fact. If the world heats up like metal it will then melt down and chronic suicide will have its way provoked by human confrontation with cosmic intellect and cosmic space. These issues touch on the very meaning of our lives and so also concern culture, ethics and individual life purpose. In his research Kozyrev sets forth the idea that the world (the world of Minkowski) does not fully correspond to facts registered in his numerous experimental studies and observations. N.A. Kozyrev showed that an unknown current radiating from a star body can be registered by a resistor on the Earth's surface many times more quickly (instantaneously) than the speed of light. This phenomenon was verified many times and recorded in experiments concerning the position (rather than radiation) of star bodies in the past, present and future. In highly significant experiments using Beckman's thermometer temperature change was indicated at these points with the thermometer itself being isolated from the possible outflow or penetration of heat induction. Based on these experiments Kozyrev establishes the notion of the 'course of time'. According to Kozyrev's findings time can 'bring energy in' as well as 'carry it out'. Kozyrev emphasises that order in a system is reduced by time. This indicates that time carries information relating to events which can be transferred into a different system. This as least indirectly supports the conclusion drawn above that the density of time reduces entropy and withstands the usual course of events. The authors' research into cell cultures, transpersonal ties and research carried out using generators and radiators of laser-spin-torsion etheric current has shown that information from one area of living matter can be transferred and realised in another area of living matter. This has ramifications for the transfer of similar types of entropic or negative entropic information both in genetic structures, fermentation, exchange and membrane processes. Therefore, it would seem that in 'physical space of energy-time' (according to N.A. Kozyrev) living matter consists of inhomogeneous complex arrangements. This inhomogeneity is characterised by a particular 'potential' or level of vacuum etherictorsion energy. If the energy level in an organism is higher in one area of living matter than in another then this energy becomes in demand. A specific difference in potentials has been established the nature of which is little known to physics. 165

The question arises as to the source of the difference in potential. If the properties of living matter are compared with known protein-nuclein thermodynamic processes then undoubtedly this potential lies in negentropy and the level of the information process. Wherein the energy component consists remains unclear. It has been noted in previous works that in the usual processes occurring in Minkowski space a correspondence is perceived between energy and information which is expressed in the formula: "the greater the energy, the less the information". In 'Kozyrev's space' the reverse relationship is observed: "the less the energy the greater the information'. Information and negentropy ("self-organization") therefore, somehow contradict the second law of thermodynamics and raise the issue of unknown arrangements of etheric matter in which the ether is inhomogeneous and flows according to its potential. In contrast to the usual physics interpretation of energy, here energy is interpreted as levels of information which should evidently be equated with the specific potential of energy in 'Kozyrev's space'. The semantic meaning of energy in 'Kozyrev's space' characterises the value of information structure rather than corresponding to the semantics of the word as taken in classical Newtonian physics and quantum mechanics in which energy quantities are measured in force and various magnitudes of physical instrument: steam power, electic motor power, mechanical power etc. Considering the realm of 'Kozyrev's space' requires changing the semantic meaning of the essence of terms, identifying information from the point of view of new perceptions of energy and formulating a new principle regarding potentials. One may ask why this is so important. If indeed field forms combine with proteinnuclien forms, then in the protein-nuclein form potential is taken to mean membrane charge. This is electrical potential which can be recorded and measured. It can also mean complementary potential in the case of the antigen and antibody, or receptor and neuron release, or specific mediator (adrenalin, cholesterol). Gene inductors can also be measured, which correspond to the chemical nature of the launch of gene processes. * The question arises as to whether this understanding of potential is identical to the potential of energy in 'Kozyrev's space'. In the authors' opinion it is not. This is an unknown natural phenomenon in which the complex arrangements of the etheric space 'energy-time' may, according to N.A.Kozyrev, close, overflow, move in specific directions and correspond to a different content in fulfilling a negentropic process. If'time-energy' can flow away then it can change information levels reducing them to the level of exhaustion and transfer energy, and consequently information. How do cells correlate to one another? How do nerve nodes, neurons, the left and right cerebral hemispheres and finally, living organisms correlate? How does one individual correlate to another given psychological contact and transpersonal connection? It cannot be excluded that the research carried out on Dickson by professor A.V.Trofimov's group, L.P. Mikhailova and other members of ISICAR supports the fact that if the information potential of'energy-time' exists in a given volume then it will search for a conductor which can be found in the form of radio-waves, light currents or currents linked with electrons which given electrical potential, flow through metal conductors. Other currents are present in all the currents which are realised in 'Minkowski space'. These are currents within currents ('Ecclesiastes'). In appears that these currents within currents represent a new form of energy-information overflow in the space energy - time system. This means that we are nearing the possibility of measuring the potential of 'energytime', according to N.A. Kozyrev, the course of time, in ecological, terrestrial and cosmic conditions, in various bio-objects not only in medicine but also in physiology, biology 166

and botany etc. The creation of a scale for the measurement of potentials will undoubtedly reflect the efficacy of preventative, therapeutic and training systems. It is possible that this potential will indirectly make it possible to measure the living matter which we mark and know as intellect. Hence, the opportunity arises not only of studying energy-time but also the currents of energy-time i.e. the course of time as Kozyrev called it. The resulting knowledge could then be applied to meet essential needs and carry out other essential research. This overview of possible hypotheses closes with the words of Kozyrev (1985, p.90): 'It has been experimentally shown that the organising essence which carries the active properties of time brings a very minor influence to bear on systems in comparison to the usual destructive course of their development. It is not surprising therefore, that this vital essence has been excluded from scientific knowledge. However, being small, it is always and everywhere present in nature and so requires only the opportunity for its accumulation in order to become like small droplets of water which, falling on vast areas support the continual flow of powerful river currents. This opportunity is created in organisms since all vital activity withstands the habitual course of the system's destruction. The ability of an organism to preserve and accumulate the effect of counteraction no doubt determines the great role of the biosphere in life on Earth.' These thoughts relate of course to the future. However ideas on the potentials of the course of time which can be realised in inhomogeneous etheric-torsion space provide completely new opportunities for diagnosing living matter of any arrangement, exploring inner space and evaluating the interaction of living matter with the pulsating, rhythmic qualities of the solar system. Essentially, it represents a new field of study for IRICAR and it is essential that this large-scale project be fulfilled in the near future. The above can be illustrated with a number of obvious examples. In the animal kingdom members of the same species can become competitors in a battle over a nest or food. As a rule the strongest animal wins. This is the law of the jungle. But this is not always the case. If one animal has knowledge, experience and more developed reflexes and the other weaker reflexes and inferior knowledge then given equal energy reserves the animal with stronger reflexes and memory overcomes their competitor. In this case, information potential is the deciding factor. Energy itself i.e. force, spent on mechanical or other energy turns out to be derivative of information. If two competing sides are equipped with knowledge and one side has at its disposal a classical collection of many libraries whereas the other has a limited library, then correct decisions and victory given equal energetic reserves and energy expenditure will lie with the side possessed of greater knowledge. It is clear that in living nature what is essential is not only force and energy (characteristic of human values) but the fact that natural selection, evolution, ascending evolution and the emergence of the intellect are all linked with the winner who accumulates and is possessed of greater information. The density of information has meaning even in habitual space but acquires paramount significance in the physical space of 'energy-time' in which the energetic and thermodynamic aspects become derivative, subsidiary and are included in the understanding of the density of information potential. 1.17 The limits of predictability Based on a wealth of information (Crisis Anatomy, 1999; Agni-Yoga, 1992: Armand, 2001; Akimov, Shipov, 1996; Atsyukovski, 2003; Berg, 1993; Blavatskaya, 1992; Vernadski, 1967, 1989, 1995; Vladimirski etc., 2004; Gvozdarev, 2004; Gumilev, 167

1997; Gurvich, 1944, 1948; Dmitriev, 1997, 1998; Dmitriev, Dyatlov, Gvozdarev, 2005; Dmitriev, Shitov, 2003; Dyatlov, 1998; Kaznacheev, Trofimov, 2004; Kaznacheev, Spirin, 1991; Kaznacheev, Dmitriev, Mingasov, 2005; Kozyrev, 1991; Kolchin, 1991; Kuzin, 1995, 1997; Letnikov, 1998; Mizun, 1986; Moiseev, 1990; Nevesski, 2006; Nalimov, 1989, 1993; Letters..., 1993; Roerich E. 1993; Severtsev, 1922; Sorokhin, 1992; Timofeev-Resovski, 1996; Teilhard De Chardin, 1987;Toinby, 1995, 1996;Toffler, 1986, 1997; Ursul, 1996; Tsiolkovski, 1992; Chijhevski, 1970, 1995; Shipov, 1993; Yakoven, 1999, 2001) and taking account of the additions currently being made to the bulwark of scientific literature, the authors' take it upon themselves to express certain alternative visions of the future drawing on new physical qualities relating to the volume of space in the Solar system and the emergence of a new generation of physics laws on material bodies and processes taking place in the Heliosphere. Naturally, expanding the limits of prediction is accompanied by breaking down habitual paradigms, creating new ones and acknowledging new conceptual and analytical potential. The developing consistency of phenomena and processes considered unusual for standard phenomenology calls for the urgent dismantling of deeply rooted systems of multi-functional anthropocentri sm. The hidden scientific complexity of the Habitat available to human perception (domain of the heliospere) is gradually revealing signs of'conscious natural response' to anthropogenic activity. One is forced to acknowledge the increasing clarity of the MAN NATURE dialogue. The following features of this dialogue have already been revealed: 1. Anthropogenic aggression which ignores the laws of the Natural world. 2. Increased activity of Nature which is free of the laws established by mankind. 3. Developing observational research into the parameters of the laws of Man and Nature. 4. Increasing activity of Man and Nature with alternating priorities. It should be emphasised that global and total change occurring in the cosmophysical habitat of the heliosphere is taking place in conditions of extreme anthropocentrism. The extremity of the situation rests on the fact that man has made the process of life the property of Technical Progress, i.e. 'terrible judgement' has caught man in the act of the mass betrayal of Life. It is not difficult to imagine what Nature's next move will be... Therefore, extending the limits of predictability undoubtedly places harsh demands on the accuracy, order and consistency of prediction because previously developed systems were based on the assumption of the Environment's long term stable characteristics. We already face the problem of making predictions concerning new categories of large scale process and their outcomes. Before introducing certain new predictions some background information is required. Relatively detailed information has already been given concerning contemporary natural and anthropogenic process on the Earth of various proportions. Some concern problems of 'Habitat' and the Solar system as a whole (appearance of the Heliosphere in the space of Local interstellar cloud). In many cases, one is forced to draw conclusions concerning the increasing power, diversity and novelty of the processes under study. At the present time any observant, thinking person will come to the same conclusion. Therefore, in organising the layout of information in the section on predictability the role of the growing power and diversity of natural processes was considered overriding. At the same time one cannot but notice the increasing drama associated with different types of knowledge. It is natural to suppose that the positive dynamic within the drama will end with the tragedy of reason. The hidden and obvious goals and programs of contemporary civilisation and the rapid development of the technological sphere with 168

opposes all the Earth's natural layers (above all the process of Life itself) are clear signs of the global betrayal of Life. Unfortunately, rather than being an overestimation this does in fact reflect the true state of affairs. The integrating capacity of 'global anthropogenic assimilation' deprives man of the opportunity of studying cosmophysical, planetary physical or biosphere natural programs and processes. The Earth's human and natural potential is harshly directed towards constructing an artificial environment based on an economic model with clearly singular goal parameters (profit). The growing intensity of natural processes and changes convinces one that towards the middle of the 21st century mankind will exist in a unique habitat having no known historical analogy. Below we introduce information on predictions relating to the following areas: the Natural environment; anthropogenic aggression; interaction between natural and anthropogenic processes and the problem of survival. Environmental Prediction. The Natural Environment is taken to mean the entire quantity and quality of natural processes fulfilling the evolutionary development of the Earth. It is quite clear that the Earth's natural evolutionary programs are inherent in the Solar system as a cosmophysical object. Because the Earth is imbued in the organism of the Heliosphere it plays a huge systemic planetary physical role which manifests in solarterestrial interactions and interplanetary influences. Given the increasingly profound changes taking place in the Solar system one might suppose the existence of a long term evolutionary program according to which every temporary stage is accompanied by specific processes of varying intensity and quality. As has been stated above, the Heliosphere's orbital conditions are highly heterogeneous in that the outer environment of the Solar system makes its demands by modifying evolutionary programs. Essentially, a new epoch of laws and processes concerning the entire volume of the Heliosphere began in the twentieth century. The next stage that awaits the planets including the Earth is a sharp increase in the power of interplanetary space and new roles being attributed to the planets in the wider association of the Solar system. In the Heliosphere non-systemic change in Habitat will, above all, be reflected in the mechanisms of cosmophysical processes and new adaptation methods. The role of Jupiter will rapidly increase in governing reaction to non-systemic influence. The planet's increasing power mentioned earlier will be directed towards balancing cosmophysical disturbances emerging within the system and at the borders of the star environment. It is natural to suppose the manifestation of new Solar-Jupiter interaction mechanisms of an etheric modified cosmophysical nature. This modification will no doubt become evident in the speed and power of interaction. One can expect new types of pulsating interaction in the expansion of frequency range (ultra high and ultra low frequencies). The entire Heliosphere will be forced to respond to initiated physical and chemical transformation in the space beyond Neptune. Of course, given its central position and solar condition it is the Sun which will have to exert stability and create the system's common response to external influence by developing a range of programs for the behaviour of every individual planet. Key processes in the heliosphere will be manifest in the interactions taking place between the Sun and the planet giants. Saturn's future condition in the composition of the Solar system is particularly significant given that huge concentrations of plasma are forming in a layer around the planet and its rings according to observational findings are degrading. In any event, powerful energetic and large scale cosmophysical processes of an inner systemic nature are already unfolding. In this regard, growing anthropogenic interference in the cosmic climate (satellites, zonds and electromagnetic influence) may evoke a locally directed cosmophysical response. The unnatural (rather unlicensed) physical function being fulfilled by the 169

Earth is likely to evoke 'harsh criticism' on behalf of evolutionary programs in the Heliosphere. It is possible that recent news in the electronic media such as: 'Boiling cosmos discovered on the Earth' (The eye of the planet', nauka, 22.06.2006), or the unusual phenomenon of additional quantities of solar wind (magnetised particles) caused by magnetic compounds on the border of the magnetosphere signify measures aimed at decreasing the anthropogenic influence on the Heliosphere. Of course, the appearance of a new generation of inter-planetary interactions will in turn, generate responses to the unsanctioned behaviour of the Earth. In this sense it is difficult to express ideas because the artificially created backwardness of contemporary science's understanding of the true condition of the Heliosphere leaves a shameful lack of knowledge and accordingly, accepted terminology. In its position of directing the potential of human knowledge the leading Nobel Prize committee has left humanity exposed. Nonetheless, the natural, and obvious significance of the Earth in the Heliosphere will (according to Agni-Yoga) undoubtedly evoke not only 'criticism' but also assistance in the form of 'special measures'. In compliance with information concerning the future (Roerich E., 2000) one has a right to expect that it is also in the interests of the evolution of the Solar system that additional, powerful energetic measures be carried out aimed at supporting the geological-geophysical balance of forces pushed out of balance by the anthropogenic factor. Planetary physical capacities are being attributed to Mercury's functional role which supported by intra-mercurial planets stabilise the growing imbalance in the Earth's deep gaseous plasma layers. Moreover, due to the anthropogenic attack of accumulated negative emotions and thought on the Earth's electromagnetic carcass a unique 'buffer zone' will be created. Its protective function will be extended from the Earth to include the increased safety of other planets (in the event of ethnic nuclear interaction). The discovery of this buffer zone will naturally be explained by Nobel science from within its own intellectual realm. The'buffer zone'will create new kinds ofgaseous plasmastructuresandluminescence and increase the diversity of natural luminous objects and their energetic power (vacuum domains). The Earth's core will also respond with unexpected and unpredictable processes particularly in plicate areas. Geo-dynamic activity will increase by several times extending to processes of interaction between geological bodies situated at huge distances from one another; these processes will include electromagnetic and gravitational interaction. Interaction between mineral deposits may involve distant etheric resonance even between continents. Supported by new energy sources and additional concentrations of ether, geoactive zones will evoke an active response from the biosphere e.g. plant selection will rise sharply, which may serve as an indicator. From this it follows, that Japan will take on great significance as a geo-active territory with a dense population and huge technological factor. As far as the population's psychological condition is concerned mass emotional negativity should be avoided as this could serve as a seismic trigger due to hurricane pressure reduction in the regional geomagnetic field. When emotional negativity is synchronised with the mass media (which has already been observed) a backlash can be evoked in the avalanche of the development technological catastrophe. It follows that the urgent development of psychologicalgeophysics could create a prediction system and develop means of reducing the power of destructive processes (as Agni-Yoga informs us: 'many destructive earthquakes have been prevented by rays from our Towers'). For the Solar system, the significant growth of the spatial-energetic inhomogeneity of the environment represents a highly important factor in the modification of cosmophysical characteristics. As has been noted on more than one occasion, this modification is already bearing an influence on the physical features of the Heliosphere. 170

First and foremost this concerns the appearance of plasma inhomogeneity (varying in size and function) in inter-planetary caverns which causes increasingly significant change in the Earth's planetary physical processes. It is extremely difficult to determine their characteristics as it is these processes in particular which comprise the unfolding of the new generation of processes in the Earth's layers and the biosphere itself. This course of events in the 'Fiery Age' is not altogether a great surprise. Many religious predictions have foreseen this time. Recently (19th-20th centuries) this type of prediction has been replaced by comprehensive and sufficiently detailed descriptions of the characteristics of the time within a cosmophysical and planetary physical context. In essence, as a component of the Solar system, the planet finds itself in a transitional period proceeding the subsequent phase of its evolutionary development and renewal. The next part of this prediction concerns issues related to the role of individual consciousness in conditions of heightened concentrations of negative emotional energy and unstable mental processes i.e. in conditions of hostility, anxiety and fear. Taking into account the function and high energetic content of psychological centres, their role in an individual's life and the physical changes in the characteristics of the surrounding environment (increased concentrations of unevenly distributed ether) it is important to consider the vital significance of co-ordination between the sexual centre (Svadisthana) and the Solar plexus (Manipura). As has been noted previously, powerful energetic and qualitative activity in the 24-th Solar cycle awaits us to which the human organism will naturally have its own response. Furthermore, subsequent increasing psychological discord associated with anthropogenic opposition to practically all natural processes should be emphasised. The artificial environmental habitat of towns has in turn introduced the cybernetic transformation of biological content in natural processes of the human body. Within the general, intense dynamics of anthropogenic, geological, climatic and biospheric transformation the participation of large scale catastrophe is becoming greater. The Earth's psychological sphere created by six million people is naturally, becoming more unstable and drifting in negative conditions including that of global frustration. This is a highly significant factor in the context of Global Catastrophe because a sharp decrease in the potentials of the vital laws of the Planet's field of reason is already having an impact on the condition of local, regional and global geomagnetic field variations. It should be emphasised that the anthropogenic and human psychological impact (remembering the effect negative emotionality has on reducing the force of geomagnetic fields in 'areas of influence' and the decrease in field force in territories of towns existing for more than 200 years) on the Earth's electromagnetic carcass takes place during the natural process of geomagnetic pole reversal. Moreover, the characteristics of the environment described above directly and indirectly effect human endo-ecological environments. Interference in endoecology is increased by pharmaceutical remedies which all the more frequently rely on electronic methods. People 'live' for months deprived of the fundamental capacities required for an independent life i.e. experiments in which part of the human body is restrained are becoming more wide-spread with no account being taken of the capacity or condition of its psychic realisation (the subtle body). By persistently confirming anthropogenic priorities, taking no account of the rights of Nature or the diversity of other species, ignoring the issue of peace on the Earth mankind could well end up creating a world which totally negates all life-confirming principles. As H. Selye expresses it (From Dream to Discovery', M, 1987, p.273): 'Nature is not especially talkative. She simply confirms or negates'. (Authors' underlining). The global finale begins... 171

1.18 Summarising comments This section concerns the issue of the construction of the Noosphere on Earth. Taking account of the characteristics and capacity of the cosmic space that surrounds us will considerably deepen our understanding of the Earth's evolution and the evolution of man and all its diverse living beings. 'In the current century the biosphere is taking on completely new meaning. It is being discovered as a planetary phenomena, cosmic in nature.' (V.I. Vernadski, 1945) The thought expressed by Vernadski that the biosphere is a cosmic phenomenon marks the important transition to a new level in human, scientific thinking and the intellect as a planetary phenomenon. In the authors' understanding, this marks the birth of a new cosmic phase of life in the evolution of the quality of cosmic space and the planet. Over time, great geographical discoveries, E. Suess' (1803- 1909.) interpretation of the face of the Earth and the acquirement of new knowledge have gradually formed practise, philosophy, history and the natural sciences. Notions of the size of the oceans and the earthly realm have been confirmed and the dynamics of dome of the sky are studied. Astrophysics is gradually discovering the most distant of observable objects, studying the physical processes of the galaxy and registering the birth of new stars. Now, millions of possible planetary formations are being counted in various galaxies where the probable conditions for protein-nuclein life are thought to exist. Gradually, the astrophysical map of the world has been defined in world scientific thinking developing in various areas from the most diverse religious interpretations to astrophysical planetary phenomena. The development of the study of the biosphere has been accompanied by a new cosmogony which takes account of global vital processes. After numerous expeditions V.V.Dokuchaev (1883 r ) precisely confirmed that soils are a form of living matter. Further, research into the bio-geophysical properties of organisms and geo-chemical mineral transformation gradually revealed the link between living and inert matter. After hearing G.Lerois's lectures and applying new research methods V.I. Vernadski changed and expanded the notion of the Noosphere. Teilhard de Chardin developed the thought that something specific existed which controlled processes taking place on the Earth and in the cosmos. Based on specific natural philosophical concepts Teilhard de Chardin expounded the idea that man is moving towards the 'Omega point' and that when humanity is united in a single idea (faith), a unified world will be created on the planet. Tielhard de Chardin's ideas comprised a bold natural philosophical hypothesis of the inevitability of natural-anthropogenic globalization. Taking all this into account and acquiring new biochemical data V.I. Blavatski first raised the issue of human autotrophy as a planetary phenomenon in 1925. Moreover, Blavatski showed that human scientific thought would create a new cosmic age on the Earth as a result of which vital capacity would go way beyond direct dependency on sources of the biosphere (organic, biological). H.Wiggins (1690) conjectured that 'life is a cosmic phenomenon and something very different to inert matter' (Cosmoteoros, 1700). Later, V.I. Vernadski confirmed the difference and evolutionary independence of living and inert matter on the planet and in the Cosmos. Mankind is today living through an intense period. The world population figures for the end of this century are predicted to reach 8-10 billion whereas the ecological 'capacity' of the biosphere is already at its limit and in a number of cases these 'capacities' have already been exhausted. This provokes questions such as what should be done, what form civilisation will take and what kind of a process will this be? Naturalists, medics, ecologists, geologists, historians etc are attempting to expand on these questions especially given the pressure of climate change. Scientists are still looking for the answers to questions such as the origins of life 172

and living matter. Ancient fossilization, meteorites, cosmic dust, electromagnetic waves etc are all objects of relevant study in the search for the means of transferring life forms into the Cosmos. It should be noted that this essentially represents the acknowledgement of the Arrhenius theory. In'turn, the geopolitical and ecological spheres are stimulating new ideas and problems. There exists an evident danger not only of planetary or geological upheaval (abyssal geodynamics, volcanoes, earthquakes, and climate change, water and energy deficits) but also of cosmic catastrophe. In the past the Earth has been impacted by huge cosmic solid and plasma bodies and it is thought that the disappearance of the dinosaurs (70 million years B.C.) was linked with the impact of an unknown cosmic structure. The Earth may well experience this kind of impact in the future. Research is being developed by authors attempting to bring living matter closer to the subtle, material nature of human intellect and consciousness. It is still claimed that the intellect climbed an evolutionary 'ladder' in accordance with certain theories of evolution: first primitive living beings appeared, then mammals and more complex beings and subsequently mutation processes occurred followed by natural selection. It is alleged that somewhere in Africa a certain 'mother' appeared who gave birth to a man possessed of creative reason (under the influence of radioactivity?) Discussion is held on how the Neanderthals interacted with the Cro-Magnons, how they emigrated etc all of which stimulates further searching and new thinking. Today, the same theme (the evolution of mankind in the third millennium) finds itself in a critical flow of various social processes. Likewise, on the level of planetary geopolitical interaction, in essence, we see forthcoming geo-energetic and exploding anthropogenic and ecological crises which are generally hushed up and modified by world information systems. The increasing extraction of planetary resources is leading to the exhaustion of oil, gas, coal and nuclear heat. From the point of view of energy usage the fate of humanity remains unclear even in the light of various alternative sources such as nuclear processes, ether energetics etc. Furthermore, it has already been established that technical engineering has destroyed planetary physical balance and that its continuation can only lead to catastrophe. Given this scenario one can expect new achievements and discoveries to be made. Certainly the search is being actively conducted in the area of ether energetics. V.I. Vernadski's ideas on humanity as an autotrophic cosmic formation reflect the real physical processes resulting from the cosmic evolution of the biosphere and which are embodied in the new cosmogony. In this regard, opinion is divided. Some believe that the gradual evolution of man and contemporary homo sapiens in its various national forms (developed and undeveloped) resembles 'conscious living matter and is determined by the genetic apparatus of which specialists are so confident. This view is strongly confirmed (even administratively) in the same way that the truth of Ptomely and the laws of Newton were confirmed in the past and the relativist position of Einstein is upheld today. However, it should be acknowledged that it only appears to us that with just one more step everything will become clear and be finally understood. Others believe that the Noosphere age, is by its very nature cosmic and is bringing in a new reality and a new way of understanding human consciousness and intellect. If consciousness is also present in living matter, in animal and plant cells and all life forms inhabiting the waters etc, then human consciousness is not simply a derivative of multimillion, inter-neuronal interactions and energy centres but rather a particular form of cosmic field, cognitive fractal in planetary-cosmic space. It remains unclear how consciousness retains memory although professor N.I. kobozev researches the issue. The present authors have also written that if memory is manifest at t=36 (our biosphere temperature) then physically it cannot be maintained in a relativist-quantum form only. Whereas genetic programs determine human morphogenesis 173

and perhaps, material hormonal and psychological constitutions they do not predetermine the nature of our intellect and consciousness. It is possible that these are a consequence of the cosmic field of the nature of intellect. Many other authors also support this view. Aside from the currents authors who have written on the materialisation of the ether on many occasions, other researchers (Atsyukovski, Dyatlov, Dmitriev, Nikolaev etc) also discuss and write on this theme. Astrophysics reveals that the Solar system exists in a constant cycle of transformation and revolution not only on account of solar energy but also external energy in the galaxy which exists in a constant vortex of etheric astrophysical current. Mankind also exists within this vortex. In considering the next step, the hypothesis that the etheric cosmic current makes it possible to enter other dimensions of time, space and materialisation would appear quite acceptable. Correspondingly, the idealism of the 20th century has merged with materialism changing in content. Anew process of natural learning is taking place. The very notion of materialism is changing becoming considerably wider and more profound (Kozyrev). These issues are becoming clearer but the process is slow not least because having fallen into the firm grip of price relations and world market 'rules' and contemporary humanity is drowning in the contradictions of the world economic market. Now, in essence, scientific experimental, fundamental, strategic research into the evolution of the planet and mankind is being blocked. Even in the cosmos we are simply looking for opportunities to enter the realms of other planets with the aim of finding protein-nuclein living substance linked with genetic programs. In the evolution of living matter the origins of life remain a mystery. All these issues are one way or another linked with current thinking which unfortunately, begins and ends with the market system. This relates to crises and the future of Russia. What is being experienced in Russia is not so much a socio-political or structural crisis but rather a spiritual-scientific crisis. Russia, like many other countries is struggling within the confining limits of technical civilisation and has moved far from the realm of creative thinking, ideas on human autotrophy and the cosmic arrangement of the planets set forth by the Russian academics Chikebski, Vernadski, Umovi and others. It is not such a matter of energy sources, demography, national medicine and education, for policy in these fields simply represents historical tactical moves. Although mankind can probably still survive within the context of these tactics throughout the 21st century it has nonetheless allowed market laws to rule and as a result reached a strategic impasse. Unless Russian science (with its massive cultural heritage, fundamental approach to inert and living matter, planetary, astrophysical processes and etheric processes in cosmic space (Atsyukovski, 2003; Dmitriev, Dyatlov, Gvozdarev, 2005), can strategically develop its own course and secure government support (in a new paradigm), then Russia will completely fall into the Western world values of world market economics. Russia would likewise impede the development of fundamental searching and divorce itself from the epoch of the construction of the Noosphere (of which V.I. Vernadski spoke) all of which gives great cause for concern. 'The time will come for humanity's final test. Either it will choose break through and shift into the 'Noosphere future', to noospherism and Noosphere socialism or it will choose capitalist destruction' (Subetto,2001). In the current authors' understanding the human intellect represents a field life form (living cosmic matter) which is a view based on the work begun G. Drish and A.G. Gurvich on mitogenic radiation, A.M. Kuzin (1997) and the present authors on information links (see also the works of R. Targ and R. Jhan etc.). In summarising these studies one realises that the intellect cannot be fully understood relying only on the system of a conduction computer. No matter how complex the conduction computer may be it is still not adequate to explain the nature of the intellect. Human intellect is a spatially stable subtle material 174

field form (field fractal) which is capable of uniting and expanding and entering ether domain structures which generate the fields around the individual and the earthly globe. All mankind exists, is born and leaves this life within these richly functional fields (possibly what is meant by Kozyrev's energy-time). It is particularly water, present in human cells, that participates in the arrangements of living matter and which plays the deciding role in etheric domain currents. The etheric domain current represents the energetic and material environment facilitating the development of the intellect. The ideas of V.V. Nalimov confirm that the intellect is formed on account of etheric domain currents. Nalimov expressed the idea that we are permanently present in a certain semantic vacuum, i.e. a world filled with 'knowledge' (results of the creative intellect); a completely different world and not only the result of the relativist doctrine (inert matter). When we perceive with our limited sensory organs and add sensitivity, the precision of physics and chemistry instruments, biophysics etc we essentially enter into a limitless cosmic realm. Our organs however, perceive just a small part of the 'microns' (nanospace) that surrounds us. There is much that we do not see and from this 'micron' we devise our vision of the future, of survival, of the solution to infertility, the battle with aggression and terrorism while the intellect is falling into the trap of the market becoming all the more fractured and tactical. If the intellect and the results of its activity represent the combination of active fields then its subtle materialisation also exists. This represents a genuine creative act making our thinking a material process. If this subtle process accumulates on human activity, the community, education of various forms of adaptation beginning with the very first individuals possessed with reason then it materialises not only within society but also on the planet, deep within the Earth's interior, in inner and finally, outer space. Of course this represents a different kind of materialisation, and perhaps that which V.I. Vernadski referred to. Vernadski expressed the idea that if thought exists, then it must be material in form. He formulated this type of question in his testimonial article, 'A few words on the Noosphere' although was unable to provide the answers. V.M. Bekhterev no doubt came closest to answering this type of question although subsequent biophysical research and the negative social atmosphere of the time rejected his ideas. The mythology, long term religious psychological practise, the history of Central America, Egypt, and Tibet and the ancient healers and clairvoyants (irrespective of charlatans) also contain many reliable facts of cases in which thought has been made manifest at great distances. The current authors insist on the need to organise new groups able to work on questions concerning the intellect and thought based on the hypothesis of currents of free cosmic ether, electromagnetic and gravi-spin fields (within the unity of Kozyrev's space-time). On the basis of these notions links should be investigated with the rhythms of solar activity, solar radiation and individual towns of birth (idea developed by V.I. Shaposhnikova). Previously, the present authors were able to demonstrate clear links between gradual changes in close birth and death patterns relative to epoch and year (Vasileva, Kaznacheev, 1985). The nature of planetary-cosmic intellect would appear to be linked with specific epochs. Therefore, the very idea of creating a Noosphere world is paramount in its proportions to the birth of a new planet. The planet Earth which is constantly evolving is generating a new level of matter in the cosmos in the form of an Intellectual world (intellectual materiality). This world may develop realising the thoughts and ideas of which Tsiolkovski wrote: cosmic civilisations will expand of which we will probably represent a small part only. The Earth's inhabitants must enter into interaction with other forms of knowledge carrier and search for forms of intellect beyond the Earth creating contact through etheric materiality and field forms. 175

It should be added that the entire foundation of living matter on the Earth tends to be greatly underestimated for bacterial-viral, nano-bacterial and protozoan forms of microbiota number millions and millions of different species and variety. If man should attempt to 'suppress' the bacterial-viral essence with the help of technical 'innovation' in domestic life and medicine using anti-biotics, operations and sterilisation, then the symbiont world of the 'microcosm' of Earthly life will triumph over the vital cellular substance and human morphology. It is not possible to overcome them in this way, neither is it possible to live in sterile conditions, test-tubes and capsules. This means that the symbiotic evolution of any given individual represents a particular part of the human intellect. In the body a vast number of micro-organisms exist including viruses, pirons etc., which protect the bodies living substance. The individual is able to live on account of this symbiosis. As soon as man disturbs the symbiotic process and intrudes on the hearths of nature then illnesses on the scale of the entire biosphere appear. Chronic (infections) illnesses are a sign of change in the evolutionary process of philogenesis and ontological genesis in man, the animal world, biospheric and planetary structures, insects etc. Therefore, the intellect must understand bio-geochemistry after V.I. Vernadski, atomic transmutation and material isotopic current. The Noosphere movement and Noosphere construction are phenomena of cosmoplanetary proportions at the same time encompassing the deep mechanisms of living matter with all the complex interactions and symbionts which exist in the human body. Human reason and intellect represent a new form of the Earth's living matter which has burst forth generating an economic 'captivity' of the planet from which it is essential that we free ourselves. It is essential that we develop completely different notions of human-production, human-consumption (the measure of a healthy creative life) and the technological influence impacting all sources of the biosphere and inert planetary matter. A new, bold vision of the age is required. As Goethe said, 'not how but why?' What motivation will carry humanity to the end of the 21st or the 22nd century if not to create a cosmic civilisation? This is a natural path and one that must be followed. Here we draw certain conclusions. Clearly, the above gives just a brief overview of the stages of human evolution on the planet which include the assimilation of the biosphere, hydrosphere and. atmosphere, the discovery of microcosmic phenomena and the key to nano-space. The future development of the world's Noosphere, spiritual and ecological ensemble, unity and association, the continuation of the Earth Charter and attempts to set specific margins requires that certain issues be made clear. 1. What solutions can offer a way out of the 'captivity' and 'trap' of the values of the current economic position? For today, all human labour is estimated in monetary terms determined by market demand. In essence, this limits the value of the human measure of life, creativity, intellectuality, culture, reproduction, family etc. The current authors believe that in Russia, the European Union and around the globe a population and civilisation evaluation system should be introduced that measures man hours of healthy life. What is the value of one hour of healthy creative life in cost units and what quantity of cost units are spent in producing one human hour of creativity. These are not intellectual indicators, or Gross Domestic Product. Rather such as system would involve a more complex approach and an essential stage of measurement. 2. In the light of the study of the human intellect as a field form, as fractals and connections between the intellectual processes which surround the planet the question is whether this physical space can carry us into inner or outer space. We are inter-connected and dependent on solar activity and the etheric-torsion currents of the huge revolution of the Earth in the Universe. It is essential that we discovery specific technical and energy based approaches particularly to processes where the physical energy quantity determines the natural flow: the less the energy the greater 176

the efficacy of the intellectual information both in dangerous and beneficial processes (negentropic activity). Finally, the dominance of the explanation of ascending evolution and the history of mankind and the biosphere via the genetic code needs to be broken. Genetic programs are macro-molecular chips; the result of etheric-torsion processes in the space of Kozyrev's energy-time which are today little known and little studied. As well as uniting these three main issues, more and more new knowledge needs to be injected into the culture and spirituality of the younger generation. The goal of the younger generation needs to gradually shift from the principle of 'having' to the position of 'being' for it is they that will be left with the task of finding a way through increasingly contradictory circumstances. Contemporary humanity lives according to the policy of any given present situation in a multi-poled geopolitical world. This is the policy that has been necessary at this stage of civilisation's development which is why it has been made manifest. This 'present situation' however, will have to determine a program that answers the questions of 'why?', 'How?' and what will happen to the forthcoming generations (5-6) up to the end of the current century. Will these generations live in conditions of stability or will they live in a different world? It is possible that they will witness global human autotrophy with the human neuron and somatic cells using different sources of energy such as cosmic radiation, atomic transmutation and etheric current? Given this development man would become an autotrophic organism learning to synthesise elements of food and life sustenance without destroying the biosphere's green mass, fresh water, atmosphere and oxygen content. It is hoped that this prediction of 'Why' and 'How' will become a theme for regular discussion and searching which will lead to the discovery of new forms of interaction with other cosmic civilisations. New opportunities are emerging for strategy and technology in protecting the health of future generations, their culture and creativity. One would expect cosmic life forms to be completely different. It is possible that the quality of the intellect actually makes us closer to cosmic civilisations than to existing notions of the protein-nuclein essence of life. The protein-nuclein essence is simply a carrier of intellect whereas our kinship in currents of intellect as fractals in field variations is a path of which K.E. Tsiolkovski spoke: '...our path to cosmic civilisations'. Long before the achievements of astrophysics, radio-astronomy and ideas on extraterrestrial intelligence V.I. Vernadski wrote: 'Ideas on the omnipresence and eternity of life which are closely linked with its principles of self-organization represent a train of scientific thought which if consistently developed will create huge opportunities for scientific creativity. Today this idea is particularly relevant to science because the time of the history of thought is upon us. It will push forward as the profound foundation of the future's new scientific worldview'. (Vernadski V.I. Selected Essays AN SSSR -1960. - V. 5. - p. 424) Finally we come to the issue of the probable and the improbable. Ideas on Noosphere evolutionary on a cosmoplanetary level set forth by VI. Vernadski, an entire group of geophysicists and outstanding Russian and world academics nonetheless points to the fact that our present knowledge is extremely limited. N.A. Kozyrev's discovery of the infinite speed of signal transfer i.e. information, introduced the notion of energy-time in space giving one to imagine that the planet Earth can dynamically change. Should such change take place, the etheric-torsion cosmic fields would be unknown to science and is it possible that the currents of energy-time which surround and permeate the planet would change their 'geography'. Human intellectual potential is capable of expanding and deepening. If the changes taking place are unevenly distributed then in various areas of the globe the human macro-molecular genome which according to biologists is created from protein177

nuclein constructions may not assimilate the 'shift' in space. Therefore, the current authors foresee the possibility of genetic default in mankind, animals and the whole biosphere mass. Needless to say, if genetic default occurs in the biosphere mass then all correlations and interactions supporting micro- and macro-organisms, food products and intellectualtechnocratic alteration will become distorted. One assumes that the micro world, viruses, pirons and nano-bacteria in the human organism all work to guarantee its condition of health. The question remains of how the intellect will interact, for the symbiosis also secures our health and the health of future generations. If the planetary symbiosis is disturbed then terrorist relationships will arise as a result of the resulting contradictions between micro-living protein-nuclein space and macro-organisms. Mankind is evoking the possibility of such relationships by unrestrainedly accumulating chemicals etc. Essentially, health should be perceived as a program of habitual symbiosis and its evolution in the cosmic Noosphere now referred to as the physical space of energy-time. Therefore, democracy must develop not on the basis of economic, pricing policy but rather on other processes which will preserve humanity's generations in the future. .Such a policy should reflect the course taken by education, upbringing, patriotism and the unity of humanity on the earthly globe where civilisations can merge and integrate. The most important task at the current stage is to halt the development of contradiction. This represents an extremely complicated process. In this regard one can only hope that the predictions of the cosmic and planetary Noosphere movement will be strategic enough given that the issue concerns cosmic space and cosmic civilisations. Russian fundamental science has accumulated a wealth of experience in this field (strategy) and this experience symbolises the Russia's present and future potential as a Great Power. It is clear that the greatest representatives of science who studied life and the earth saw the future of the planet, its population and the evolution of human civilisation as a planetary cosmic movement and warned of the probability of accelerating catastrophe. It is essential that this probability be reduced before it is too late: 'Touching on the power of the atom and space, thinking life in its total delusion destroyed itself and all that was living.' I.E. Efremov (novel 'The Hour of the Bull', 1991, p. 7): In addition, the earth's biosphere and ecology are totally exhausted. The cosmic nature of the Noosphere age in the 21st century should be understood as the road to human preservation, the preservation of the planet and Russia's future. The Earth and all its inhabitants are living through a highly responsible stage in the evolution of the Solar system. The cosmic time spring is compressed to the limit and the currents of new processes in all the earth's layers will affect the biosphere. Acknowledging its lack of responsibility and will power, humanity as the most developed life form in the biosphere is nonetheless more than worthy of entering into a new turn in the spiral of the possibilities of creative life. It is cosmophobia that has deprived people of intellectual independency and humanity on the whole is delving further and further into the 'fervent unknown'. The secrets of life, its force, forms, endlessness, evolution, revolution and transvolution have remained a mystery. The negation of etheric matter and lack of study into the etheric currents of space, the planet and the Earth have brought about the tragic isolation of mankind from the general trunk of Life in the Solar system. Nonetheless, Cosmic Life has never left 'mankind the orphan' and assistance has always been made available and this will be the case again in the future. It is more a question of who among us will recognise, accept and apply the assistance afforded. Everything depends on a moral-ethic renewal. The underlying problem of the intellectual process lies in the total, global dominance of the economic system at this stage in the development of human civilisation. The conceptual limits of the social genesis are becoming ever more brittle and new levels 178

of knowledge remain unexploited, on the contrary being impaired by a well-established system of concealment and even direct, unfounded negation. The consciously organised collapse of human intellectual productivity represents a continuation of the 'conquering of Nature'; only Nature in this case is represented by the natural, intellectual potential inherent in man which is either held back or approved according to the hidden goals of technical progress whose productivity is already squeezing life forms out of the biosphere substituting them with technical manufacture. Despite the extremity of the situation, the knowledge acquired at the beginning of sl the 21 century is already producing significant results. The development of ether physics or physical-mathematical concepts on modified and polarised physical vacuum dynamics represents one such achievement. Essentially, the new material reality of the surrounding world has been discovered and established which totally changes the conceptual basis of intellectual potential. Knowledge concerning new categories of natural process linked with the energetic and structural foundation of life is becoming clearer and is gradually being applied. The research begun by psychophysics is leading to a deeper understanding of human emotional and intellectual processes. In the discovery of the spatial and temporal features of subtle (intangible) matter in living and inert systems, consciousness (not exclusively human consciousness) and creativity perceived as a concentration of information fields are becoming the corner-stone of cosmic evolution.

179

1.19 APPENDIX ECOLOGICAL, COSMOPLANETARY IMPERATIVE

Until 2025 Cosmophysical processes in the Solar system Increasing power in the Heliosphere; irreversible change in the physics of interplanetary space; new types of inter-planetary and solar planetary interaction; initial stages of powerful planetary physical transformation of all planets Until 2050 Formation of a new structure in the electromagnetic carcass of the Solar system and resulting emergence of a new type of interaction with external-systemic cosmic space; contact via spatial-physical resonance with 'kindred' stellar-planetary associations; increase in the cosmophysical role of plasmic densities in the Heliosphere Formation of new types of interplanetary interaction including direct interaction between planet cores (due to changes in the transmission features of interplanetary cavities); discovery of new stabilizing climate factors; increase in the role of the ether and emergence of new types of rapid interplanetary interaction; increased intensity and size of planetary gaseous plasma layers. Until 2100 Emergence of the Heliosphere program and modification of planetary composition (inclusion of New planet and removal of Saturn, as indicators of the evolutionary factor); filial arrangement of absorption and radiation mechanisms; harmonising of powerful ray interactions on cosmological level Completion of the planet's role in the Solar system's accelerated evolutionary program; emergence of separate planetary evolution programmes within the context of the progressively increasing power of the Heliosphere; the planets' response to a common program for the accelerated evolution of the Solar system, modification of the planet's material composition, growth in the number and diversity of various kinds of stable plasmic body. Completion of the Earth's magnetic fx) le inversion; erratic increase in radioactivity in the Earth's atmosphere (a hundred times); emergence of a stable interactive mechanism between the dipole and quadrapoles of Earth and Jupiter, emergence of the Sun's 'presidential' management of the Earth's physics and the appearance of new fonns of interaction using means of etheric matter; initial stabilization in dynamic control of weather stnictures; increased power of processes common all the Earth's layers, initial stage in the formation of the New face of the Earth.

Planetary physical transformation in the Solar system

Rapid transformation of the climate system; rapid increase in power and diversity of weather structures; change in the nature of electro-magnetic processes in solar-planetary interactions; rise in the number of physical-planetary processes stimulated by increased ether concentrations (inhomogeneous physical vacuum); increase in the planet's gaseous layers.

Planetary physical transformation on the Earth (the geological and geophysical environment)

Acceleration of geomagnetic pole inversion; decrease in dipole intensity of the Earth's magnetic sphere; increase in radioactivity (natural and technological) in the Earth's atmosphere (hundred times more local); increase in hurricane and tornado activity; increase in instability of global and regional temperatures; disruption of seasonal periods; beginnings of wanning (melt) in island and continental areas; increase in intensity and role of storm processes and stable gaseous-plasma formations.

Completion of geomagnetic pole inversion and increase in the role of the Earth's four world magnetic anomalies in the formation of a new geomagnetic carcass; appearance of new types of interaction between the Sun-Earth and JupiterEarth (manifestation of magnetic quadruple pole interaction); large scale rearrangement of continental glaciers in Antarctica and Greenland; rise in the level of the Pacific ocean; beginnings of continental, tectonic movement; rise ill volcanic activity.

180

181

Table 2

Potential cosmoplanctary processes representing a threat to human survival Until 2025 1. Cosmophysical processes in the Solar system Increasing power in the Heliosphere; irreversible change in the physics of interplanetary space; new types of inter-planetary and solar planetary interaction; initial stages of powerful planetary physical transformation of all planets Until 2050 Formation of a new structure in the electromagnetic carcass of the Solar system and resulting emergence of a new type of interaction with external-systemic cosmic space; contact via spatialphysical resonance with 'kindred' stellar-planetary associations; increase in the cosmophysical role of plasmic densities in the Heliosphere Formation of new types of interplanetary interaction including direct interaction between planet cores (due to changes in the transmission features of interplanetary cavities); discovery of new stabilizing climate factors; increase in the role of the ether and emergence of new types of rapid interplanetary interaction; increased intensity and size of planetary gaseous plasma layers. Completion of geomagnetic pole inversion and increase in tire role of the Earth's four world magnetic anomalies in the formation of a new geomagnetic carcass; appearance of new types of interaction between the Sun-Earth and Jupiter-Earth (manifestation of magnetic quadruple pole interaction); large scale rearrangement of continental glaciers in Antarctica and Greenland; rise in the level of the Pacific ocean; beginnings of continental, tectonic movement; rise in volcanic activity.

Until 2100 Emergence of the Heliosphere program and modification of planetary composition (inclusion of New planet and removal of Saturn, as indicators of the evolutionary factor); final arrangement of absorption and radiation mechanisms; hannonising of powerful ray interactions on cosmological level

Planetary physical transformation in the Solar system

Rapid transformation of the climate system; rapid increase in power and diversity of weather structures; change in the nature of electro-magnetic processes in solar-planetary interactions; rise in the number of physical-planetary processes stimulated by increased ether concentrations (inhomogeneous physical vacuum); increase in the planet's gaseous layers.

Completion of the planet's role in the Solar system's accelerated evolutionary program; emeigence of separate planetary evolution programmes within the context of the progressively increasing power of the Heliosphere; llie planets' response to a common program for the accelerated evolution of the Solar system, modification of the planet's material composition, growth in the number and diversity of virions kinds of stable plasmic body. Completion of the Earth's magnetic pole inversion; erratic increase in radioactivity in the Earth's atmosphere (a hundred times); emeigence of a stable interactive mechanism between the dipole and quailrapoles of Earth mid Jupiter, emergence of the Sun's 'presidential' management of the Earth's physics and the appearance of new forms of interaction using means of etheric matter, initial stabilization in dynamic control of weather structures; increased power of processes common all the Earth's layers, initial stage in the fonnation of the New face of the Earth.

3.

Planetary physical transformation on the Earth (the geological and geophysical environment)

Acceleration of geomagnetic pole inversion; decrease in dipole intensity of the Earth's magnetic sphere; increase in radioactivity (natural and technological) in the Earth's atmosphere (hundred times more local); increase in hurricane and tornado activity; increase in instability of global and regional temperatures; disruption of seasonal periods; beginnings of warming (melt) in island and continental areas; increase in intensity and role of stonn processes and stable gaseousplasma formations.

End of table 2

182

Table 3

Conflict scenarios in the period of climatic change EUROPE 2012: Cooling and severe drought stimulate southward movement and displacement among Scandinavian community 2015: Conflict within the EU caused by decreasing food and water resources leads to local unrest and growth in diplomatic opposition 2018: Russia joins the EU as an energy supplier 2020: Mass migration of northern peoples form Holland and Germany to regions of Spain and Italy 2020: Increase in military conflict due to shortages of water and problems of immigration 2022: Conflict between Fiance and Germany on the commercial use of the Rheine 2025: Final break-down of the EU 2027: Increase in population displacement among the peoples of the Mediterranean, Algeria, Morocco, Egypt, Israel 2030: Approx. 10 % of the population of Europe migrates abroad Acceleration of geomagnetic pole inversion; decrease in dipole field force of the Earth's magnetic sphere; increase in radioactivity (natural and technological) in the Earth's atmosphere (hundred times more local); increase in hurricane and tornado activity; increase in instability of global and regional temperatures; disruption of seasonal periods; beginnings of warming (melt) in island and continental areas; increase in intensity and role of storm processes and stable gaseous-plasma formations. ASIA 2010: Conflict on the borders of Bangladesh, India, China and mass migration in the direction of Burma 2012: Regional conflict forces Japan towards forced armament 2015: Strategic agreement between Russia and the energy resources of Siberia and Sakhalin 2018: China enters Kazakhstan caused by and with the aim of protecting pipelines, damaged by rebels and criminals USA 2010: Disagreements between Canada and Mexico over water crisis 2012: Movement of refugees from Caribbean area to South-East USA and Mexico 2015: Migration of wealthy Europeans to America 2016: Conflicts with Europe over fishing 2018: Self defence in North America leads to the formation of alliance between USA, Canada and Mexico 2020: Defence units protect the border from influx of refugees from Europe and the Caribbean area

2020: constandy evolving conflicts 2020: growth in oil prices and threat to in South-East Asia: Binna, Laos, die safety of supply evokes conflict in the Vietnam, India, China Caspian mid Persian areas 2025: Internal tension in China 2025: Internal conflict in Saudi Arabia gives rise to civil uprisings and causes conflict between Chinese and border conflicts American military-naval forces in the 2030: Increased tension between Persian Gulf china and Japan due to Siberian energy sources.

Completion of geomagnetic pole inversion and increase in the role of the Earth's four world magnetic anomalies in die formation of a new geomagnetic carcass; appearance of new types of interaction between die Sun-Earth and JupiterEarth (manifestation of magnetic quadruple pole interaction); large scale rearrangement of continental glaciers in Antarctica and Greenland; rise in the level of the Pacific ocean; beginnings of continental, tectonic movement; rise in volcanic activity.

Completion of die Earth's magnetic pole inversion; erratic increase in radioactivity in the Earth's atmosphere (a hundred times); emergence of a stable interactive mechanism between the dipole and quadrapoles of Earth and Jupiter, emergence of the Sun's 'presidential' management of the Earth's physics and the appearance of new forms of interaction using means of edieric matter, initial stabilization in dynamic control of weather structures; increased power of processes common all the Earth's layers, initial stage in the formation of the New face of the Earth.

183

Fig.l Balance of auto- and heterotrophic living matter in its manifestation on Earth

Constancy of mass in Vernadski's Constant biosphere Fig. 2 Misbalance of auto- and heterotrophic living matter in stages of the emergence of the intellect and the technical anthropological development of civilisation 184

Fig. 3 The role of 'biological quantisation' in providing the intellect with the dissymmetrical evolutionary process in the space of Einstein, Minkowski and Kozyrev.

Fig. 4 Global demographic prediction in population age groups from 2100-2150 (S.P. Capitsa)

185

20 10 000 ,

1000

CD 0 1

t iupa

100

10
- 2000

//

1 III L/VIVL

VI

- 1000

..

1000

2000

3000

Fig. 5 Global demographic prediction to the years 2000-3000 (S.P. Capitsa)

20
19 18 -

\
'

-.. 2,5

7
2,2\ .

17 .
16 -

|
\
-

' " 16,1

15 ..

/
14 13
12

:
'

/
" /

"
1

]
11 10 -

; ^ -

\
1,2 :

\
1,3

98 to oo o> o > o > <y> C 4 \ o > CD

j I o > Oi < o CT>

o>

i 00 O) cn

cvj

2005 .

Fig. 6 Natural movement of the Russian population: condition and prediction (per thousand)

\
186

- , $ ' -

V const

\ V

^ <00

>

C D

Fig. 7 The human vitality cycle in the contemporary space of Einstein, Minkowski and Kozyrev's energy-time: 1. process of conception, the beginnings of individual life as held by contemporary biology; 2. the process of conception, the beginnings of individual life in the light of the hypothesis on the cosmoplanetary nature of living matter and the intellect and the cosmoplanetary hologram; M = monad (V.P. Kaznacheev)

Fig. 8 Human tissue structures in isolated conditions - optical distanceinformation tie (results of experiments totalling 20 thousand)

187

Fig. 9 Isotope dynamic in the composition of living matter. The graph shows a decrease in isotope content 13 in human body tissue in relation to age: 1 - blood vessel (aorta); 2 - fat tissue; 3- fibrous plaque; 4- damaged plaque. Example of the possible atomic transmutation of hydrogen in human cells (V.P. Kaznacheev)

Fig. 10 Number of cases of distance perception of transferred information (n = 105) with elements of excel (A), delay (B) and simultaneous perception (C) (in hours relative to the moment of transfer). The effect of human transpersonal relations in Kozyrev's energy-time (Patent RF 2141357 from 20.11.1999ISICAR, patent RF 2122446 from 27.11.1998 ISICAR) (A.V. Trofimov)

188

S 20 V O 15 10 I
5

5 80S

60 40

2 20

3 20 I S 80/

15Y] 0 CD 10 1 0) 5 I 0 20

60

Q ) 40 20

15 10 0 > 5

S 0

80 60
40 20

ZZZA

80
60

1 - 2 -

I Q )

40 0
20

Fig. 11 Mitosis dynamic and quantity of protein under the impact of 'laser tor' (patent RF 2163491 from 27.02.2001) (V.P. Kaznacheev, L.P. Mikhailova)

189

135 130

125 120 115 110 105 ()

20

Fig. 12 Sugar level dynamic in the blood of a patient with diabetes under conditions of distant information transfer with ampule insulin using a 'laser tor' (patent RF 2163491 from 27.02.2001) (V.P.Kaznacheev, Y.Shorin)

a-.

( 48 ) 400

Fig. 13 Diagram demonstrates experiments on the distance transmission of fermentation activity (a - amylase) on a substratum (starch) using equipment for distance information transfer (patent RF 2163491 from 27.02.2001) (V.P. Kaznacheev)

190

Fig. 14 Diagram of an experiment on distance gene expression responsible for angeotensin synthesis using patent equipment RF 2163491 from 27.02.2001. (V.P.Kaznacheev)

- (Escherichia coll)

IPTG ()

()

Fig. 16 Etheric-torsion current and etheric current lens. Two laser spin-torsion generators; meeting of two currents and formation of the etheric-torsion lens.

191

( )

Fig. 15 Spin-torsion etheric current 'accelerator': a - etheric torsion current locally stimulated; b - etheric-torsion generator in the form of head wear; - closed etheric torsion current

192

Fig. 17 Characteristics of the global parameters for life sustenance (Meadows D. Et al. Limits to growth. N.Y.: Universe Book, 1972. 196 p.) 1 - nonrenewable natural resources; 2 - food products per person (kg grain); 3 - capital investment per person ($USA); 4 - environmental pollution; 5 - population.

193

03

1,02

1.08

1,07

1.00 10.92

0.88

0,90

0,96 1.05

1.05

1.02

Fig. 15 Spin-torsion etheric current 'accelerator': a - etheric torsion current locally stimulated; b - etheric-torsion generator in the form of head wear; - closed etheric torsion current

Fig. 18 Distribution in Eastern calendar years of standardized, individual, seasonal variation on data relating to a - dates of birth and b- dates of death after amendments for average seasonal variations and the subsequent smoothing in 3 points both in rows and columns. Shaded areas mark heightened birth and death rates. (Based on material from XVIII-XX cent.)

194

\ I \ / > \> I \ /

i X

,, \

. . . . . 9

Fig. 19 Possible energy-information mechanisms of vital activity in human cells (animal). The cell represents possible elements of arrangement in living matter (V.P.Kaznacheev, 2008)

/N V -

! J - \ - const/

Fig. 21 Possible mechanisms of interaction between numerous (intellectual) worlds in the Universe (holographic Universe): 1- cosmic intellect (reason) (Kozyrev's holographic universe); 2 - carriers of living matter in different universal worlds

195

(XXI )

1/ ( 20-30 %)

Fig. 20 Possible syndromes of vital activity, individual and population fatigue, XXI century. New classifications for the preservation of individual (population) life in free cosmic etheric space (cosmo-etheric medicine, preventative medicine, holodynamics) XXI century (B P. Kaznacheev, 2006)

196

()

'- (} V

V const

4
:

Fig. 22 Cosmoplanetary currents and the nature of the Earth's living matter. The function of the heart as a cosmoplanetary organ (V.P. Kaznacheev, 2008)

197

REFERENCES
1. .. // . 1998. . 43, . 4. . 571-574. 2. -. : 1992, T.I, 623; ., 711; , 623 3. . - // . 1999. 39, 1. - .3-9. 4. .. // , 4. - 2006. - .48-52. 5. .., .. //, 11. 2006. - .28-33. 6. . .. , // 1996.. 1. 12.. 6672. 7. .. . .: , 1983. - 1 8 9 . 8. ., . 1991. 125. 9. / .., .., .. . - : , -1999. - 238 . 10. ., .. //. , 2000. .371,. 1.. 101-104. 11. .. . .: - , 2001.191 , 12. .. , ., 1990. 13. 1< , . . 2. . .: , 1998. 429 . 14. .. . 2003. 15. . . : . . -, 1990. 229 . 16. . , (http://www.ng.ru/science/2005-09-14/ll-interface.htnil). 17. .. // . 1965.. 163. 4.. 861864. 18. .. . / . .: -. 1966, .1. 20. . . , 1965, 4. 21. .. . .: , 1935. 208 . 22. .. . 1992 . // . -. -. . 5.1993. . 3. 23. .. : . , : , 1993. 24. .. . .: , 1990. 250 . 25. .., .., .. . : - . 2000. - 256 . 26. . // . : - ,.1.-1997.-.4-33. 27. . : 2 . .: , 1950.. . 28. .. . .1. . : 1992, 845. 29. A.R, .., . - // - ( , 24-29 2001 .). , 2001. . 120. 30. .. . : , 1996. - 272 . 31. .. . ., 1998,. 2332. 32. .. ... // . , 2006, .76, 12. * .23-1125. 33. .. : . . 2.-.: , 1967.-. 1.-428 . 34. .., .. //Phys. Solari-Terr., - Potsdam: 1981, 17, .71-90. 35. .. . .: 1991,98. (, ) 36. .., .., ., .. . ", ", 1972,8,.106115. 37. .. / . .: , 1976.-.381-399. 38. .. ..--, 2004 .-118 . 39. .. / -, , , , 13-14, 2003.-. 126-129. 40. ., ., .. //, 2005, .402, 1. - .34-36. 41. .., .., .. // , 1997, . 28, 5.. 325343. 42. .. 20 // , 5, 2006. -.48-53. 43. ,. : ? // / . .. (9-15 1996 .). - . ,- 1996. - .29-32. 45. .., .. " " // . 1991. 8. . 50-62. 46. .. // . 4,2005-.36-43. 47. .. - - //, 4,2006. - .53-57. 48. , .., . //. .1992, 5 . 7081. 49. .., ., .. // . . . -. 3 994. . 126, 6 . 17-23. 50. .., .. ,: , 1998.-204 . 51. .. , . .: *,1993. 52. .. , ,.: , 1993.544 .

198

53. .. //-2010. . ., 1997. . 8-107, 54. .., .., ., .. - - !! //. . 2003. 10. - .42-51. 55. .. //: , 1986. - 92 . 56. .. . . // . , 6,2006. - .3-20. 57. .. . .; .: . -. - , 1980, 260 . 58. .. !. . : - . -, 1982.. 5972. 59. .. // . , , .11,1985. - ,82-91. 60. 1I.A. . .: - , 1991. 445 . 61. .., .. ' // , 36,1996, 6- - .59-66. 62. .. . . .: , , 1991.-384. 63. .. //. , 2005. '.137, ..)..14-21. 64. .., ., .. . , 2000, . 373, 3. - .385-387. 65. .., .. // . 32, 5, - 1992. - .201-202. 66.. .., .., ., - : - // Beer. 11, 75, 8 , 2 0 0 5 . -.704-714. 67. ., .. // . .339, 3. 1994.-396. 68. | A.M. . .: , 1991. 117 . 69. ! A.M. ..: , 1995.159 . 70. Ky3iui A.M. ., 1997.37 . 71. .. . : . '. -, 1992. - 95 . 72. .. . : . ,1944.156 . 73. .., .. . .: - , 1948. 113 . 70. .. . . , 2002,.385,3.-.352-354. 71. .. . .: -, 1962, 176 . 72. - .. |// ,- 1998, JVs2.-C.\ 18-23. 73. .. // : . : - . 1984. -.38-58. 74. .. // .. hik. 1989, JV: 7. . 38-44 75. .. // . : . . -, 1990. . 3-22. 76. .. //. . . : 3., 1992, . 105. 77. .. . , 1994. 78. .. / , , . 1,-1994.-.16-21. 79. .. . -: "-", . 1995. 80 . 80. .. . : -, 1996. 81. .. // . . 1. : - , 1997. . 56-64. 82. .. // . . 4. , 1997. . 45-54. 83. .. ., 1998.243 . 86. .. . , 1999.104 . 87. .. // , . 10. , 2003.-. 28-41. 88. .., .. .. , 1995. - 35 . - (. / . -. ; 16). 89. .., .. // . . , 1998. . 5. . 20-29.
90.

.., .. 1908 - - . - -

: ,-1984,-143 . 91. ., . , // . -: , "-", 1997. . 110-120. 92. .., . // , .7, . - 2001. 93. .., . 73-81. . . : - , 2003, - 1 4 0 . 94. .., . / , ,2005 5.-.4-9. 95. .,, ., .. // 1- . , 2002 . 96. .., ., .. // 1- . . , 2002 . 97. A.IL, ., .. - . 1- . . ,2002.

199

98. A.M., .., . . . , -, : . .. , 2005. - 550 . 99. .., .., .. 1958-1999 . ; -, "-", 2002. 40 . 100. .., pry .., .. -. ( ): . . .: . 2001. . 22-23. 101. .II., ., .., .. // , , . - .1. - --. 2004. ~ .63-66. 102. .,, .., .., H.II. // . 1991. 2. . 127-138. . .., .., .., - .. . , . , 1992. 212 . 104. .., .., .., . . : . 2006. 190 . 105. . , .., .. . : - , , 2001.-409 . 106. .. ., 6. .: - . 1951.-399 . 107. .. : // . ., 2,1993, . 1-22. 108. II. : // , 5, 2006. - .50-69. 109. .. . : . 1974. - 1 7 5 . 110. .. . -, 2006. - 205 . 111. .., .. . // . 1995. . 36, 8 . . 72-81. 112. . >iepcii.ua: . .: , 1989.272 . . .. . : , 1988. 114. .., .. / , , .6. 1998. - .44-54. 115. .. // . : , 1989, .6275. 116. .. // , 4,2005.-.34-45. 117. .. 2 2 - : / / 1993., .: , 1992, . 2 1 5 2 2 9 . 118. .. 19911992. (22- ) // 1994. .: , 1993, . 190197. 119. .. : // ,1990.JVs 5.. 817. 120. .. // . , 2006, 76, . - .522-534. 121. : : . , 1994. 122. .. // .: - . ,1965. . 3841. 123. B.II. ,.: , 1983. ' 124. .. . : . .-, 1991. 126 . 125. .. . 3- // . . 1995. . 2 . 1314. 126. .. , , ..; , 1996. 248 . 127. .. . .: . cucipia, 1997. 352 . 128. .. . // . . 1998,. 5 . . 818. 129. .. XXI . 90/ - . XXI . , 1 9 9 8 . . 1727. 130. .. . // . . 1998. Bi.ni. 5. . 8-18. 131. .. XXI . // . . , . 1999. 3. . 13. 132. .. ( : ) // . . 1999. 6, . 920. 133. .. ( : ) // . . -1999. -6. - . 9-20. 134. .. . : , 2000. 47. 135. .. .. - // . . - 2002. - 9. -. 19-31. 136. .. : . - : , 2004. - 208 . 137. .. - : , 2005-32 . 138. .., .. : . : 2- . ., 1994.. 927. 139. .., .. : . .: 140. 142. 143. ,1980.. 21133. .., Cmipiui .. . : , 1991, 303 . .., .. . : , 1971. 229 . .., . . : . , 1994, 72 .

200

144. .., .. . : . ,1997.110. 145. .., ,. : . - : , 2004. - 312 . 146. .., .., .. // : . ,1997,. 927. 147. .., .., .. / ... , 2005. - 292 . 148. .., .., .. . X X I .: 2005. 448 . 149. .., .., .. ?/ . . ( 2 4 2 6 1994 .)., 1994. . 190195. 150. .., .., .. . . (. ) //. , 1999. . 6 . 37- 3. 151. .., .., .., .. . XXI .: 2002. 463 . 152. .., .., .., - .. XXI . 1 . : , 2000. 232 . 153. .. . ., 1981. 154. .. . .1 : . . . -: - . - 2002. - 151 . 155. .. //-., VI, 1951, .54-83. 156. .. . .; .: . -. - ,1980.260 . 157. .. . . : - . -,1982,. 5972. 158. .. // . , , .11,1985.-.82-91. 159. .. , .: - , 1991. 445 . 160. .., .. // , 36, 1996, 6. - .59-66. 161. .. . . .: , , 1991.- 384. 162. ~ . // . , 2005. '. 137, . 1. -. 14-21. 163. .., ., .. . , 2000, . 373, 3. - .385387. 164. ., .. // .

32, 5, - 1992. - .201-202. 165.. .., .., .. - : - // ., 75, 8,2005.-C.704-714. 166. ., .. // . .339, 3. 1994.-396. 167. 168. 169. 170. 170. 1996. . 348, 171. A.M. .: , 1991. 117 . A.M. ..: , 1995.159 . A.M. .1 . , 1997, 37 . .. . : . . -, 1992. - 95 . .. 1994 . ( ) // . . 3. .397-399. .. // -2010.

. .,1997.. 4 0 5 0 . 172. .. // . ., 1997. . 51 6 0 . 173 .., .. // . : , 2005. _q 19-20 174 .., .., .., .., .., .., . : . . 2002 - 1 6 3 . , , , ... 175 .. // , 5 , 1 9 9 4 . - .3-10. 176 .., .., .., . // . : . - , 2001,
1

'"

' ! .., .., .., ., .. -

/ . : . - , 2004, 1. - .99-107. 178. .. . .: . 1979, - 176 . 179 .. , // . 1998. s. . 17-2=. 180. . // , 7 , 2006. - .22-25. 181 .. , , 192. 182^ .. . , - : , 1975. . IV. . 2 0 6 2 2 0 .

201

 . .. .- .,1980.-278 . 184. : . .: 1987. - 243 . 185. .. . .:, 1954.-687 . 186. .. // / . .., .2006, . 1.-.17-58. 187. .., - .. ( . ). // . . 2002, . 9, . 133138. 188. .., .. . .: , 1992,-264. 189. .. , . , -: ,1998. -71 . 190. .. . ,: , 1986. 144 . .. . . , 2004 . 191. .., .., .., .. : . - 23-24 2003 . . , 2003 . 192. .. : // ..1876.. 13. 193. .. . .: , 1987. 327 . 194. .. , , . ., 1982.-240 . 195. .. : , . .: . , 1988.254 . 196. .. . .: . , 1990.350 . 197. .. : , 1995, .123151. 199. .. // . 1998. 92. . 2428, 2(. .. : , 1(50). - 2006. - C.8-J3 nittp://4vww.ecolife.ru). 201. .., .., .., .. XXI //, 2006, .41, 2. - .250253. 203. .. . : ,1992.254 . 204. .. , , . .: . 1969. - 488. 205. .. ? . .: , 1980,. 82. 206. .. : .207. .: ,1989. .. . : , 1993.280 . 208. .., .. // . . 1984. . 5, 6. 209. .. . - .: +. 2006. -488 . 210. . . , 5 . 7780. 211. , , : . .., 1996. 212. . . .: , 1975. 740 . * 213. . .: , 1986.. 1,2. 214. ., . . .: , 1978. 379 . 215. ( ) / . .. . : , 1998. 277 . 216. .. . 17 2004. 217. .. // , 1997, JV2. - .5-18. 218.. .. // , 2004, .74, 11. - .998-1005. 218. . // , 3.2006.-C30-37. 219. .. ( ). .2. .: , 1982.-479. 220. .. // . .: , 1979, .827. 221. .. : . ., 1995.. 4976. 223. . : 1993, .428-467. 224. / .., .., .., ../ : . .1992,-212 . 225. . . .: , 1995.289 . 226. .. : . .: ,985. 327 . 227. // . . . (9-15 1996 .). - -. , -, 1996. - 355 . 228. - / . .. . , 1982. 124 . 229. .. // . , -. .., 1973,181, .1132. .., .., .., .. // . 1995. . 6, 6. . 30-47. .. . .; , 2000,464. 232. I'. // , 3,1959.-.76-89. 233. .., .. : // .,1997.. 2, 3,. 6477. //. , 5,2006. - .34-46. 234. .. 235. A.II. . : . -, 1922.312 .

202

236. .. //, 12,1994.-.83-90. 237. .. . .: , 1988. -208 . 238. .. . . . .: , 1992,543 . 239. .. . .: . 1996. -264 . 240. .. , // . -1993,6.-.93-95. 241. , . , .: , 1987.240 . 242. - . . .: ,1996.465 . 243. .. . .: -, 1995.478 . 244. .. . .: -,1996.607 . 245. ' . . . .: , 1986. 246. . - .: , 1997,-464 . 247. . . -2010.- , 1997-. 108-124. 248. . .- : ACT, 1999.- 781 . 249. .. // Electromagneticke pole a biologickc system}- Praha, 1984.-P. 159169. 250. .. // . .-1996.- . 3,- . 24-32. 251. . // . 2006, 2.-0.176-185. 252. 26-30 2005 . . 253. .. .. , 2002. 254. .., .., .. . .: . 2005. - 576 . 255. . , RA., , .. . : - . , 1987.-96 . 256. .. . . : . : -, 1993. . 111128. 257. .. . ., 1996. 258. .. .- ,1993.-214 . 259. . // . .: , 1972. - .9-25. 260. .., O.R - 2000 . , 3(29). -2003 ,261. . - ..: ,1992.-105. 262. .. . .-.: -, 1998. 117 . 263. .. ,- -,1992.-23 . 264. .. .- : , 1 9 9 2 . 256. 265. .. . : ,1994.-232 . 266. . //. , 20. 2006..12. 267. ,. - // 1- : . . . - : - . 2003. - .18-31. 268. .. -.: , 1930. 269. . . , 1970.-173 . 270. . . : . 1995.- 766 . 271. .. // . : , 1988.-. 215-217. 272. .., - .., .. // -2005. :, , 2005. 273. .. : .6-11. -,1993.362 . 274. A . R // .. .-... , 1999-24. 275. . . .-.:, , 1936.-74 . 276. .., .., .. . // , 2000. - . 170, 2. - .213-217. 277. .., ., . . // ,1998, .108, 10. - .29-1140. 278. . ? .: . -1947.-146 . 279. ., . . 280. 281. 282 . . .: , 19-48.-267 . . . .: , 1966. .2.-778 . . .1. .: - . 1995.-.103-215. ( 8). . .2. .: - . 1996.-336 .

284. . .:- . 2000.-640. , _ ,

285. / 4. . . . . , 1997 -. 911. . .. 286. . * I', . .: ,1984. - 3 7 5 ; . 2. . .: 1984.-321 . 287. . .:. 1993. - 288 . 288 , .. , 1994 .-123 . 289. || ^1 . , , 1997. 319 ; . , 2000, - 487 .

203

290. : / . . . . ... .: . AT. 2002.-639 . 291. .. , , . : , 1999.448 . 292. .. . : , 2001.- 346 . 293. .., .., .. : // . .: , 2001. - . 10-24. 294. .. // . .: , 1996. - .167-178. 295. Beischer D. Biomagnclics // Ann. N. J. Acad, Sci. -1965- 134-P. 454-458. 296. Bcrtalanfy L. Das biologische Welt-bild. Bd. J. Bern, 1949. - S.159-161. 297. Cojherent photon storage of biological system. Electromagnetic Bio-Information / Ed. by F.A. Popp et aL Munchen: Urbum und Schwar-zenberg, 1989.-P. 144-168. 298. Courtillot et al. Sur uneacceleration recente de la variation secutaredu champ magnetique terrestre. C.R. Acad.Sci. Paris.Ser. D. 1978.V.287. P.1095-1098. 299. Delgado J.M.R. Biological effects of extremely Low Electromagnetic fields. Biomagnctism Application end Teory. Pergamon-Press. 1985.-P.443-455. 316. PuthoffY., Targ R.A. A perceptual channel for information transfer over kilometer distances. Historical perspective and recent research // Proceedings of the IEEE.-1976.- Vol. 64.- 3.- P. 329-354. 317. Rosenberg N.W. Chemical releases in the upper atmosphere (ProjectFirelly. A summary report // J. Gcophys. Res. 1963. Vol. 68, 1 0 . P. 3057. 318. Science. 1999. Vol. 285, > 5435. P. 1827. 319. Smuts J.Ch. Die Holistische Welt. Berlin.1938. S.103. 320. Space Shuttle - "an ozone Killer" // I'ligt Jut. 1989. 4177. 321. Spaceflight. 1992. Vol. 34, 3. P. 75. 322. Tacata M. Archiv for Mcteoroiogie, Gcophysik und Bioklimatologie. 1941.B2.JV:2.-P.486. 323. Targ ., Horary K. The mind race.-N. Y.: Villard Books.-1985- 250 p. 324. The Mahatma Letters to A.P.Sirmett /Theosophical Universiti Press, Pasadena, California, 1975,493. 325. Tofflci A. The thinl wave.-N.Y.:Buntam Books, 1981.-537 p. 326. Tyan Yeh. Dynamic deformation of heliospheric current sheet by magnetic clouds // J. Geomagn. And Geoelcct. 1996. Vol. 48, 31.H. 33-44. 327. WMO: Statement on the Global Climat in 2000. W M O 920. Geneva, 2001. R3. 328. Wentzl A. Metaphysik der biologie von Heute. Leipzig, 1938. - S.2 ( ).

204

CHAPTER III. NEW VIEWS ON UNIVERSAL GENESIS PLANETO-, HISTORIC)-, ANTHROPO- AND NOOSPHERE GENESIS AS UNIFIED LAWS OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF UNIVERSAL ORGANIC AND INORGANIC MATTER Contemporary cosmology, striving ever more deeply into the vast expanses of the galaxy and the Universe, is acquiring the traits of the human dimension. The antropic views of the mid twentieth century support the strong and weak principles formulated by Carter and the finalistic principles of subjectively-objective development. It is clear that cosmology develops a vision essential in the human dimension to understand the essence of our presence on the Earth, the emergence of living matter and intelligent man, the creation of the biosphere and the anthropo-biosphere, human consciousness and intellect. K.E. Tsiolkovski, Russia's greatest cosmologist, expounded the view that the world of the universe is infinite and intelligent and that human intellect represents a part of the greater reason of the cosmos. Many contemporary researchers draw on Tsiolkovski's reflections in the need to combine or expand on the large anthropic principle and its finalistic and objective-subjective aspects. Above all, an actualist position is being combined with views on the purposeful development of the Universe and its axiology. The opinion is also being expressed that all previous stages in the emergence of meta-galaxies and the galaxies of the Universe contain hidden potential and scenarios for future development. The given scenarios in essence resemble a system of social-natural universal selection which determines the conditions and fundamental parameters of anthropy in the Universe. Human presence needed to be such that at a certain stage of evolution the presence and existence of observers became possible. One may conclude that all stages of evolution (whether one accepts the 'big bang' theory or other theories on the source of the Universe) appear to have been 'programmed' so that on certain levels the necessary conditions and subsequently the Observer could appear. The appearance of the Observer should be attributed to the fundamental qualities of universal evolution which, as K.E. Tsiolkovski claimed, is a process of'self-cognition', 'self-reflection' inherent in all stages of evolution both in the microcosm, its vacuum and radiation and in all elements of material thermodynamics. Cells, the biosphere and the essence of 'earthly' consciousness combine complex information fields not only of conduction computers but also pertaining to the spin torsion currents of intellect and cellular memory. This monograph examines the time space dynamic which most fits 'Kozyrev's physical space of energy-time'. In energy-time space the divisions of past, present and future move in a tachyon world in which the essence of the human intellect and its'view of the universe emerges similar to a film negative being processed. Every component of the biosphere and the Earth as a whole represents a product of the Cosmos and originates in the Cosmos. Human life which is considered the highest rung of the biosphere is also linked with the Cosmos, the question now arising is whether man having passed like all other living beings on the Earth, through the egg, 'chrysalis', and 'larva' stages will again break out of the shell of the biosphere and enter into the new cosmic space of life of the Noosphere? Does weighty scientific premise or proof exist to support this theory? To a small degree, attempts to answer this question may assist in pulling the curtain back on the secrets of Universal genesis. Many experimental findings and their philosophical interpretation confirm that Man is a cosmic paradox and that the development of the intellect both in the individual and the species as a whole represents a cosmic phenomenon; it is a phenomenon which can 205

be made manifest according to intention and design and sensed by one who attunes to it. Humanity's drive to explore and actively assimilate inner and outer space (projects to inhabit the Moon, Venus and Mars) represents a natural process in the evolution of proteinnuclein life forms as they appeal and strive to return to their cosmic source. On the other hand, universal space evolves as an object which supposes the appearance of an observer to the process. This concerns the problem of cosmogonic order and the assimilation not only of the planet's surface but the further expansion of man into the cosmic system. This type of expansion is clearly possible and quantifiable and therefore represents a point of view which deserves careful attention. K.E. Tsiolkovski was undoubtedly the forerunner to these ideas who in his great perspicacity foresaw and most importantly, was able to scientifically express his vision of Man's exploration of inner and outer Space. Here K.E. Tsiolkovski's prophetic vision in 'The cause of the Cosmos' (22) is described. Written as early as in the 1920's this work retains its contemporary value due to ideas of causality in the origins and development of the Universe. THE CAUSE OF THE COSMOS The great academic begins his vision in the following way: Just as we make inferences concerning past or present human life from the existence of different man-made objects or automatic actions, or as we know animals by their nests, burrows and bones, so does the Universe constantly call to us of the existence of a cause. We know that all these actions have a cause and that in preparing objects and committing automatic actions this cause is man the creator. Man represents something higher than his deeds. Can we not speak of the cause of the Universe in the same way that we speak of the cause of creative activity? From the point of view of positive science however, the products of human creativity are identical to man, the difference being quantitative rather than qualitative. In both cases the material is the same and likewise, the laws of nature. Of course, the sense of these creative works is close to oblivion or non-existence but not absolute zero. Here, the difference is the same as between man and a microbe. It would be difficult however, to consider the cause of the Universe as being identical to the Universe itself. In fact, man (according tcfthe law of the preservation of matter and energy) is not capable of actually creating a single drop of work from nothing. The academic continues that the cause gives them eternity in the form of the immense cosmos. Therefore, what can be said of the cause is that it is not only something higher than the Universe but has nothing in common with matter. At different times, at different levels of development and knowledge man has perceived different causes of being and possible wellbeing. All that is beneficial or threatening has at some time or another been perceived as a cause and an object of worship whether it be beauty that gives pleasure or a more perfect life, a river impregnating the land with its high waters, fearful animals or imagined evil monsters with the power of destruction, helpful tamed animals and fantastical benevolent creatures on whom abundance and health depended or human heroes and heavenly bodies. The most penetrating thinkers understood that their well-being depended on the Sun which nourishes all that exists, the biota, mankind, well-being and life on the Earth. The Sun became established as the essence of life, the primary benevolent cause of all that is. However, other more intelligent thinkers understood that the luminary has neither heart nor mind and given the opportunity would be just as capable of creating good as evil. Hence, at this point thinking changed as there seemed no reason to reckon with a cause which had essentially been determined as soulless. Moreover, astrology has discovered any number of other suns no less powerful than our own, although perhaps, in their remoteness being less significant in relationship to the Earth. The Sun's author206

ity was nonetheless, undermined by science particularly when the Earth was discovered to be a part of the same composition. It became evident that a more important cause (or significant source) of all suns and all our well-being exists. Erroneously, only a part of the Universe was considered the cause of individual phenomena such as the Sun, Earth and man etc) whilst it is clear that the cosmos in its entirety creates the conditions of our lives. It is difficult to imagine that one of its parts would not, sooner or later, bear influence on the Earth and mankind. This awareness led to the notion of pantheism. The Universe itself was then considered to be the cause of all that is and supporters of pantheism consider further investigation into the cause of the Cosmos to be futile. Everything depends on matter in its entirety. It is matter that has given rise to countless suns and even more countless planets and the life they support. It is matter that has perfected organic beings, eradicated suffering and made every atom happy. It is suffice to study matter as we find ourselves in its hands. Matter is mother, authority and cause. Therefore, as the great academic optimistically continues, the wisest considered the imperative and the master to be that which leads all people and all other beings to happiness, contentment, awareness and infinity. Some took such an underlying idea to be love for humanity, others took it to be love and mercy to all that is living on the Earth and yet others, to be grace for all earthly and heavenly beings, to every atom and its parts. Belief in this idea, its capacity for salvation, its manifestation in life, its distribution and human submission to it was far from being a futile sacrifice and could on the contrary bring great benefit. The existence of a common higher love for the atom represented an idea which in the eyes of the wise, was worthy of deference i.e. observation of the laws which reflect this love. Grace and law originate together with man and other higher beings which leads to the deference of a chosen intelligent few and other beings with superior qualities considered worthy of obedience, attention and respect. These beings are of course no more than the children of the Universe but it has been established that worshipping the Universe itself would be futile. There was a time of course, when human reasoning could see no further than the Cosmos as a cause and even earlier, a time when that same reasoning was limited to perceiving cause in one Sun and even one Earth and its derivatives. Nonetheless, man surely takes a step forward in searching for the primary cause in the Universe. Incredibly, the Cosmos has no beginning and no end in time and space. Equally as incredible is the cause that gave rise to something so infinite. This does not mean however, that the Cosmos is a marvel to the cause itself. The idea of infinity is a product of the mind which is also a product of the Universe. Therefore, it is something quite subjective. The academic continues his profound thoughts by considering that what mankind perceives as limitless, may represent a limited quantity for the cause. The Universe itself contains nothing except for atoms and their parts which are ready to burst forth into life at any moment. There is no atom which would not periodically take part in the organisation of life in man and other higher beings. Mathematically, i.e. if one were to take imperceptibly small sensations as quantities, all atoms are living. Hence, the entire cosmos in all its vastness is constantly alive in the literal sense. It is constantly sensing. What is the level of the vital sensitivity of the cause? We speculatively compare it to the sensitivity of man's highest progeny in comparison to the sensitivity of herbs or bacteria. The atoms which make up parts of the Cosmos may live for billions of years but ultimately they break down. Nonetheless, their tiny parts and the products of their decomposition are eternal. Periodically, they reunite creating the same kinds of atom. Consequently the cosmos plays continuously like the waves play on a sea. One may ask what the nature is of this continuality and its personal game. That which has always existed such as the Universe, Tsiolkovski continues to reason, (22) cannot be created. This rea207

soning however, is a product of the brain and therefore subjective for indeed the world was created. This however, is inaccessible to the human mind for what represents a beginning for the cause is perceived by the human mind as infinite. One cannot find the beginning of a ring. The mayfly lives but for a day. If it were possessed of reason, then human life would appear to it infinite and endless. The world was created and therefore, the entire cosmic infinity simply represents constituent parts of things the cause desired to create. What is its power if the Universe is simply an article product of the cause? The logic of the cosmos is astonishing in that it is built only to create happiness. Such is the wisdom of the cause that its product, the Universe, can so amaze the human mind. Tsiolkovski (22) concludes that the Universe is governed by inherent reason which gives us in the wider perspective, to perceive nothing but perfection. The life it engenders is a form higher than human life. Human and animal life forms are exceptions and an essential hot-bed of renewal. Planets such as the Earth are so rare that they go unnoticed like a speck of dust on a white piece of paper. Hence, the Universe on the whole contains neither grief nor madness. It produces its own joy and perfection. These are completely natural and inevitable such that every animal should avoid pain and suffering. It is just that neither the animals on the Earth nor man have the strength or knowledge equal to that which is abundant in the cosmos. With time, however, it will become available to future generations. The living Universe is sufficient and intelligent unto itself. If this is the quality of the world, then so it must be the quality of the cause the goal of which is to provide immeasurable, unending goodness; immeasurable not only because it has no beginning and no end in time but also because it is endless in its distribution through space and perhaps even limitless in power. In creating its toy the cause attributed it joy rather than torment. K.I. Tsiolkovski (22) ends his ingenious vision on the 'causality' of the cosmos with the following words: 'How fantastic the cause must be and how immense its kindness if the happiness it has gifted to just one of its toys is so great that it is beyond human conception! THE BIG BANG THEORY Contemporary science claims that the beginning of all that exists, the so-called Big Bang, generated all that is from nothing at a certain geometrical point. According to the Big Bang theory the Universe emerged in one stage approximately 13.7 billion years ago as the result of a point cataclysm. This hypotheses gained scientific weight when Edwin Hubble discovered the expansion of the universe. By extrapolating this process into the past Hubble determined that the Universe emerged as the result of an explosion that entered history under the name of the Big Bang. However, this theory remained subject to debate and the standard explanation of began to acquire other interpretations. In actual fact the Big Bang did not take place at a specific point and specific moment. It must have been a burst of space and time as before the big bang, time as such did not exist making it impossible for space to determine at which moment time would become at its disposal. In 1948, Nikolai Alexandrovich Kozyrev, astronomer of the Pulkovo observatory completed his doctors on the theme: 'Sources of stellar energy and the inner star construction theory'. His dissertation stated: 'The energy in space which radiates from the Sun and the stars is supported by particular sources whose exact nature is still not clear!' Based on his dissertation material Kozyrev wrote a book published by the Pulkovo observatory in 1958 entitled 'Causal and non-symmetrical mechanics in a linear approximation'. A time bomb lay behind the book's obscure title as it shed light on the cause of observable asymmetry in nature. 208

Kozyrev claimed that the world was one only because the link between its distant parts is made manifest instantaneously. 'It is this link' the academic writes, 'that transforms the world from a medley assemblage of separate aggregates into an organised company!' What could be capable of drawing all that exists into a tight knot? What could be capable of uniting the past, present and future? Kozyrev imagined that only time could be the answer. According to Kozyrev, the objective difference between the past and the future creates a tension which can be physically realised i.e. creates e n e r g y ! Kozyrev writes: 'The asymmetry of the world exists as a result of the asymmetry of time. This quality which could be called 'the course of time' determines the difference between cause and effect! Therefore, in accounting for the course of time, mechanics should naturally be referred to as asymmetrical or causal'. This explains the obscure title of the Pulkovo work written by Nikolai Alexandrovich. Later in 1999 the two physicists Paul Steinhart and Neil Turok (Great Britain) simultaneously and independently of each other unexpectedly came to the same idea. They decided that science was powerful enough to understand the cause of the Big Bang (if it did in fact occur), by ascertaining the circumstances that existed before the event. The new hypothesis claimed that the universe generates matter and renews it constantly in infinite cycles of creation. Hence, for the first time in the 40 year history of the big Bang Theory Steinhard and Turok undermined its key foundation explaining the genesis of cosmology. Other researchers went even further to claim the eternal quality of time which in their opinion manifests not only in this galaxy but in numerous other galaxies, each with its own particular laws of physics and its own history. For the time being, many contemporary scientists attempt to penetrate the essence of time supposing the conception of its beginning to be nonsensical. All opponents are joined in the opinion that the Big Bang no longer represents the limits of scientific knowledge! THE PROTON AS THE PROBABLE REALISATION OF THE IDEA OF THE UNIVERSAL GENOME In 2003 I.A. Kuchin and S.S. Boichenko from Kazakhstan published an article entitled, 'The proton as the probable realisation of the idea of the universal genome' which considered the existence of an object, among other dynamic systems, which is both universal and elementary and which could represent a prototype ('genome') for the dynamic development of the Universe at its 'contemporary' post-inflationary stage. The authors proposed creating a 'bridge' between the study of the development and unity of nature and other structures of planetary and cosmic scale. They suggested that the evolution of the Universe should be studied from the point of view of the theory of dynamic systems whilst taking into account that the Universe relates to the general and 'universal' rather than to the single or particular. To avoid accusations of vitalism rather than focusing their attention on the specific biological organisation of living systems the authors concentrated on the proton as a potential universal genome. Their goal was to draw the attention of specialists to the cosmologically significant qualities of the structure of'elementary' particles. Therefore, the proton is considered within the context of a stable condensed information system rather than in the literal biochemical sense. The unity of living and inert natural systems touches on geology and the development of the Universe Within this content the Universe is thought to emerge, evolve and transform by some particular 'pre-synergetic' means. At the same time, in a relatively small but well studied part of the Universe (surrounding the Earth) a hierarchical picture 209

of interaction emerges between different types of structure in a clearly synergetic key. The main idea is that Creation (the Universe as a whole) cannot be seen as just another object in a series of objects because it relates to a general, 'universal' category rather than a single or particular category of phenomena. In hypothetically considering the birth and death of a multitude of worlds and numerous universes one sooner or later arrives at the problem of the existence of Creation as a whole i.e. the Universe (with a capital letter) as an object which has no beginning and no end, no reason for existence or evolution beyond itself. In order for an object (Nature, Spirit and the Universe) to possess general, eternal and absolute attributes (irrespective of its relationship to anything external to itself) it must internally (immanently) be identical only to itself. F.V. Schelling established this truth in the early 19lh century in his philosophy of identity (21). Schelling perceived the Universe as a general organism (one may as well speak of the genome!) and tried to lay the foundation of the philosophy of nature on the unity between gravitation and light (a unified theory of interaction set forth as early as in 1797!) According to Schelling the existence of the Universal had to meet specific principles. Today it is clear that these principles are widely manifest in nature in the self-organisation of dynamic systems in nonlinear dissipative environments, and that the philosophy of identity represents the precursor to synergetics. If the issue is one of the existence of a particular object-genome in which all these properties are present in a literal and figurative sense then such an object in reality exists and is relatively well studied in the form of the proton-nucleus hydrogen atom. The proton is possessed of certain unique qualities. It is widely distributed in the universe, absolutely stable, has an open system structure (after U.L. Klimontovich) and is marked by configuration kindred to DNA and RNA. Therefore, in the author's view it is not so important to establish which particle is heavier than another or which is the most fundamental in a series. What is most important is that in nature, in the particles which have already been determined, a whole class of systems (adrons) exists in which the configuration growing in the interior is manifest. This is clearly not without purpose. It would seem that the structure of time space is linked with energy at small distances in that the energetic scale (mass) distance shorten^. Perhaps this is a clue to the mystery of the 'eternal energy' of stars. The authors from Kazakhstan (21) end on a note of pathos by writing that the possibility of the quartal condition of stellar matter was considered by M.A. Markov and V.I. Man'ko as early as 1966.

4 <

WHAT EXISTED BEFORE THE BIG BANG? Contemporary science considers that all that exists began with the so-called Big Bang generated from nothing at a single geometric point! The debates surrounding 210

this primordial point continue to this day and push physicists beyond the realms of reality in answering the question: 'So what existed prior to the big bang?' New ideas For Paul Steinhard and Neil Turok the Big Bang 'died' in the summer of 1999 in Cambridge, Great Britain at an International conference under the title of 'The unification of cosmogology and fundamental physics'. Both physicists simultaneously and independently of one another, unexpectedly came to the same idea. Both decided that science had possibly reached such a level that it was capable of explaining the cause of the Big Bang (if it did indeed occur at all). It was therefore no huge step to determine what existed before the big bang! Working with a small like-minded group Steinhard and Turok transformed their new idea from an alternative into a prevailing one i.e. claiming to explain the genesis of cosmology. According to the Big Bang theory the Universe emerged in a single stage approximately 13.7 billion years ago as a result of a point cataclysm. The new hypothesis claims that the Universe gives rise to matter which it constantly renews it endless cycles of creation! Hence, Steinhard and Turok were the first over the forty year history of the Big Bang theory to question its fundamental basis. Other researchers went even further asserting the infinite nature of time which in their opinion manifests both in this Universe and in a multitude of other Universes each with their own specific laws of physics and history. Other contemporary scientists are attempting to gain further insight into the essence of time considering the conception of its beginning to be nonsense. All opponents are con-- hiKMiunrw <18*1963} vinced of one thing however, which is that the Big Bang no longer represents the peak or limit of scientific knowledge! Background information The most recent version of a cyclical model of the evolution of the Universe was proposed in an article by a Canadian physicist from Ontario published in December last year. However, the inspiration for the idea originated with St. Augustine and his contemplations in the fourth century on the actions of the All-highest on the eve of the first day of creation: 'He prepared a place in hell for the over curious!' This issue took on scientific weight after Edwin Hubble's discovery of the expansion of the Universe in 1929. Extrapolating this process into the past Hubble established that the Universe emerged as a result of a burst which went down in history as the 'Big Bang' However, in the 1960's the standard interpretation of this event was brought into question. In actual fact, the Big Bang did not take place at a specific point and at a specific moment. It was a burst of space and time, as before the big bang, time as such did not exist making it impossible for space to determine at which moment time would become at its disposal. The String Theory For many years all attempts to understand what happened at the moment the Universe was formed came to nothing. In the standard model of the Big Bang the embryon of the Universe was in a condition of almost infinite density at an almost infinitely high temperature. In such extreme conditions the laws of physics known to science would not have applied. In order to return to the very beginning of time a new type of science was required that united 211

Einstein's general theory of relativity and quantum mechanics. This type of science was created and referred to as the string theory! In truth, it is unclear how the theory would respond if introduced into the system of the Large adron collider (the most powerful particle accelerator in the history of science). Moreover, the string theory assumes 10 dimensions in reality (3 which are known and 7 'rolled'). Arrows of time Physicists believe that the work of Steinhard and Turok showed that now the problem lies not in determining whether there was a beginning to time but rather the mystery of the arrow of time, i.e. its movement from the past into the future. S.I. Carroll, a theoretical physicist from the California institute claims that 'observing the Universe which periodically repeats itself gives scientists no great pleasure. Nonetheless, their task lies in understanding the cause of the arrow of time based on these observations'. In 2004 Sean Carroll expressed the idea that the arrow of time and the beginning of all time should not necessarily be considered separately. In Caroll's opinion, one cannot establish what existed before the Big Bang without first elucidating the question as to why that which precedes, takes place prior to that which subsequently follows. The unilateral movement of time from the past into the future represents one of the greatest mysteries of physics. Equations which govern separate objects do not allow for the direction of the arrow of time. Physicists use the term entropy to mean the measure of disorderliness in a given system; its degree of non-equilibrium. The Universe has existed for approximately 13 billion years which constitutes just one tenth of its full life cycle. Consequently, we find ourselves at the earliest stages of infancy and very far from a condition of equilibrium. The level of entropy in the Universe is extremely high! Inflation Theory In 1984 the physicist A. Goode from the Technological Institute of Massachusetts (USA) proposed the idea that the young Universe looked the same as we see it today. Towards the end of the 1980's Goode and other physicists including renowned Andrei Linde from Stanford University showed that inflation could still be taking place and could take place in the process of certain external interactions. As a result, a range of 'pocket-sized' Universes was formed similar to our own. In the course of this research, Sean Carroll discovered the solution to the direction and origin of cosmic time which as the magazine 'Discover' alleged in April of the same year, witnesses the impact of inflation processes in two directions (which sheds light on the cause of the 'arrow of time'). The full theory of repeated inflation came to Carroll in 2004 as a result of which he can now explain why certain 'pocket' Universes collapse, transform into black holes and ... .evaporate whilst others infinitely expand refining and forming the space required to begin the next phase of inflation! German Gordeev / weekly 'TAINIXX VEKA' 23 June 2008/ WHERETO FLIES THE ARROW OF TIME One of the most fundamental facts of reality lies in the difference between the past and the future. However, in the huge proportions of the cosmos this difference can be obscured! The basic laws of physics are equally applicable to movement in the future and in the past. Nonetheless, for some reason we only perceive one real direction in relation to time which moves from the past into the future. In considering this issue 212

cosmologists delve into the prehistory of the Universe and into the time preceding the Big Bang. At that time our current Universe could have been part of a huge many layered world in which time was symmetrical enabling it to move both into the future and into the past! The Newborn Universe Such was the Universe 14 billion years ago. At that stage the universe had an inconceivably high density and temperature. The universe cooled, refined and generated space. This picture appears to us natural and logical excluding certain oddities such as the asymmetry (irreversibility) of time. It should be emphasised that the laws of the micro-world which lie at the foundation of the Universe do not differentiate between the past and the future. However, the newborn Universe, hot, dense and homogenous differed radically from the Universe we know now which is cold, rarefied and 'patchy'. Although the newborn universe began its development in relative order the element of disorder gradually increased. The arrow of time has forcefully entered our lives which is why we are unable to turn an omelette into whole eggs or why a lump of ice cannot turn itself into a glass of water. For the same reason we can 'remember' the past but not the future! This asymmetry is considered to have originated in a more or less ordered stage of development approximately at the time of the Big Bang. Hence, one could say that every time one beats an egg to make an omelette we stand at the roots of contemporary cosmology! Despite being an obvious part of our everyday life the arrow of time remains a completely unsolved mystery of nature causing scientists to consider the existence of an immeasurably vast surrounding world of time and space which eludes our current perception. Finally, this mystery gives us to consider ourselves parts of this multi-layered world whose development dynamic will undoubtedly assist us in understanding phenomena which would at first appear unnatural. The mystery of entropy Physicists explain the idea of the asymmetry of time as the Second law of thermodynamics which holds that entropy (the measure of disorder) never decreases in a closed system. In the nineteenth century the Austrian physicist Ludwig Boltzmann explained entropy in terms of an objects macro- and micro-position. If one were to describe a cup of coffee one would have to observe its macro-position / state i.e. its volume and temperature and then its micro-position i.e. an exact description of the location and speed of the movement of every atom in the liquid. Many different micro-states can correspond to one macro-state. The position of an atom can theoretically be changed but its changed location is unnoticeable within the macro-condition. Therefore, the question is not so much why the entropy level of the Universe in which we live will be higher tomorrow than it is today but rather why it was lower the day before yesterday than it was yesterday! If one traces this pattern back into the past one finally reaches the beginning of the observable Universe at which point one can answer the question concerning the cause of the irreversibility (asymmetry) of time! Disorder in emptiness The earliest Universe must have been a remarkable place. All its particles were condensed into a microscopic high density and high temperature volume. It is important to emphasise that these particles were distributed in a microscopic volume almost uniformly. Gradually this volume increased reducing in temperature. Due to the interaction of gravity, areas of different particle quantity arose. Where the number of particles was greater, stars and galaxies emerged and where their number was fewer emptiness was formed. Gravity 'collected' particles in one place creating stars and galaxies and their level of entropy (the measure of confusion during their period of 213

formation) considerably increased in complete correspondence with the Second law of thermodynamics. Black holes are an example of maximum entropy resulting from gravitational forces. Black holes radiate energy in accordance with the Second law of thermodynamics and are characterised by their great levels of entropy. The Black hole located at the centre of our Galaxy has a mass equivalent to a million solar masses and is characterised by an entropy level one hundred times greater. One may suppose that the Universe began with high entropy. Empty space would therefore be a good candidate for such a condition! This can be explained by the presence of mysterious dark energy. In the presence of this strange energy no empty space is completely empty. Fluctuation in the quantum fields raises the temperature of the space to a very low level, much lower than the temperature of the current Universe, but nonetheless above absolute zero. New scenario In 2004 American scientists proposed the idea of the birth of the arrow of time in the observable Universe. The researchers began by examining an empty space at a specific moment and then observing its advancement into the past and the future! The reaction of the scientific community to the observation of the arrow of time in the past was varied. If we were to meet a person from the future in our present time, would that person be able to remember their future? Fortunately, this event would pose no particular danger to the participants of such a rendezvous. According to the proposed theory such an adventure would only have been possible long before.. .the Big Bang! Unfortunately, it has not been possible to propose a scenario encompassing spacetime in huge proportions which is unfortunate as this would shed light on the arrow of time which remains the key riddle of contemporary cosmological studies. Moreover, the arrow of time 'flying' from an area of extremely low entropy (i.e. from the 'early' Universe) could provide the 'key' to the 'Super-Universe' which we are unable to observe. If nothing were changed? If one considered the observable Universe unique in the surrounding world then it would be impossible to solve the riddle of the arrow of time. However, if one accepts the idea that the world around us represents just a tiny fragment of a greater cosmological picture then new, as yet unimaginable opportunities arise for research into the sacred secrets of nature. One might agree with Edward Trayon's formulation that 'it would be easy to understand the nature of the Big Bang if this event represented one of the births of many universes occurring from time to time in reality rather than the birth of all that exists!' German Gordeev / weekly 'TAINIXX VEKA' 30 July 2008/ W H Y DOES THE SUN SHINE? At the beginning of the 20th century astronomer G. Klein wrote 'We are all at the same time mere mortals and geniuses, weak and strong, paupers and tsars; we are all children of the Sun.' The desire to better understand one's forbearers has been prominent in all periods but can one truly look into the Sun? It would appear that this privilege is given only to all-permeating neutrino particles! 214

M x m M f K o l u n u a [18.19>

'Cracks' in the theory Scientists have been able to create the means of registering solar neutrinos emerging as a result of thermodynamic reaction. It appears that from the Sun where thermonuclear reactions are thought to take place only one third of the particles generated actually reach the Earth! The question arises as to what happens to the remainder. Hence, in the figurative expression of A.B. Sever a 'crack' appeared in the imposing building of the theory of solar and stellar luminescence! 'It is possible', writes Sever, 'that this discrepancy along with other incongruities demands the fundamental revision of present notions of the Sun's internal processes!' Historical thesis In 1948 Nikolai Aleksandrovich Kozyrev, astronomer of the Pulkovo Observatory AS SSSR upheld his doctor's dissertation on the theme: 'Sources of stellar energy and the theory of inner stellar construction'. The dissertation held that 'the energy radiating in space from the Sun and stars is supported by particular sources the nature of which remains unclear!' Based on his dissertation material Kozyrev wrote a book published by the Pulkovo observatory in 1958 entitled 'Causal and non-symmetrical mechanics in a linear approximation'. The book's obscure title hid a time-bomb of action shedding light on the cause of observable asymmetry in nature. For example, the odd concentration of the Earth's continents north of the equator and their oblong shape stretching to the South is obvious to all. The question is whether this represents a random phenomenon. On 'hard' planets such as Mars that may well be the case but on gaseous planets it is less likely. Why is the world whole? Kozyrev came to the conclusion that the world is whole due to the momentary creation of the links between its remote parts! 'It is this link' the academic writes, 'that transforms the world from a medley assemblage of separate aggregates into an organised company!' What could be capable of drawing all that exists into a tight knot? What could be capable of uniting the past, present and future? Kozyrev imagined that only time could provide the answer! According to Kozyrev, the objective difference between the past and the future creates a tension which is realized physically creating energy! Kozyrev writes: 'The asymmetry of the world results from the asymmetry of time. This quality can be referred to as the course of time and the defining difference between cause and effect! Therefore, the mechanics which take account of the course of time would naturally be referred to as asymmetrical or causal.' Herein lies the obscure title of the Pulkovo work by Nikolai Aleksandrovich. What is time? This question is still without an answer. However, Kozyrev and his colleagues were of the persuasion that time is possessed of active qualities which make it a functional participant in universal processes. Kozyrev showed that the unknown current radiating from star bodies can be registered by a resistor on the surface of the Earth much more quickly (momentarily) than the speed of light. This phenomenon has been confirmed on many occasions and has been registered experimentally according to the position of star bodies (rather than their radiation) in the past, present and future. Kozyrev established the notion of 'the course of time' based on these experiments. According to Kozyrev's data time can carry energy both introducing and removing it. Kozyrev emphasized that orderliness in a system can be lost in that it is 'carried away' 215

by time which means that time carries information of events which can be transferred to a different system. Kozyrev claimed that cause and its effect relate to different bodies and are located at different points in space. The distance between a cause and its effect is never zero. It is clear that the relationship of the distance to the time interval between them creates speed! Speed in its turn is a physical quality capable of executing an operation. Stars are time generators! Kozyrev alleged that in chaotic processes before a system reaches a state of equilibrium time is released. Because stars represent such 'disordered' systems they release a huge quantity of time which can be registered. N.A. Kozyrev and V.V. Nasonov describe these surprising experiments in their article 'On the qualities of time discovered through astronomical observation' (see collection 'Problems of researching the Universe', edit. 9, M-L 1980). The idea of the experiments was based on the supposition that because time is present in the Universe occurring everywhere constantly then if according to well-known trajectories the true position of stars is calculated (rather than their visible position) then special electrical resistance (resistors) will react to time currents flowing from different points in space! In the final experiments the electrical conductivity of the resistors changed by pointing a telescope at three points: the calculated true position of a specific star, its visible position and its future position at the moment when a signal would reach it from the Earth travelling at the speed of light! In other words, the researchers succeeded in receiving a signal from the future! Commenting on this striking fact Kozyrev wrote: 'The future already exists in the real geometry of our world! Therefore, it can be observed at the present moment. In essence this signifies the effect of the physical impact of a future system on its present.' Insight into the future - fact! The future already exists in the current world and can therefore be observed. At the same time according to Kozyrev, time brings its qualities to the world freeing it from harsh determinism. If the future can be observed then this fact influences the present which in its turn disturbs the future! Therefore, one must accept that the representation of the future is received in a fuzzy form. According to Kozyrev it would seem that fate is not totally conclusive. Fate can be corrected as in the famous legend of prophetic Oleg who rejected a horse who had albeit indirectly reached death foretold by a sorcerer... Resume If in the thermodynamics of Einstein-Minkowski, energy neither emerges nor disappears (accepted laws of physics) then in the space of Kozyrev's energy time (tachyon world) energy materializes in the current of energy-time. This represents a different idea and a new physical element of Einstein-Minkowski space. As has been shown many times everything in this world is subject to the laws of cause and effect. Cause turns into effect during the course of a particular duration of time at a specific speed. As has been pointed out above, speed is a physical quality, therefore, time is capable of interacting with matter, changing its condition and consequently its energy. It follows, that it is possible to create a generator that derives energy from time. According to Kozyrev, the Sun and stars represent such generators. As far as Koyrev's thoughts on fate are concerned they basically reflect a natural interrelationship between past, present and future. In any cohesion between things and events the future is already present. Georgii Ivanovich Kunitsyn leads an interesting discourse on this theme: 'Infinity is comprised of finite quantities and therefore, however great they may be, they can be objectively calculated. They can be neither less nor more. Coincidences are many but they occur only within the limits of a given cohesion of events. If one is 216

forewarned of a danger then it is possible to avoid it. However, both the danger and the potential for its avoidance are inherent within the cohesion of events! Nature knows no law of forced death as an inevitability!' The biography and achievements of Nikolai Aleksandrovich Kozyrev have long found their place in history. His remarkable hypothesis on the nature of time also claims its position in the history of scientific thought. Over the forthcoming decades the year of his birth will be honoured again and again. In time, other scientists will in turn either reject or confirm his hypothesis. In any case, the great academic has left behind him a great number of students and followers and his name will remain in the memory of many generations to come. Genadi CHERNENKO /weekly: Taini XX veka 12 2008/

THE SISTERS OF THE EARTH Until fairly recently the Solar system was considered by astronomers to be a so-called unique specimen. Now, however, the number of registered extrasolar planets reaches almost two hundred! This does not necessarily mean however that this number of planetary solar systems has been discovered. And who could possibly confirm such a claim? Distracted by the abundance of extrasolar planets (exoplanets) we seem to have forgotten about our own planets which are no less full of mystery. Classification Strictly speaking the Earth's sisters only refers to the closest planets in the Earth s group such as Mercury, Venus and Mars. These are followed by the giant planets: Jupiter, Saturn and an entire suite of satellites and smaller planets including Uranus and Neptune and the last of the known planets five times less the Earth's mass, Pluto with its satellite Charon Recently, however, Pluto was deprived the status of planet due to its small size. D o planets exist beyond Pluto? Candidates have been nominated but their ex 1S tence is yet to be officially confirmed. Curious regularity If one were to survey the Solar system as a whole casting a mental eye one may discover a certain curious regularity. I D. Titsius and I.E. Bode discovered one such 217

regularity back in the eighteenth century. Its essence lies in the idea that the distance between the planets and the Sun measured in segments equal to the distance from the Earth to the Sun form a geometric progression. If Mercury, Venus, Mars and hypothetical Phaeton (possibly located in the current asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter) Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and Pluto are conferred the numbers minus one, zero, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven and eight then their distance from the Sun in units equal to the distance of the Earth from the Sun observe a curious formula (Titsius-Bode rules): 0,4 plus 0,3 multiplied by two the value of n where n is the ordinal number of the planet given above! The numbers calculated according to this formula strikingly coincide with direct measurements of distances to the planets (real data in brackets): Mercury - 0,5 (0,4), Venus - 0,7 (0,7), Earth - ,0 (1,0), Mars -1,6 (1,5), Phaeton - 2,8 (2,8), Jupiter - 52 (5,2), Saturn - 10,0 (9,5), Uranus - 19,6 (19,2), Neptune - 38,8 (30,1), Pluto - 77,2 (39,5). As one can see, only Neptune and Pluto fail to correspond to the established rule! Mercury Mercury is the closest planet to the Sun. It was once thought that another small planet existed located even closer to the Sun but this supposition has never been confirmed. Mercury holds the record for speed amongst the other planets. Moving around the Sun in 88 earth days it reaches a speed of up to 54 kilometers a second! The Earth 'flies' at a speed of up to 30 kilometers a second. Up until 1965 it was thought that Mercury always had the same side to the Sun. However, radio location research has shown that Mercury faces different sides in turn to the Sun. In approaching the Earth, Mercury constantly faces the same side to the Earth. Morning star The closest neighbor, Venus can truly be called the Earth's twin. Like Mercury she has no satellite. Venus is similar to the Earth both in magnitude and density of matter. Her dense atmosphere has caused astronomers difficulties in that it totally obscures the planet's surface from external view. 16 Soviet interplanetary stations such as 'Venus' have transferred many important details concerning this planet. Its surface temperature reaches almost 500 degrees and pressure reaches 100 atmospheres (similar,to the earth's ocean at a meter's depth). Venus makes one turn on its axis every 243 earth days! Moreover, it revolves in the opposite direction to the other planets. The clouds around Venus gather momentum driven by winds of up to 130 kilometers an hour and revolve around the planet in just four earth days. The force that drives these clouds remains a total mystery! The red planet The famous Martian canals live in the minds of the curious to his day. What are they really? Inspired by the discovery of the canals by Giovanni Schiaparelli, Herbert Wells wrote his novel 'The War of the Worlds'. What is interesting is that not only canals were observed on the surface of the planet Mars but also geometric shapes! The authoritative American magazine'Scientific American' 1 January 1926 published a letter written by the well known astronomer William Henry Pickering which included the following lines: 'When Mars approaches the Earth at a minimum distance geometric shapes regularly appear on the planet's surface!' Schiaparelli communicated that he observed the renowned cross in 1879 although in the following years it appeared to have disappeared. In the approach to Mars in 1892 in the region of Arekipa a pentagon was observed at two thousand kilometers! In the opposition (greatest proximity to the Earth) In 1924 a completely symmetrical five-pointed star was observed. Dr. Trumpler from the Likska observatory even sketched this shape and indicated the canals from which it was 'constructed'.... One would like the Martians to execute these shapes slightly more 218

frequently than once in every fifteen years!' In his book 'The Universe, Life and Reason' the well-known Soviet astrophysicist Joseph Shklovski writes the following:' systematic and sizeable change has been observed on Mars. For example, Sun Lake has almost completely disappeared from the planet's surface and Schiaparelli saw this formation as a bright dot almost round in shape.' Flashes A strange communication appeared from the American astronomer Percival Lovell in 'The works of the American Philosophical society' in December 1901. According to Lovell's data, during the opposition in 1894 over a period of nine months approximately four hundred (!) flashes of unknown nature were registered on the planet Mars. Since that time the only convincing evidence of these luminescent points remains the 'assumption that a light reflective object exists in Mars' atmosphere. At the present time, only Japanese astronomers have communicated observations of flashes on Mars. According to the evidence of astronomer Tsuneo Saeki ('Knowledge is strength'8,1970), 8 December he observed 'abrightly shining point in the proximity of Lake Titonus which shone with a twinkling light for a period of five minutes'. In 1954 the Japanese observed two similar flashes on Mars and in 1958 four similar flashes. Based on these facts supporters of life on Mars concluded that a link existed between these 'signals' and atomic explosions on the Earth. In their opinion, the prohibition and subsequent cessation of nuclear experiments on Earth caused the Martians to stop 'signaling'. Asteroids Asteroid Hector caused confusion among 20th century astronomers due to its cylindrical shape 110 kilometers in length and 20 kilometers in diameter (according to the latest details its true size measured three times greater!). It is difficult to imagine how it failed being destroyed by centrifugal forces on revolution. Russian astrophysicist L.V. Ksanfomaliti conjectures: 'Could asteroid Hector have been made from stainless steel?' Asteroid Vesta also caused astronomers great surprise as it turned out to be made up of materials formed at extremely high temperatures and pressures which can appear only in the interior of a planet the size of the Earth! In his time K.E. Tsiolkovski wrote that people in the future will manage asteroids in the same way that 'we manage horses'. Indeed a number of steps have already been taken in this area. Vladimir KRUTOV / weekly TAINI XX VEKA / September 2007/ LIFE ONLY EXISTS IN THE SOLAR SYSTEM It appears that the visible cosmos is inundated with planets suitable for human existence. At least, there would seem to be a greater number than was thought previously. Astronomers have come to the conclusion that every third known planetary system could have its own'Earth'. So far scientists have concentrated on the gaseous giant planets such as Jupiter and Saturn. The level of equipment used today in observing planetary systems makes it possible above all to make such planets known. These planets have represented the focus of recent research carried out by American astronomers. American specialists Have also studied so-called 'Hot Jupiters', massive bodies whose orbit lies in extremely close proximity to the 'parent' star (closer than Mercury's orbit comes to the Sun). It is thought that maximum proximity to the star arises during a planetary system's formation when 'Hot Jupiter' shifts and gradually shortens its distance from the star falling into its gravitational field. At this stage of the system's formation the 'protoplanetary disk' 219

consists of a mixture of gas, dust, ice, rock and asteroids. The gaseous giant which is formed and shifts within this environment creates powerful disturbance. How great its influence on the formation processes of other planetary systems remains a question of serious scientific debate. It was thought that the movement of gaseous giants resulted in a significant part of the composition of the protoplanetary disk being ejected into space. However, the process now appears to be somewhat different. The gas in the young planetary system is considerably more dense than usual and therefore it hinders the dispersal and ejection of matter in space retaining it in orbit. The 'agitated' particles and fragments having passed through the 'Hot Jupiter' disk begin to move randomly becoming all the more distant from the centre of the system and increasing their orbit. However, if they manage to remain inside the system thanks to the high gas density for a million or so years then, with time, their condition stabilizes and they return to their regular orbits where they are united and gradually form planets. This insight has been provided by computer models created by American specialists with the purpose of demonstrating the gaseous giant in a protoplanetary disk. The model reproduces almost 200 million years of planetary evolution on a computer screen based on the example of more than a thousand virtual cosmic bodies consisting of ice and stone. As a result, the specialists came to the conclusion that every third known planetary system could represent a refuge for 'Earth-like' planets. The virtual model showed that the gaseous giant formed roughly in the area that Jupiter is located is capable of passing through a developing system and coming very close to the star. In this connection, other planets which have begun to form end up being quite a distance from the 'disturber of the peace' and their 'building material' is not drawn in by the giant. They continue their process of formation in the system's outer orbits. In this way they end up with conditions necessary for the manifestation of life. Research shows that the surface of such planets will become covered by oceans which represent the first and most important condition for the beginnings of life. Scientists believe that this represents a new type of planet possessed of water reserves and which may even be inhabitable. Such planets are considered similar to the Earth in systems differing significantly from the Solar system. Alina Balaris / weekly 'UFO,2008' / MORE ON THE ORIGINS OF THE PLANET Just a decade ago astronomers studied the emergence of planets based on the only known planetary system - the Solar system. Today, dozens of mature planetary systems have been discovered and approximately the same number of embryonic systems displaying themselves in fascinating diversity. It can even be claimed that the planets represent the most intricate and complex structures in the Universe! Alternative theories At the beginning of the 1970's astronomers imagined the formation of planets to be an orderly and determined process in which atmospheric accumulations of dust and gas transform into planetary systems. Today however, scientists are aware that planets are formed in highly chaotic conditions. The path to alternative theories on the origins of the heavenly bodies runs through the intersection of a range of sciences. Planetologists currently hold to two theories. According to one theory miniscule particles of dust cling together and form blocks which either 'absorb' inter-stellar gas facilitating the formation of gaseous giants similar to Jupiter or avoid this process and facilitate the formation of planets with a hard surface similar to the planet Earth. 220

The second alternative theory rests on the idea of gravitational instability in the planetary formation zone. This theory supposes the uneven transformation of the original gas disk into a gassy sphere. The theory remains arguable since it implies a level of instability too extreme to exist in reality. The birth of a planetary embryo The large number of impact craters on Mercury, the Moon and asteroids leaves no doubt that planetary systems represented perfect targets for bombardment. The collision between planetesimals (protoplanetary blocks approximately one kilometer in size) either increases their volume of causes their destruction. The orbit of the developing planet is initially elliptical becoming rounded with time under the influence of other external factors. Mysteries of the gaseous giant Of all stages of planetary formation the birth of the gaseous giant (Jupiter) remains the least studied. One mystery lies in the fact that the barely existing core has a thickness which according to calculations could not have withstood the gas pressure. Another issue lies in the fact that Jupiter's protoplanetary mass should have migrated interior to the planet more quickly than the gas that accumulated there! Hence, something delayed its movement. The birth of the giant occurred in three stages. At the first stage the giant must have formed in the inner part of the planetary system. At the second stage the giant planet took its current position and finally, at the third stage something hindered the migration of protoplanetary matter inside the planet. Strangely, many of the extrasolar planets discovered over the past decade are situated extremely closely to their central luminary (much closer than Mercury's position in relation to the Sun). It would not have been possible for these 'hot' planets to have formed where they are currently situated. Extrasolar planets Today, more than two hundred extrasolar planets have been identified. Discoveries of this kind have surprisingly expanded on theoretical perspectives. On the other hand, the abundance of related information has limited views concerning other, no less mysterious cosmic structures. This above all relates to the search for other planets similar to the Earth capable of supporting life. Herman GORDEEV / weekly PLANETY XX VEKA 32 August 2008// taini XX veka ANTHROPOLOGICAL PLATE TECTONICS (Wave planetology and the Earth's particular position in the Solar system) G. G. Kochemasov Just as a long journey has an effect on the traveler's appearance so the planet's orbit around its stars (for example the Earth around the Sun) determines the form and peculiarities of the construction of the planet's body and the mam elements of its relief. The reverse is also true: the traveller influences the road. The form and its influence (movement) are always connected in the same way that form and content are connected.... It is these qualities of effect that were discovered and confirmed by the Moscow geologist G. G. Kochemasov in the relationships between the planets, the.r satellites and small bodies (asteroids) in the Solar system. A star's grav.tat.onal field affects a planet unevenly because it is revolving in an elliptical orb.t rather than an 221

ideal circular orbit. Warp Waves emerge on the heavenly body whose interference (imposition) leads to the formation of standing waves whose length depends on the distance between the planet and the Sun; moreover, the tectonic grain of the body increases . ^. 1 )'111^ t o the further its distance , ^ an from the luminary. As a result, four standing waves co-exist on the Earth generating the symmetry of a cube in all its layers - the atmosphere, hydrosphere and lithosphere. Perhaps it is no coincidence that the symbol for the Earth has always been a square. / see 'Delfis' 1 (53) 2008 / After many years of observing planetary orbital movement the fact that Mars does not conform to the established law of 'circular' orbital movement remained a mystery. The brilliant I. Kepler established the law of planetary movement according to which planets move according to the ellipse with the speed of movement periodically changing. Kepler established that periods of evolution are linked with the radius of orbit. At that time the teaching of Copernicus dominated of which Kepler was a follower. Another one hundred years were to pass before Newton understood that planets were not simply luminous points in the night sky but bodies of mass which affected their orbit. As a result, planet mass and the mass of the central body began to appear in formulas and orbits were corrected accordingly. Rather, the law of gravity was formulated. At that time almost nothing was known of the structure of the heavenly bodies although G. Galileo observed the mountains and rings of the moon through his telescope. The structures of the earthly globe were studied by geology which as a science developed slowly due to the fact that carrying out expeditions and compiling maps was a laborious and time consuming process to say nothing of assimilating their results. There was no serious mention of studying the structures of other planets aside from the earth. The first images of the surface of planet Mars visible by telescope and likewise intersecting lineaments (representing geological faults and joints) were interpreted as canals created by Martians. In the second half of the twentieth century space research underwent a period of intense development as a result of which circumstances radically changed. The previous 30-40 years have seen the appearance of images of almost all the planets and their satellites to varying resolutions. The new science of comparative planetology also emerged. Today, three centuries after the influence of planetary mass on orbit was acknowledged one may add that this mass is not inert. Just as mass influences orbit so does the orbit with its elliptical form and frequency (period) influence the structure of the planetary mass. Planets and satellites can no longer be considered inert targets for random hits from space. Whereas during Kepler and Newton's day the laws of planetary movement were discovered, today, science is beginning to understand how this movement affects the form and structure of the 'inhabitants of the sky'. Comparative wave planetology which developed approximately 15-20 years ago (not without the enthusiasm and efforts of the present author - ed.) has established that 222

the qualities of orbit and the structure of the heavenly bodies are closely linked. Every elliptical orbit with its specific frequency corresponds to a particular structure size. Elliptical form and changing speed multiplied by Newtonian mass causes oscillation and buckling in the planetary spheres whereas frequency attributes specific qualities; the higher the frequency the smaller the fluctuation. Wave structuring in revolving bodies (all heavenly bodies not only move in orbit but also revolve) occurs through the accumulation of fluctuation directed in four directions (ortho- and diagonal). These oscillations are discretionary and are similar to standing waves in that they develop in closed planetary spheres. Changes in energy takes place in bursts rather than evenly as in the sinusoid function. The cosmogonic curve, linking the solar distances of the planets (revolution frequency) with their inner structure leads to various important conclusions. In fig.l the abscissa axis shows the logarithms of solar distances; the ordinate axis shows the length of corresponding individual waves formed due to the interference of tectonic grains (granulation) of various sizes (this size is expressed not in units of length but in the form of a measureless relationship in comparison to the body radius and the length of the individual wave to the length of the fundamental wave which equals 2TIR, where R is body radius). The given measureless relationship in the Solar system changes greatly to almost four times, approximately 0,01 to 100 times. The ends of the given curve extend to 'minus' and 'plus infinity' and the curve has a bend point which is a unique position along its entire length in that it falls into the area of the Earth's orbit! Therefore, one astronomical unit (a.u.) representing the distance between the Earth and the Sun acquires a specific mathematical value: the abscissa of the bend point on the graph if the Sun represents the first coordinate. On the cosmogonic curve another unique and specific position is found on the asteroid belt. Here, the relationship between the lengths of the individual and fundamental waves is equal to one unit. This indicates that the length of the waves shown coincides which is such a strong resonance that it could not but affect the fate of matter occurring in this area. It is clear that a huge material deficit occurs making it impossible for hypothetical Phaeton to have formed here as the ejection of material always supersedes its level of concentration in the planetary body. The interim position of the asteroid belt between the inner and outer planets of the Solar system makes it possible to characterise these areas in the system from the point of view of wave planetology. The inner planets are bodies in which the length of warping and individual waves is less than that of fundamental waves; outer planets are bodies in which the length of individual waves exceeds the length of fundamental waves. If the individual wave in the planets of the earth's group distorts the sphere of the heavenly body as if from the interior, at first insignificantly (Sun's photosphere, Mercury, Venus), then moderately (Earth) and then strongly (Mars, asteroids) then in the outer planets whose bodies are located within this wave it strives to distort the total form (flattened Saturn) and even ejects parts of matter 'spreading it about' in space The abundance of satellites and rings in the outer planets and the factual transformation into a double planetary system such as Pluto-Charon serve as evidence of this phenomenon. There are already grounds to suppose the existence of strongly dispersed comet material lying beyond Pluto's orbit with inclusions of dwarf planets such as Pluto and further, the relict Oort cloud.

223

asteroids

Mars

Earth

Venus

Mercury

Sun

The opposite branch of the cosmogonic curve extends to the depths of the Sun intersecting its sphere and core striving towards 'minus infinity'. One of the well-known 'stops' on this infinite path into the microcosm could be the proton; the mysterious revolving structure consisting of three quarks. The electron which has mass can also be represented in the form of a standing wave indicating the complex tangible unity between the wave and the corpuscle. In the macro-world, the world of the planetary bodies, this unity is also difficult to determine at least because it has not yet been possible to discover a completely flat heavenly body devoid of the characteristic wave forms and tectonic grain created by rise and fall, expansion and contraction in regions of its spheres. With the ends extending into both enigmatic infinities the cosmogonic curve is relatively understood in its central part. Its centre, the unique bend point where the first derivative of the corresponding function is maximal and the second equal to zero, is represented by the planet Earth. Given this position in the Solar system there are associations with the words 'moderation' and 'mean' which in turn touch on the mathematical notion of the golden section. It is clear that a larger (in length and amplitude) wave would more forcibly destroy the sphere which is evident in the example of the smaller planets and Mars which is half destroyed, deeply fissured and somewhat extended. One might imagine the level of destruction (or stability coefficient) of the planets as the relationship of the area of a symmetrical polygon inserted in a circle to the area of the circle itself. The number of the polygon's angles is equal to the number of standing waves included in the circle (sphere). The closer it is situated to the circle, the more stable the shape. Stability coefficients change from 0,997 for the Sun's photosphere to 0 in the case of asteroids in whose zone larger planets have not been formed (see table). 224

The coefficient of the Earth's stability is closest to the number of the golden section (0,618)! This proximity to the 'golden mean' no doubt indicates that the Earth is the planet with the greatest chances for the positive development of diverse, natural systems including vital systems. In fact, if one were to consider stable life and stable development as a beneficial combination of the processes of creation and destruction, birth and atrophy, life and death, then the coefficients for Venus (0,830), Earth (0,637) and Mars (0,420) can be interpreted in the following manner: Venus is excessively stable, monotonous and unchangeable. If organic life once existed on Venus (one might suppose that microbe forms existed) then its rapid development (creation exceeding destruction, as the coefficient is high 0,830) led to a rapid shift of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, the creation of its powerful, rapidly evolving layer, the transfer of the angle moment (the hard body hardly revolves), the disappearance of the magnetic field, and a finite raise in temperature and pressure on the surface causing the disappearance of biological life - 'self-suffocation'. 4 2 3 0,005 7IR/60 60-gon 0,07 0,0050,005 0,387 j t R / 1 6 16-gon 0,24 0,3870,387 1 0,62 1,00 1,88 -4 0,723 1,000 1,524 -3 TtR/6 7tR/4 ltR/2 hexagon Square rectangle 5 0,997 0,973 0,830 0,637 0,420 0 6 60 16 6 4 2 1 <10 -14 -20 -30 1 2 3 7 8

SUN Mercury Venus Earth Mars Asteroids

JIR,/1 Line

1 - sidereal period of circulation in earth years (for the Sun, the revolution of the photosphere in the equatorial zone); 2 - heliocentric distance in a.e. (for the Sun radius in a e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c length of the solar super-structural wave; 4 - shape of the approximating figure in the equatorial section; 5 geometric measure of the body's stability (equilibrium): relationship of the area of a figure inserted into a circle and the area of the circle; quantity of axis of the figure's mirror symmetry; 7 difference in height on the planet's surface; 8 modality of distribution in high-altitude levels. Given its conditions of low stability coefficient and exceeding destruction over creation, if life did ever occur on Mars it would have had no opportunity for extended, stable development. On the Earth processes of creation and destruction are in the 'golden' proportions necessary to support positive development. The Earth's position corresponds to the 'golden mean' of the Solar system, the Sun to the 'golden mean' of the Galaxy and the Galaxy to the Metagalaxy. These represent the conditions which may have led to the unique phenomenological 'flash' of anthropomorphic life in the galaxy. Its harbinger i.e. organic molecules or their precursors are to be found and have always been found everywhere in space However, it is particularly on the Earth that they have had the chance to 'get a hold' and develop into higher forms. Such are the benevolent conditions in the vastness of space that are focused like a ray of light to a lens on the Earth. The uniqueness of the Earth repeats our wave constructions. The wave 'quality' inevitably leads to the creation of structural pairs of symmetry and asymmetry. As concerns the heavenly bodies, this has been briefly formulated by the author in the form of the theorem that the heavenly bodies are dichotomous. It is the author's opinion that tectonic dichotomy is manifest in all the heavenly bod225

ies, comets, asteroids, satellites, planets, stars and even the galaxies (in the case of the latter its signs can be found in the recently discovered 'galaxies without stars': one side of the gigantic object may have stars whereas the opposite side is contracted, concave and remains unnoticed). When extrapolating the duality onto yet another huge object such as the Universe one may conjecture that Anti-world represents the opposite side i.e. a negative region as . 2. an inseparable part of the Whole. It may represent the existence of an earthly antipode possessed of a curious life form somewhat different from our own. How similar and yet in various ways differing from each other are the two earthly, transitional human races, which developed over 2-3 thousand years on two antipodal elevations, the Abyssinian plateau and the Marquesas Islands. The Ethiopians originated from the Caucasians who settled in the high part of the extended, curved Earth's hemisphere and consequently acquired the traits of the native Negroid population. The Marquesas people have their origins in the Mongol peoples who settled in the antipodal Abyssinian Marquesas Islands on the Earth's compressed curved hemisphere and acquired the traits of the Caucasians. Wave planetology which has defined the Earth's position in the coordinates 'solar distance - planetary structures' and indicated the uniqueness of this position leading to an understanding of stable life has relevance for other issues too. Being a particularly wave phenomenon the modulation of structures can be observed everywhere among the heavenly bodies. If the characteristics of orbit and structure are connected then one may ask how this affects bodies with two orbits such as satellites. Satellites have relatively high-frequency planetary orbits and consequently a comparatively low-frequency solar orbit. According to the wave theory a low frequency modulates a high frequency producing additional 'side' frequencies. On the satellites surfaces symmetrical systems of parts ring formations have been observed in different sizes which correspond to the main frequencies (around the planet and the Sun) and the modulated 'side' frequencies. A graph giving crater sizes and frequency of occurrence on the moon, the most deeply studied satellite, has shown anomalous areas with a greater number of craters which correspond to the main (diameters 80-120 km and over 600 km) and 'side' (diameters 10-30 km and 200-400 km) frequencies. Therefore, the significant number of craters considered in the given dependency is not created by impact. This conclusion obviously significantly alters planetological constructs. No rings (craters) are formed by the main low solar frequency on the satellites of the outer planets as the corresponding wave exceeds the size of the body. However, the high planetary frequency it modifies is manifest in the form of a ring. At the same time, the low resolution of images normally excludes the possibility of observing very fine rings whereas large, modulated rings are usually clearly visible and their size can be calculated (for example, on Titan the satellite of Saturn and on Proteus the satellite of Neptune). Wave modulation can be applied to prove theorems of wave planetology which claims the inevitability of tectonic dichotomy in the heavenly bodies. In this case, all 226

the bodies in the Solar system are possessed of high-frequency circulation (from 1/8 hours for Phobos and up to 1/248 years for Pluto), whereas modulation occurs due to the low frequency of galactic circulation 1/(180-200 million years). As a result, the maximal possible wave length 2tiR i.e. the fundamental wave responsible for dichotomy corresponds to one of the 'side' frequencies. On the other high-frequency end of the 'side' frequencies short lasting (high-frequency) oscillation occurs attended by tiny structures characteristic of all bodies although not visible on images at currently available resolutions. The excess radiation of a number of planets and their satellites may be linked with such modulated oscillation. The material given above on various aspects of wave planetology demonstrates the importance of calculating the plurality of movements in any heavenly body when studying its structure. Here we return to the theme of the Earth, the unique layer of the biosphere and its component part, the anthroposphere. It appears that specific racial types correspond to tectonic dichotomy linked with the fundamental wave and tectonic sector owing to its first overtone. The racial groups established by science aged up to several million years were formed in specific tectonic conditions. Four racial groups are distinguished in the Eastern hemisphere: Caucasian, Mongoloid, Negroid and Australoid. Classical anthropology cannot say exactly why racial groups number four although the reason is clear within the context of tectonic anthropology. Tectonic anthropology would allege that these racial groups developed within the four sectors of the Eastern hemisphere. The four sectors with different planetary radii (different surface frequency levels) all meet at one of the six peaks of the structure of the Earth's octahedron formed by wave interference of the first overtone (wave 2), i.e. at the Pamir-Hindu Kush mount. This represents the raised African (++) and Asiatic (+) sectors and the lower Eurasian (-) and Indian Ocean sectors which stand opposite (see fig.2). The African sector represents the Negroidal homeland, the Asian sector, the Mongoloid homeland, the Eurasian sector, the Caucasian homeland and the Indian Ocean sector the Australoid homeland. The 'old' (geographic) racial groups of the raised continental Eastern hemisphere stand opposite the 'young' racial groups of the lower Indian Ocean Western hemisphere. Here both Americas are inhabited by the Indian peoples and the Pacific Ocean basin by the Polynesians. These groups are referred to as 'young' because they settled uninhabited areas of the Earth just a few dozen thousand to several thousand years ago. This relatively short period of time was however long enough for races with characteristic Caucasian features to emerge from the resettled Mongoloid group in accordance with tectonic conditions (in the lowered segment of the dichotomous Earth). Above all this relates to the increased 'density' in the relationship between body mass and height in subjects of the Western hemisphere which is determined by its decreased planetary radius. (The angle moments in blocks of various radii in the Earth's single revolving body strive towards equilibrium which is reached by regulating densities in the different layers including the biosphere.) The Polynesians, Aleutians and Indians are calculated as having 350-450 g per 1 height and the Negroids 300-350 g/cm. Although they formed in the Eastren hemisphere Caucasians are tangibly 'fuller' then the Negroidrace (350-400 g / c m ) ,

227

*'

9"

- F S -

;0 " -

* ^

Fig.3 Wave diagram of the formation of the gender dimorphism and the pattern of emergence of neutral structures. as their homeland lies in the lowered Eurasian sector. On the whole, Caucasian features are linked with lowered blocks (segments and sectors) whereas Negroid features are linked with raised blocks. Apart from compactness other racial features alter. One may also consider Mongoloid features in Caucasians and vice versa and likewise the Eurasian racial character linked with formation and settlement in the Eurasian sector from the point of view of tectonic anthropology. Wave interference of the four types leads to the creation of raised (4+. 2+), lowered (4-, 2-), and neutral (0) blocks making a total of just five types. All 16 possible compositions fit into two basic types of structure referred to here as 'male' and 'female' (fig. 3 top row. These structures differ in quantity and the reciprocal position of the blocks - constructive (+, -) and destructive (0, the third component part of a single whole). In the male variant, two neutral blocks (0) separate two asymmetrical areas consisting of two contrasting blocks (4+ and 4-), surrounded by two moderate blocks (2+ and 2-). In the female variant, four neutral blocks (0) separate four asymmetrical areas consisting only of moderate, raised and lowered blocks (2+ and 2-). The principle difference between the two types of composition lies in the increased heterogeneity, contrast, atomism, nonequilibrium and entropy of the 'male' and the homogeneity, stability and lower contrast and entropy of the 'female'. The principle wave diagram relatively fully reflects the significant features (physical, spiritual and moral) of the two genders. Male sharpness, lack of balance, capacity for search and interaction with the environment with the aim of acquiring new, beneficial qualities and female softness, balance, conservativeness aimed at the conservation of acquired beneficial qualities. All this, nature has placed in both sexes separating their functions whilst at the same time unifying the two complementary structures. The more stable female structure (even reflected in its morphology with a lower centre of gravity) is more inclined to longevity. The wave diagrams of the two essences (Adam and Eve) the contrasting 'male' and 'female' enable them to assemble and cross (combination of the two figures with all possible turns in relationship to ony another). The result leads to just five structure variations (see. Fig 3, middle row), in which the 'male' and 'female' types with different levels of contrast and participation up to 50% of neutral 228

sectors are recognized in four variations (although on a different level more highly contrasting blocks 6+ and 6-) appear. The fifth variant (far left) represents a fundamentally different variant; it shows 75% neutral structures: 'neither male, nor female). Such cases accounting for approximately 20% represent a natural outcome of development in which the main descendant mass (80%) displays clear signs of gender. Moving on from children to grandchildren (lower row), going over numerous versions of cross over among the five different types (middle row) one sees that only 8 pictures differ fundamentally (lower row). Pictures of the 'male' and 'female' essence are among them although on a different level (8+ and 8- appear), they are revealed in 7 out of 8 cases. One case (far left) (13%) is predominantly neutral. Descendants of two sexes represents the common result of normal reproduction (although with different levels of expressedly 'male' or 'female' characteristics which can also be observed in the human environment) and descendants with unexpressed gender qualities which are more neutral, homogenous, hermaphrodite, homosexual and bisexual. These cases make up between 13-20%, which is quite normal for a population consisting predominantly of different sexes. Interestingly, this hypothetical percentage corresponds to the contemporary real number of individuals of non-traditional sexual orientation Ones attention is also drawn to the quantity of types in different generations: 1,1,2, 3, 5, 8 (1 'male' essence; 1 'female essence'; 2 their total; 3 the number of block types in structure +, -, 0; 5 children; 8 grandchildren). This row reflects the beginning of the Fibonacchi series! Hence, the mathematical harmony of the golden ratio is represent in the observed gender development of wave nature of which an inseparable part lies in the third 'neutral' element. Taking into account the portion of sexual differentiation in this phenomenon it should nonetheless, be clearly acknowledged that such phenomena are planned by nature, have their own regularity and right to existence. At the same time, they cannot provide for the continuation of the species which contradicts the meaning of the existence of all that is living. It is significant that blocks + and -, representing the symbols and essence of the sexes are referred to in wave physics as constructive whereas block 0, where + and are mutually destroyed are referred to as destructive. A NEW VISION OF THE GENESIS OF THE UNIVERSE Here we have tried to show certain new visions of the cosmogenesis of the Universe which are dedicated to the search for a means for reviving the events of the past and predicting the distant future which in its turn represents a kind of analogous matrix 'time machine'. It is too early to claim that such a 'time machine' has been created because, clearly, everything began with an ordinary 'earthly cart' which although slowly, moves without leaving the ground as just a tiny part of the Universe. It is the present author's opinion that the authors of the next study V. I. Plokhov and I P. Budko have managed to relatively convincingly resurrect many past events and make a number of future predictions with the help of the developed 'time cart'. The study in question concerns the beginnings of life on the Earth and the development of the Solar system, the process of evolution and questions such as why cyclical processes of the extinction of plants and animals occur; why we only see life in diversity rather than in some kind of unity and why the genetic code developed as it has etc. Why it is that man on the Earth has simultaneously existed in several historical epochs beginning with primitive man with a stone axe to man who journeys into space. Why is it that evolution does not evolve evenly? Surely, if all primordial cells existed in equal conditions then they should reach the finish line together. However, some organisms remained at the level of a mosquito a frog, a crocodile or a monkey whilst others reached the level of human beings attempting to formulate questions such as these and spending centuries searching for their answer. Today, many versions exist but in essence there is but one hypothesis 229

which is considered practical to the end. It rests in the idea of the possibility of humanity inhabiting the Universe set forth by Konstantin Edwardovich Tsiolkovski and which serves as the final theme to this book. THE PHYSICS OF LIFE AND DEATH OR THE THEORY OF THECOSMOGENESIS OF NATURE AND SOCIETY V.I. Plokhov N.P. Budko 'To understand scientifically ....means to place a phenomenon within the context of the scientific reality of Space.' (V.I. Vernadski) 'Any thing...continues its structure by placing its roots into the distant past of cosmic embryogenesis.' (P. Teilhard de Chardin). WHY DO WE REQUIRE KNOWLEDGE OF THE LAWS OF NATURE AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF MAN AND SOCIETY? 1. Life comes from an egg? The matter inherent in the biosphere and the Earth as a whole is a product of Space and originated in Space. Hence, the future of humanity as a high stage or singularity of the biosphere is linked with Space. Might one say that man originated in Space and came to the Earth where like all living beings, it passed through the stages of egg, 'chrysalis' and 'larva'. The question now is whether humanity will again breaks forth from the shell of the biosphere and enter into the new cosmic realm of life referred to as the NOOSPHERE? Does any scientific material exist to support this idea? These questions are at the heart of the present discussion. 2. The issue of the origins of earthly life and society is eternal and generates such questions as: to think or to be, 'the chicken or the egg?' Man has posed these questions in one way or another at every stage of human development and yet has not been able to find the answers. Perhaps the main obstacle on the road to truth lies in conservative thinking and methods of acquiring knowledge. Surely however, man can understand that he has reached the very edge of self-destruction without truly knowing himself and being left no time for reflection. Surely nature did not spend billions of years molding man in order that he destroy himself and the planet that generated his birth in just a few thousand years. It is only by posing such global questions as these that one can attempt to find their essence or a means of solution.
* * *

Today, science considers that the world which we see and the world which we do not see such as the Earth, the planets, the Sun, stars, atoms and man originated in the burst of a certain point and that this point was billions if not a trillion trillion times smaller than a military grenade or rather, simply measureless. It is held that the galaxies, stars, planets and the entire visible and invisible world is a result of a burst of a universal min-grenade smaller (?) than an atom, and even an electron. According to this idea all this is simply the grenade's fragments. It is clear what causes a grenade to explode but in answer to who pulled the pin on the 'universal mini-grenade' existing scientific theories remain silent. According to scientific hypotheses on one of the fragments of the exploded point called the Earth, life and reason appeared due to a 'coincidental' series of happy circumstances and man eventually developed from a number of apes. The plant and animal world was for some reason less lucky and failed to transform into a thinking 230

being to say nothing of the mono-cellular and other failures of the biosphere 'market' who were unable to overcome many other stages of evolution. No answer currently exists to the question of why such evolutionary imbalance occurred. Darwin's hypothesis migrated from the previous century into the present century and hence today we live according to the laws of social Darwinism rather than the laws of the Bible for example or other sacred texts. We have entered the new century living according to the scientifically founded laws of the wolf pack but not according to human laws. One might ask whether we do indeed really need to know the natural laws of development, who we are, where we are from and how the Universe was created. If butterflies and monkeys live without posing these questions then maybe they should not be essential to man either? Why for example, should George Soros, a world renowned financial magnate who wouldn't appear to want for anything feel the need to know something of evolutionary processes? Why should a speculator and banker need to know about the development of life and the Universe? However, trying for more than ten years to create a scientific model for an 'open society' based on the mathematics of Godel (in which he attempted to involve the whole world beginning with Europe), Soros regrets: 'My timeless open society model turned out to be imperfect as far as it fails to take the process of evolution into account'. It appears that even for a superbly successful magnate the lack of an evolutionary theory of society is not compensated for by huge capital or the realization of a dream for the integration of Europe and the breakdown of the Soviet Union. Without money man cannot be confident in the present day, however, without knowledge of the laws of development he cannot be confident in tomorrow. These are the principles we live by because everyone has to pay for the absence of truth: Society pays for moving off the natural path of development with the growth in human adversity, scientists who seeks for truth risk becoming the victims of an imperfect society, and humanity as the Roman Club prophesizes, is faced 'either with changing or disappearing' (in connection with which we draw particular attention to the forerunner, the work already mentioned above, 'The cause of the Cosmos' by K.I. Tsiolkovski. Both in science and in society however, knowledge has never been in high demand as it fails to meet moral demands and hence the ideology of society and the ruling classes. Christ said: '...andyou shall know the truth and the truth will set you free: (John, 8:32). The word for faith in Latin translates as 'truth'.' To believe, means to seek the truth and not to beats one's head on the floor asking for one's daily bread. All three world religions speak of this. Truth however, is not the flagship of contemporary science. Knowledge of Nature and its laws, of the foundation of being, practice and life of individual and social existence represents the science of life. Its criteria for truth are analogous to the ones cited below. For example, a hunter knows that everything in nature leaves a trace. By tracing an animal's tracks a hunter can tell the animal's entire biography, determine whether the animal is hungry or not, establish its type, age and sex, whether the animal is dangerous and whether the hunter can catch it. When a man goes hunting hypotheses become irrelevant otherwise, the hunter either may not return home at all or his family will go hungry. He does not have the option of returning home after the hunt with a brilliant hypothesis instead of game recounting to his wife how he tracked the beast almost made the kill and how wonderful the animal would look roasted and on the table' Science however is different. In science, there is no animal (aside from power and the orthodox scientific community), which could cut the scientist's life short or leave his family hungry The scientist risks nothing in fact if he offers society a brilliant hypothesis instead of the truth leaving an understanding of the real picture of the world to future generations However, if the scientist were to suddenly transform into a researcher and eneaee in the search for truth then the animal would immediately appear in the form of 231

power and parasitic bodies who benefit from hypotheses and pseudo theories but not from truth. For such bodies the truth means death or expulsion from cozy corners. Therefore, today hundreds of models of the Universe and theories on the origins of life and mankind exist but one cannot say which among them corresponds to the criteria of truth. Rather one should say that none of them actually meet this criteria including Friedman's model of the expanding Universe and Darwin's theory (hypothesis) of the evolution of life. The word THEORY which has been privatized by science means the search for truth rather than 'hypothesis' and consists of the words THEO - God and RE which means repetition or return. Hence, theory means the return to God or the repetition of God, i.e. to walk in the footsteps of God, of truth rather than falsehood. As Newton said, the task of the scientist is to follow an idea as if it were the idea of God. Darwin created a powerful foundation for a new theory but not a theory itself. Darwin proved the evolutionary nature of life on the basis of a huge volume of factual material but was unable to discover the nature of evolution, its mathematics, physics, astronomy and biology. Darwin followed the footsteps of God but his single life was not enough to completely discover the truth, and society's knowledge base of as a whole was also insufficient. No doubt Darwin hoped that his followers would continue to work on the grey areas. However, after the genius of Darwin this evolutionary foundation received no development. We undertake to describe the Universe leaping from Darwin's world of the apes into the surreal world of Friedman's Big Bang remaining unclear of who we really are! The Big Bang model is the relativist's icon, the Malevich 'Black square' of science. It is a model of a world of Chaos (or rather this is one of its conditions) but not of Harmony or of Truth. Adherents to the theory of relativity and Einstein's General Theory of Relativity negate the relativity of time at the same time as confirming that according to the Big Bang model the Universe emerged 13-15 billion earth years ago. This is in fact a huge falsehood. To measure the age of the Universe in earth years is the same as to measure its size in parrots. It has been known since biblical times that time is relative and the Biblical theory of relativity - BTR directly conveys that for God one day may be like a thousand years and a thousand years like a day and that God can shorten days. Friedman and Gamov are not gods who can curtail the age of the Universe. Friedman honestly acknowledged that he had been joking and didn't actually understand physics (maybe this is the reason why Friedman's books were withdrawn from the libraries). Proponents of the Big Bang theory have for almost a century, jokingly been looting the governments of many countries and their peoples receiving serious resources from their budgets to finance research. This is partly the reason why contemporary fundamental physics has reached a dead end or rather come to a end and is now only capable of doing battle with false science (in actual fact with discoveries and state of the art technologies) and punching various false hypotheses and models including the creation of the Universe. Rather than beginning by understanding ourselves and then moving on to more complex structures such as a model of the creation of the Universe there is a tendency to describe complex structures in which man has no place. One surely cannot describe a Universe in which there is no room for man or describe man and leave no room in the description for the Universe. Whereas we have known where children come from for tens and thousands of years without the aid of science, science can still provide no answer to the question of how man appeared on Earth. The traces left in nature will assist us in understanding not only the biosphere but also mankind and enable us to read the cosmic history of the past, present and future if we can learn the laws of natural evolution and become like the hunter and pathfinder of science. In this case a hypothesis must be a means to discovering the truth rather than an end goal. And so, why should we know where we came from, who we are and what awaits us? 232

The physics of life and the death or leap of the dragon This material focuses on catastrophes of the past, present and future and the general nature of all types of catastrophe Irrespective of the catastrophe, be it the fall of a past civilization, a glacier shift or the fall of an aeroplane it is the view of the present authors that planetary catastrophes display certain regularities. As a scientific fact of natural science this view is based on the results of evolutionary modeling developed over many years of scientific research. For example, Atlantis (an island-civilization whose existence is not accepted by all) disappeared, according to available data chronologically simultaneously with the ice ages of Europe, Asia and North America. At the same time the mammoths and many other animal species disappeared from the face of the Earth. One easily comes to the conclusion that the end of the ice age, the disappearance of civilizations (including Atlantis), the mammoths, changes in the geography of the Earth, climate etc all have a common planetary and possibly cosmic cause. But which? What relationship might catastrophes of the ancient past have to contemporary catastrophic events: global warming, earthquakes, tsunami, tornados, avalanches and land slides, the disappearance of ships and the fall of aeroplanes, mine explosions etc? Is the Development of society possible without knowledge of the laws of development? The events, threats and risks of the twentieth century convince one of the fact that civilization and random development are incompatible. The warming of the planet and the growth in global, climatic change and catastrophe statistics are the result of random technical and economic expansion and unacceptable pressure brought to bear on the Earth's living biosphere. Thousands of years of historical experience also serve to witness that all mankind's attempts to secure development in a libertarian manner taking no account of the laws of natural and social development inevitably lead to catastrophe and the development of the realm of death. Despite the creation of descriptive, fundamental sciences, without considering it deeply, people also created the science of 'history', and 'knowledge of the dead' which as A.L. Chijhevski writes 'don't teach anything to anyone'. Attempts to understand the cyclical nature of the shift from development to catastrophe have proved fruitless in building exact perceptions of life and in providing measurements for the given processes or knowledge of the realm of being. Descriptive history does not equip us with the methods of calculation and foresight which would provide the opportunity of predicting the natural or social consequences of human activity. If these processes are cyclical then thev must he subject to laws of prediction. If thev are programmatic then thev are possessed of mathematical and physical qualities that can be evaluated If history is indeed cyclical then we are not only capable of evaluating it - it is our clear responsibility to do so. The physics and biology of history makes this type of study possible and it is already reflected in the model of moving reality and the model of the evolution of life and society. The author's 'Chronological tables' include details of calculation concerning the cycles mentioned above, such as the rise and fall of civilizations, the development and extinction of living creatures in the ancient past and other planetary catastrophes and 'flashes' of life. Therefore, since new knowledge may eventually be applied as an instrument for transforming the energy inherent in catastrophe to energy that can be used for development the results of studies into the physics of development and catastrophe are indicated below. ZODIACAL LEAPS OR THE HIDDEN HISTORY OF ATLANTIS. From biological to cosmic causes of the transformation of society and the planet. Atlantis in the author's evolutionary geo-model. 233

According to the author's 'Chronological tables' the period of the development of Atlantis falls into the last crypto-historical period of the development of humanity which began just over 22 thousand years ago. Although exact figures exist one may assert that Atlantis disappeared approximately 11.5 thousand years ago. On disappearing, Atlantis stimulated an unseen force for the development of all humanity. Sumeria, Egypt, Greece, India, China, Arkaim and Aztec all represent growth points for new civilizations. From a place of planetary embryo-genesis Atlantis pushed a socio-embryo, fetus into the external world and then disappeared as a planetary phenomenon. A similar process is taking place today. The East-West for example, represents an embryo-placenta; a natural process of social embryo-genesis; a process of the birth and growth of humanity. Here we focus on the physical and geological causes for the disappearance of Atlantis rather than the biological causes. Issues are covered such as how social processes were connected with geological processes; why a huge island territory disappeared along with its civilization; what connection existed between the island in the ocean and the civilization inhabiting it? A.L. Chijhevski revealed the connection between solar cycles, geological and social cycles and the influence of solar activity on society and the planet. However, in addition to the Sun the Solar system and galaxies also exist. The cycles of the galaxy are of a much greater scale than the cycles of the Earth or the Solar system and they also affect the entire population of the galaxy including the Solar system. Solar and galactic years exist in addition to earth years. The Soviet astronomer P.P. Parenago revealed that the Solar system and the Sun revolve not only in a purely circular orbit around the centre of the galaxy but also with periodic vertical oscillations. The Moon revolves in the exactly the same manner circumscribing a spiral-vertical orbit around the Earth. This period is referred to as the zodiacal period. The Earth has a zodiacal period when it revolves around the Sun in an oscillating plane (the zodical earthly year) as does the Sun revolving in a similar but greater scale of galactic plane (zodiacal galactic year). There is also a zodiacal month which represents the period of time between two consecutive Moon phases passing through the same orbit point equal to 27.21 days. It is quite natural that solar, earthly and galactic cycles should leave their trace on the history of the development of geological systems as well as on the history of biological and social systems. Hence, it is not surprising that geological cycles may coincide with social cycles. Chijhevski convincingly proved this as a scientific fact on the example of solar cycles in the first third of the 20th century. Therefore, the Earth should be considered within the context of interactions with all cosmic processes. Because the Earth (within the composition of the Solar system) is located on a galactic plane then we are situated between two poles i.e. between the southern and northern arms of the Milky Way. Naturally the Earth, together with the Sun and cosmic bodies are electrically and gravitationally charged and interact with both arms of the galaxy. They complete oscillations in the galactic plane not only during zodiacal, galactic years but also vertical 'zodiacal' oscillations-leaps which according to the author's data can occur daily, monthly, yearly and centennial lasting even for many millennium. It is not only that the Earth and Solar system are more than stark stationary formations but also that the galaxy has a right to its own dynamic. The dynamic processes taking place in the Galaxy reflect on all its inhabitants. These processes can currently only be registered via catastrophe, their comprehension via statistical and mathematical analysis and prediction from the point of view of exact theoretical natural science and evolutionary modeling. Likewise it should not be excluded, or rather it is an established principle that these 'zodiacal' oscillations-leaps coincide with extinction processes and transformation processes of a biological, geological and historical nature both on the Earth and in other planetary systems in the galaxy.

234

.1.

, ( )
( . ) - -, - . : , , , . "-, " -, -, -. .

. 11,5 . .'. - () -
. : 1. ; 1. ; 3. ; 4. ; 5. ; 6. ; 7. , .

When the Earth circumscribes a centuries long period of vertical oscillation in the galactic plane for example, in the northern pole of the galaxy a period of zodiacal leap is naturally completed. The planet begins to slow as a result of the gravitational blow in the galactic plane of one part of the galaxy and then changes to the opposite direction like a tennis ball from the racket of the Milky Way into a different polar region (see fig. 1). The direction is taken towards the southern pole of the revolving axis. The question arises as to what might occur at these moments. Pole shift, movement of continents, floods, mountain formations and earthquakes are all events that take place during large-scale oscillatory movement. Smaller, sharp oscillatory movements also occur in the form of daily and monthly zodiacal leaps which aside from the influence of the gravitation of the Sun and Moon also affect the origin of the tides. Cyclical tidal movement cannot be explained solely on account of solar and lunar gravitation. Sharp, vertical oscillatory movements in the Earth's revolution can lead to avia-catastrophe, tsunami, huge, so-called 'wandering' waves which seeming to appear from nowhere swallow up ships and 'unexpected changes in the direction of the movement of atmospheric (and Water) currents which result in cyclones, tornados, sea storms etc. It These can also lead to movement in the earth's core from landslides to glacier and continent shift. This illustrates that geological processes are inseparably linked to galactic processes and that we are totally dependent on the gravitation and energetics of the Galaxy, the Sun, Moon and other cosmic structures. Within this context the disappearance of the territory of Atlantis seems less fantastical. If the Earth slowed in the northern part of the galactic plane then the island could have been covered by water mass (fig.l). Under the influence of inertia the island may have separated from the lithosphere under conditions of volcanic activity and moved across the magna spread across the ocean floor in the direction of the North Pole. After a certain period of time, the island land mass would have slowly begun to merge to the sur-

235

face. At this time, the North Pole shifted to a different angle and ended up alongside the emerging island. Huge currents of water would have flowed from it, consequently freezing. Having separated from the lithosphere, having neither roots nor thermal replenishment the island would have begun to freeze being likewise covered by a massive ice cap. All traces of the former civilization would have been hidden by a powerful ice sarcophagus. Two such ice islands exist in the world. These are Antarctica and Greenland. A number of atlantologists consider these islands to be the ancestral home of Atlantis. As far as Antarctica is concerned, according to all research material, its ice cover is older than that of Greenland. The latter was no doubt one of the centres of the development of ancient civilizations but nonetheless early than the Atlantic civilization. As far as Greenland is concerned its ice cover is older and it cannot be excluded that it represents one of the main islands of the realm of Atlantis. According to its configuration on ancient maps Greenland is very similar to one of them. N.F. Jhirov, renowned Russian atlantologist considers that Atlantis represented a main land situated on the meridian. Of the island that exist today Greenland is the most likely candidate for the role of disappearing Atlantis or rather its floating sarcophagus. Therefore, working with the descriptions of ancient historians on the location of the capital and various centres one may specify the probability of the given theory 'Greenland - Atlantis' using geophysical and archaeological models. According to the author's calculations the planet is entering a similar historical and galactic period where the Earth is moving rapidly in the direction of the southern arm of the Milky Way i.e. in the opposite direction of the North Star. In completing a huge 'zodiacal' gallop or 'jump' the earth is entering a stage of powerful decrease in gravitational acceleration. This is the reason why different catastrophic phenomena are becoming more frequent. The author claims that the Earth is vertically moving towards the southern pole of its revolutionary axis and that gravitational acceleration is decreasing because when this happens huge plates of ice which are not rooted to the surface begin to shift towards the meridian from north to south and visa versa. Today we witness huge chunks of iceberg in Greenland separating and shifting in a predominantly southeastern direction whereas in the Antarctic in a north-western direction. Although this may not represent direct proof it does point to the fact that the Earth is moving vertically in a southern direction and beginning to decelerate entering into a zone f repeating gravitational hit; the force of the influence and reactive counteraction which manifests both in the northern and southern hemispheres. The direction of movement can also be determined partly by the inclination of the leaning Tower of Pizza (from 1272 the tower began leaning towards the south whereas before that it had inclined towards the north) and likewise by placing sensors on sky scrapers and aeroplanes. It can also be determined through the global monitoring of avalanche and landslide shift and direction of their movement. It is probably the Earth's vertical oscillation that led to the ruin of Ancient Babylon. Engaging in the erection of high-altitude buildings mankind could not have taken these cyclical phenomena into account. The high buildings of Babylon were destroyed as a result of the deceleration of a powerful force of inertia and the reactive force of earthquakes. Given the next probable deceleration cycle the fate of the world's sky scrapers will be unenviable. Contemporary construction of sky scrapers represents nothing more than another form of global Babylon-mania. Revelation, ch. 16:17 reads: 17 And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done. 18 And there were voices, and thunders, and lightning; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great. 19 And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto him the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his

236

wrath. 20 And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found. 21 And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail: for the plague thereof was exceeding great. These words from the bible are quoted not for the sake of emotion but as a lesson to us all and as an attempt to scientifically rehabilitate biblical texts. The Bible is the memory of humanity including the Atlantis and Babylonian past. ' M a p of natural and social rhythm' When an aeroplane takes off that is functioning properly at the same time that vertical oscillation of the Earth occurs, the atmosphere around the whole planet shifts and the aeroplane falls into an area of powerful air turbulence with an ascending or descending current and begins to fall. If the aeroplane is able to land then the landing would undoubtedly be rough and sudden and at a significant distance from the landing strip. In different places during this period different types of anomaly may occur at different places around the world: soil slides, unexpected ejection of methane in mines resulting from explosions leading to human deaths; powerful, unexpected storms and the formation of powerful cyclones, volcanic eruption, earthquakes, tsunami etc. (see. Fig,2). Due to the fact that everything in the greater system in interconnected these periods can also be accompanied by powerful solar flashes.
. 2.

Specialists therefore, must understand the rhythm of the Earth's oscillations and collate their actions with it in order to determine the timing of airline timetables, space apparatus launches and train timetables with the aim of securing human and technical security. At the beginning of the 1990's based on an evolutionary model the present author composed a "Schedule of natural and social rhythms' up to the year 2004. The same author published numerous preventative predictions approbating the reliability of the method and calculations which as a result were characterized as in the press as 'fatally accurate predictions' (see 'Argumenti I fakti', 1998, 1-2; Federalni vestnik 'Eko',' Vek', 'Golos', 'NG' etc.). At the beginning of August 1996 the present author approached the RF Space Agency concerning the possibility of launching a space station on Mars in the autumn of 1996. According to the author's calculations the launch planned for the 17th November coincided with a 'peak of chronological break-up' (a sharp change in the resistive capacity of space) making it impossible to launch the station without the risk of consequent catastrophe. At 237

this time the author presented the agency's management with an approved calculative method for mapping the condition of the Earth's layers and registering natural cycles and conditions which could compromise the safety of launching space apparatus i.e. the author proposed a technology for exact prediction ready for application. The warning however, remained unheeded and on 17th November the interplanetary station representing the fruit of ten years labour of a thousand individuals fell into the Pacific Ocean shortly after its launch. The catastrophe was linked both with the chronological break-up and the Earth's vertical oscillations in the galactic plane. Despite the fact that the author's communications to the Space Agency were printed on many occasions neither denial nor explanation followed. Only a powerful external influence such as the Earth's vertical oscillations can prevent a fully-functioning rocket from entering the calculated orbit and consequently falling to the Earth. In the given situation the descent of space apparatus to the Earth is equally as dangerous (the apparatus descend on a sharp ballistic orbit) and to the Moon and Mars even more so as a powerful atmosphere is absent. Therefore, many apparatus have been destroyed on landing due to the fact that vertical oscillations in the Solar system have not been taken into account rather than because they have been fired at by extraterrestrials. In this context, 'flights' to the Moon carried out by the Americans appear strange in the absence of knowledge of the sharp oscillatory movements common to all bodies in the Solar system. It is the current author's opinion that six successful flights to the moon could only be carried out without once occurring in a 'zodiacal' leap either by not flying at all or with knowledge of their rhythm and schedule. Today the ozone hole above Antarctica has reached gigantic proportions of 30 million sq. meters which is twice the size of Antarctica itself. Specialists express different opinions concerning the reason for the loss of the ozone layer. According to the above, the growth in the ozone hole is linked specifically with the Earth's vertical movement in a southern direction which under the influence of gravitational, electrical and others friction forces is causing the ozone layer to increase in the southern hemisphere. Decrease in the ice sheet in the northern hemisphere is linked with this same process; with accelerative shifts of ice in a southern direction and with changes in the turbulence of air levels in the atmosphere which draws warm air from the southern hemisphere into the northern hemisphere. Various meteorological anomalies have become more frequent in the southern hemisphere including such phenomena as snow falling in Africa and in South and Central America etc. The reverse processes can be witnessed in the northern hemisphere. Processes such as these are taking place not only on the Earth but also on Mars. Over the past century of astronomical observation it has been registered that the northern polar cap has decreased several times which points to the fact of the influence of the galaxy on the entire Solar system. It is not yet clear what force one may expect from planetary gravitational hit. Nonetheless, the world must be prepared for the eventuality by mobilizing the efforts and capacities of all humanity and above all in the area of planetary scale predictions. A hit of this kind could be capable of destroying all existing hydro stations and dams particularly on rivers stretching in a meridian direction such as the Volga, Nile, Don etc. Therefore, there is a necessity to shift to hydro-stations that no not require dam technology; to alternative energy sources and communicatively autonomous seismatic- stable accommodation complexes; to develop new, more universal transport means for all types of environment etc. Various related projects have been developed by the current author. Atlantis - history and contemporaneity As far as Atlantis is concerned we know that it existed at a time when a large part of Europe and Asia was covered by a huge glacier. It is probable that Atlantis had its own 238

microclimate and remained untouched by the glacier. When the 'Earth and Sky began to shake' Atlantis sank into the ocean and began shifting along the ocean floor (where the current Atlantic ridge is situated). At the same time, numerous tsunami and huge, ice sheets from Europe, Asia and North America several kilometers thick shifted towards the north. Huge glacier masses stretching for a thousand kilometers suddenly began moving with great speed across the dry land of all Asia to the north driving forwards herds of mammoths, animals, birds and humans in the direction of the Arctic Ocean. These glacier masses left an inert desert behind them of stone moraine, a cemetery of churned biomass made up of forest, animals, birds and human beings who had been unable to hide in caves and ravines. This is why today the remains of mammoths, torn apart by a huge force, mixed with turf, timber and stones are found on the ocean's shore. These giants had nowhere to hide trapped between a rattling glacier and a turbulent ocean. Those who hid in mountain crevice hardly managed to grab a tuft of grass so rapidly were they met by death (also caused by cosmic cold), momentarily freezing for a millennium. They lie to this time in the tundra with tufts of un-chewed grass in their jaws What force could have shifted a land mass and huge ice sheets that turned mountains to powder leaving their trace on the whole length of its path? The only explanation is the Earth's vertical oscillations and its deceleration caused by gravitational hit in a northern direction (see fig. 1-2). Under the influence of the force of inertia in powerful 'zodiacal' leaps huge masses of ice moved to the north and the pole and continents shifted. It is possible, that for a certain period of time the Earth's surface did not revolve around its axis and that only the Earth's core revolved inside the mantle as inside a ball bearing. There is a great probability that we are now approaching a period of gravitational hit from a similar leap in a different direction. It is therefore essential that we socially, technologically, morally and politically prepare for this event in good time. This above all means changing our way of life. If we take account of the laws of nature in our actions then we are protected against any cataclysm whereas if we ignore them we become victims. The pages of the bible vividly describe the movement of continents and the death of island civilisations such as Atlantis and many others. (Oper., 6:13) 'And the heavenly stars fell to the ground like a fig tree shaken by a strong wind sheds its unripe fruit'. 14 'And the Sky covered over, rolling like a scroll; and every mountain and every island shifted from its place'. If one is aware of the existence of the vertical oscillations of the Earth, Solar system and galaxy then this picture doesn't appear quite as fantastical. Nor does Moses' parting the waters and passing through with his people 'on dry land'. Rather than being anything mystical as such these events simply reflect physics. Under the influence of the force of inertia, vertical or revolving oscillation, water can part, shifting along the sides of a vessel or as in this case, the ocean shores. The ancient historians say that during such the periods the Sun can slow its course and the Earth can temporarily stand still ceasing to revolve around its axis. The ancient ancestors saw these phenomena as the Sun or the Moon 'stopping' in the firmament. This can also be explained by gravitational interaction or the disturbance of the entire physical and geological world of the galaxy rather than by mass hallucination. One may wonder how Moses knew of these cycles leading his people through the sea. The answer is probably, in the same way that Galileo and Jordano Bruno knew that the Earth revolves around the Sun and not the Sun around the Earth because they walked in the footsteps of truth and therefore of God. The ancient writings should not be mocked for we are surely no wiser than our ancient ancestors in failing to leam from their mistakes. On the contrary, we should take their experience and warnings into account that reach us in 239

this form. Here we quote the words of A.L. Chijhevski, the founder of heliobiology on the solar cycles and the physical and cosmic factors of the historical process: 'The significance of the given theory should be seen from the point of view of slate history' (author's italics). Chijhevski died in 1964. Existing political systems are leading us all into a different space time; the spacetime of the new Atlantis which will only help to destroy civilisation and the planet rather than imbuing it with new life. Therefore, we are required to move into a new moral, rightful and spiritual space, in which society and nature exist in greater harmony and the laws of nature and the Cosmos are observed. The laws of nature require no amendment unlike the laws of parliament which undergoes unending ammendments. Vernadski, naturalist and encyclopediast emphasized: 'Aside from the historical process the construction of the star world or worlds represents a deeper and more essential issue than the laws of our planetary system'. Vernadski held to the principle that, 'to understand something scientifically means to establish a phenomenon within the context of the scientific reality of the cosmos'. The thinker foresaw that the imminent birth of a new Noosphere era would be inseparable from 'an era of exact theoretical natural science' and exact knowledge of the history of the Cosmos, life, the Earth and humanity. According to the author's calculations the completion of a phase of historical and social embryogenesis took place during the period 1986 - 1993. The period 1993 - 2004 represented a transitional phase before subsequent to a process of social birthing lasting from 2000-2004. One of these periods will reach completion during the period 20122014 plus or minus one or two years. Little time remains in order for mankind to prepare for social and historical catastrophe which as experience has shown are accompanied by social catastrophe. On a local scale the build up to such catastrophe is already quickening in pace. Now we consider the Biblical prediction of impending events such as the first resurrection ('the first death') from the point of view of natural science: ' But of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven. neither the Son, but the Father' (Mark, 13-32). Critical events in the fate of humanity and the planet are always unexpected. Man has always had a short-term memory failing to learn from the lessons of history. Cataclysm such as the destruction of Atlantis and the shift of continental ice sheets are far from being short-term events. They last much longer than an hour or a week. Such events are made up of many local disturbances that stretch over decades and centuries. Today we find ourselves 'inside' one of these protracted events signifying the global transformation of nature and society. GLOBAL TRANSPORT ISSUE. CATASTROPHE PREVENTION MEASURES The principles inherent to catastrophe described above indicate that the only way forward is to shift to new anti-catastrophe or catastrophe friendly technologies. One would have to be extremely short-sighted to believe that man will fly and fall in aeroplanes, sit in traffic jams, drown in contemporary ocean liners and radiate ourselves and the planet with automatic power stations for the next one thousand years. However, man prefers not to hurry in his thinking as if the reaction to the Stalinist times and the entire existing eco-social infrastructure would last peacefully for the next million years. It is not clear what scale impending global catastrophe may take. As planetary oscillations become more intense, roads, flight strips and ocean transport systems may be destroyed. At that point it will be too late to consider the issues and all our transport means with problems of fuel and dependency on communications will represent a scrap pile. These 240

circumstances would signify the fall of government power in many countries around the world as organs of power would simply cease to function with society transforming into a wild herd deprived of its leaders. Unlike Mongolia we would not even have cartage because the equestrian gene pool has been depleted over the past two hundred years by technological development, exploitation in Napoleon's armies, the retreat from Moscow, by the Germans at Stalingrad and finally by perestroika. The only remaining transport system will be our own two legs. Lack of food however, will significantly reduce their affectivity! There is no point in describing the transport Armageddon any further as the consequences are obvious. The current author however, writes not with the purpose of causing alarm but to offer solutions including those to the contemporary transport problems which exist irrespective of a future Armageddon. The author's transport model has been developed, tested and constructed over the past two decades. The future of transport lies in transport for all environments in one 'body' incorporating plane, submarine (capable of enduring any pressure levels even on the planet Jupiter), boat, car and interplanetary space-plane capable both of standing still and of motion at super-rocket speed. In comparison with this new type of transport technology all existing transport means appear no more than carts. The transport proposed by the author will require neither roads, nor landing strips, nor railroad tracks capable of functioning given any Armageddon. It represents an inertiareactive transport type based on the principle of re-opening and conservation of the inertia potential of material (matter) (see magazines 'Science and Religion' 2000. 9 and 'Light', 2000, 12). A full description of the technical details is beyond the scope of this work. Here however, it is enough to maintain that a solution to the transport problem has indeed been found. Unless the demand is made clear however on behalf of the citizens and potential victims of avia and other catastrophes for a new means of transport we will continue to fall, crash and drown. There has to be the demand for a new type of transport and for a new, energetically autonomous, seismic-stable dwelling complex, for less dangerous power systems informational medicine etc. It is a matter of whether one chooses between good and evil, between salvation and suicide. If people choose the new then the space of the Earth and the Solar system will become accessible to everyone (and not just a few chosen representatives of specific professions such as cosmonauts and pilots). The proposed future transport means exceeds the safety requirements of contemporary transport means by many times {due to the noninertia physical principle of the construction of the internal structure). If nothing changes and everything remains just the same as we see it now then the lot of disappearing civilizations during global cataclysms will fall to the entire infrastructure of the contemporary social realm including the residential resources. However, the circumstances of cataclysm are only faced by societies that live 'here and now' in the current day only. Everything that we build is built to last for a maximum of two generations for at the stage of consumerism we remain indifferent to what we leave after us. We will continue not to think in terms of the immortal beings we really represent until science and society assimilate scientifically founded notions of the physics of life and death, the physics of biology and history from the point of view of the laws of conservation. This is a different issue however, on which the author has written and spoken in the media. The potential catastrophe victims are those sitting at the wheel of science guarding old knowledge like stallions their herd, and which they will go down with. They seem to believe that a clear blue sky hangs above the planet which will remain that way forever. This has been the thinking of the leading powers of all disappearing civilizations and no doubt this was also the thinking of the dinosaurs. 241

Today we must acknowledge the laws according to which the civilizations of the past such as Atlantis came to ruin. We will only be able to safeguard our own civilization if we assimilate the natural path of development leaving the track of the eternal war against nature behind us. Knowledge of the laws of the development of nature and society and of the laws of physics, the Apocalypse and Resurrection is an inevitable stage according to which the priority of ruling power must be the development of society and humanity. This type of society is referred to as an evocracy ('evo', lat.: development, expansion), a higher level of cosmic democracy or as Vernadski had it, a geological phase of the Noosphere and of the planetary realm of reason. Only a united human society can give parliaments a new line of thinking and development. Time does not stand still. It is time to change from the rule of Apocalypse to the rule of Resurrection. For this to happen one needs to understand that the physics of an Apocalyptic type of rule represent the absence of knowledge, its replacement with falsehood, whereas the physics of Resurrection symbolise the truth and the path to salvation. In the words of Christ 'And ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free' (John, 8:32). All three world religions speak of this principle. Can humanity be seen as a single organism living according to the same laws as the individual human organism ? The ancient sources tell us that humanity is one body and one flesh. However, today this knowledge is not assimilated by science because science requires proof. The 'single algorithm of the development of nature and society 'developed by the current author represents this instrument of proo f. It represents a calculative apparatus for the common proportions of the biosphere, humanity and even the planetsphere. This changes the whole philosophy of being. LIFE BEFORE AND AFTER THE EARTH THE BIOSPHERE CODE

A method has been found for resurrecting events of the past and making predictions into the distant future which represents a matrix-analogous time machine. It is early and too highly stated to say that a time machine has been discovered because, as we know, everything began with a cart. Nonetheless, a cart moves, albeit slowly. Using the given 'time cart' the current author has been able to resurrect many past events and make certain predictions concerning the future. The study in question concerns the beginnings of life on the Earth and the development of the Solar system, the process of evolution and questions such as why cyclical processes of the extinction of plants and animals occur; why we only see life in diversity rather than in some kind of unity and why the genetic code developed as it has etc. Why it is that man on the Earth has simultaneously existed in several historical epochs beginning with primitive man with a stone axe to man who journeys into space. Why does evolution evolve unevenly? Surely, if all primordial cells existed in equal conditions then they should reach the finish line together. However, some organisms remained at the level of a mosquito, a frog, a crocodile or a monkey whilst others reached the level of human beings attempting to formulate questions such as these and spending centuries looking for their answer. There are many versions to explain this fact. At the essence of the hypotheses lie Darwin's theory of evolution and Oparina's theory on the origins of life. Theories which are not based on calculations remain simply hypotheses all of which have a right to exist until such time as a mathematical apparatus is created that clarifies the issue of the exact laws of moving reality. Then one will be able to say how things are actual fact rather than how they appear to one or another individual. One may claim that such a method or algorithm has been discovered that makes it possible to reconstruct moving reality of the past, present and future. Nature and society have always evolved according to a specific matrix and that matrix has been improved. All genetic types are possessed of an information-matrix 242

quality which represents the biosphere code or alphabet. Just as in a printing house the letter 'B' mould cannot print the letter 'A' so a lion cannot give birth to a mouse or infusorian and vice versa. Everything in the biosphere has both its own limits and functional predetermination. Likewise, the biosphere alphabet has been printed and is being printed in the same way. The same principle applies. In essence the Bible expresses the same thought: Man was created in the image and likeness.... - only a matrix can represent image and likeness. The mechanism for realising the matrix is another matter entirely. It is not the aim of this work to go into the technical side of the issue, however one may point to the relevance, algorithm, results, conclusions and applications that studies using the 'time cart' model mentioned could lead to. It may be that such a model is irrelevant to mankind today for science claims that these are the issues belonging to future generations. It may be that future generations will somehow discover how life really originated and evolved. It is also possible however, that if we are unable to determine these laws there may in fact be no future generations to whom we would leave this heritage. Therefore, we speak of the laws of evolution and development in a relatively popular context and this is also the case with regard to their essential and potential practical applications. Using the model for the evolution of life (schematic model for the construction and evolution of the biosphere) the author has for the first time in the history of science mathematically calculated, registered and systemised all evolutionary, historical temporal, spatial, paleontological and embryo etc proportions establishing their common qualities and mutual proportionality. These results show that everything relates to one single process and that embryo-genesis, the development of the foetus in the mother's womb, the development of society, the development of species in the historical and paleontological past are all stages in its maturation. Just like the human foetus, at a certain period of time at the stage for example, of a fish gills appear (every human being be they professor or street cleaner has repeated all stages of evolution in the mother's womb according to the same 'clock'). As a new stage begins organs appear characteristic of amphibians and the previous characteristics disappear being transformed into new ones. Process occurring in society, history, the animal and planetary worlds takes place according to the same proportions only in a greater expanse of time. Everything passes through the stages of birth, development and death. In essence this means that a new multidisciplinary branch of natural science has been developed in which historical and evolutionary processes are seen as a single type of movement from the point of view of as the physics and biology of history. Within this context facts concerning species extinction, the disappearance of civilisations and geological catastrophe take on mathematical, physical and even biological and astronomical meaning. In other words, all periods in the history of society and the Earth (and even all other kinds of astronomical object) have a natural, logical and even programmed quality genetically conditioned like the embryogenesis of any given species. This means that the condition of the planet (partly) yesterday and today, its biosphere, every people and country, every individual and every substance is genetically, physically, mathematically and historically lawful just as sleep and waking, night and day, youth and old age, life and death are governed by natural law. The nature of these laws can be perceived in part from the position of the accepted laws of physics (including the laws of preservation), mathematics and biology. The author can confidently claim that evolution and history are related types of movement and the method used to calculate this movement is the same as that used to calculate the movement of missiles, trains and rockets. Consequently, the life and death of each of us and different types of physical and biological movement are also related. Any judicious physicist in accordance with the laws of preservation considers death something greater than absolute

243

nothingness. Death can also be calculated (biological death does not necessarily equate to the death of information) and such is the case with the death of civilisations as a social organism such as in the example of the USSR. The question is what is required to calculate the entire process of the historical (evolutionary) movement of humanity (or all of nature) from historical point A to historical point B? Aside from the knowledge of physics it is essential also to more accurately determine the qualities of time and information. For example, time is away of measuring the resistance inherent in space (more details to be included in subsequent publication). Information is recorded (and recallable) movement. History is an energy-information cycle of biological and social mass (the cycle of life and death) governed by the laws of physics and therefore, calculating the movement of historical objects in time and space represents to particular difficulty given the appropriate methodology. LIFE IS A WAVE It appears that the planets of the Solar system emerged singularly via the Sun (see Fig. 1) rather than from a hypothetical 'proto-planetary' cloud (I. Kant). Originally, the sun represented a black 'hole' similar to a cosmic accumulator which accumulated a specific level of matter and energy like a storage battery in a car which charges according to its volume. As soon as the cosmic object had accumulated maximum energy it transformed from a storage mechanism into a generator or a star which radiates energy. Fig. 1. Bud'ko N.P, Plokhova V.I Approximate indications for Fig. 1: Consecutive waves of shifts from one planetary stage to another are marked by letters. The furthest planet 'A' represents the first to emerge and shift to a comet stage of development. *

Consequent events developed just as a stone when thrown into water creates rings with the oldest ring being that furthest from the centre. The same picture emerged in the Solar system. The further the planet is situated from the Sun, the stone thrown into the water of space, the older the planet. All the planets created by the Sun originated one at a time slowly spiralling into distant orbits and according to a specific layout (see Fig. 1) shifted into a comet stage of development. This means that at a certain point in time Pluto and many other planets would have been situated where the Earth is positioned. There will also come a time when all the planets including the Earth will shift to a comet stage of development. It is the author's opinion that it is the comets which form the Oort cloud (rather than the Oort cloud that forms the comets as is predominantly held today) nourishing growing planets and the Solar system. According to the same layout life was generated on the third planet from the sun. The first stage began with the simplest form of pre-biological matter and then on a different planet life shifted to the stage of biological development, uni-cellular forms etc. The process continued until the human being appeared at a certain stage of planetary

244

development. As one planetary phase superseded another, life overflowed into materialenergetic, field and information levels from one planet to another and on each occasion reaching a higher level of evolution. It is impossible to explain the origins of life within the limits of the context of the Earth's geological past. Man fails to see the sources of life on the planet in the process of evolution itself. In the most distant geological past developed, uni-cellular organisms were already visible (fossils). Theories of the random origins of life or its external import are based on speculation rather than calculation. Even if life was imported to Earth from other planets one still has to explain how it emerged on those other planets (the presence of organics has now been registered on meteorites and many other planets). It is a wellknown fact that uni-cellular organisms and all species of the biosphere have a hereditary barrier preventing them from merging with other species so that organisms relating to different species are incapable of creating offspring. Interbreeding is just as impossible between a crocodile and a rhinoceros as between a rabbit and a hare. Offspring can only be created by organisms relating to the same species. Therefore, it is impossible for organisms to reach perfection by merging with different species or on account of 'random mutation'. In this case, only multi-planetary stages of evolution can explain the emergence and complexity of all species currently inhabiting the Earth situated simultaneously on the lower and higher hierarchical rungs. Just as the planets replace one another different levels of life consecutively replaced previous levels of development being simultaneously replaced by other levels all of which gradually created the diversity of life we witness today. The multi-planetary process of development continued until the human being emerged at the peak of the evolutionary pyramid. But before life once again appeared on the planet which had replaced the previous one it always repeated the previous planetary stages of development in brief and swift form. Therefore, the Earth's paleontological past represents a huge embryogenesis of all the presently existing species in the biosphere. This means that all species having become extinct in different ancient paleo-periods (including the dinosaurs, other plant and animal species etc) were not independent species but rather represented a kind of paleo-embryo of all presently existing species (including man); a freely existing paleo-embryo rather than an impasse on the branches of evolution. For example, we consider the stages of development of an insect which undergoes complete transformation such as an egg, chrysalis, larva and adult insect. The egg, chrysalis, larva (caterpillar) and adult insect (the butterfly) differ considerably as if they were completely different species. We would never be able to determine that they belonged to one and the same species if the transformation did not take place in front of our very eyes. If this process were to have extended over a period of a million years then we would undoubtedly attribute the egg, chrysalis, larva and adult insect to different species. We would claim that they had died as a result of comet activity or meteorological cataclysm as in the case of the dinosaurs whereas in actual fact, this is not no much a process of extinction as a transitional process from one form into another, a process of the repetition of past planetary development stages. Just as an embryo repeats all stages of past biological development in the mother's womb from the simplest stages offish and amphibians so does all that is living repeat past stages of evolution in a greater historical aspect. After Copernicus' discovery it was a long time before people could accept the idea that the Earth revolves around an axis and turns around the Sun rather than representing the centre of the world. Although it was clear that the Sun rose in the east moving across the sky to the west no-one noticed the motion of the Earth which is visible only from space. The process proceeding Copernicus' discovery such as the assimilation by science and society of the astrophysical fact of heliocentrism (today so elementary) and the 245

subsequent implantation of the heliocentric system in human culture and awareness took centuries. Today we have reached a stage where mathematics is impotent and physics helpless in the fetters of old mathematics to describe the moving reality of the Universe and the phenomena of life and man. Everything points to the fact that we stand at the verge of a new qualitative leap in the process of assimilating nature, the laws of creation and evolution. Today, the centuries old geocentric doctrine that the origins of life are exclusively earthly or random must inevitably tumble just as the Copernicus revolution tumbled previous notions of the Earth. Individuals such as Vernadski, Lichkovi, Chijhevski and other natural scientists have already prepared the ground for a new world view. The academic Vernadski characterised life as living matter and the biosphere as a cosmic, not exclusively terrestrial phenomenon and pushed the origins and development of life into a more distant cosmic past than the accepted periods of the existence of the Earth and mankind. Besides this, many are still unable to imagine mankind in the role of observer perceiving trillions and trillions of years and all stages of the evolution of matter from the lowest to the highest forms including man. Therefore, many consider that this is fundamentally impossible although in the author's opinion this is far from being the case. COSMIC FRAMES IN THE MULTI-PLANETARY HISTORY OFMANKIND.

Imagine a box containing a film role with frames capturing the entire history of the origins and evolution of the universe, the galaxy, solar systems, planets, life and mankind. The history of many thousands of years of human existence of the Earth fits into just one frame of the film role . . .A billion, billion frames exist on the role before the one frame capturing human existence on the Earth and an infinite infinity of frames come after it. Mankind is in the middle and every frame captures a historical, paleontological or planetary era. From the frame that encaptures mankind we attempt to understand what we represent and wherein our origins lie. However, we are unable to glimpse the preceding or subsequent frame because each frame has boundaries that are insurmountable to the individual. Only the immortal is given to see beyond the frame. It is only with the help of 'distorting mirrors' and religion that we see vague images of our ancestors and create suppositions of their origins, life and death, the present and the future.. .In studying the physical and chemical components of the film role (including DNA) we hope to understand our roots via biochemistry, genetics and micro-biology. However, paper of the same chemical composition may carry the works of Pushkin or 'Mein Kampf'. Without knowing the alphabet neither chemistry nor genetics will enable one to read the text... The matrix modelling of evolutionary processes enables one to look at other frames of the history of creation and the evolution of the world outside the border of our own. It also makes it possible to turn it at a specific speed and at a certain algorithm in order to see the development of the galaxies, solar systems, planets and the life forms that inhabit them in movement and

\ i.

246

dynamics; in order to sense the smell of an extinct flower and hear the bellow of a dinosaur and even to reveal the 'method' of the 'role' itself. These claims are confirmed, firstly, by the calculations of the modelling and secondly, by the experimental testing method, various processes, events and phenomena concerning cosmic objects located at vast distances of time and space. The matter of the Solar system evolved for many trillions of years in different parts of the Universe and Galaxy before reaching the level it has reached today. Having passed through all stages of the development of matter in the Galaxy, and Universe from the cosmic vacuum, dust haze, black holes, planets and comets to today's stage of development, substance or living matter contains this entire memory in condensed form in an information matrix. The Sun has undergone birth and death many times transforming into a 'black hole' (large but with finite mass and density) and once again being birthed. At every stage of its development the Sun star has formed planets and always according to the same selfconstructing matrix. This means that the planets and all that was living at previous solar stages has similar characteristics but existed on a lower level of development. The Sun generated the planets one at a time which gradually moved away form the luminary along an evolutionary spiral and similar to the rings in water shifted into distant orbits. The further away a planet is located form the Sun therefore, the greater its age. (see Fig.2 Budko H.P. and Plokhov V.I.) It appears that in reality a completely different picture of the world exists to the one that still holds in our thinking and practise. In this true picture reflecting the natural laws of development which is just beginning to unfold before us, man and all that is living has passed through multi-planetary evolutionary stages from the low to the high within the realm of the Solar system and the Galaxy (Fig.2). Hence we have already lived through the end of the world on many occasions linked with the planet of inhabitation shifting into a different orbit rather than by any other means. Gradually, mankind and all that is living have risen from one planetary level to another higher level of development. Traces of vital activities have been left on abandoned planets and their satellites which had been turned by man into cosmic graveyards (shots of the surface of planet Mars and the satellites of planet giants confirm this whereas the proposed theory provides these facts with explanation and proof in photographs 1-2 as opposed to orthodox paradigm). This was the case until such time as mankind emerged on the planet Earth. Before emerging as terestrial beings man, as at previous planetary stages repeated all planetary, biological stages of development in brief and rapid form. During the period 1945 to 1985-86 the planetary stage of Mars was repeated. During the period 1986 to 1991-93 the throes of death of the Martian stage of life was repeated (and has not yet reached the stage of death) and simultaneously this is a period of pre-birth contractions, particularly in the post-soviet realm and the period of the 'retreat of the waters'. The period 1991-93 to 2000-04 represented a time of social death, lack of stability in civilization and political anarchy; the neo 'stone age' of society (the emergence of the Russian Federation as the corpse of the USSR; the formation of the world union of social cannibals and nation cannibals where one country consumes another). In 2000 and the beginning of 2004 Russia and CIS as a future assembly point for the new humanity entered a period of civilised slavery, 'neo-serfdom'. This represented the final stage of the repetition of the death of the Martian civilisation and simultaneously abirth or natal period; a historical period during which Russia and the post-Soviet realm, metaphorically a motionless foetus, began to push out from the maternal womb of world society with the natal and placenta strength of Western society's planetary consumerism (including NATO, society's natal organ) towards a new life where the placenta organs disappear. In the author's view, birth represents 'the death of death'; the exchange of the realm of death for the realm of new

247

life... At the present time, some remain social embryos or the collective foetus of society (this explains why the Russian people temporarily remains silent and apathetic) whilst others represent the social placenta and natal organs of society i.e. 'homosaurs' (which is why these are the more active part of the Earth's population which lives 'here and now' with no interest in the future of humanity). At the present time, the entire living matter of the biosphere stands at the end of a stage of planetary embryogenesis whilst humanity stands at the end of a stage of social embryogenesis. Humanity however, is already moving into the final development stage and whereas some of us will begin the birth process as earthly beings others will pass away for a certain time into the realm of death which also requires a population to improve its demography. (The demographic situation does not require artificial regulation in the form of wars or organised famine. Nature has its own regulating mechanisms which we will soon come to witness). There is no need to explain who will pass away as according to the laws of Lomonosov and the laws of preservation, death is not complete nothingness. As it is written in the Bible and other sacred texts this will be the First Resurrection and simultaneously the First Death. When this will take place no-one can tell: 'But of that day and that hour bioweth no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father'. (Mark, 13-32). Critical events in the fate of humanity and the planet are always unexpected. However, one can be confident that they will take place in the not too distant future, that they will last for more than one moment and that they are already under way. Large-scale historical events are attributed specific dates but are nonetheless always extended over time. One may consider the Mayan calendar accurate when it predicts these events to occur between the years 2012 and 2015 when Russia as the planetary social foetus completely exposed by the natal forces of NATO and the planetary financial-criminal community will be pushed out into a new realm followed by the entire world placenta. It is only according to the laws of embryo-genesis that the foetus will continue its development in the new space-time continuum. The social placenta will dissolve in the new space-time having cleansed the planet of financial-criminal community. Before such time, the umbilical chord of the social foetus will be separated in the form of the Ukraine which with the assistance of NATO will detach Russia from the West thereby giving her new life. Byelorussia and Kazakhstan will play an important role in the birth process of the new humanity. Today, both'the natal and the placenta forces are required in order for the birthing process to occur. The process of self-destruction in western society began long ago and the author has written on the destruction of western civilisation (above all America) due not to financial-economic causes but to embryo-programmed laws of development. Therefore, today we see the world's last frontier, the global privatisation of the planet via the world of the placenta under the flag of globalisation (it is a biological fact that the placenta uses twice the amount of nutritional substance as the foetus). Redistribution is stimulated by the predator instinct, by way of force via war, economic blockade etc, rather than by reason. The division of the 'placenta-foetus' can be witnessed in every nation, state and in many families. Two racial groups, two nations inhabit the planet, the social-planetary and the social-embryo (the foetus of the new society). The time will come however for the Noosphere period of globalisation which will mark a period of the United World of the New Man rather than the division of the world. Those who are today dividing up the world will divide it as far as zero. Where they will end up will soon be lost to the past. Today, each individual must consider whether they consider themselves a part of the 'foetus' or its 'placenta'. Hence the nine month history of human embryogenesis and birth has the same features and laws as the earthly and multi-planetary history of the birth of humanity. The difference is only in scale. This process cannot be hurried although it can be broken in the form of abortion. This page however is not included in the planet's evolutionary project.

248

The prophecies of the bible and other sacred sources will hold true. The ancients knew of the transition of planetary and solar stages which is why it is said: ' And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away ; and there was no more sea.' (Revelation, 21:1). From the emergence of life on Earth to the present day we have simply repeated past stages of planetary development in brief, rapid form negating causality. After the completion of the social embryogenesis and the birth of a new society there will come a period of the creation of new events and a new history (without negating causality). Birth always involves pain and upheaval but for the mother and her newborn child it is a pleasant, life confirming pain which is something that cannot be said of the placenta. Natural and social cataclysm cannot totally be avoided but if their nature is clear then they become less terrifying. If calculations are correct then man will soon enter a border period of evolutionary change in the entire morphogenesis of man and the biosphere. Gradually, everything will begin to change. In essence, these global changes have already begun to be manifest in the biosphere. Vernadski foresaw the emergence for the first time in the geological history of the Earth of a social autotrophic being (autonomously creating nutrition) and his foresight is inevitably being manifest in a paleontological series of evolutionary, cosmic manuscripts for nature and society. In stages, the human life span will increase, proportions of sleep and waking conditions will alter (sleep periods will decrease) and gradually biological changes will occur affecting the human biorhythm. In the light of the above the biblical prophecy becomes clearer: 'Not all will die, but all will change' (Apostle Paul). An information screening will take place of those who have not come through the selection process on a lower level. Over a period of more than a thousand years we will fall away from the naval of the Earth's biosphere acquiring (newly assimilating) the experience of past planetary stages of development. Man will receive and apply much knowledge during this time, accumulated over trillions of years of multi-planetary existence including the sphere of information energetics, gravity management etc. This means that in completing the stage of anthropo-sociogenesis man will be capable (and responsible for) of resurrecting knowledge of the Earth's past, forgotten technologies, the previously held secrets of ancient Egypt, Atlantis the Aztecs and region of Indo-china and the technologies used by man during previous stages of planetary development.. As we have now come to the understanding that man is a product of multi-planetary evolution so at previous stages man was aware of the fact that he would embark on an earthly stage in the future. Considering that this is the case then man must have left not only a grave-yard on previous planets but also a heritage which the new humanity would receive immediately after the completion of the social birthing stage. Naturally, this heritage is not reflected in a Martian currency but rather in various industrial and scientific-technical objects, conserved and working on automatic, and likewise transport for exploring outer space. Man would have been simply obliged to leave this heritage to future society after the completion of anthropo-sociogenesis in order to secure continuity of development. In this way, mankind of the future would have been considered able to continue the assimilation of space for the sake of mankind given new strength and knowledge. When today 'anomalous phenomena' or flying objects are observed it is possible that what we are observing are the observers of the entire history of the Earth who work in automatic mode according to a program set in place by ourselves. These are our 'heavenly warriors' who provide assurance that man receive a full holographic history of our life on the Earth, undistorted by historians and also that we do not destroy each other and the planet before the social birthing is completed. They fulfil the role of our cosmic midwifes. Knowing that biological death does not indicate the death of information one may confirm that the Bible and other ancient texts speak the truth of the immortality of the 249

human soul. It is not an abstract Humanity (although this also) but rather each and every one of us that carries the evolutionary memory and knowledge of humanity's past, the planetary stages and the Universe as a whole. This means that each of us has in fact lived as long as humanity, the Solar system and the universe has existed... There is On Mars NASA no counting all that has lived, there is no counting the years of humanity and there is no counting the barriers to memory both inside and outside ourselves and in essence the barriers of thinking.. Hence, knowledge of the existence of barriers to memory and thinking, of the matrix quality of space in a single algorithm of development and essentially, the algorithm of the evolution of nature and society provides a mechanism Photograph 2.Fragment of a humanfigurine(?) for determining and overcoming existing on Mars NASA. borders of space-time. Hence, we can already answer the question of who we are and wherein our roots lie.. .In part, this question has already been answered above. (Photograph 3). Today, based on the author's development of matrix-evolutionary modelling, the physics and biology of history as types of movement one may confidently claim that the mystery of the origins of life no longer exists. This is a confidence based on many years of research, calculation and experimentally produced data, compared with the history of mankind and life, extracting the roots of human origins from the depths of space and the moments of billions of centuries. In what ways the present period of 3. Fossilised 'Siberian Taiga 'on social metamorphosis is linked with the growing number of cataclysms on the Earth has been outlined in a number of works by the present author (so that mankind can see itself from the outside and understand what is happening). Projects that require a centralised approach are outlined below. NOOSPHERE TECHNOLOGY CENTRE: AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 1. Improve existing methods of formalising the single algorithm for the development of nature and society; create a comprehensive product based on the matrix-periodical law of evolution (self-organisation of matter) for management purposes and likewise based on the matrix-symmetrical method of eco-social prediction; further develop new scientific disciplines: the physics of history, the biology of history, the geometry of the history of nature and society; the discovery of crypto-historical periods in the evolution and history of nature and society. 2. Develop and implement a spatial-chrono-geometric model of moving reality in electronic form; to develop completely new eco-social methods, programs 250

and technologies of vital human activities applying established laws of historical movement: developing situational methods of analysis, prediction, decision-making and preventative measures (including on the aversion of natural and social cataclysms) based on the new foundation of the knowledge of the laws of nature - a single algorithm for the development of nature and society; create a method used in various spheres of vital human activity: a). Modelling for various situations in the development of humanity, society and nature including harmonising their interaction with the aim of solving contemporary, global issues. b). Reconstruct events and knowledge of the past; video interpretations of the history and development of life and the solar system independent of its distance in time or space; carry out scientific prediction of the future both using modelling and other experimental methods. 3. Conduct more in-depth research into the laws, principles and cycles of the energy and information cycles in nature and society at the level of life and death in species, organisms, individuals, states and empires; their connection with the historical, paleontological and cosmic past; information field immortality and the laws of preservation, connection between the processes of species conception, ageing and extinction with their matrix-periodical repetition etc. 4. Research and development of methodology in the area of information medicine: a). Reprogramming infectious viruses (including AIDS viruses) in neutral viruses for the human and animal organism b) Regeneration of lost organs (via the organisms information matrix) etc. 5. Conduct research into the field of information energetics, via 'the memory code' of matter - the discovery of the hidden properties of matter - receiving the qualities of energy such as light without heat generation rather than energy itself. 6. Create a new type of ecologically clean transport system using inertion-reactive hydro- (plasmic)- wheel (using information field energy in the future) transport designed for all environments not requiring special roads, landing strips or docks; the practical implementation of other properties and capacities of matter established through evolutionary modelling. 7. Create automatic wind turbines and generators designed to work with wind energy and the planet's hydro-atmosphere irrespective of changes in hydro-atmospheric currents, river currents or tide energy. In addition, wind turbines (generators of electricity and movement) can be used in emergency areas in the absence of liquid fuels and are capable of moving vehicles for marital and in some cases for dry-land use (in areas of permanent wind). In conditions of increasingly frequent catastrophe occurrence and an expanding geographical mosaic of emergencies, where the threat to hydro-electric dam construction is great sail hydro and atom-turbines can function in conditions where river dams are absent, in special constructions at sea and on dry planes of any altitude etc; expedient for use as autonomous energy supply for objects at the Sochi Olympics. 8. Develop projects and models of autonomous seismic-stable dwelling complexes (including hydrocrafts capable of autonomous energy supply using simple sail turbines), transportation and exploitation (bionics in energetics - the biosphere in the technosphere). Develop dwelling complexes that are harmonious with ecological space; expedient usage of areas at the Sochi Olympics for autonomous accommodation of the participants. After the Olympics such complexes can easily be transported to areas of sea and river. 9. Develop military and hunting weapons without ammunition which work on the basis of transforming energy from the natural environment. Such weaponry has adjustable 251

power and can simultaneously be used in preventative measures (neutralising opponent power for limited periods of time) as well as defeat. 10. Develop a single method for film formation computer programs for natural, social-humanitarian and technical disciplines; create text books based on the single space and biophysical picture of the world; educating and training specialist personnel; creating manuals and circulating methodology etc. 11. Develop pneumatic-motion, low level micro-autometro without destroying town architecture which solves the problem of traffic jams and increases transport and pedestrian circulation in large cities. The repetition of planetary catastrophes and likewise the geological and historical proof that man has lived through the 'end of the world' on more than one occasion in the past, lead one to the conclusion that the end of the ice age, the di sappearance of civilizations (including Atlantis), the mammoths, alterations in the geography of the Earth, climate changes etc have a common planetary and possibly cosmic cause. The question is what that cause might be and what relationship ancient catastrophes have to contemporary catastrophic events such as global warming, earthquakes, tsunami, tornados, avalanche and landslides, disappearing ships, falling planes and mine explosions etc. At no point in its history has science considered historical movement to be analogy or form of the physical. No-one has ever suggested that historical movement can be calculated using accepted physical formulas. Despite the fact that humanity has existed for thousands of years science still perceives history as a chain of random rather than lawful events. We know that history repeats itself but it is not clear by which laws the repetition occurs. However, the laws of society, history and the biosphere, 'the planet's layer of life'just like the laws of cyclical repetition of natural and social phenomena can be revealed and systematised into a general matrix-periodical law of the evolution of matter expressed mathematically in a single algorithm of the development of living and non-living systems; in the 'principles of historical movement' or method of exact ecosocial prediction. The previous parts of this section have shown how the past is manifest in the present through the biology and physics of history and likewise, how historical cataclysms are linked with planetary cataclysm. For the first time, history and the evolution of life can be perceived and studied as types of physical movement. From the point of view of exact theoretical natural science it is evident what kind of relationship exists between historical and evolutionary processes on the one hand and falling (for no apparent reason) planes, mine explosions, global climate change and global catastrophe on the other; likewise it is clear what kind of connection exists between these phenomena and the island continent of Atlantis that sank beneath the waters 11.5 thousand years ago and the disappearance of the dinosaurs and mammoths. Atlantis disappeared according to available material, chronologically simultaneous to the ice age of Europe, Asia and north America during the period of so-called world anthropogenic overkill (Jhirov, 1964). The mammoths and many other animal species also disappeared from the face of the Earth at this time. Hence, one may speak of a new scientific theme which is multidisciplinary rather than hypothetical to which the paper on the common nature of all catastrophe is dedicated; the discovery of the principles behind catastrophe of the past, present and future irrespective of the type of catastrophe be it the down fall of a civilisation, glacier shift or falling planes. The author's views on the singularity of principles behind planetary catastrophe as a scientific fact of contemporary natural science is based on the results of evolutionary modelling developed by the author over the course of many years of scientific research. The author's conception lies in the ides that natural and social catastrophe reflect the laws of the history of nature and society determined by the peculiarities of the 252

movement of the Earth and the Solar system in the Galaxv. The movement of metahistory, the Physics of Life and Death represents a subject of exact natural science. The occurrence of catastrophe is becoming more frequent: global warming, social catastrophe, biological, demographic, geological and cosmic. The existing lack of understanding on behalf of society is the main reason for the inability to adequately respond to the impending uncertainty of new and previously experienced catastrophe. . The response to emergency situations is always post factum. In the light of all the above one may conclude that knowledge of the physics of life and death, the physics and biology of history, natural biosphere mechanisms of stability mankind is in fact in the position to transfer the notion of catastrophe in scientific understanding from the category of'unknown danger' to a category of predictable, foreseeable events'; to perceive catastrophe in scientific understanding as a lawful phenomena. This empirical summary is vitally important and confirmed by historical experience in the example of predictable meteorological cataclysms which are not so much dangerous as sudden. The unknown nature of catastrophe and disturbance carries an unseen threat whereas the known can even be used for human benefit (exploitation of energy inherent in catastrophic phenomena). Even if society today has no preventative forms of anti-catastrophic activity then these are sure to arise in tomorrow's world. The understanding of the physics of catastrophe will lead to fundamental innovation in all spheres of vital activity; to scientific-technical progress in the field of transport means, in housing construction etc. STEP TO A NEW ERA A new scientific apparatus has been devised on the basis of the evolutionary theory of the cosmogenesis of nature and society or the scientific theory of the cosmogenesis of nature and society created by Plokhov in 1985 to support the empirical findings of academic V.I. Vernadski on the 'cosmic, all-present, universal, eternal and infinite qualities of life' and the possibility of the 'not expressedly earthly cosmic origins of life'. The study of the biosphere, the 'planet's form of the principles of vital self-organisation' is linked with cosmic principles of self-organisation which are inherent in the biosphere 'in immutable and numerous interconnections between astronomical and biological phenomena'. Vernadski considered this type of research to be the prologue to an 'era of exact knowledge of nature, man and history', which carries revolutionary, scientific-technical potential for the Noosphere to emerge from the biosphere. The spatial - chrono-geometric model for the construction and evolution of the biosphere and living matter (Plokhov, 1985), represents science's first real step towards exact natural science. Here astronomical, physical, biological etc interactions have been established in the history of the evolution of the planet, Solar system, living matter, the biosphere and society in the way the Vernadski demanded, though 'number and measure'. The metric biosphere system has made it possible to systematise the foundations of a new science concerning the common laws of the development of nature and society. In the past, the mass of acceptable hypothetical knowledge and probable information of narrow disciplinary nature often typical of natural science disciplines represented one of the reasons for the approximate meteorological reports and the absence of predictions related to large-scale ecological and social disaster. The absence of a scientific apparatus for the construction and evolution of the biosphere in contemporary natural science keeps scientific long-term prediction of catastrophe on a global scale, and the exact determination of the dates and causes of past catastrophic events out of the range of scientific view (asteroid hypotheses and other versions still being popular). Today however, one can confirm that in essence an instrument has been created that is a scientific apparatus rather than a means of generating hypothetical knowledge and which corresponds to Vernadski's postulate on the 'common imperative of the natural laws of all real phenomena and natural bodies'. Exact theoretical natural science is the result of evolutionary modelling. The spatial chrono-geometric

253

model for the formation and evolution of the biosphere built according to technological schemes represents a multi-disciplinary model of the unified science of nature and man. It provides the opportunity of calculating information and predictions according to the new knowledge of any given field (past, present or future). The new method of matrix-analogous analysis and prediction is approbated in calculations relating to the past, the resurrection of the events in the history of the Earth ('Chronological tables'), the determination of the causes of so-called extinction, changes in biosphere species, humanity's historical cycles, the succession of civilisations, cataclysms and catastrophes, and likewise in calculations concerning the present and in various predictions of future natural-social circumstances ('Map of natural and social rhythms'). The shift from traditional, purely short-term, locally calculated, technocratic production technologies with unpredictable long-term consequences for nature and society to biosphere-calculable and evolutionary calculable technologies i.e. to new technologies of vital activities including those of catastrophe-preventative profiles is a historical imperative. This shift is essential because the growth in natural cataclysms, if left unchecked will lead to global collapse. One of the advantages of assimilating cosmogenetic knowledge of the Earth and life on a larger scale is that multidisciplinary natural science provides more exact data: firstly, the matrix-analogy principle according to the new method of exact calculation reveals a single, scientific picture of the world including the history and evolution of the Solar system, the planets, the earthly globe, the biosphere and the Noosphere (the formation of space-time in living and inert nature) and secondly, the scientific, biosphere-calculative method of predicting natural disasters represents an effective instrument for creating Noosphere forms of vital activity, i.e. innovative, preventative, disaster-safe technologies. Thirdly, project innovation: the schematic model of the formation and evolution of the biosphere which represents the foundation for information-calculation technologies of determining catastrophe periodicity (as a reflection of the natural, galactic movement of the Earth) and the conditions of the earth's biosphere layer can be applied to the creation of new social-technological 'anti-elements' measures, warnings of eco-social catastrophe and the cospioplanetary integration of mankind in the case of global catastrophe. The 21st century Agenda. Despite the fact that natural science provides the theoretical basis for industry, long-awaited models for a new technological and social structure have not appeared. No anti-crisis forms of vital activity exist and neither exact, multidisciplinary, theoretical natural science nor corresponding principles of vital activity have been assimilated. Therefore, it is time to speak directly about the causes, probability and danger of the repetition of planetary catastrophe or world flood, not so much as 'premonitions', as the meaning of true facts in the hope that such catastrophe may be overcome. Outmoded today: 1) The system of uncoordinated natural and consequently technical sciences which are unacquainted with the ancient ideas of the unity of the world, with the theory and practise of its implementation in the physical and technical constructs of the Scientific and technical revolution, and likewise, with contemporary concepts concerning the cosmogenesis of nature and society. The social-humanitarian sciences have no fundamental foundation; science and educational standards are hostages to the Ptolemaic geocentric picture of the world i.e. models of thinking which separate processes occurring on the Earth from processes occurring in space. 2). The social organisation of the world community is archaic and outmoded in comparison to essential transformation and is pathologically destructive in relationship to the biosphere. The market society of consumerism with its leading principle of banking profit (personal gain) has for more than a century lacked strategies, regulating mechanisms and objectives for social

254

development which are in essence antagonistic to the market. The market is competitive and confrontational and divorces humanity from the geological organism of the biosphere and processes of the biological and geo-chemical circulation of matter and energy (Vernadski). The exploitation and pollution of the environment of life destroy the 'stable non-equilibrium'of the biosphere. Existing international so-called 'ecological legislation' makes a mockery of the biosphere. No biosphere monitoring or control of human vital activity (and development) exists (academic N.N. Moiseev). Therefore, the Federal Reserve City, the USA war machine and wars fulfil the function of 'traffic-controller' on the global balance sheet between nature and world crises. As a result, the biosphere is suffering more and more deeply. The number of anomaly and species driven to extinction are ever increasing. Man and society born of the matrix of Ptolemaic geocentrism and loan percentages and ruled by social Darwinism have entered a crisis stage in the current historical period. The potential of industrial development has been depleted and the natural reserves of the 'loan percentage' capital received from mankind and the biosphere have been exhausted. Today, assimilating knowledge of Nature and its cosmoplanetary laws, of the foundations of self-organisation in individual and social existence represents a natural path towards the scientific theory of Development or the Science of Development (evocracy) and to the systemic foundations of the theory of scientific policy. Awareness of the principles of historical movement represents a powerful lever in society's shift to a new turn on the spiral of evolution. Such knowledge indicates the need for change in science disciplines studying the Earth, life and man including assimilation of the physics and biology of history i.e. a model of scientific meta-history by way of changing contemporary world views and the means and technologies of vital human activities. The historical notion of 'Nature' which is scientifically amorphous or rather a metaphoric-poetical way of being is today transforming into an exact science of the biosphere and the area of reality linked with the Earth that represents the cosmic foundation of civilisation. The new system of ideas and notions concerning moving reality on the Earth and in Space, the conditions of the biosphere, chronological faults, a single algorithm etc provide the basis for a new applied science of eco-social prognostics and an instrument for eco-social forecasting. 'The diagram of natural and social rhythms' includes a collation of data on the condition of the Earth's biosphere and space and represents a new informationcalculation technology for calculating dangerous dates for rocket launches, airline flights etc and the consequences of experiments conducted above the Earth's biosphere. The imperative that existed earlier at the threshold to the era of catastrophe such as 'The rules of the game' (adhered to by politicians, economists, business and the military base) is being replaced by a different, historically accurate, scientific imperative corresponding to notions such as 'God doesn't play bone', (Laplas, Einstein), (plokhov. 'Nature and man. Light', 1996, 1). The 'rules of historical movement', 'the principles of rulemaking' and the era of the creation of'Noosphere economics' (La Rouche) are knocking loudly on the door of the civilised Armageddon which has been taking part in great and small games. At the level of Noosphere economics, knowledge economics (Sadovnichi's terminology) determines the 'scientific economics of nature'. In order that the above be effectively applied, new definitions of information and energy have been developed based on the evolutionary-cosmological biosphere model, which expresses a completely different understanding of the essence of things and the principles inherent in natural phenomena including the principles and cycles inherent in catastrophe. For the first time, the issue of dealing with cataclysm and disaster and mankind's overcoming the fate of catastrophe takes on a natural scientific form. Firstly, the possibility of transforming the eternal 'man-nature' tandem from a parasitic into a symbiotic relationship is becoming substantiated through the practical application of the 255

single algorithm of the development of nature and society. Secondly, the prediction of safe, ecological human activity is organising a development strategy in accordance with natural laws. Contemporary energetics basically involves breaking up (or the destruction) of matter in order to gain light, warmth and the capacity for movement. Knowledge of the nature of energy-information processes provides the opportunity of managing nuclear fusion, creating information field energetics, information medicine, new transport means capable of motion in all types of environment and solutions to the problems of life and death (natural nano-technologies), longevity etc. Like D.I. Mendeleev's Periodical system the single development algorithm, is built on the basis of natural ratio, reflects the laws of development and reveals previously unknown laws. Based on a new evolutionary and exact natural science methodology the algorithm provides unprecedented opportunities for the creation of long-term, sustainable ecological and social technologies including anti-catastrophe technologies and for the shift towards a new doctrine and social development strategy. The spatial-temporal model of historical-cosmic processes provides humanity with the key to the rules of historical movement and the principles of rulemaking. It makes it possible to create instruments for situational analysis, predictions, planning and management and likewise the practical solution to contemporary global problems whether they concern energy sources, demography, the ecology, resources, wars, international conflict or transport issues in large cities etc. Given their calculable nature, man is forced and obliged to study and understand the Earth's catastrophic phenomena both in the past and the present as a subject of natural science according to new methods in order that they may be overcome in time and space. Man learns in order to overcome (S. Kurginyan). Given a responsible rather than a passive attitude towards one's own future the citizen's of the world community can use the proposed biosphere model and knowledge of the laws of the history of the Earth as the mathematics of the movement of natural bodies and processes in order to develop ways of curbing cataclysms (as for example, Newton's discovery of the laws of gravity was applied in 20th century cosmonautics). By creating anti-crisis and anti-catastrophic theories, methods and vital activity technologies man is now able to change the status of catastrophe which have been perceived as the 'fate' of natural disaster. For example, it is possible to learn to apply the physical law of preservation which is affective in the biosphere; the principle of thermodynamic stability in the phase the planet's geospheres (hydro-, litho-, and atmosphere); to account for the information factor and living matter (as 'the climate is a product of the biosphere',- V.B. Kadatski, 1986), for example with the aim of transforming the energy inherent in catastrophe into other qualitative energy forms and anti-catastrophic technologies which could place feared catastrophes into the series of more habitual meteocataclysms. According to Vernadski, 'Humanity' and 'the global phenomena of scientific thought' are two 'powerful geological forces for the transformation of the biosphere into the Noosphere'; the 'Noosphere is the collective creation of human reason'. One should not forget that firstly, the geological force of scientific thought has overcome the cosmic force of the Earth's gravitation and secondly, that the catastrophic force of the elements and planetary cataclysms is no more powerful than earthly gravitation, technically overcome by man which 'holds' the hydra-, litho- and atmosphere to the Earth's surface. Man can already enter the battle against catastrophic processes beginning with the provision of safety and preservation of mankind and other species. However impossible it might seem today the level of contemporary scientific thought already makes it possible to consider working on the problem of registering and transforming the negative energy inherent in catastrophic events (water, atmospheric, thermodynamic, lithospheric etc; all representing forms of movement) into other energy forms. This can be done by organising the energy of collective reason based on new knowledge of the biosphere and the new level of the STR 256

as for example is the case during times of war. Knowledge of phenomena and the nature of things automatically provides knowledge of how to manage the nature of things even if that nature if linked with catastrophe. Unlike the short-term meteo-prognostics of bio-organisms representing a singularity of the biosphere man is possessed of the scientific instrument of long-term and extreme long-term prediction and is able to set the objective of overcoming man's traditional role of victim to global catastrophe. For the first time in history, on the international path of innovation Russia is making ideological progress with the potential to influence globalisation processes by practically uniting existing globalisation trends (transforming traditional societies) with developing Noosphere trends and the development of planetary catastrophe aversion technologies. Half the answer lies in posing the right question! Any action towards creating catastrophe preventative technologies (a kind of 'anti-element') must be supported by the scientific community and wider public as a step towards stable (or rather predictable) development. Catastrophe remains unmanageable and dangerous only for outdated and consumerist societies with no desire to unite and change. Globalisation which today lacks a scientific foundation needs to shift to scientifically founded Noosphere globalisation which unites man, nature and the spiritual, cultural and cosmic evolutionary resources. In conclusion, without the given developments, researchers including those from NASA will be unable to explain what exactly is represented in space photographs from Mars, Titan, Europe which appear so similar to traces of technological and bio-genetic phenomena. It will be impossible to develop a development theory or a scientific policy theory without turning to the single laws of nature and society. Without knowing the past one cannot plan in the present and without understanding the processes of the present one cannot build for the future, for such a future is bound to be marked by unexpectedness and catastrophe. Today, the foundation of the future lies in the knowledge of the natural laws of the development of life and man and the principles of historical movement. Knowledge of these laws is required not only by powerful industrialists, bankers, politicians and scientists including space naturalists but also by every private individual. Morality and justice must correspond to the laws of evolution. This is the condition upon which the new humanity will emerge. The energy, transport, technological, demographic, scientific, spiritual and other crisis we witness today are a result of society's 'embryonic thinking'. Embryogenesis is biological, social and historical. Cataclysms accompany the social genus which emerges at a new stage in human evolution. It is important to be truly aware of what is happening. Gven that we face the inevitable disengagement from the navel of the biosphere (the oil trade, mining, transport systems and other self-destructive infrastructures rooted in the past) it is essential to initiate change in vital human activities and to discover new forms of STR and MLR (moral and lawful revolution). Russia and the world are ready for such change. THE KALUGIAN DREAMER K.E. Tsiolkovski's brilliant views on life and the universe

L.N. Melnikov, Member of the K.E. Tsiolkovski Russian Academy of Cosmonautics.

257

THE SPACE PIONEER Konstantin Eduardovich Tsiolkovski was the perfect pioneer of space philosophy and the science of the living Universe. In many areas he has no predecessor. The emergence of many of his ideas remains impossible to explain rationally. We begin with his ideas on the Earth. The Earth is foul, 'the Earth is the vale of suffering'. This has been confirmed by a thousand years of philosophy and yet human theoretic thinking has not progressed beyond the revolutionary ideas of social transformation. Social revolution is the most radical idea that has been produced. In one of his articles K.E. Tsiolkovski suggests totally dismantling the Earth. Naturally, this would immediately solve the problem of the Earth's foulness. Who among Tsiolkovski's predecessors in the sphere of philosophy could even have hinted at such a possibility? No-one could ever have suggested such a thing because to do so required the boldness of brilliance. Man has long crazed about flight to the heavens. Legend even attributes this idea to the mythical Sumerian hero Etan and likewise to Alexander of Macedonia. Lucian, Pythagoras and many other great figures of the ancient past spoke of this as if it were obvious. However, human thought went no further than the simple visit 'to the realm of the gods'. Religion promises eternal life as a predetermined fact for all humanity. In Tsiolkovski's opinion, striving into space represents a strategic form of development for Homo Sapiens. Life completely endorses Tsiolkovski's theory which he referred to as 'cosmic philosophy'. Zander, Goddard, Oberth, Homann, Pirquet, Esnault, Pelterie are the greatest names in the development of the technological objectives of cosmonautics. However, these individuals were empiricists of their sphere lacking a global comprehension or world view within their practise. None of these figures considered the global objective of their work. Tsiolkovski however, held a clear vision of humanity's migration into the cosmos. Tsiolkovski may be the only example of a contemporary universal individual in the spirit of the giants of the Renaissance and Enlightenment; a true encyclopaedic personality. The following are just a few of the themes he disclosed: , The future Life of humanity in space, rocket dynamics, the problems of exobiology, higher reason beyond the human, the construction of space colonies, space architecture, human capacities, the issue of brilliance, parallel worlds, other beings ('animal') of the cosmos, the evolution of the Universe from subtle forms to dense, (original in the sphere of philosophy and cosmo-physics), the future social structure, life in orbit, music, the human senses, emotions, perception, the construction of matter from animate 'atoms', the ether, the construction of the space suit, the morphology of living beings on other planets etc. Tsiolkovski was a true 'citizen of the Universe'. He made a unique and original contribution to the practical realisation of space flight: he undoubtedly referred to the rocket as a transport means; was the first in history to describe a space (etheric) colony and life on orbit stations, rocket trains; composed a purely technological plan consisting of sixteen points for mankind's assimilation of the Universe (even as far as other stars and galaxies). He was the first in world scientific history to speak of the industrial assimilation of space, the emergence of fundamentally innovative space technologies and the transformation of the Earth under the influence of space research. Tsiolkovski foresaw the order in which man would explore beyond the limits of the Earth and prophetically claimed that the first person to journey into space would be 258

Russian. The systematic assimilation and research of the planets (Mars, Venus etc), asteroids, comets, the Earth and Solar atmospheres has unfolded according to Tsiolkovski's vision. Some of Tsiolkovski's ideas are impossible to understand given the contemporary level of scientific knowledge because they jump ahead of time, for example in the idea that in the distant future mankind will transform into a radiant humanity and the theory of the eras communicated personally to A.L.Chijhevski. Hence Tsiolkovski put fundamentally new sign posts of perception before future science which lie only within the capacity of a Noosphere civilisation. None of the world's thinkers had previously delved to such rational, gnosiological depths. In this sense, the face of K.E. Tsiolkovski deserves to hold a particularly unique place in the history of world science and philosophy. Therefore, Tsiolkovski stands apart in a series of thinkers although his teaching is developing and his technological and technical recommendations have a contemporary following. Tsiolkovski practically incorporated the entire sphere of contemporary and future cosmonautics and the science of the Universe. Of certain things Tsiolkovski considered it too early to speak. He kept certain ideas secret and these secrets await their researcher. The deep and paradoxical mind of Tsiolkovski touched on the very depths of Truth (which demands rejecting much of one's surrounding world). Konstantin Eduardovich left a wealth of creative heritage which amazes not only in its diversity but also in the detail of every issue which was considered from the point of view of a 'man of the cosmos'. Here we quote the words of the wonderful poet, academic and seer Verleri Bryusov: 'Before Tsiolkovski, no-one thought in such cosmic proportions!... This alone gives him the right to stand in line with the greatest genius of humanity.' Who could have imagined space flight in the poor and devastated country of the 1920's! Nonetheless, in was in the USSR in 1927 that producer Jhuravlev filmed 'The Space Flight' working with Konstantin Eduardovich as consultant. Who else but Tsiolkovski, so ahead of his time could have offered this service! Aside from scientific, popular scientific and scientificawareness-raisingmanuscripts, Koonstantin Eduardovich left thousands of letters to his numerous correspondents some of which he presumed to publish. His heritage is truly vast. Widely known in the international community are his scientific 'Readings from the memory of K.E. Tsiolkovski'. Conferences are held every year in Kaluga timed to coincide with the great thinker's date of birth on 17th September. The town itself is inspired by the genius cosmist and 'Kalugian Dreamer' and this special atmosphere is felt by every visitor. At the same time, far from all the content of Tsiolkovski's archives has been published. According to specialists only approximately one third of the archive content has been assimilated. Works published during Tsiolkovski's own life time arose great interest but have become librarian rarities. Some of his works are being reprinted. Recently, the work entitled 'Monistic materialism' to which Tsiolkovski attributed great importance was published as a separate booklet. Tsiolkovski aimed to acquaint a wide circle of readers with his teaching in an accessible format. Therefore, the original title of the work read: 'What every individual should know'- The booklet was published in Kaluga in 1931 on the author's own modest resources. Little information exists concerning the academic's emotional life due to his own private nature. Even close relatives, his wife and children were not always able to understand his concerns and often found him difficult to understand at all (as in the case of his sons); he was closest to his daughter Lyuba who acted as her father's secretary. Tsiolkovski remained a mystery to those who surrounded him. Tsiolkovski's external appearance also kept his inner concerns hidden. Mostly, the man revealed himself in letters and manuscripts which is another important reason for their publication and research. 259

Fanatically loyal to his ideas, original in manner and dress, shy and excitable, polite and despotic (for example in relationship to close ones), generous and at the same time thrifty he was the epitome of contradiction. Tsiolkovski had a vivid imagination whilst at the same time being able to give a sober evaluation of a situation; he was self-willed whilst deeply aware of his responsibilities; both ironic and sullen he was mystic and yet taught materialistic scientific knowledge. Tsiolkovski lived one of the hardest fates known among brilliant individuals. Miserable conditions during the tsarist period, hunger, illness, disdain on behalf of those surrounding him (even his own children), almost complete deafness, increasingly poor sight and weakness would alone have been enough to transform any existence into total suffering and a tragedy of survival. With great firmness however, Tsiolkovski overcame the blows of fate ignoring adversity. The other inhabitants of the sloboda (settlement) where Tsiolkovski lived considered him mad. He was cautious of other people and spent much time in solitude. Tsiolkovski was a genius and self-made. He had neither education nor the finances to provide one and yet he reached such heights of thought normally accessible only to highly educated, wealthy and fortunate individuals. Surprisingly, the political power at that time acknowledged Tsiolkovski in the person of I V. Stalin who corresponded with K.E. Tsiolkovski and gave credit to his original talent. The years past and in 1991 it was commonly agreed by the organisers that the newly established Cosmonautics Academy be named in honour of K.E. Tsiolkovski. Tsiolkovski's ideas continue to develop and are put into practise in contemporary space science. As the great scientist claimed, the first cosmonaut to journey into space was indeed Russian, Yury Gagarin. For many years space exploration was carried out mainly by Russian and American specialists being joined by representatives of other nations. For the benefit of science and in fulfilling Tsiolkovski's plan Russia has also been first to journey to the Moon, Venus, Mars and Galeleo's comet made possible by developed space technological and engineering achievements. The systematic study of space and the Solar system continues through automatic zonds produced in Russia in cooperation with NASA and the European Space Agency. Many new and impressive achievements and discoveries can be expected in the future continuing and developing the theory and practical works of K.E. Tsiolkovski. Konstantin Eduardovich wrote: 'I have never claimed to have fully solved this issue. First there are thoughts, imagination and fairy-tale which are then followed by scientific calculation. Finally, execution crowns thought. My works on space travel relate to the middle creative phase. More than anyone else I understand the abyss which separates the idea from its manifestation as throughout my entire life I have not only considered and calculated but also performed, working with my hands' (1926) Tsiolkovski therefore, mainly perceived himself an engineer, constructor and technician. Today, researchers into the work of the self-made scientist mainly focus on his imaginations and in a number of cases his Utopian projects. Tsiolkovski emphasized that his key works relate to the middle phase, the creative process in the sphere of engineering. Convincing confirmation of this can be found in the creativity of the scientist himself and likewise in the literature dedicated to him written by specialists considering themselves his students. In the works published throughout his lifetime and those in his archives the predominant material is dedicated exclusively to the technical aspects of space flight. Below is a short list of his works on this theme: Research into world environments using reactive instruments (rockets in cosmic space). 260

1911 Research into world environments using reactive instruments. 1914 Research into world environments using reactive instruments (continuation). 1924 Space ship. 1926 Research into world environments using reactive instruments (re-edition of works 1903 and 1911 with alterations and additions). 1927 Space rocket (experimental preparation). 1928 Works on the space rocket 1903-1907. 1929 Space rocket trains. Reactive engine. Aims of star-sighting. 1930 Star-sighting. 1932 Reactive motion. 1932-1933 Rocket fuel. 1933 Star flight with proceeding mechanism. Apparatus obtaining cosmic velocity on land or water. 1935 Highest rocket speed. It is clear that all his creative life up until 1935 Tsiolkovski methodically developed the technical aspects of rocket navigation and rocket planning. We have not listed here his engineering research into the spheres of airship construction, space industry, energy and technical progress. Here we only consider his work into the rocket where Tsiolkovski emerges as an exceptional pioneer. The words quoted above are taken form his work 'Research into world environments using reactive instruments' in which Tsiolkovski draws conclusions of his research into a constructive scheme of a single wingless rocket with a liquid rocket engine. He even theoretically substantiated the possibility of space rocket flight. Using this work as a foundation Tsiolkovski moved on to develop the technical and technological issues of the industrial assimilation of space. A collection of his works on this theme was published in 1989 (The industrial assimilation of space. M., Engine construction, 1989). The comments of rocket engineering technicians, Tsiolkovski's contemporaries are also interesting. In his article on 'The work of Tsiolkovski in contemporary rocket construction' (collection.: Tsiolkovski) Aeroflot editorial-publising department, 1939) M.K. Tikhonravov writes: 'Tsiolkovski has played a huge role in the development of the theory and practise of rocket construction. K.E. Tsiolkovski not only provided the brilliant theory of rocket flight, and not only proved the possibility of its use in interplanetary communications but also developed the key principles for the construction of laboratory installation and rocket aircraft'. The question arises as to how Tsiolkovski's technical creativity correlated to the research of his contemporaries in the rocket dynamics and rocket construction field. During the 1920's-1930's many countries were engaged in rocket construction including Germany, USA, England, Japan and India. Later, USA and the USSR became leaders in the field. Initially an intense international race took place to determine who would be the first to journey into space. Therefore, this period is marked by a whole collection of works on rocket construction. Leaving famous names to one side here we concentrate on forgotten researchers. At that time the following worked particularly intensely on apparatus for flight into cosmic space: Tikhonravov, engineers Polyarni and Korneev, the 'Aviavnito' society (USSR), engineers Bull', Shmidt, Pendrei, Arene, Manning, Pierce, Carver, Shashier (USA) and Zenger (Germany). All these individuals applied Tsiolkovski's ideas and applied the liquid reactive engine, although in certain cases they may have come to this idea independently. In the 1930's the works of Tsiolkovski to which the developments of foreign engineers relate, were well -known due to issues published at this time in Germany. 261

Tikhonravov directly writes: 'K.E. Tsiolkovski's ideas on the construction of the rocket engine have been put into practise'. Tsiolkovski dedicated a number of works to the reactive plane as a transitional stage to the rocket. He described this apparatus for flight into the stratosphere in his article 'Half-reactive Strathoplane' (Kaluga, 1932). The strathoplane moves due to the traction of a propeller and the exhaust reaction. Tsiolkovski first began working on this idea inl930. In 1931 experiments were carried out with a model reactive plane by engineer Stip in Italy. The experimental plane completed several test flights. In comparison to Tsiolkovski's project Stip's apparatus represented a more simplified version. Nonetheless, the scientists's idea had been shown to function. The project of Italian engineer Raphael (1931) was more similar to Tsiolkovski's project but his design was simply one stage on the path to space transport. Konstantin Eduardovich worked on the space rocket more than on any other invention. Initially, he proposed making a rocket out of two parts. Later in his work 'Cosmic rocket trains' (1929) he set forth the question of the possibility of several composite rockets. Herman Oberth proposed inserting one rocket inside another. According to Tsiolkovski the apparatus resembled a train; a series of rockets joined one to another. On launching the first rocket begins to work and as it separates the second begins to function. This is a now commonly acknowledged design of rocket carrying constructions. The work contains another productive thought. On re-entry the rocket is supposed to slow down on reaching the Earth's atmosphere (meaning the last stage of the flight into space). It has to be able to plan. Tsiolkovski provided for a particular form without wings which corresponds to the scheme of contemporary aeroplanes of the 'flying wing' type. Undoubtedly, this idea was embodied in 'shuttles', 'Energy-storms', Eigen Zenger's 'space plane (1905-1964) and many other similar projects. This does not mean that all Tsiolkovski's ideas were reliable or that his authority as an inventor is incontestable for he also worked on projects that could not be applied. Towards the end of his life, in improving his idea on rocket trains Konstantin Eduardovich proposed using 512 identical rockets simultaneously! Tsiolkovski considered that this would be a more favourable method of reaching the cosmic speed of 1 f km/s. Now it is clear that in order to reach the second high speed required to put objects into space rockets with two stages or a combination with three or four engines are sufficient. Does this mean that Tsiolkovski's idea concerning the 512 rockets was mislead? In order to quicken man's journey into space Tsiolkovski set forth an idea which essentially represented a contemporary orbiting station. According to Tsiolkovski's idea, the construction is rocket launched into orbit then becoming the Earth's satellite. Subsequently, a new space apparatus is constructed on the station which is capable of reaching another planet. One version of a flight to Mars being developed at the present time applies this particular approach. At a constituent congress of the International Astonautics Federation held in London in 1951 Verner Von Brown promulgated 'Project Mars'. The project proposed putting the materials for an interim station into orbit for subsequent construction in order to launch an expedition to Mars. The project required 335 flights beyond the Earth. At this point one cannot help but wonder whether Tsiolkovski was not quite so mislead in suggesting using 512 rockets to enable man's journey into the Earth's orbit for the number of rockets are comparable in both cases! Hence, one may conclude that Konstantin Eduardovich's boldest ideas were in fact convincingly perspicacious. Therefore, it also makes sense to consider his other more courageous projects dedicated to industrial space exploration and the total reconstruction of the Earth! Today these ideas will perplex if not totally dumbfound However, it should be born in mind that Tsiolkovski has most often been proved right. 262

THE KALUGIAN DREAMER Tsiolkovski's worldview and vision of the fate of humanity contradicted the views accumulated by the scientific world at the threshold of the twentieth century. Tsiolkovski's views on the theme rested on the following essential principles: Tsiolkovski foretold that conditions on the Earth would become artificially and radically changed; he also considered that it would be more convenient for man to inhabit space; he believed in the unlimited possibilities of man's ability to adjust to any natural conditions including those of a space habitat. Tsiolkovski's main theory was that human conditions on the Earth would become increasingly extreme in the future given the catastrophic growth of the world's population. He believed that man would be forced to inhabit the entire surface of the oceans; in Tsiolkovski's terminology man would build 'rafts' i.e. huge platforms, dwellings covered with common protective domes. The Kalugian thinker writes: 'Man has long been troubled by the oceans which decline him the opportunity of covering them with cornfields and gardens. Now, thanks to the power of industry one may set to the oceans.' Tsiolkovski designed plans to develop this idea. He proposed constructing platforms covered by a single, smooth, transparent (for the sun's rays) roof. The immense glass dome would be supported from the inside by the pressure of an artificial gaseous environment and strengthened by fine rods and bearings. Each 'raft' measuring hundreds of square kilometres comprised a vast territory with numerous sections designed to conveniently regulate the internal micro-climate. The conquest of the waters was planed tobegin with shelves and inland seas continuing with open areas until such time as the entire ocean surface was assimilated. The scientist indicated that almost the entire Earth's surface would be exploited comprising four times the present area. In this way Tsiolkvski envisioned that this gradually developing measure would solve both future demographic and food crises. Konstantin Eduardovich considered all these issues in their entirety and well understood that radically restructuring the Earth's surface would lead to physical changes in the earth's condition. However, this fact did not prevent him from bravely pushing forward for the sake of the key objective which was to triumph over the climate which he hoped man would ultimately regulate and govern. Life conducted inside the domes would inevitably destroy the natural process of water circulation in the Earth's atmosphere. Natural water was planned to be replaced by an artificial system consisting of regulating evaporation and 'precipitation' 'according to human desire' inside the dome colonies. The enclosed colonies idea gained particular popularity in the 1960's-1970's. At that time vast projects were designed to create covered settlements in desert and artic regions both in the USSR and abroad. The idea lost popularity however, once it became clear that neither the resources nor the capacity was available to fulfil such costly projects. At this point projects planned for the assimilation of the desert, Artic and Antarctic came to a halt. To assimilate an ocean surface area not only requires highly sophisticated technology but also an island location such as Japan. It is no surprise therefore that numerous projects to create huge sea platforms have been designed in the land of the rising sun. In these projects it is the inner seas that are planed for assimilation just as Tsiolkovski foresaw as a way of solving the demographic issue. Most well known is the project to develop the waters of the Japanese sea in the vicinity of Tokyo under the name of 'Great Isaac' THE MANFISH AND SPACE COLONIES Tsiolkovski also considered the issue of safety given the possibility of external 263

aggression in the case of the dome becoming a place of human inhabitation. Tsiolkovski foresaw two means of defence both technical and physiological. The technical means of defence could be individual. In the rarefied environment outside the dome town (which it would inevitably become as a result of irreversible changes to the Earth's climate) the space suit would become an attribute of life on the Earth hence the paradoxical logic of the development and transformation of the Earth's climate. The scientist believed that the space suit would become convenient, simple everyday wear and would be produced in 'billions'. For whole communities of man, animals and plants i.e. the collective biota, life would become possible only in closed hermetic environments for these would create the most favourable conditions for existence not in space but on the Earth. However, any technical facilities are limited and imperfect and inadequate to provide true freedom. Therefore, Tsiolkovski reasoned that humanity would have to transform on a biological level. Therefore, life in closed environments or using space suits according to this theory could only be an initial step as civilisation began the process of adapting to changes in the surrounding environment. In the future Tsiolkovski foresaw the possibility of Homo Sapiens' total morphological and physiological transformation at which point humanity would no longer require space suits or settlements with artificial microclimates. According to the 'Kalugian Dreamer's profound conjectures future mankind (requiring a hundred thousand years of evolution) would acquire the ability to breath rarefied air due to anatomic changes to the lungs. It might be that a double breathing organ would evolve similar to the gills of a fish: 'Oxygen will pass through them entering on one side and passing out through the other opening', writes Tsiolkovski in 'The future of the Earth' (1927). The more perfect human being would be increasingly able to adapt to huge temperature shifts and the direct effect of solar radiation. Remaking the Earth outlined by Tsiolkovski would simply be a temporary solution to the demographic problem (which he saw as humanity's key issue) and then man's inhabitation of space would become inevitable. The scientist considered that space had no limits, capable of sheltering 'a population of billions' and that it would be essential to combine the two approaches of Homo Sapiens' terrestrial and cosmic existence. He considered that assimilating the new extreme cosmic environment in the form of a vacuum would in no way differ from earthly environments where as a result of economic activity mankind would undoubtedly loose the planet's usual atmosphere. In the future it would be possible that humanity's earthly existence would become an inseparable part of cosmic life, a particular case, for conditions on the Earth and in space would gradually liken. 'The adaptation of human and plant species to a rarefied atmosphere, almost to emptiness, man's adaptation to low air pressure and limited oxygen use, to the Sun's light etc would serve as a transitional step towards life in the ether and artificial, isolated environments and to the assimilation of the entire Solar system...' 'THE COSMIC BOLSHEVIK' Tsiolkovski referred to himself as a socialist although he suffered at the hands of the VCK and spent a number of days at Lubyanka. Tsiolkovski held to original socialism all his life as he perceived his main objective to be the goal of human happiness. In the light of this idea one cannot fail to consider the scientist's creative work which he dedicated to the Communist Party of the Soviet Union in full sincerity. Tsiolkovski approached Stalin with a messenger in 1935 not long before his death. In answer to social contradictions such as oppression, inequality in property ownership, crime and the unjust distribution of material wealth Tsiolkovski above all proposed improving the physical conditions of existence. He saw the climatic conditions of 264

etheric and earthly towns covered by protective domes as permanent and most favourable for human life; the solution to many problems such as the lack of requirement of excess clothing, high quality food stuffs and maintaining a human condition of health. Such colonies would provide a permanent temperature of approximately +30C, the absence of rain, mist, storms, gales and other difficult weather conditions, plentiful, regular sunlight providing rich vegetation in which to shade, all creating conditions more beneficial even than those of countries situated in the warm zone of the equator. Konstantin Eduardovich went so far as to claim that man would obtain true freedom and equality only in the open environment of the Universe believing that ideal social structures were unattainable on the Earth. In 1920 he wrote an article strangely entitled, 'With time the Earth will be dismantled to its centre'. If one considers the issue soberly then despite its paradoxical nature the idea is in fact realistic. Indeed, in Tsiolkovski's view the human species has the boundless expanse of the Solar system at its disposal. The most favourable zone for human settlement he considered to be at equidistance from the Sun to ensure ideal exploitation of solar energy. Hence the scientist expresses the idea of erecting an immense construction in a vacuum. Tsiolkovski's renowned idea of the Solar sphere was later developed by the American academician F. Dyson (Dyson's sphere). Tsiolkovski considered that asteroid material (small planets) and even the Earth could be employed in the construction of such a sphere. Planet Earth would gradually be dismantled and its material would be used by etheric inhabitants to 'mould' a vast globe and new fully equipped energetically efficient abodes 'billions' of kilometres in size which would envelope the luminary like a film. Consequently, the necessity of the Earth as a realm for human habitation would historically disappear. Mankind would turn into a true inhabitant of the cosmos undergoing the entire ensuing biological transformation. After his teacher, the philosopher N.F. Fedorov, Tsiolkovski believed that the Universe as a whole exists for the sake of mankind and that its future assimilation represented civilisation's most significant task. It is of course difficult to imagine such a fantastical idea as using the matter of the Universe in the form of asteroids, planets, stars and comets for the purpose of creating a new cosmic habitat. It is also difficult to imagine what the technical capacity of such a civilisation in the distant future could be. Nonetheless, today scientists seriously discuss the idea of transporting and exploiting asteroids, the planets of the Solar system and even stars with their huge energy supplies. One may wonder why, ultimately, Tsiolkovski decided to 'do away with' the Earth. One has to admit that he did not value planets as places for human inhabitation. He considered them imperfect for human life and was an apologist of colonies in the ether and totally artificial construction located in open cosmic space. In the worst extreme, he proposed using asteroids for human settlement of which he wrote in the tale 'Heaviness disappeared', (1933). The reason for this no doubt lies in the fact that it is easier to manifest grandiose designs for fully regulated environments essential to future society in an empty space. In this sense, despite the fact that the Earth gave birth to man she remains just as inadequate an environment for human habitation as any other planet in the Solar system. Hence, the scientist proposed rejecting planets in this capacity and consequently the Earth itself. Humanity's development strategy dictates one or another tactical move. Man has chosen the strategy of scientific-technical progress and unrestrained expansion on Earth with all its limited resources and come to the reality of ecological catastrophe and the destruction of civilisation itself. As a result, the survival of man's earthly existence is now in question. Alternatives are required and perhaps even those such as the unbelievably bold projects of K.E. Tsiolkovski. 265

Editor's Afterword The thought inevitably arises in support of the idea of the human inhabitation of space: if panspermia (see 'Del'fis' 3/2007), the transfer of elementary vital substrata including micro-organisms into the conditions of the cosmos is physically possible then intelligent man must be able to find a means of inhabiting the cosmos beyond the mental version of overcoming vast distances

266

i
t

> .

, ii

i vital &

!.

. ,-J

11 1

' } nt h t J 1 ** 'AM i ''

J' :

"

T C S t

'if? 8 Os S ^ j . M I f H i

/1

>!'4f::

:<(;v;

j-

. , '

Pyurveev Jangar Badmaevich Kaznacheev vlaiP Petrovich Dmitriev Aleksei Nikolaevich

COSMOPLANETRAY INETGRATION OF THE EARTH

Publisher "Mirozdanie" Ltd.

22.12.2008 . 60x90 1/8 Times. . 38 2000 . 312

127247, , , 107

Kaznacheev Vlail Petrovich

Academician of the Russian Academy of Medicinal science. Humanist, academic-clinician, ecologist, sociologist, biophysicist, pedagogue. Organizer and president of the A M S SSSR. Currently, V.P.Kaznacheev and his students are developing new methods of diagnosis, prediction and correction in bio-systems including the human organism using hypomagnetic devices and laser-mirror systems. Academician Kaznacheev is the author of more than 800 scientific works and 40 monographs published in Russia and abroad and a number of inventions. He is Laureate of the International Hildes Northern Medicine Prize (1978) laureate of the Cambridge University biographical society prize 'International figure of the year' (1997), 'International Millennium Figure' (1999), and Laureate of the highest award of the International interacademic union 'Vernadskii's star'level 1 (1999). Kazanacheev is a participant of the Great Patriotic War and Honored citizen of Novosibirsk. He has been decorated with orders and medals of the front and received Gvernment piece time awards. Academician Kaznacheev is one of the renowned pleiads of thinkers and academics whose innovative ideas step ahead of their time and facilitate general human progress on our planet.

Purveev Jangar Badmaevich

Academician of the K.E. Tsiolkovskii Russian Academy of Astronautics, ecologist, cosmologist, architect-town planner, orientalist-culture expert, sociologist, philosopher. Purveev D.B. is the author of more than 300 scientific works, a number of discoveries and 20 monographs published in Russia and abroad. Purveev is Laureate of the International and Homeland prizes and prestigious awards in the area of architecture, astronautics and ecology. As a specialist on planning and building in extreme natural and climatic zones (deserts and highlands, underground and underwater areas, the Far North and the Cosmos) Badmaevich has planned and built sites in such conditions in Central Asia, Siberia and Finland which have found expression in the projects 'Sun, space and dwelling', 'The art of the countries of the classical East', 'New social technologies for assimilating the North, Siberia and the Far East' and 'The architecture of the universe' etc. Badmaevich is author of more than 200 works on the culture and art of the East and Central Asia and one of the founders of the notion of 'nomadic culture', 'nomadic art', 'nomadic architecture' as precursors to the comogonical foundation of the Worldview of the ancient indoaryans. As president of the U N E S C O International Association 'Humanities Great Migration Routes' Badmaevich has managed and developed the 'Great Continent Convergence project as a model for world cosmoplanetary integration' with an International group of independent academics and specialists from 1992 to the present day. As an astronautics academician D.B. Purveev has authored a number of cosmic projects including 'Moon - 2012', 'Cosmocentre- a complex for developing new space consciousness', 'The light of a distant star', 'The ozone hole' and others correspondingly having been awarded the honorary S. P. Koroleva, K.E. Tsiolkovskii, U.A. Gagarin and M.V. Keldysha medals.

Dmitriev Aleksei Nikolaevich

Leading researcher at the Institute of geology and mineralogy Siberian Branch, Russian Academy of Science; expert on world ecology, ecological geology, the use of mathematical methods in Earth sciences and research into earth-space interaction in the nature of climatic transformation. Candidate of physical and mathematical science and doctor of geological and mineralogical science. Author of more than 250 publications. Scientific director of the 1980-1991 State Program 'Unusual phenomena in the atmosphere and inner space'. Founder of the plasma hypothesis for the Tungus phenomenon and participator in development of the inhomogeneous physical vacuum model. Initiator and member of the Commission for the employment of mathematical methods in Earth sciences run by the Presidium of the SSSR Board of Ministers. A. N. Dmitriev has also worked in the ongoing Commission for the study of luminous formations in the atmosphere and inner space affiliated b y the M O SSSR.